10/20/14
GEHC_FRNT_CVR.FM
LOGIQ E9
SERVICE MANUAL
Part Number: 5535208-100
Revision: Rev. 2
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
Service manual overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
Important conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 5
Safety considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 15
Label locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 20
Dangerous procedure warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 21
Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 22
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 23
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 24
Customer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 26
1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 2
Site preparations
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 1
General console requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 1
Facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 7
2
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 3
LOGIQ E9 Setup
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
Setup reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
Receiving and unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4
Packing materials - recycling information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12
Preparing for setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13
Completing the setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 16
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 32
Connectivity overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 37
Connectivity Setup and Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 38
Setup paperwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 79
3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 4
Functional Checks
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 1
General procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 2
Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 31
Application Turnover Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
Power supply test and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
3D/4D and Volume Navigation Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 48
SWAVE (Shear Wave “Shear Elasto“) Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 48
Site Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 49
4
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 5
Components and Functions (Theory)
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
LOGIQ E9 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3
Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
Main Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
Air Flow control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 22
Casters and Brakes description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 22
Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 23
Power Loss description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 33
Cables for LOGIQ E9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 33
Probes description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 33
Product manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 34
5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 6
Service Adjustments
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 1
LCD Monitor adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 1
DC Offset Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 8
Operator Panel movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 9
Direction Lock and Brake adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
Adjust time-out for DICOM servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
6
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 7
Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
Service Safety Considerations.
..................................... 7-1
Gathering Troubleshooting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
Screen Captures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 18
Common Service Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 19
7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 8
Replacement procedures
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 1
Warnings and important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 2
Definitions of Left, Rear / Back, Right and Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 6
Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 7
Replacing Covers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 29
Replacing Top Console Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 87
Main Console parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 175
Casters and Brakes replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 192
BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 198
Main Power Supply parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 244
Peripherals replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 269
V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement . . . . . .8 - 298
8
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 9
Renewal Parts
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Definitions of Left, Rear / Back, Right and Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2
Parts list groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3
LOGIQ E9 Models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 4
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 5
Covers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 9
Top Console parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 17
XYZ Mechanism parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 38
Main Console parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 42
Casters (Wheels) parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 46
Card Rack parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 48
Back End Processor (BEP) parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 64
Main Power Supply parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 72
Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 76
Mains Power Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 82
Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 84
Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 102
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 106
Product Labels on LOGIQ E9 consoles used in a veterinary environment . . . . . . 9 - 111
Hardware Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 112
9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 10
Care & Maintenance
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 1
Why do Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 2
Maintenance Task Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 2
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 3
Using a Phantom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 9
Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 9
When There’s Too Much Leakage Current.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 27
10
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Important Precautions
WARNING
THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.
• IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER
THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE
TRANSLATION SERVICES.
• DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE
MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
• FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE
PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL
OR OTHER HAZARDS.
AVERTISSEMENT
CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.
• SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE
LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE
TRADUIRE.
• NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE
MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS.
• LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ LE
TECHNICIEN, L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES À DES
DANGERS ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
(EN)
(FR)
WARNUNG
(DE)
DIESES KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER
SPRACHE.
• FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE ÜBERSETZUNG
ZU SORGEN.
• VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERÄT ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES
KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN
WURDE.
• WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN
DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN
DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.
11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
AVISO
(ES)
ATENÇÃO
(PT-Br)
AVISO
(PT-pt)
AVVERTENZA
(IT)
12
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SÓLO EXISTE EN INGLÉS.
• SI ALGÚN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEHC SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLÉS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIÓN.
• NO SE DEBERÁ DAR SERVICIO TÉCNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER
CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
• LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.
ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA DISPONÍVEL EM
INGLÊS.
• SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A
GEHC, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE TRADUÇÃO.
• NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA.
• O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA
DO TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A‘ CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS,
MECÂNICOS OU OUTROS.
ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA ESTÁ DISPONÍVEL APENAS EM INGLÊS.
• SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A
GEHC, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE TRADUÇÃO.
• NÃO TENTE EFECTUAR REPARAÇÕES NO EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER
CONSULTADO E COMPREENDIDO PREVIAMENTE ESTE MANUAL.
• A INOBSERVÂNCIA DESTE AVISO PODE RESULTAR EM FERIMENTOS NO
TÉCNICO DE ASSISTÊNCIA, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE EM CONSEQUÊNCIA
DE CHOQUE ELÉCTRICO, PERIGOS DE ORIGEM MECÂNICA, BEM COMO DE
OUTROS TIPOS.
IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN
INGLESE.
• SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEHC RICHIEDE IL
MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È TENUTO A PROVVEDERE
DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
• SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO
AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL
CONTENUTO.
• NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO ALLA
MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE
ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
HOIATUS
(ET)
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
KÄESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.
• KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA NÕUAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST
ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT TÕLKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST.
• ÄRGE ÜRITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT KÄESOLEVA
TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU SAAMIST.
• KÄESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE VÕIB PÕHJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA,
OPERAATORI VÕI PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILÖÖGI, MEHAANILISE
VÕI MUU OHU TAGAJÄRJEL.
(FI)
TÄMÄ HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.
• JOS ASIAKKAAN PALVELUNTARJOAJA VAATII MUUTA KUIN
ENGLANNINKIELISTÄ MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN KÄÄNNÖKSEN
HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA.
• ÄLÄ YRITÄ KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT
JA YMMÄRTÄNYT TÄMÄN HUOLTO-OHJEEN.
• MIKÄLI TÄTÄ VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA
PALVELUNTARJOAJAN, LAITTEISTON KÄYTTÄJÄN TAI POTILAAN
VAHINGOITTUMINEN SÄHKÖISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN
VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.
ȆȇȅǼǿǻȅȆȅǿǾȈǾ
ȉȅ Ȇǹȇȅȃ ǼīȋǼǿȇǿǻǿȅ ȈǼȇǺǿȈ ǻǿǹȉǿĬǼȉǹǿ Ȉȉǹ ǹīīȁǿȀǹ Ȃȅȃȅ.
• Ǽǹȃ ȉȅ ǹȉȅȂȅ ȆǹȇȅȋǾȈ ȈǼȇǺǿȈ ǼȃȅȈ ȆǼȁǹȉǾ ǹȆǹǿȉǼǿ ȉȅ Ȇǹȇȅȃ
ǼīȋǼǿȇǿǻǿȅ ȈǼ īȁȍȈȈǹ ǼȀȉȅȈ ȉȍȃ ǹīīȁǿȀȍȃ, ǹȆȅȉǼȁǼǿ ǼȊĬȊȃǾ ȉȅȊ
ȆǼȁǹȉǾ ȃǹ ȆǹȇǼȋǼǿ ȊȆǾȇǼȈǿǼȈ ȂǼȉǹĭȇǹȈǾȈ.
• ȂǾȃ ǼȆǿȋǼǿȇǾȈǼȉǼ ȉǾȃ ǼȀȉǼȁǼȈǾ ǼȇīǹȈǿȍȃ ȈǼȇǺǿȈ Ȉȉȅȃ ǼȄȅȆȁǿȈȂȅ
ǼȀȉȅȈ Ǽǹȃ ǼȋǼȉǼ ȈȊȂǺȅȊȁǼȊȉǼǿ Ȁǹǿ ǼȋǼȉǼ ȀǹȉǹȃȅǾȈǼǿ ȉȅ Ȇǹȇȅȃ
ǼīȋǼǿȇǿǻǿȅ ȈǼȇǺǿȈ.
• Ǽǹȃ ǻǼ ȁǹǺǼȉǼ ȊȆȅȌǾ ȉǾȃ ȆȇȅǼǿǻȅȆȅǿǾȈǾ ǹȊȉǾ, ǼȃǻǼȋǼȉǹǿ ȃǹ
ȆȇȅȀȁǾĬǼǿ ȉȇǹȊȂǹȉǿȈȂȅȈ Ȉȉȅ ǹȉȅȂȅ ȆǹȇȅȋǾȈ ȈǼȇǺǿȈ, Ȉȉȅ ȋǼǿȇǿȈȉǾ dz
Ȉȉȅȃ ǹȈĬǼȃǾ ǹȆȅ ǾȁǼȀȉȇȅȆȁǾȄǿǹ, ȂǾȋǹȃǿȀȅȊȈ dz ǹȁȁȅȊȈ ȀǿȃǻȊȃȅȊȈ.
VAROITUS
(EL)
FIGYELMEZTETÉS
(HU)
EZEN KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYV KIZÁRÓLAG ANGOL NYELVEN ÉRHETė EL.
• HA A VEVė SZOLGÁLTATÓJA ANGOLTÓL ELTÉRė NYELVRE TART IGÉNYT,
AKKOR A VEVė FELELėSSÉGE A FORDÍTÁS ELKÉSZÍTTETÉSE.
• NE PRÓBÁLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNÁLNI A BERENDEZÉST, AMÍG A
KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYVBEN LEÍRTAKAT NEM ÉRTELMEZTÉK.
• EZEN FIGYELMEZTETÉS FIGYELMEN KÍVÜL HAGYÁSA A SZOLGÁLTATÓ,
MĥKÖDTETė VAGY A BETEG ÁRAMÜTÉS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYÉB
VESZÉLYHELYZET MIATTI SÉRÜLÉSÉT EREDMÉNYEZHETI.
13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
VIÐVÖRUN
(IS)
ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK ER EINGÖNGU FÁANLEG Á ENSKU.
• EF ÞJÓNUSTUAÐILI VIÐSKIPTAMANNS ÞARFNAST ANNARS TUNGUMÁLS EN
ENSKU, ER ÞAÐ Á ÁBYRGÐ VIÐSKIPTAMANNS AÐ ÚTVEGA ÞÝÐINGU.
• REYNIÐ EKKI AÐ ÞJÓNUSTA TÆKIÐ NEMA EFTIR AÐ HAFA SKOÐAÐ OG
SKILIÐ ÞESSA ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK.
• EF EKKI ER FARIÐ AÐ ÞESSARI VIÐVÖRUN GETUR ÞAÐ VALDIÐ MEIÐSLUM
ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDA, STJÓRNANDA EÐA SJÚKLINGS VEGNA RAFLOSTS,
VÉLRÆNNAR EÐA ANNARRAR HÆTTU.
VÝSTRAHA
(CS)
TENTO SERVISNÍ NÁVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKÉM JAZYCE.
• V PěÍPADċ, ŽE POSKYTOVATEL SLUŽEB ZÁKAZNÍKģM POTěEBUJE NÁVOD
V JINÉM JAZYCE, JE ZAJIŠTċNÍ PěEKLADU DO ODPOVÍDAJÍCÍHO JAZYKA
ÚKOLEM ZÁKAZNÍKA.
• NEPROVÁDċJTE ÚDRŽBU TOHOTO ZAěÍZENÍ, ANIŽ BYSTE SI PěEýETLI
TENTO SERVISNÍ NÁVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH.
• V PěÍPADċ NEDODRŽOVÁNÍ TÉTO VÝSTRAHY MģŽE DOJÍT ÚRAZU
ELEKTRICKÁM PROUDEM PRACOVNÍKA POSKYTOVATELE SLUŽEB,
OBSLUŽNÉHO PERSONÁLU NEBO PACIENTģ VLIVEM ELEKTRICKÉHOP
PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM K RIZIKU MECHANICKÉHO POŠKOZENÍ NEBO
JINÉMU RIZIKU.
ADVARSEL
DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN PÅ ENGELSK.
• HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END
ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SØRGE FOR OVERSÆTTELSE.
• FORSØG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE
DENNE SERVICEMANUAL ER BLEVET LÆST OG FORSTÅET.
• MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFØRE SKADE
PÅ GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR
TEKNIKEREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PATIENTEN.
WAARSCHUWING
(NL)
DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS VERKRIJGBAAR.
• ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS DE
KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN.
• PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE
ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS.
• INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET
ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATIËNT GEWOND
KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK,
MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.
(DA)
14
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BRƮDINƖJUMS
(LV)
ŠƮ APKALPES ROKASGRƖMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGƹU VALODƖ.
• JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZƜJAM NEPIECIEŠAMA INFORMƖCIJA CITƖ
VALODƖ, NEVIS ANGƹU, KLIENTA PIENƖKUMS IR NODROŠINƖT TULKOŠANU.
• NEVEICIET APRƮKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRƖMATAS
IZLASƮŠANAS UN SAPRAŠANAS.
• ŠƮ BRƮDINƖJUMA NEIEVƜROŠANA VAR RADƮT ELEKTRISKƖS STRƖVAS
TRIECIENA, MEHƖNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISƮTU TRAUMU APKALPES
SNIEDZƜJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.
ƲSPƠJIMAS
(LT)
ŠIS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA IŠLEISTAS TIK ANGLǏ KALBA.
• JEI KLIENTO PASLAUGǏ TEIKƠJUI REIKIA VADOVO KITA KALBA – NE ANGLǏ,
VERTIMU PASIRNjPINTI TURI KLIENTAS.
• NEMƠGINKITE ATLIKTI ƲRANGOS TECHNINƠS PRIEŽINjROS DARBǏ, NEBENT
VADOVAUTUMƠTƠS ŠIUO EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVU IR JƲ SUPRASTUMƠTE
• NEPAISANT ŠIO PERSPƠJIMO, PASLAUGǏ TEIKƠJAS, OPERATORIUS AR
PACIENTAS GALI BNjTI SUŽEISTAS DƠL ELEKTROS SMNjGIO, MECHANINIǏ AR
KITǏ PAVOJǏ.
ADVARSEL
(NO)
DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN FINNES BARE PÅ ENGELSK.
• HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDØR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRÅK, ER DET
KUNDENS ANSVAR Å SØRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE.
• IKKE FORSØK Å REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE
SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTÅTT.
• MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FØRE TIL AT
SERVICELEVERANDØREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES PÅ
GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STØT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.
OSTRZEĩENIE
(PL)
NINIEJSZY PODRĉCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĉPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JĉZYKU
ANGIELSKIM.
• JEĝLI FIRMA ĝWIADCZĄCA KLIENTOWI USáUGI SERWISOWE WYMAGA
UDOSTĉPNIENIA PODRĉCZNIKA W JĉZYKU INNYM NIĩ ANGIELSKI,
OBOWIĄZEK ZAPEWNIENIA STOSOWNEGO TáUMACZENIA SPOCZYWA NA
KLIENCIE.
• NIE PRÓBOWAû SERWISOWAû NINIEJSZEGO SPRZĉTU BEZ UPRZEDNIEGO
ZAPOZNANIA SIĉ Z PODRĉCZNIKIEM SERWISOWYM.
• NIEZASTOSOWANIE SIĉ DO TEGO OSTRZEĩENIA MOĪE GROZIû
OBRAĩENIAMI CIAáA SERWISANTA, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU
PORAĩENIA PRĄDEM, URAZU MECHANICZNEGO LUB INNEGO RODZAJU
ZAGROĩEē.
15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
ATENğIE
(RO)
ɈɋɌɈɊɈɀɇɈ!
(RU)
ɉɊȿȾɍɉɊȿɀȾȿɇɂȿ
(BG)
UPOZORENJE
(SR)
16
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLEZĂ.
• DACĂ UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENğI NECESITĂ O ALTĂ LIMBĂ
DECÂT CEA ENGLEZĂ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI SĂ FURNIZEZE O
TRADUCERE.
• NU ÎNCERCAğI SĂ REPARAğI ECHIPAMENTUL DECÂT ULTERIOR
CONSULTĂRII ùI ÎNğELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE.
• IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RĂNIREA
DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI ÎN URMA
PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALTĂ NATURĂ.
ȾȺɇɇɈȿ ɊɍɄɈȼɈȾɋɌȼɈ ɉɈ ɈȻɋɅɍɀɂȼȺɇɂɘ ɉɊȿȾɈɋɌȺȼɅəȿɌɋə ɌɈɅɖɄɈ
ɇȺ ȺɇȽɅɂɃɋɄɈɆ əɁɕɄȿ.
• ȿɋɅɂ ɋȿɊȼɂɋɇɈɆɍ ɉȿɊɋɈɇȺɅɍ ɄɅɂȿɇɌȺ ɇȿɈȻɏɈȾɂɆɈ ɊɍɄɈȼɈȾɋɌȼɈ
ɇȿ ɇȺ ȺɇȽɅɂɃɋɄɈɆ əɁɕɄȿ, ɄɅɂȿɇɌɍ ɋɅȿȾɍȿɌ ɋȺɆɈɋɌɈəɌȿɅɖɇɈ
ɈȻȿɋɉȿɑɂɌɖ ɉȿɊȿȼɈȾ.
• ɉȿɊȿȾ ɈȻɋɅɍɀɂȼȺɇɂȿɆ ɈȻɈɊɍȾɈȼȺɇɂə ɈȻəɁȺɌȿɅɖɇɈ ɈȻɊȺɌɂɌȿɋɖ
Ʉ ȾȺɇɇɈɆɍ ɊɍɄɈȼɈȾɋɌȼɍ ɂ ɉɈɃɆɂɌȿ ɂɁɅɈɀȿɇɇɕȿ ȼ ɇȿɆ ɋȼȿȾȿɇɂə.
• ɇȿɋɈȻɅɘȾȿɇɂȿ ɍɄȺɁȺɇɇɕɏ ɌɊȿȻɈȼȺɇɂɃ ɆɈɀȿɌ ɉɊɂȼȿɋɌɂ Ʉ ɌɈɆɍ,
ɑɌɈ ɋɉȿɐɂȺɅɂɋɌ ɉɈ ɌȿɏɈȻɋɅɍɀɂȼȺɇɂɘ, ɈɉȿɊȺɌɈɊ ɂɅɂ ɉȺɐɂȿɇɌ
ɉɈɅɍɑȺɌ ɍȾȺɊ ɁɅȿɄɌɊɂɑȿɋɄɂɆ ɌɈɄɈɆ, ɆȿɏȺɇɂɑȿɋɄɍɘ ɌɊȺȼɆɍ ɂɅɂ
ȾɊɍȽɈȿ ɉɈȼɊȿɀȾȿɇɂȿ.
ɌɈȼȺ ɋȿɊȼɂɁɇɈ ɊɔɄɈȼɈȾɋɌȼɈ ȿ ɇȺɅɂɑɇɈ ɋȺɆɈ ɇȺ ȺɇȽɅɂɃɋɄɂ ȿɁɂɄ.
• ȺɄɈ ȾɈɋɌȺȼɑɂɄɔɌ ɇȺ ɋȿɊȼɂɁɇɂ ɍɋɅɍȽɂ ɇȺ ɄɅɂȿɇɌ ɋȿ ɇɍɀȾȺȿ ɈɌ
ȿɁɂɄ, ɊȺɁɅɂɑȿɇ ɈɌ ȺɇȽɅɂɃɋɄɂ, ɁȺȾɔɅɀȿɇɂȿ ɇȺ ɄɅɂȿɇɌȺ ȿ ȾȺ
ɉɊȿȾɈɋɌȺȼɂ ɉɊȿȼɈȾȺɑȿɋɄȺ ɍɋɅɍȽȺ.
• ɇȿ ɋȿ ɈɉɂɌȼȺɃɌȿ ȾȺ ɂɁȼɔɊɒȼȺɌȿ ɋȿɊȼɂɁɇɈ ɈȻɋɅɍɀȼȺɇȿ ɇȺ ɌɈȼȺ
ɈȻɈɊɍȾȼȺɇȿ, Ɉɋȼȿɇ ȼɋɅɍɑȺɃ, ɑȿ ɋȿɊȼɂɁɇɈɌɈ ɊɔɄɈȼɈȾɋɌȼɈ ȿ
ɉɊɈɑȿɌȿɇɈ ɂ ɋȿ ɊȺɁȻɂɊȺ.
• ɇȿɋɉȺɁȼȺɇȿɌɈ ɇȺ ɌɈȼȺ ɉɊȿȾɍɉɊȿɀȾȿɇɂȿ ɆɈɀȿ ȾȺ ȾɈȼȿȾȿ ȾɈ
ɇȺɊȺɇəȼȺɇȿ ɇȺ ȾɈɋɌȺȼɑɂɄȺ ɇȺ ɋȿɊȼɂɁɇɂ ɍɋɅɍȽɂ, ɇȺ ɈɉȿɊȺɌɈɊȺ
ɂɅɂ ɉȺɐɂȿɇɌȺ ȼɋɅȿȾɋɌȼɂȿɇȺ ɌɈɄɈȼ ɍȾȺɊ, ɆȿɏȺɇɂɑɇɂ ɂɅɂ ȾɊɍȽɂ
ɊɂɋɄɈȼȿ.
OVAJ PRIRUýNIK ZA SERVISIRANJE DOSTUPAN JE SAMO NA ENGLESKOM
JEZIKU.
• AKO KLIJENTOV SERVISER ZAHTEVA JEZIK KOJI NIJE ENGLESKI,
ODGOVORNOST JE NA KLIJENTU DA PRUŽI USLUGE PREVOĈENJA.
• NEMOJTE POKUŠAVATI DA SERVISIRATE OPREMU AKO NISTE PROýITALI I
RAZUMELI PRIRUýNIK ZA SERVISIRANJE.
• AKO NE POŠTUJETE OVO UPOZORENJE, MOŽE DOûI DO POVREĈIVANJA
SERVISERA, OPERATERA ILI PACIJENTA UZROKOVANOG ELEKTRIýNIM
UDAROM, MEHANIýKIM I DRUGIM OPASNOSTIMA.
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
OPOZORILO
(SL)
UPOZORENJE
(HR)
UPOZORNENIE
(SK)
VARNING
(SV)
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
TA SERVISNI PRIROýNIK JE NA VOLJO SAMO V ANGLEŠýINI.
• ýE PONUDNIK SERVISNIH STORITEV ZA STRANKO POTREBUJE NAVODILA V
DRUGEM JEZIKU, JE ZA PREVOD ODGOVORNA STRANKA SAMA.
• NE POSKUŠAJTE SERVISIRATI OPREME, NE DA BI PREJ PREBRALI IN
RAZUMELI SERVISNI PRIROýNIK.
• ýE TEGA OPOZORILA NE UPOŠTEVATE, OBSTAJA NEVARNOST
ELEKTRIýNEGA UDARA, MEHANSKIH ALI DRUGIH NEVARNOSTI IN
POSLEDIýNIH POŠKODB PONUDNIKA SERVISNIH STORITEV, UPORABNIKA
OPREME ALI PACIENTA.
OVAJ SERVISNI PRIRUýNIK DOSTUPAN JE SAMO NA ENGLESKOM JEZIKU.
• AKO KLIJENTOV SERVISER ZAHTIJEVA JEZIK KOJI NIJE ENGLESKI,
ODGOVORNOST KLIJENTA JE PRUŽITI USLUGE PREVOĈENJA.
• NEMOJTE POKUŠAVATI SERVISIRATI OPREMU AKO NISTE PROýITALI I
RAZUMJELI SERVISNI PRIRUýNIK.
• AKO NE POŠTUJETE OVO UPOZORENJE, MOŽE DOûI DO OZLJEDE
SERVISERA, OPERATERA ILI PACIJENTA PROUZROýENE STRUJNIM
UDAROM, MEHANIýKIM I DRUGIM OPASNOSTIMA.
TÁTO SERVISNÁ PRÍRUýKA JE K DISPOZÍCII LEN V ANGLIýTINE.
• AK ZÁKAZNÍKOV POSKYTOVATEď SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK AKO
ANGLIýTINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATEďSKÝCH SLUŽIEB JE
ZODPOVEDNOSġOU ZÁKAZNÍKA.
• NEPOKÚŠAJTE SA VYKONÁVAġ SERVIS ZARIADENIA SKÔR, AKO SI
NEPREýÍTATE SERVISNÚ PRÍRUýKU A NEPOROZUMIETE JEJ.
• ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA MÔŽE VYÚSTIġ DO ZRANENIA
POSKYTOVATEďA SLUŽIEB, OBSLUHUJÚCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA
ELEKTRICKÝM PRÚDOM, PRÍPADNE DO MECHANICKÉHO ALEBO INÉHO
NEBEZPEýENSTVA.
DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ ENGELSKA.
• OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRÅK ÄN
ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FÖR ATT TILLHANDAHÅLLA
ÖVERSÄTTNINGSTJÄNSTER.
• FÖRSÖK INTE UTFÖRA SERVICE PÅ UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LÄST
OCH FÖRSTÅR DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN.
• OM DU INTE TAR HÄNSYN TILL DEN HÄR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA I
SKADOR PÅ SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATÖREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL
FÖLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STÖTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA FAROR.
17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
DøKKAT
(TR)
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BU SERVøS KILAVUZU YALNIZCA øNGøLøZCE OLARAK SAöLANMIùTIR.
• EöER MÜùTERø TEKNøSYENø KILAVUZUN øNGøLøZCE DIùINDAKø BøR DøLDE
OLMASINI øSTERSE, KILAVUZU TERCÜME ETTøRMEK MÜùTERøNøN
SORUMLULUöUNDADIR.
• SERVøS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKøPMANLARA MÜDAHALE
ETMEYøNøZ.
• BU UYARININ GÖZ ARDI EDøLMESø, ELEKTRøK ÇARPMASI YA DA MEKANøK
VEYA DøöER TÜRDEN KAZALAR SONUCUNDA TEKNøSYENøN, OPERATÖRÜN
YA DA HASTANIN YARALANMASINA YOL AÇABøLøR.
(JA)
Traditional
Chinese
18
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
(ZH-CN)
(KO)
19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage In
Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed for” by
a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be
reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the
contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim
for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT - FOR USA ONLY
All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the
equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of
electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Healthcare personnel.
In performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers.
All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable
electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.
OMISSIONS & ERRORS
If there are any omissions, errors or suggestions for improving this documentation, please contact the
GE Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type, manual title, part
number, revision number, page number and suggestion details.
Mail the information to:
Service Documentation
9900 Innovation Drive (RP-2156)
Wauwatosa, WI 53226, USA.
GE Healthcare employees should use TrackWise to report service documentation issues. These issues
will then be in the internal problem reporting tool and communicated to the writer.
SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.
WARNING
Use all Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) such as gloves, safety shoes, safety
glasses, and kneeling pad, to reduce the risk of injury.
For a complete review of all safety requirements, see: Section 1-4 "Safety considerations" on page 115. of the latest version of LOGIQ E9 Service Manual.
20
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LEGAL NOTES
The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without
prior written permission of GE Healthcare.
GE Healthcare may revise this publication from time to time without written notice.
PROPRIETARY TO GE HEALTHCARE
Permission to use this Advanced Service Software and related documentation (herein called the
Material) by persons other than GE Healthcare employees is provided only under an Advanced Service
Package License relating specifically to this Proprietary Material. This is a different agreement from the
one under which operating and basic service software is licensed. A license to use operating or basic
service software does not extend to or cover this software or related documentation.
If you are a GE Healthcare employee or a customer who has entered into such a license agreement
with GE Healthcare to use this proprietary software, you are authorized to use this Material according
to the conditions stated in your license agreement.
However, you do not have the permission of GE Healthcare to alter, decompose or reverse-assemble
the software, and unless you are a GE employee, you may not copy the Material. The Material is
protected by Copyright and Trade Secret laws; the violation of which can result in civil damages and
criminal prosecution.
If you are not party to such a license agreement or a GE Healthcare Employee, you must exit this
Material now.
TRADEMARKS
All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.
COPYRIGHTS
All Material Copyright© 2014 by General Electric Company Inc. All Rights Reserved.
21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Revision History
Revision
Date
YYYY/MM/DD
Rev. 1
2014/07/21
R5 Release
Rev. 2
2014/10/13
Remove duplicate TOC from Chapter 1. ECR 2124250.
Reason for change
List of Effected Pages (LOEP)
22
Pages
Revision
Pages
Revision
Pages
Revision
Title Page
Rev. 2
4-1 to 4-54
Rev. 2
10-1 to 10-28
Rev. 2
Warnings
Rev. 2
5-1 to 5-34
Rev. 2
Back Cover
N/A
TOC
Rev. 2
6-1 to 6-16
Rev. 2
1-1 to 1-28
Rev. 2
7-1 to 7-98
Rev. 2
2-1 to 2-12
Rev. 2
8-1 to 8-316
Rev. 2
3-1 to 3-80
Rev. 2
9-1 to 9-116
Rev. 2
-
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 1
Introduction
Section 1-1
Overview
1-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing LOGIQ E9. The service provider
must read and understand all the information presented here before installing or servicing a unit.
Section 1-2
Service manual overview
Attention
This manual contains necessary and sufficient information for the Field Service Engineer or Biotech
Engineer to maintain and service the system safely. Advanced equipment training may be provided by
factory trained Field Service trainers for the agreed-upon time period.
This service manual provides installation and service information for the LOGIQ E9 ultrasound scanning
unit. It is divided in 10 chapters as shown below, in Table 1-1 "Contents in this service manual" on page
1-2.
Indications for Use
The LOGIQ E9 is intended for use by a qualified physician for ultrasound evaluation. Specific clinical
applications and exam types include:
•
Fetal/Obstetrics
•
Abdominal (includes renal, GYN/Pelvic)
•
Pediatric
•
Small Organ (breast, testes, thyroid)
•
Neonatal Cephalic
•
Adult Cephalic
•
Cardiac (adult and pediatric)
•
Peripheral Vascular
•
Musculo-skeletal Conventional and Superficial
•
Urology (including prostate)
•
Transrectal
•
Transvaginal
•
Transesophageal
Contraindication
The LOGIQ E9 ultrasound system is not intended for ophthalmic use or any use causing the acoustic
beam to pass through the eye.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Contents in this service manual
The service manual is divided into ten chapters.
In the beginning of the manual, before chapter 1, you will find the language policy for GE’s service
documentation, legal information, a revision overview, and the Table of Contents (TOC).
An Index has been included after chapter 10.
Table 1-1
Contents in this service manual
CHAPTER
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
1
Introduction
Contains a content summary and warnings.
2
Site preparations
Contains pre-setup requirements for the LOGIQ E9.
3
LOGIQ E9 Setup
Contains setup procedure with procedure checklist.
4
Functional Checks
Contains functional checks that must be performed as part of the
installation, or as required during servicing and periodic
maintenance.
5
Components and Functions (Theory)
Contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the
electronics.
6
Service Adjustments
Contains instructions on how to make any available adjustments to
the LOGIQ E9.
7
Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
Provides procedures for running diagnostic or related routines for the
LOGIQ E9.
8
Replacement procedures
Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly procedures for all
changeable FRUs, available option installation instructions, and
upgrade installation instructions.
9
Renewal Parts
Contains a complete list of replacement parts for the LOGIQ E9.
10
Care & Maintenance
Provides periodic maintenance procedures for LOGIQ E9.
Index
A quick way to the topic you’re looking for.
N/A
1-2
CHAPTER TITLE
Section 1-2 - Service manual overview
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-2-2
1-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Typical users of the “Basic” Service Manual
•
Service Personnel (setup, maintenance, etc.)
•
Hospital’s Service Personnel
•
Architectural Planners/Installation Planners (some parts of Chapter 2 - Site preparations)
LOGIQ E9 models covered by this manual
Table 1-2
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations and Hardware/Software Compatibility Upgrade Options
CONSOLE
MODEL
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
SOFTWARE VERSION
Phase I
BT2010
BT2011
BT2013 BT2014
1.0.3
1.0.4
1.0.5
1.0.6
2.0.3
2.0.4
2.0.5
3.1.2
3.1.3
4 Rev.
x.x
5 Rev.
x.x
5205000
LOGIQ E9,
00-240 VAC
Y
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
Y
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
U
U
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
U
U
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
U
U
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations and Hardware/Software Compatibility - Upgrade Options
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations and Hardware/Software
Compatibility - Upgrade Options
Y
Original
U
Upgrade available
N
Not supported
Front End Processor - see: 9-12-2 "Front End Boards Compatible Configurations" on page 9-61.
Back End Processor - see: 9-13-1 "Back End Boards Compatible Configurations" on page 9-73.
NOTE:
When not otherwise specified, the contents of this manual applies to all LOGIQ E9 models.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-2-4
1-2-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Product description
Overview of the LOGIQ E9 ultrasound scanner
The LOGIQ E9 ultrasound unit is a high performance digital ultrasound imaging system with total data
management.
The system provides image generation in B-Mode, Color Doppler, Power Doppler, M-Mode,
Color M-Mode, PW and 4D, Tissue Velocity imaging, Volume-Guided Ultrasound and Contrast
applications. The fully digital architecture of the LOGIQ E9 unit allows optimal usage of all scanning
modes and probe types throughout the full spectrum of operating frequencies.
Signal flows from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End, and then over to the Back End Processor
and finally to the monitor and peripherals.
System configuration is stored on the hard drive in the Back End Processor.
•
1-2-4-2
All necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up. to check for installed options.
Purpose of the operator manual(s)
The operator manuals should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ E9.
The online versions of the operator manuals are available via the Help function on LOGIQ E9’s operator
panel.
1-4
Section 1-2 - Service manual overview
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-3
Important conventions
1-3-1
1-3-1-1
Conventions used in book
Model designations
This manual covers the LOGIQ E9 scanners listed in 1-2-3 "LOGIQ E9 models covered by this manual"
on page 1-3.
1-3-1-2
Icons
Pictures, or icons, are used wherever they will reinforce the printed message. The icons, labels, and
conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter.
1-3-1-3
Safety precaution messages
Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service
information. The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary
message. Known or potential hazards to personnel are labeled in one of three ways:
•
DANGER
•
WARNING
•
CAUTION
When a hazard is present that can cause property damage, but has absolutely no personal injury risk,
a NOTICE is used.
DANGER
DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL
CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE
IGNORED.
WARNING
WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE
SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE
IGNORED.
CAUTION CAUTION IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL OR CAN CAUSE
MINOR PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED.
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE POSSIBLE.
NOTICE Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no
personal injury risk.
Notice Example: Disk drive may crash.
NOTE:
Notes are used to provide important information about an item or a procedure.
NOTE:
Be sure to read the notes; the information contained in a note can often save you time or effort.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Standard hazard icons
Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point
contained within a triangle,
as seen throughout this chapter. In addition to text, several different graphical icons (symbols) may be
used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause harm. Even if a symbol
isn’t used in this manual, it may be included for your reference.
Table 1-3
Standard hazard icons
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
BIOLOGICAL
ELECTRICAL
MOVING
ACOUSTIC OUTPUT
EXPLOSION
SMOKE / FIRE
LASER
HEAT
PINCH
LASER
LIGHT
1-6
Section 1-3 - Important conventions
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Standard hazard icons (cont’d)
Table 1-4
Standard hazard icons (cont’d)
RADIATION
“
“
“
“
Other icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed.
Table 1-5
Standard Icons that indicate that a special procedure is to be used
AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY
TAG AND LOCK OUT
WEAR EYE PROTECTION
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
OR
HAND PROTECTION
FOOT PROTECTION
“
“
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons
The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information
provided on the equipment.
Table 1-6
Product icons 1 of 7
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
LOCATION
Identification and Rating Plate
Manufacturer’s name and address
Rear panel
Date of manufacture
Rating Plate
Serial Number
Rating Plate
Catalog Number
Rating Plate
Identification and Rating Plate
Type/Class Label
Used to indicate the degree of safety or
protection.
United States only
Prescription Requirement label
Rear panel
Authorized European Representative
address
Rear panel
Equipment Type BF (man in the box
symbol) IEC 878-02-03 indicates B
Type equipment having a floating
applied part.
Probe connectors including Doppler
probe connector
Equipment Type BF Applied Part (man
in the box with paddle) symbol is in
accordance with IEC 60417-5334.
Probe
Equipment Type CF (heart in the box
Probe connectors and ECG connector.
symbol) IEC 878-02-05 indicates
equipment having a floating applied part On newer systems also on the rear of
having a degree of protection suitable
the system.
for direct cardiac contact.
1-8
Section 1-3 - Important conventions
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 1-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (Continued) 2 of 7
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
DEFIBRILLATOR-PROOF TYPE CF
EQUIPMENT.
Device Listing/Certification Labels
LOCATION
At the ECG connector on front of
system.
Laboratory logo or labels denoting
conformance with industry safety
standards such as UL or IEC.
Rear of console
This precaution is intended to prevent
injury that may result if one person
attempt to move the unit considerable
distances or on an incline due to the
weight of the unit.
Rear cover label
DO NOT push the system at this point or
from this area. Use the handle to push/
pull the system, e.g., DO NOT use the
LCD. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury or system damage.
Rear of LCD Monitor
Front of On-Board V Nav Stand
Follow Instructions for Use.
“ATTENTION” - Consult accompanying
documents is intended to alert the user
to refer to the operator manual or other
instructions when complete information
cannot be provided on the label.
Rear Cover,
Rear of LCD Monitor,
Miscellaneous Probe Labels
Follow Instructions for Use.
“ATTENTION” - Consult accompanying
documents is intended to alert the user
to refer to the operator manual or other
instructions when complete information
cannot be provided on the label.
Rear of particular Main Power Supply
“DANGER - Risk of explosion used in...” The system is not designed for use with
flammable anesthetic gases.
The system is not designed for use with
flammable anesthetic gases.
Rear cover console
Rear of console
C-UL Mark Parts
Indicates that the product has been
tested and approved in UL Laboratories,
based on UL and CSA standards,
through mutual approval activities.
Chapter 1 Introduction
Rear of LCD Monitor (inside)
Footswitch
1-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 1-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (Continued) 3 of 7
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
LOCATION
This unit carries the CE mark.
The LOGIQ E9 unit complies with
regulatory requirements of the
European Directive 93/ 42/EEC
concerning medical devices.
Rear of console
It also complies with emission limits for
a Group 1, Class B Medical Device as
stated in EN 60601-1-2
(IEC 60601-1-2).
Various
“CAUTION” The equilateral triangle is
usually used in combination with other
symbols to advise or warn the user.
Shear Wave Option Capacitor Pack
“ATTENTION - Consult
accompanying documents”
is intended to alert the user to refer to
the operator manual or other
instructions when complete information
cannot be provided on the label.
Various,
Rear Cover,
Probe Label
General Warning
1 - 10
“Warning - Dangerous Voltage”
(the lightning flash with arrowhead in
equilateral triangle) is used to indicate
electric shock hazards.
Various
“Mains OFF”
Indicates the power off position of the
mains power switch.
Rear of system adjacent to
MAINS Switch
Section 1-3 - Important conventions
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 1-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (Continued) 4 of 7
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
LOCATION
“PINCH POINT”
Indicates moving parts that may cause
injury (such as the top, rear of the LCD
Arm or XYZ Mech).
Various
“Mains ON”
Indicates the Power ON position of the
mains power switch.
“ON” Indicates the power on position of
the power switch.
CAUTION
THE ON/OFF BUTTON ON
THE OPERATOR PANEL
DOES NOT ISOLATE MAINS
SUPPLY
Rear of console
ON/OFF button
or
CAUTION
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN USING
THE ON/OFF BUTTON DOES
NOT DISCONNECT LOGIQ E9
FROM MAINS VOLTAGE.
Operating Panel
For disconnecting LOGIQ E9 from
mains voltage after system shutdown,
please set the circuit breaker close to
the mains inlet to OFF as described in
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
“Protective Earth”
Indicates the protective earth
(grounding) terminal.
“Equipotential”
Indicates the terminal to be used for
connecting equipotential conductors
when interconnecting (grounding) with
other equipment as described in
IEC60601-1.
Alternating Current symbol is in
accordance with IEC 60878-01-14.
Chapter 1 Introduction
Used several places inside the system.
Rear of console
Rear Panel, Rating Plate, Circuit
breaker label of console and Front
Panel (if applicable).
1 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 1-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (Continued) 5 of 7
LABEL/SYMBOL
or
1 - 12
PURPOSE/MEANING
LOCATION
This symbol indicates that waste
electrical and electronic equipment
must not be disposed of as unsorted
municipal waste and must be collected
separately. Please contact an
authorized representative of the
manufacturer for information concerning
the decommissioning of your
equipment.
Rear of console
Rear of LCD Monitor (inside)
This product consists of devices that
may contain mercury, which must be
recycled or disposed of in accordance
with local, state, or country laws. (Within
this system, the backlight lamps in the
monitor display, contain mercury.)
Rear Panel
Rear of LCD Monitor (inside)
ETL Listing Mark Monogram
Rear Panel
GOST Symbol. Russia Regulatory
Country Clearance.
Rear Panel
ISO 7010 - P007
Volume Navigation Pacemaker Warning
V Nav Transmitter
Indicates the presence of hazardous
substance(s) above the maximum
concentration value. Maximum
concentration values for electronic
information products, as set by the
People’s Republic of China Electronic
Industry Standard SJ/T11364-2006,
include the hazardous substances of
lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium,
cadmium, polybrominated biphenyl
(PBB), and polybrominated diphenyl
ether (PBDE). “10” indicates the number
of years during which the hazardous
substance(s) will not leak or mutate so
that the use of this product will not result
in any severe environmental pollution,
bodily injury, or damage to any assets.
Probe
Section 1-3 - Important conventions
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 1-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (Continued) 6 of 7
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
LOCATION
Indicates the presence of hazardous
substance(s) above the maximum
concentration value. Maximum
concentration values for electronic
information products, as set by the
People’s Republic of China Electronic
Industry Standard SJ/T11364-2006,
include the hazardous substances of
lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium,
cadmium, polybrominated biphenyl
(PBB), and polybrominated diphenyl
ether (PBDE). “20” indicates the number
of years during which the hazardous
substance(s) will not leak or mutate so
that the use of this product will not result
in any severe environmental pollution,
bodily injury, or damage to any assets.
China Rating Plate
CAUTION
LCD and Operator Panel information
and warnings.
Rear of the LCD monitor.
How to lower LCD prior to transport
How to lock Operator Panel prior to
transport
DO NOT place a finger, hand or any
object on the joint of the monitor or
monitor arm to avoid injury when moving
the monitor and monitor arm.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 1-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Product icons (Continued) 7 of 7
LABEL/SYMBOL
1-3-4
PURPOSE/MEANING
LOCATION
Non-ionizing Electromagnetic Radiation
Label
Rear Panel
Product Labels on LOGIQ E9 consoles used in a veterinary environment
There are different handling instructions when servicing consoles that are used in a veterinary
environment.
Table 1-7
Product Labels on LOGIQ E9 consoles used in a veterinary environment
LABEL
LOCATION
Side Covers
For Veterinary
use only
Back Cover
5454608
Probe(s)
5447716
1 - 14
Section 1-3 - Important conventions
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-4
Safety considerations
1-4-1
Introduction
The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service and repair of
this equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this
manual, violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment.
1-4-2
Human safety
•
Operating personnel must not remove the system covers.
•
Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only.
Only personnel who have participated in a LOGIQ E9 Training Seminar are authorized to service the
equipment.
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.
WARNING
IF THE COVERS ARE REMOVED FROM AN OPERATING LOGIQ E9, SOME METAL
SURFACES MAY BE WARM ENOUGH TO POSE A POTENTIAL HEAT HAZARD IF
TOUCHED, EVEN WHILE IN SHUTDOWN MODE.
WARNING
BECAUSE OF THE LIMITED ACCESS TO CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE FIELD,
PLACING PEOPLE IN AWKWARD POSITIONS, GE HAS LIMITED THE LIFTING WEIGHT
FOR ONE PERSON IN THE FIELD TO 16 KG (35 LBS). ANYTHING OVER 16 KG (35 LBS)
REQUIRES 2 PEOPLE.
WARNING
USE ALL PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE) SUCH AS GLOVES, SAFETY
SHOES, SAFETY GLASSES, AND KNEELING PAD, TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.
WARNING
EXPLOSION WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE.
OPERATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT
CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.
WARNING
Do Not Substitute Parts or Modify Equipment
Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not install substitute
parts or perform any unauthorized modification of the equipment.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-4-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Human safety (cont’d)
WARNING
When the top console is in its locked position, the gas shock is compressed and
stores mechanical energy. During normal operation the top console, the weight of
the monitor and the mechanical force of the gas shock are in balance. Take care if/
when you activate this gas shock. Personal injury can occur after the panel is
removed and the shock pressure is released. Take care when you repair the
elevation assembly.
WARNING
Ensure that the system is turned off and unplugged.
Wait for at least 20 seconds for capacitors to discharge as there are no test points to verify isolation.
The Amber light on the Op Panel On/Off button will turn off.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown and Back End Processor may be
energized even if the power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet
WARNING
Risk of electrical shock, system must be turned off and disconnected from power
source. Cord must be controlled at all times. Wait for at least 20 seconds for capacitors to
discharge as there are no test points to verify isolation. The Amber light on the Op Panel On/Off
button will turn off.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown and Back End Processor may be
energized even if the power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet
1 - 16
WARNING
Use extreme caution as long as THE LOGIQ E9 is un-stable, not resting on all four
Casters.
WARNING
Tilting the console requires two people in order to avoid injury to service personnel
and damage to the equipment.
WARNING
Beware of possible sharp edges on all mechanical parts. If sharp edges are
encountered, the appropriate PPE should be used to reduce the risk of injury.
The appropriate PPE is required per EHS Policies and SRA’s.
WARNING
Wear all PPE including gloves as indicated in the chemical MSDS.
Section 1-4 - Safety considerations
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Mechanical safety
WARNING
While the software install procedure is designed to preserve data, you should save any
patient data, images, system setups to a DVD or hardcopy before doing a software
upgrade.
WARNING
PRIOR TO ELEVATING THE SCANNER, VERIFY THAT THE KEYBOARD IS LOCKED IN
ITS LOWEST POSITION. VERIFY THAT THE FRONT BRAKE IS LOCKED AND THE
SCANNER IS UNABLE TO SWIVEL. VERIFY THAT THE REAR BRAKES ARE IN THE
LOCKED POSITION.
WARNING
WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE, USE
EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER.
WARNING
ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT CAN
EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING. USE CARE WHEN HANDLING AND
PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE. DO NOT USE A DAMAGED OR
DEFECTIVE PROBE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS CAN RESULT IN
SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
WARNING
REMEMBER: If the front caster swivel lock is engaged for transportation, pressing the
release pedal once disengages the swivel lock. You must depress the release pedal a
second time to engage the brake.
WARNING
The system should NOT be moved with the Operator I/O Panel extended. Move the
Operator I/O Panel to its centered and locked position. Lower the Operator I/O Panel as
much as possible before moving the system.
CAUTION
BEFORE YOU MOVE OR TRANSPORT THE SYSTEM, MAKE SURE TO LOCK THE LCD
MONITOR ARM FIRMLY AND FLIP DOWN THE MONITOR TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
SYSTEM.
CAUTION Always lock the Top/Upper Console in its parking (locked) position before moving the scanner
around.
CAUTION TO AVOID INJURY WHEN YOU MOVE THE LCD MONITOR AND THE MONITOR ARM, DO NOT
PUT YOUR FINGER, HAND, OR OBJECT ON THE JOINT OF THE MONITOR OR THE MONITOR
ARM.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1 - 17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Mechanical safety (cont’d)
CAUTION
LOGIQ E9 WEIGHS 135 KG (298 LB), R3.X AND EARLIER, 140 KG (309 LB), R4.X AND
LATER, OR MORE, DEPENDING ON INSTALLED PERIPHERALS, WHEN READY FOR
USE. CARE MUST BE USED WHEN MOVING IT OR REPLACING ITS PARTS. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THE PRECAUTIONS LISTED BELOW COULD RESULT IN INJURY,
UNCONTROLLED MOTION AND COSTLY DAMAGE. ALWAYS:
- BE SURE THE PATHWAY IS CLEAR.
- USE SLOW, CAREFUL MOTIONS.
- USE TWO PEOPLE WHEN MOVING ON INCLINES OR LIFTING MORE THAN
16 KG (35 LBS).
CAUTION TO AVOID INJURY OR DAMAGE TO THE MONITOR, MAKE SURE THERE IS NOTHING WITHIN
RANGE OF THE LCD BEFORE MOVING THE MONITOR AND MONITOR ARM. THIS INCLUDES
PEOPLE AS WELL AS THINGS.
CAUTION Ensure that nobody touches the console arm/frogleg when moving the Operator Panel.
CAUTION Use Protective Glasses during drilling, filing and during all other work where eyes need
protection.
CAUTION Use Safety Shoes when doing work where there is any chance of foot damage.
CAUTION Use Protective Gloves when drilling and cutting.
NOTICE Be careful not to pinch any of the cables.
NOTE:
1 - 18
Special care should be taken when transporting the unit in a vehicle, see 4-2-10-4 "Transporting
the LOGIQ E9 by vehicle" on page 4-16.
Section 1-4 - Safety considerations
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-4-4
1-4-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical safety
Safe practices
Follow these guidelines to minimize shock hazards whenever you are using the scanner:
WARNING
1-4-4-2
•
The equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground.
•
The unit is equipped with a three-conductor AC power cable. This must be plugged into an approved
electrical outlet with safety ground. A separate power outlet with a 20 amp circuit breaker for 120
VAC for 120V area, 7.5 amp circuit breaker for 220-240 VAC for 220/240V area or 15 amp circuit
breaker for 100 VAC for Japan.
•
The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment.
•
Both the system power cable and the power connector must meet international electrical standards.
Connecting a LOGIQ E9 scanner to the wrong voltage level will most likely destroy it.
Probes
Follow these guidelines before connecting a probe to the scanner:
•
•
Inspect the probe prior to each use for damage or degradation to the:
-
housing
-
cable strain relief
-
lens
-
seal
-
connector pins
-
locking mechanism
Do not use a damaged or defective probe.
•
Never immerse the probe connector or adapter into any liquid.
•
The system has more than one type of probe port. Use the appropriate probe port designed for the
probe you are connecting.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1 - 19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-5
Label locations
Refer to the approriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 2.
Table 1-8
1 - 20
LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual per console
CONSOLE MODEL
NUMBER
ENGLISH BASIC
USER MANUAL
DIRECTION NUMBER
5205000
5180374-100
5205000-2, -3
5335626-100
5205000-4, -5
5389558-100
5205000-6, -7
5450756-100
5205000-8
5496408-100
Section 1-5 - Label locations
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-6
Dangerous procedure warnings
Warnings, such as the example below, precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this
manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed.
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.
WARNING
IF THE COVERS ARE REMOVED FROM AN OPERATING LOGIQ E9, SOME METAL
SURFACES MAY BE WARM ENOUGH TO POSE A POTENTIAL HEAT HAZARD IF
TOUCHED, EVEN WHILE IN SHUT DOWN MODE.
WARNING
EXPLOSION WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE. OPERATION
OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A
DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.
WARNING
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT.
BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, DO NOT
INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION
OF THE EQUIPMENT.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1 - 21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-7
Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements
Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements (USA) or local Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring
you are in total control of the AC power plug at all times during the service process.
To apply Lockout/Tagout:
1.) Plan and prepare for shutdown.
2.) Shutdown the equipment.
3.) Isolate the equipment.
4.) Apply Lockout/Tagout Devices.
5.) Disconnect the Extended Power Shutdown battery at J3 when working in the BEP.
6.) Control all stored and residual energy.
7.) Verify isolation.
All potentially hazardous stored or residual energy is relieved.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
1 - 22
Date
When servicing parts of the system where there is exposure to voltage greater than 30 Volts:
1. Turn off the scanner.
2. Unplug the system.
3. Maintain control of the system power plug.
4. Wait for at least 20 seconds for capacitors to discharge as there are no test points to verify isolation.
The Amber light on the Op Panel On/Off button will turn off.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS
OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
If the Shear Wave Option is present, MAKE SURE the LEDs on the Capacitor Pack are OFF before
disconnecting the Capacitor Pack Cables.
Section 1-7 - Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-8
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts
Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances.
GE policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior to
shipment. GE employees, as well as customers, are responsible for ensuring that parts/equipment have
been properly decontaminated prior to shipment. Under no circumstance should a part or equipment
with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site (for example, body coils or an ultrasound
probe).
The purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the transportation industry, as well as the
people who will receive or open this package.
NOTE:
The US Department of Transportation (DOT) has ruled that “items that were saturated and/or
dripping with human blood that are now caked with dried blood; or which were used or intended
for use in patient care” are “regulated medical waste” for transportation purposes and must be
transported as a hazardous material.
For LOGIQ E9 Vet system
NOTE:
Return used/unused spare parts from a veterinary environment with the purple recycling label
(regardless of its actual condition) and add a description on the label stating that the items were
removed from a LOGIQ E9 Vet in a veterinary environment.
This applies for Probes and covers labeled as Vet used.
If purple recycling label is not used in your region, use local recycling label.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1 - 23
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-9
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
1-9-1
What is EMC?
Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic
environment. This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other
equipment, power sources and persons with which the device must interface. Inadequate compatibility
results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or
when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment. This interference is often
referred to as radio–frequency or electromagnetic interference (RFI/EMI) and can be radiated through
space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables. In addition to electromagnetic energy,
EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields, magnetic fields, electrostatic discharge and
disturbances in the electrical power supply.
1-9-2
Compliance
LOGIQ E9 conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and to immunity from
electrostatic discharge, radiated and conducted RF fields, magnetic fields and power line transient
requirements.
Applicable standards are: 47CFR Part 18, IEC60601–1–2:2001.
NOTE:
1 - 24
For CE Compliance, it is critical that all covers, screws, shielding, gaskets, mesh, clamps, are
in good condition, installed tightly without skew or stress. Proper installation following all
comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance.
Section 1-9 - Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-9-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) prevention
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS:
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED ESD
CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (TO THE RIGHT OF
THE POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
Risk of electrical shock, system must be turned off. Avoid all contact with electrical
contacts, conductors and components. Always use non-conductive handles designed
for the removal and replacement of ESD sensitive parts. All parts that have the potential
for storing energy must be discharged or isolated before making contact.
If the Shear Wave Option is present, MAKE SURE the LEDs on the Capacitor Pack are
OFF before disconnecting the Capacitor Pack Cables.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1 - 25
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-10
Customer assistance
1-10-1
Contact information
If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the user manual, or if you
require additional assistance, please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource, as
listed below.
Before you call, identify the following information, and acquire image (Alt+D) to send to the Customer
Care team:
1.) System ID serial number.
2.) Software version.
3.) Date and time of occurrence.
4.) Sequence of events leading to issue.
5.) Is the issue repeatable?
6.) Imaging mode, probe, preset/application.
7.) Media brand, speed, capacity, type.
8.) Save secondary image capture, cine loop, 4D multi-volume loop.
NOTE:
1 - 26
Restart the application before resuming clinical scanning.
Section 1-10 - Customer assistance
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 1-10
Table 1-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Customer assistance (cont’d)
Phone numbers for Customer Assistance
LOCATION
PHONE NUMBER
USA
GE Healthcare
Ultrasound Service Engineering
9900 Innovation Drive (RP-2156)
Wauwatosa, WI 53226
Service: On-site
Service Parts
Application Support
Canada
Service
Application Support
Europe
GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH
Beethovenstrasse 239
Postfach 11 05 60, D-42655 Solingen
Germany
Asia (Singapore)
GE Ultrasound Asia
Service Department - Ultrasound
298 Tiong Bahru Road #15-01/06
Central Placa
Singapore 168730
1-800-558-2040
1-800-682-5327 or 1-262-5245698
1-800-668-0732
Latin America
EAGM
1-800-437-1171
1-262-524-5300
1-262-524-5698
Support Phone: +49 (0) 212-2802-652
Support Fax: +49 (0) 2122-8024-31
Egypt Service Center
UAE Service Center
Tel:
+65 6291-8528
Fax:
+65 6291-7006
Japan Support Center
Phone: 81-426-48-2940
Fax:
81-426-48-2905
China
86-800-810 8188
86-400-812 8188
86-10-6788 2652
India
1-800-425-8025
1-800-425-7255
1-800-102-7750
Chapter 1 Introduction
0020 2322 1252
00971 8003646
1 - 27
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
1-10-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System manufacturer
Table 1-10
System manufacturer
MANUFACTURER
GE Healthcare - GE Medical Systems Ultrasound and Primary Care Diagnostics,
LLC
9900 Innovation Drive
Wauwatosa, WI 53226
USA
Table 1-11
FAX NUMBER
414-721-3865
Authorized Representative
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
TELEPHONE / FAX NUMBER
The location of the CE marking is shown in the Safety chapter of this manual.
+49 761 45 43 -0 /
+49 761 45 43 -233
Authorized EU Representative European registered place of business:
GE Medical Systems Information Technologies GmbH (GEMS IT GmbH)
Munzinger Strasse 3, D-79111 Freiburg, GERMANY
1 - 28
Section 1-10 - Customer assistance
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 2
Site preparations
Section 2-1
Overview
2-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the setup of a LOGIQ E9.
Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the LOGIQ E9.
Section 2-2
General console requirements
2-2-1
Console environmental requirements
2-2-1-1
If the LOGIQ E9 is very cold or hot
When unpacking the device, allow the temperature of the device to stabilize before powering up. The
following table describes guidelines for reaching operational temperatures from storage or transport
temperatures. See: Table 2-1’
Table 2-1
o
C
LOGIQ E9 Acclimate Time
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-5
-10
oF
140
131
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
Hrs
8
6
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
2-2-1-2
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
5
-4
-13
-22
-31
-40
10
12
14
16
18
20
Environmental specifications
Table 2-2
Environmental Specifications for LOGIQ E9 Scanners
Operational
Storage
Transport (< 16 hrs.)
Temperature
10º - 35º C
(50º - 96º F)
-10º - 50º C
(-14º - 122º F)
-10º - 50º C
(-14º - 122º F)
Humidity
30% - 80%
non-condensing
30% - 80%
non-condensing
30% - 80%
non-condensing
Pressure
70 - 106 kPa
70 - 106 kPa
70 - 106 kPa
Heat Dissipation
4712 Btu/hour
“
“
Chapter 2 Site preparations
2-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-2-1-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Cooling
The cooling requirement for the LOGIQ E9 scanner with LCD and onboard peripherals, is up to 4712
Btu/hr. This figure does not include cooling needed for lights, people, or other equipment in the room.
Each person in the room places an additional 300 Btu/hr demand on the cooling system.
2-2-1-4
Lighting
Bright light is needed for LOGIQ E9 installation, updates and repairs. However, operator and patient
comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect. Therefore a combination lighting
system (dim/bright) is recommended. Keep in mind that lighting controls and dimmers can be a source
of EMI which could degrade image quality. These controls should be selected to minimize possible
interference.
2-2
Section 2-2 - General console requirements
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-2-2
2-2-2-1
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical requirements
General requirements
GE Healthcare requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound
equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the LOGIQ E9.
The LOGIQ E9 will function on Voltages from 100-240 Volts and 50 or 60 Hz. However, if using 220 volt
power, then a center tapped power source is required.
Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the LOGIQ E9 outlet.
Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the LOGIQ E9 outlet.
NOTE:
2-2-2-2
Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the
main facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.
Electrical requirements for LOGIQ E9
In the table below, the electrical specifications for LOGIQ E9 include LCD and on board peripherals.
Table 2-3
Electrical specifications for the LOGIQ E9
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
TOLERANCES
POWER
CONSUMPTION
FREQUENCY
5205000-x
LOGIQ E9, 100-240 VAC
100-240 VAC
+/-10%
1100 W
50/60 Hz
The current drain varies, depending on the mains voltage.
2-2-2-3
•
At 230 VAC, the current may be up to 8 A.
•
At 100 VAC, the current may be up to 10 A.
Inrush current
During power on, an inrush circuit prevents the current from increasing above the stated values.
Table 2-4
Inrush current at different mains voltages
VOLTAGE
50 Hz
60 Hz
90 VAC
13 A
12 A
110 VAC
9A
11 A
220 VAC
5.5 A
6A
264 VAC
6A
5A
Chapter 2 Site preparations
2-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-2-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Site circuit breaker
CAUTION POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCUR.
THE LOGIQ E9 SCANNER REQUIRES A DEDICATED SINGLE BRANCH CIRCUIT. TO AVOID
CIRCUIT OVERLOAD AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF CRITICAL CARE EQUIPMENT, MAKE SURE
YOU DO NOT HAVE ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT OPERATING ON THE SAME CIRCUIT.
It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the LOGIQ E9 be readily accessible.
2-2-2-5
Site power outlets
A dedicated AC power outlet must be within reach of the LOGIQ E9 without extension cords. Other
outlets adequate for the external peripherals, medical and test equipment needed to support this
LOGIQ E9 must also be present within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of the LOGIQ E9. Electrical installation must meet
all current local, state, and national electrical codes.
2-2-2-6
LOGIQ E9 power plug
If the LOGIQ E9 arrives without a power plug, or with the wrong plug, you must contact your GE dealer
or the installation engineer must supply what is locally required.
2-2-2-7
Power stability requirements
Voltage drop-out
Max 10 ms.
Power transients (all applications)
Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient, including
line frequency, synchronous, asynchronous, or aperiodic transients.
2-4
Section 2-2 - General console requirements
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
EMI limitations
Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies,
magnetic fields, and transients in the air or wiring. Ultrasound machines also generate EMI. The LOGIQ
E9 complies with limits as stated on the EMC label. However there is no guarantee that interference will
not occur in a particular installation.
Possible EMI sources should be identified before the LOGIQ E9 is installed.
Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of a defect. These
sources include:
•
medical lasers,
•
scanners,
•
cauterizing guns,
•
computers,
•
monitors,
•
fans,
•
gel warmers,
•
microwave ovens,
•
light dimmers
•
portable phones.
The presence of a broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference.
See: Table 2-5 for EMI Prevention tips.
Table 2-5
EMI prevention/abatement
EMI RULE
DETAILS
Keep the LOGIQ E9 at least 5 meters or 15 feet away from other EMI sources. Special
Be aware of RF sources shielding may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high
frequency, high powered radio or video broadcast signals.
Ground the LOGIQ E9 Poor grounding is the most likely reason a LOGIQ E9 will have noisy images. Check
grounding of the power cord and power outlet.
After you finish repairing or updating the LOGIQ E9, replace all covers and tighten all
Replace all screws, RF screws. Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end.
gaskets, covers, cores Install the Card Rack cover over the Card Rack. Loose or missing covers or RF
gaskets allow radio frequencies to interfere with the ultrasound signals.
Replace broken RF
gaskets
If more than 20% or a pair of the fingers on an RF gasket are broken, replace the
gasket. Do not turn on the LOGIQ E9 until any loose metallic part is removed.
Do not place labels
Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the LOGIQ E9. Otherwise, the gap
where RF gaskets touch created will permit RF leakage. Or, if a label has been found in such a position, move
metal
the label.
Use GE specified
harnesses and
peripherals
The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding.
Also, cable length, material, and routing are all important; do not change from what is
specified.
Take care with cellular
Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V/m signal; that could cause image artifacts.
phones
Properly dress
peripheral cables
Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the Card Rack or hang out of the peripheral
bays. Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays. Attach
the LCD cables to the frame.
Chapter 2 Site preparations
2-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Probes environmental requirements
Table 2-6
Environmental Requirements - Probes
Standard Probes
Operation:
Storage:
10o
o
4D Probes
o
to 40 C (50 to 104 ºF)
18 to 40o C (64.4 to 104 ºF)
-10° to 60° C (14 to 140 ºF)
-10° to 60° C (14 to 140 ºF)
-10o to 50 o C (14 to 122 ºF)
Temperatures in degrees Celsius (oC) conversion to degrees F: (oF) = (oC * 9/5) + 32
NOTICE SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC PROBES ARE DESIGNED FOR STORAGE TEMPERATURES OF
-10 TO +50 degrees C. or +60 degrees C, DEPENDING ON THE TYPE OF PROBE. WHEN
EXPOSED TO LARGE TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, THE PRODUCT SHOULD BE KEPT IN
ROOM TEMPERATURE FOR 10 HOURS BEFORE USE.
Refer to the Table in section 2-2-1-1 on page 2-1 to determine the needed settlement time.
2-2-5
Time and manpower requirements
Site preparation takes time. Begin Pre-installation checks as soon as possible, if possible, six weeks
before delivery, to allow enough time to make any changes.
CAUTION
2-6
HAVE TWO PEOPLE AVAILABLE TO DELIVER AND UNPACK THE LOGIQ E9.
ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THE LOGIQ E9 CONSIDERABLE DISTANCES OR ON AN INCLINE BY ONE
PERSON COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE OR BOTH.
Section 2-2 - General console requirements
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2-3
Facility needs
2-3-1
Purchaser responsibilities
The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser. Delay,
confusion, and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre-installation work before delivery.
Purchaser responsibility includes:
NOTE:
•
Procuring the materials required.
•
Completing the preparations before delivery of the LOGIQ E9.
•
Paying the costs for any alterations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales contract.
All electrical installations that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site
prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing must also be
performed by qualified personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required. All
electrical work on these products must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical
codes. The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.
The desire to use a non–listed or customer provided product or to place an approved product further
from the LOGIQ E9 than the interface kit allows, presents challenges to the installation team. To avoid
delays during installation, such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing
the installation at the earliest possible date (preferably prior to the purchase).
The ultrasound suite must be clean prior to delivery of the machine. Carpet is not recommended
because it collects dust and creates static. Potential sources of EMI (electromagnetic interference)
should also be investigated before delivery. Dirt, static, and EMI can negatively impact LOGIQ E9
reliability.
Chapter 2 Site preparations
2-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-3-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Required facility needs
GE Healthcare requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound
equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.
The LOGIQ E9 will function on Voltages from 100-240 Volts and 50 or 60 Hz. However, if using 220 volt
power, then a center tapped power source is required.
Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
2-8
•
Dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage (see: Table 2-3 "Electrical
specifications for the LOGIQ E9" on page 2-3) meeting all local and national codes which is located
less than 2.5 m (8 ft.) from the LOGIQ E9’s proposed location
•
Door opening is at least 76 cm (30 in) wide.
•
Proposed location for LOGIQ E9 is at least 0.46 m (18 inches) from the wall or objects for cooling.
•
Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m (6.5 ft.) of each other with
peripheral within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of the LOGIQ E9 to connect cables.
•
Power outlets for other medical equipment and gel warmer.
•
Power outlets for test equipment within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of LOGIQ E9.
•
Clean and protected space to store transducers (in their cases or on a rack).
•
Material to safely clean probes (done with a plastic container, never metal).
Section 2-3 - Facility needs
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Desirable features
In addition to the Floor Plan Suggestions shown in Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2, a nearby waiting room and a
Receptacle for Bio–hazardous Waste, like used probe sheaths is suggested. Grid represents 305 x 305 mm (1 x 1
foot).
2-3-4
Minimal floor plan suggestions
Figure 2-1 Floor Plan Suggestion 4.27 x 5.18 m (14 x 17 foot)
11
10
9
12
15
1
2
Y
PW
X
Z
CW
M
Elasto
CF
Body Pattern
Ellipse
Zoom
B
3D/4D
Comment
L
Auto
R
Clear
2
3
4
16
5
13
14
8
7
1
17
6
18
Floor Plan Suggestion 4.27 x 5.18 m (14 x 17 foot) Key
Item
Description
Item
Description
1.
Secretaries or Doctors Desk
2.
File Cabinet
3.
Film Viewer
4.
Counter Top
5.
Counter Top and Sink with hot and cold water
6.
Overhead Lights Dimmer - Dual Level Lighting (bright
and dim)
7.
Emergency Oxygen
8.
Suction Line
9.
LOGIQ E9
10.
Dedicated Power Outlet - Circuit Breaker protected and
easily accessible
11.
Network Interface
12.
457 mm (18 inches) distance of LOGIQ E9 from wall or
objects
13.
Stool
14.
Footswitch
15.
Storage for Linens and Equipment
16.
Examination Table – 1930 x 610 mm (76 x 24 inches)
17.
Lavatory and Dressing Room
18.
Door – at least 762 mm (30 inches)
Chapter 2 Site preparations
2-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-3-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Minimal floor plan suggestions (cont’d)
Figure 2-2 Floor Plan Suggestion 2.44 x 3.05 m (8 x 10 foot)
4
2
5
3
11
10
9
Elasto
8
1
2
X
CW
M
Clear
Comment
12
Body Pattern
Ellipse
Y
PW
e
13
Zoom
Z
CF
3D/4D
L
B
R
7
Auto
6
14
1
Floor Plan Suggestion 2.44 x 3.05 m (8 x 10 foot) Key
Item
2 - 10
Description
Item
Description
1.
Door – at least 762 mm (30 inches)
2.
Film Viewer
3.
Counter Top, Sink with hot and cold water and Supplies
Storage
4.
Linen Supply
5.
Probes/Supplies
6.
Examination Table – 1930 x 610 mm (76 x 24 inches)
7.
Footswitch
8.
Stool
9.
LOGIQ E9
10.
External Peripherals
11.
Dedicated Power Outlet - Circuit Breaker protected and
easily accessible
12.
Network Interface
13.
457 mm (18 inches) distance of LOGIQ E9 from wall or
objects
14.
GE Cabinet for Software and Manuals
Section 2-3 - Facility needs
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-3-5
2-3-5-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Networking setup requirements
Stand alone scanner (without network connection)
None.
2-3-5-2
Scanner connected to hospital’s network
Supported networks:
2-3-5-3
•
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet network connection
•
Up to 300 Mbps WLAN (option)
InSite Requirements
Need internet access available to be able to connect to Insite ExC.
2-3-5-4
Purpose of the DICOM network function
DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient
information over a hospital network. Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to
workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers. As an added benefit, transferring
images in this manner frees up the on-board LCD and peripherals, enabling viewing to be done while
scanning continues. With DICOM, images can be archived, stored, and retrieved faster, easier, and at
a lower cost.
2-3-5-5
DICOM option setup requirements
To configure the LOGIQ E9 to work with other network connections, the site’s network administrator
must provide information to complete the form in Figure 2-3 "Worksheet for DICOM Network
Information" on page 2-12. Ensure that there are no spaces in any field of the form.
Entries must include:
•
A host name, local port number, AE Title, IP address and Net Mask for the LOGIQ E9.
•
The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING
INFORMATION.
•
The host name, IP address, port and AE Title for each device the site wants connected to the
LOGIQ E9 for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION. A field for the make (manufacturer) and the
revision of the device, is also included. This information may be useful for troubleshooting.
For connectivity setup information, refer to the current revision of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual.
See: Table 1-8 "LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual per console" on page 1-20.
Chapter 2 Site preparations
2 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
2-3-5-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM option setup requirements (cont’d)
Figure 2-3 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information
LOGIQ E9
IP Address
Host Name
AE Title
.
Net Mask
Network
Speed
Default Gateway
.
.
Local Port
.
.
.
.
.
.
DHCP
DICOM APPLICATION
NAME
MAKE/
AE TITLE
IP
PORT
Store 1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Storage
Commit
.
.
.
DICOM
.
.
.
Store 2
Store 3
DICOM
Print
Worklist
MPPS
2 - 12
Section 2-3 - Facility needs
OTHER
CONFIGURATION
__Raw Data
__Allow Multiframe
__Structured
Reporting
Compression_______
__Raw Data
__Allow Multiframe
__Structured
Reporting
Compression_______
__Raw Data
__Allow Multiframe
__Structured
Reporting
Compression_______
Vendor: ___________
Print Size: _________
Medium: ___________
Copies: ___________
Orientation: ________
Color ______________
Associated
Storage AE
_____________
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 3
LOGIQ E9 Setup
Section 3-1
Overview
3-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter contains information needed to set up the LOGIQ E9. Included is a procedure that
describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim.
How to prepare the facility and unit of the actual setup, and how to check and test the unit, probes, and
external peripherals for electrical safety are included in this procedure.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-2
Setup reminders
3-2-1
Average setup time
Table 3-1
3-2-2
DANGER
Average setup time
DESCRIPTION
AVERAGE SETUP
TIME
UNPACKING THE LOGIQ E9
0.5 HOUR
SET UP LOGIQ E9 WO/OPTIONS
4 HOURS
DEPENDENT ON THE CONFIGURATION
DICOM NETWORK CONFIGURATION
2 HOURS OR MORE
DEPENDENT ON THE CONFIGURATION
INSTALL INSITE / ILINK
0.5 HOUR
COMMENTS
Setup warnings
WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE
AC GROUND LINE (I.E., METER’S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN), DON’T TOUCH
THE UNIT!
CAUTION TO PREVENT ELECTRICAL SHOCK, CONNECT THE UNIT TO A PROPERLY GROUNDED
POWER OUTLET. DO NOT USE A THREE TO TWO PRONG ADAPTER. THIS DEFEATS SAFETY
GROUNDING.
CAUTION DO NOT WEAR THE ESD WRIST STRAP WHEN YOU WORK ON LIVE CIRCUITS AND MORE
THAN 30 V PEAK IS PRESENT.
CAUTION DO NOT OPERATE THIS UNIT UNLESS ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. LOGIQ E9 PERFORMANCE AND COOLING REQUIRE THIS.
NOTICE NEVER REVERSE POLARITY ON ANY METER THAT INTERCEPTS THE POWER CORD WITH
POWER CONNECTED TO THE SYSTEM.
EVEN IN THE OFF STATE, REVERSING POLARITY ON THE POWER CAN SERIOUSLY DAMAGE
THE POWER SUPPLY.
If the unit is very cold or hot, allow the temperature of the device to stabilize before powering up. The
following table describes guidelines for reaching operational temperatures from storage or transport
temperatures. See: 2-2-1 "Console environmental requirements" on page 2-1.
3-2
Section 3-2 - Setup reminders
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-2-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Setup warnings (cont’d)
CAUTION OPERATOR MANUAL(S)
THE USER MANUAL(S) SHOULD BE FULLY READ AND UNDERSTOOD BEFORE OPERATING
THE LOGIQ E9 AND KEPT NEAR THE UNIT FOR QUICK REFERENCE.
CAUTION ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD
ALTHOUGH THE ULTRASOUND ENERGY TRANSMITTED FROM THE LOGIQ E9 PROBE IS
WITHIN AIUM/NEMA STANDARDS, AVOID UNNECESSARY EXPOSURE. ULTRASOUND
ENERGY CAN PRODUCE HEAT AND MECHANICAL DAMAGE.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-3
Receiving and unpacking the equipment
3-3-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to receive and unpack LOGIQ E9.
3-3-2
CAUTION
Receiving and unpacking warnings
TWO PEOPLE ARE NEEDED TO UNPACK THE UNIT BECAUSE OF ITS WEIGHT.
ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THE UNIT CONSIDERABLE DISTANCES OR ON AN INCLINE BY
ONE PERSON COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE OR BOTH.
TWO PEOPLE ARE REQUIRED WHENEVER A PART WEIGHING 16 KG (35 LBS) OR
MORE MUST BE LIFTED.
CAUTION REMEMBER TO USE RELEVANT PERSONAL PROTECTING EQUIPMENT (PPE) DURING
PACKING/UNPACKING. CHECK WITH YOUR LOCAL EHS REPRESENTATIVE.
3-4
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-3-3
3-3-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Receiving the LOGIQ E9
Overview
Improper handling during transportation may harm the equipment inside the package even if the
package itself is undamaged.
3-3-3-2
Examine package
Examine package closely at time of delivery.
3-3-3-3
Damage in transportation
Follow this procedure if damage is apparent:
Table 3-2
STEP
Damage in transportation
TASK
1.
Write “Damage In Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed
for“ by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent.
2.
Report the damage to the carrier.
•
Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in
any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier.
•
A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14
day period.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-3-4
3-3-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
The Tilt and Shock indicators
Overview
Improper handling during transportation may harm the equipment inside the package even if the
package itself is undamaged.
To make it easier to detect if the handling during transportation has been improper, a Tilt or TIPNTELL
indicator and a Shock indicator have been attached to the transportation box.
3-3-4-2
Position of the Tilt or TipNTell and Shock indicators
The Tilt and Shock indicators have been attached to the side of the transportation box.
Figure 3-1 Tilt and Shock indicators
Figure 3-2 TIPNTELL indicator and Label
NOTE:
3-6
Before cutting the straps, check the Tilt or TIPNTELL and Shock indicators to make sure they
have not been triggered. If triggered, report it to the carrier. If not, then cut the straps around
the crate.
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-3-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 Transportation Box Label
The LOGIQ E9 Transportation Box Label is located on the transportation box.
Figure 3-3 LOGIQ E9 Transportation Box Labeling
SYMBOL
DEFINITION/COMMENTS
SYMBOL
RECYCLING
Recyclable Wood
DEFINITION/COMMENTS
KEEP DRY
(protect from moisture)
or
RECYCLING
China Specific
TOP,. UPRIGHT - Transportation
and Storage
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
FRAGILE, Handle with Care
DO NOT STACK
3-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Unpacking the LOGIQ E9
The instruction manual describes the best method for unpacking the LOGIQ E9 ultrasound scanning
unit. Images are ONLY for reference; wear proper PPE when handling packaging (gloves, safety shoes,
etc...).
Table 3-3
Uncrating Instructions
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Before cutting the straps, check Shock and
Tilt Tags to make sure they have not been
triggered. If damaged, report it to the
carrier. If not, then cut the straps around the
crate.
1
2.
3-8
Remove the top cover.
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
2
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Uncrating Instructions (Continued)
Steps
3.
Remove the outside shipping box.
Corresponding Graphic
3
Note: Two people are recommended for
performing this step.
4.
Remove the LCD foam.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
4
3-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Uncrating Instructions (Continued)
Steps
5.
Remove the a) Probes and b) accessory
boxes.
6.
Remove the L-shaped Cardboard divider.
Note: Use special care when removing the
divider.
3 - 10
Corresponding Graphic
6
Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Uncrating Instructions (Continued)
Steps
7.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the OP panel foam placed
between the monitor and probe holders.
7
8.
Remove the lower OP panel brace placed
between the lower OP panel and the
wooden ramp, by moving upward and back.
Remove the wooden ramp.
8
9.
Attach the wooden ramp to the Pallet Base
with Velcro on the rear side of the
LOGIQ E9.
10. Loosen the tie-down strap at the front of the
LOGIQ E9. Push the brass piece to pull
back handle, then push brass piece to
loosen strap.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Uncrating Instructions (Continued)
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
11. Disconnect the tie-down strap at the rear of
the LOGIQ E9.
12. Pull the LOGIQ E9 down the Pallet Base
ramp.
Note: Remember to pull in the LOGIQ E9
from the back for safer transportation.
13. Remove the clear plastic (wrapped around
the LOGIQ E9) from the unit.
14. Place all of the filling inside the
Transportation Box. Close the box, and
store the filling for possible future use.
Section 3-4
Packing materials - recycling information
The packing materials for LOGIQ E9 are recyclable:
3 - 12
•
The Transportation Box is made of cardboard.
•
Lever lockings (hinges) are made of zinc plated steel.
•
The inner reinforcements are made of Ethafoam (Polyethylene foam).
•
The plastic foil is made of LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene).
Section 3-4 - Packing materials - recycling information
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-5
Preparing for setup
3-5-1
Verify Customer Order
Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delivery order. Report any items
that are missing, back ordered, or damaged.
3-5-2
Physical inspection
Verify that the LOGIQ E9 arrived intact (visual inspection).
If the LOGIQ E9 has been damaged, please refer to “Damage in Transportation “on page x in the
beginning of this manual.
3-5-2-1
LOGIQ E9 voltage settings
See: 3-6-3-1 "Verification of the LOGIQ E9’s voltage setting" on page 3-17.
3-5-3
Volume Navigation Stand
To assemble the Volume Navigation Stand, See: 8-15-2 "Assembling or replacing the Roll Stand" on
page 8-617 or 8-15-4 "On-Board V Nav Stand Option Contents, location and placement of parts" on
page 8-625.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-5-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back Cover Label and ETL testing laboratories safety rating label (ETL may not be present)
Figure 3-4 Back Cover Label with ETL Label
Figure 3-5 Rating Plate Label - R3.x and earlier 100-120V shown
3 - 14
Section 3-5 - Preparing for setup
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-5-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back Cover Label and ETL testing laboratories safety rating label (ETL may not be present)
(cont’d)
Figure 3-6 Rating Plate Label - R4.x.x and Later
x
3-5-4
EMI protection
This unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electro-Magnetic Interference (EMI). Many of the
covers, shields, and screws are provided primarily to protect the LOGIQ E9 from image artifacts caused
by this interference. For this reason, it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and
secured before the unit is put into operation.
See: 2-2-3 "EMI limitations" on page 2-5 for more information about EMI protection.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-6
Completing the setup
3-6-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to complete the set up of LOGIQ E9.
3-6-2
3-6-2-1
3-6-2-2
LOGIQ E9 specifications
LOGIQ E9 requirements verification
•
Verify that the site meets the requirements listed in (see: Section 2-3 "Facility needs" on page 2-7).
•
Verify that the specifications below don’t conflict with any on-site conditions.
Physical dimensions
The physical dimensions of the LOGIQ E9 unit are summarized in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4
Physical dimensions of LOGIQ E9 with monitor and peripherals
PART NUMBER
HEIGHT*
WIDTH
DEPTH
UNIT
5205000,
-2, -3, -4, -5, -6
1130
585
830
mm
44.5
23.03
32.67
Inches
1300
585
830
mm
51.2
21.9
32.7
Inches
5205000-7, -8
* Dimensions given with floating keyboard stowed for transport and the LCD Monitor down.
3-6-2-3
Weight with monitor and peripherals
Table 3-5
3-6-2-4
Weight of LOGIQ E9 with monitor and peripherals
PART NUMBER
WEIGHT [KG]
WEIGHT [LBS]
5205000x
135
298
Acoustic noise output
Less than 48 dB(A) at 20 degrees Celsius, measured in the operators head position, 20 cm in front of
the keyboard’s right corner, at 1.30 m above the floor, and in a distance of 1 meter at all four sides, 1
meter above the floor.
3 - 16
Section 3-6 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-3
WARNING
3-6-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical specifications
CONNECTING A LOGIQ E9 UNIT TO THE WRONG VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL MOST
LIKELY DESTROY THE UNIT.
Verification of the LOGIQ
E9’s voltage setting
Verify that the mains voltage specified for the unit is available on-site.
The voltage setting for the unit is found on a label on the back of the LOGIQ E9 on lower rear frame of
the LOGIQ E9.
3-6-3-2
Electrical specifications for LOGIQ E9
See: Table 2-3 "Electrical specifications for the LOGIQ E9" on page 2-3 for the electrical specifications
for LOGIQ E9 include LCD and on board peripherals.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-4
NOTE:
3-6-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connections on the I/O Rear Panel
Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces must be certified according
to the respective IEC standards (e.g. IEC60950 for data processing equipment and IEC606011 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all complete configurations shall comply with the valid
version of the system standard IEC60601-1-1. Everybody who connects additional equipment
to the signal input part or signal output part of LOGIQ E9, configures a medical system, and is
therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements of the valid version of
IEC60601-1-1. If in doubt, consult the technical service department or your local representative
for GE Healthcare.
Connect Ethernet
Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet connector (3) on the External I/O (rear side of LOGIQ E9).
Figure 3-7 Ethernet, Audio (1) and DVI-I (2) connection for External Monitor on
rear side of LOGIQ E9 - R3.x and earlier
!
L
R
5180173 revx
1
3 - 18
2
Section 3-6 - Completing the setup
3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connect Ethernet (cont’d)
Figure 3-8 Audio (1), Ethernet (2), DVI-I (3) and SVHS (4) connection for External Monitor on
rear side of LOGIQ E9 - R4.x and Later
2
L
R
4
2
1
4
3
1
3
CAUTION To avoid breaking the back cover while opening it in order to connect up the network cable, use
a flat blade screw driver or plastic card and pull hard to open up the back cover door.
SVHS Specificatios for BEP6
•
3-6-4-2
DVI-I delivering both analog RGB and digital DVI out the rear customer accessible DVI-I port.
•
The DVI-I output support a fixed 1280x1024 resolution @60Hz 24 bit color depth.
•
The DVI-D Video output deliver a minimum of 1280x1024 @60Hz 24-bit color depth.
Connect USB Flash Drive
Refer to the current revision of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 3, Section 7.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-5
3-6-5-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connections on the Patient I/O panel
Connect ECG
Refer to Chapter 10 in the Basic User Manual for more information.
3-6-6
3-6-6-1
Connecting Probes
Introduction to Connecting Probes
Probes can be connected at any time, whether the unit is on or off.
R3.x and earlier LOGIQ E9s have two types of probe ports: one non-DLP probe port and three DLP
probe ports (Figure 3-10). R4.x and later LOGIQ E9s have one type of probe ports: four DLP probe ports
(Figure 3-9).
The non-DLP probe port is compatible with the S1-5, S4-10, 6Tc (TEE probe), and 3CRF probe
connectors.
The three DLP probe ports are specific to the LOGIQ E9 probe connectors.
Figure 3-9 Probe connectors - (1) Non-DLP and (2) DLP Probe Port - R3.x and earlier
1
2
R4.x and later LOGIQ E9s have one type of probe ports: four DLP probe ports (Figure 3-10).
Figure 3-10 Probe connectors, four DLP Probe Ports - R4.x and Later
3 - 20
Section 3-6 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-6-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connect a probe
It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a probe. However, it is a good
idea select a different probe or to freeze the image when removing a probe to avoid
disconnecting a live probe.
CAUTION DO NOT ALLOW THE PROBE HEAD TO HANG FREELY. EXCESSIVE IMPACT TO THE PROBE
WILL RESULT IN IRREPARABLE DAMAGE.
CAUTION TO PREVENT PROBE CONNECTOR PINS DAMAGE, OR PCB BOARD DAMAGE, DO NOT USE
EXCESSIVE FORCE WHEN CONNECTING THE PROBES.
1.) Before connecting the probe:
a.) Perform a visual check of the probe pins and LOGIQ E9 sockets.
b.) Remove any dust or foam rests from the probe pins.
c.) Verify the probe and the probe cable for any visual damage.
2.) Hold the probe connector vertically with the cable pointing upward.
3.) Turn the connector locking handle counter-clockwise to the horizontal position.
4.) Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place.
5.) Turn the locking handle clockwise to the full vertical position to lock in place.
6.) Position the probe cable so that it is not resting on the floor.
CAUTION KEEP THE PROBE CABLES AWAY FROM THE WHEELS.
DO NOT BEND THE PROBE CABLES.
DO NOT CROSS CABLES BETWEEN PROBES.
3-6-6-3
Disconnect a probe
1.) Select a different probe or Freeze the image before removing a probe in order to avoid
disconnecting a live probe.
2.) Rotate the lock handle counter-clockwise to the horizontal position to unlock the connector.
3.) Remove the connector from the port.
4.) Ensure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage case, see: 10-4-10
"Cleaning" on page 10-9 for cleaning instructions.
CAUTION REFER TO THE TEE PROBE MANUAL FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS (DIRECTION KZ192871).
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-7
3-6-7-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power On/Boot Up
Warnings
DANGER
ALWAYS CONNECT THE UNIT TO A FIXED POWER SOCKET WHICH HAS THE
PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONNECTOR.
DANGER
NEVER USE A THREE-TO-TWO PRONG ADAPTER; THIS DEFEATS THE
SAFETY GROUND.
DANGER
ENSURE THAT THE POWER CORD AND PLUG ARE INTACT AND THAT THE
POWER PLUG IS THE PROPER HOSPITAL-GRADE TYPE (WHERE REQUIRED).
CAUTION LOGIQ E9 REQUIRES ALL COVERS
OPERATE THIS UNIT ONLY WHEN ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. THE COVERS ARE REQUIRED FOR SAFE OPERATION, GOOD LOGIQ E9
PERFORMANCE AND COOLING PURPOSES.
NOTICE Use only power supply cords, cables and plugs provided by or designated by GE Healthcare.
NOTE:
3-6-7-2
Do not cycle the Circuit Breaker ON-OFF-ON in less than five seconds. When turning OFF the
Circuit Breaker, WAIT until the ON/OFF button is no longer lit. The LOGIQ E9 should deenergize completely before turning the circuit breaker ON.
Detailed Procedure
For a detailed procedure, see: 4-2-2 "Power ON/Boot Up" on page 4-3.
3 - 22
Section 3-6 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-7-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connect AC (mains) Power to the LOGIQ E9
Connecting AC Power to the LOGIQ E9 ultrasound unit involves preliminary checks of the power cord,
voltage level and compliance with electrical safety requirements.
NOTE:
The LOGIQ E9 will function on Voltages from 100-240 Volts and 50 or 60 Hz. However, if using
220 volt power, then a center tapped power source is required (North America Only).
1.) Ensure that the wall outlet is of appropriate type, and that the Circuit Breaker is turned off.
2.) Uncoil the power cable, allowing sufficient slack so that the unit can be moved slightly.
3.) Verify that the power cable is without any visible scratches or any sign of damage.
4.) Verify that the on-site mains voltage is within the limits indicated on the rating label near the Circuit
Breaker on the rear of the unit.
5.) Connect the Power Cable’s female plug to the Power Inlet at the rear of the unit.
6.) Lock the plug in position with the Retaining Clamp (ACC Clamp).
7.) Verify that the Mains Power Circuit Breaker is in OFF position, if not, switch it OFF.
Figure 3-11 The Circuit Breaker and ON/OFF button
8.) Connect the Power Cable’s other end (male plug) to a hospital grade mains power outlet with the
proper rated voltage, and the unit is ready for Power ON/Boot Up.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 23
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-7-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Switch ON the AC Power to LOGIQ E9
1.) Switch ON the Mains Power Circuit Breaker at the rear of the unit. The ON/OFF button will become
amber.
Figure 3-12 The Circuit breaker and ON/OFF button
You should hear a “click” from the relays in the AC Power and the unit is ready to boot. The ON/OFF
button will turn amber. This indicates that there is power to the PS, but the system is OFF.
2.) Press once on the ON/OFF button on the Operator Panel to boot the unit. The ON/OFF button will
turn green when it is pressed.
During a normal boot, you may observe that:
a.) The unit’s ventilation fan starts on full speed, but slows down after a few seconds (listen to the
fan sound).
b.) Power is distributed to the peripherals, Operator Panel (Console), Monitor, Front End
Processor and Back End Processor.
c.) Back End Processor and rest of the LOGIQ E9 starts with the sequence listed in the next steps:
d.) Back End Processor is turned ON and starts to load the software.
e.) The Start Screen is displayed on the monitor.
f.) A start-up bar indicating the time used for software loading, is displayed on the monitor.
g.) The software initiates and sets up the Front End electronics and the rest of the instrument.
h.) The backlight in the keyboard is lit.
i.) As soon as the software has been loaded, either a 2D screen is displayed on the screen,
indicating that a probe has been connected, or a No Mode screen is displayed, indicating that
no probe has been connected.
3 - 24
Section 3-6 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-7-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Switch ON the AC Power to LOGIQ E9 (cont’d)
Figure 3-13 2D Screen on the display
NOTE:
Total time used for start-up is typically less than 170 seconds. When using the sleep mode
(R2.x.x or R3.x.x), start-up time is less then 120 seconds. If starting after a power loss or a lockup, the start-up time may be up to four minutes.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 25
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power shut down
When you switch off the unit, the system performs an automatic shutdown sequence.
Figure 3-14 System - Exit menu - R1.x.x
The SYSTEM - EXIT menu, used when switching off the unit, gives you these choices:
•
Logoff
Use this button to log off the current user.
The system remains ON and ready for a new user to log on.
If the Logoff button is dimmed, it indicates that no user is logged on to the unit at the moment.
•
Shutdown
Use this button to shut down the system. The entire system will shut down. It is recommended to
perform a full shutdown at least once a week.
If the Shutdown button is dimmed, press the ON/OFF button or Alt F10 to shut down the unit.
•
Cancel
Use this button to exit from the System-Exit menu and return to the previous operation.
3 - 26
Section 3-6 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power shut down (cont’d)
Sleep mode (only available in LOGIQ E9 running R2.x.x and R3.x.x software).
Figure 3-15 System - Exit menu
The SYSTEM - EXIT menu, used when switching off the unit, gives you these choices:
•
Logoff
Use this button to log off the current user.
The system remains ON and ready for a new user to log on.
If the Logoff button is dimmed, it indicates that no user is logged on to the unit at the moment.
•
Shutdown
Use this button to shut down the system. The entire system will shut down. It is recommended to
perform a full shutdown at least once a week.
If the Shutdown button is dimmed, press the ON/OFF button or Alt F10 to shut down the unit.
•
Cancel
Use this button to exit from the System-Exit menu and return to the previous operation.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 27
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Complete power down
1.) Press once on the ON/OFF button on the Operator Panel to display the System - Exit menu.
Figure 3-16 Press once on the ON/OFF button
3 - 28
Section 3-6 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Complete power down (cont’d)
Figure 3-17 System - Exit menu (R1.x.x)
Figure 3-18 System - Exit menu (R2.x.x and R3.x.x)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 29
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Complete power down (cont’d)
Figure 3-19 System - Exit / Download menu (R5 and later)
2.) Select Shutdown to do a complete power down of the unit.
The Back End Processor will first turn off the LOGIQ E9 activity and print the message “Please wait
- Shutdown in progress in the LCD display on the Operator Panel.
Next, it starts to shut down itself. The time to turn down the unit, including the Back End Processor,
may vary from 10 seconds up to approximately 1 minute.
The last thing that shuts down, is the light on the Operator Panel, indicating that you can continue
with the next step.
NOTICE Be sure to wait with the next step until the system has finished its shut-down. Failing to do so, may
destroy data on the Hard Disk Drive, making the system fail later.
3.) Switch off the Mains Power Circuit Breaker, located on the rear of the unit. This will cut power
distribution within the unit.
3 - 30
Section 3-6 - Completing the setup
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-6-9
3-6-9-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Complete power down (cont’d)
Sleep Mode
Only available in LOGIQ E9 running R2.x.x and R3.x.x software.
Use Sleep Mode when you do a portable exam in order to reduce the time to start up the system. When
you use Sleep Mode, it only takes 90 seconds to start up the system versus 2-3 minutes. To activate
Sleep Mode, press the ON/OFF button and select Sleep.
NOTICE For optimum system operation, it is recommended that a full shutdown of the system is performed at
least once every 24-hour period. If you shut down the system at the end of the day, no other action is
needed.
Before returning a system to the customer, perform the functional checks. See: Section 4-3 "Functional
checks" on page 4-31.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 31
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-7
Configuration
3-7-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to configure the LOGIQ E9.
3-7-2
LOGIQ E9 configuration
For complete instructions, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter
16. See: Table 1-8 "LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual per console" on page 1-20.
3-7-2-1
3 - 32
System Configuration
-
Set Device Destinations (see: 4-2-11-8 "Connectivity — Recording Miscellaneous settings" on
page 4-24).
-
Set Dataflow (see: 4-2-11-6 "Connectivity — Recording Dataflow settings" on page 4-22).
-
Set Buttons (see: 4-2-11-7 "Connectivity — Recording the Print Key Assignments" on page 423).
-
Set up System Admin (see: 4-2-11-9 "Admin — Recording the Software Option Keys" on page
4-26).
-
Set up Users (see: 4-2-11-10 "Admin — Users" on page 4-27).
-
Set up Backup management (see: 4-2-11-11 "System — Data Store Management" on page 428).
-
Set up Peripherals (see: 4-2-11-12 "System — Recording Peripheral settings" on page 4-29).
-
Set up Keyboard: language and regional settings. (For complete instructions, refer to the
appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 16.)
Section 3-7 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-7-3
3-7-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection
Approved Internal Peripherals (Optional)
This list covers the internal peripherals available for LOGIQ E9:
3-7-3-2
•
Printer, Monochrome (Black and White), Digital, SONY.
•
Digital Video Recorder (DVR). Refer to the current revision of the LOGIQ E9 DVR Option
Installation Manual (5180205-100).
•
USB Flash Drive. Refer to the current revision of the LOGIQ E9 User Manual.
•
4D Motor Controller. Refer to the current revision of the LOGIQ E9 Options Manual, Direction
5180288-100.
•
Volume Navigation. Refer to the current revision of the LOGIQ E9 Options Manual, Direction
5180409-100.
•
WLAN (Wireless LAN R2.x.x or later)
•
Patient I/O (ECG Option R2.x.x or later)
Approved External Peripherals (Optional)
The external printers are connected via Ethernet (TCP/IP Network) as DICOM devices.
3-7-3-3
•
DICOM Printers. Connected via Ethernet (TCP/IP Network or WLAN) as DICOM devices.
•
USB Printers, see: 9-15-1 "Printers" on page 9-79.
•
USB Footswitch
Additional Information
See: Section 9-15 "Peripherals" on page 9-78 for replacement units.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 33
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-7-3-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer/DVR Checks
Check that Printer/DVR work as described below:
Table 3-6
Peripheral Checks
Step
3-7-3-5
Task to do
Notes
1.
Press Freeze.
2.
Press (Print 1), (Print 2), (Print 3) or (Print 4) on Prints image displayed on the screen on Black and White or Color
the Control Panel
printer, depending on the key assignment configuration.
3.
Press [VIDEO] icon on the Control Panel.
Brings up the DVR Touch Panel (if the customer has the DVR option).
4.
Press [VIDEO] icon on the Control Panel
Returns to the scanning mode
5.
Press [RECORD] icon on the Control panel.
Starts Recording.
6.
Press [PLAY] icon on the Control panel.
Plays back an examination.
7.
Press [STOP] icon on the Control panel.
Stops recording.
Stops image acquisition.
Turn OFF Power to LOGIQ E9
See: 3-6-8 "Power shut down" on page 3-26.
3-7-4
Available Probes
See: Section 9-18 "Probes" on page 9-104.
3-7-5
3-7-5-1
Software Options Configuration
Software Option Installation
A password (Software Option String) enables a software option or a combination of software options.
This password is specific for each LOGIQ E9.
3 - 34
Section 3-7 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-7-5-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Installing a Software Option
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Admin -> System Admin.
2.) Enter the new option key code in the SW Option Key section.
Figure 3-20 System Admin screen, R1.x.x - Add button
Figure 3-21 System Admin screen, R2.x.x or later - Add button
3.) Select the Add button.
CAUTION INCORRECT PASSWORD ENTRY WILL RESULT IN LOSS OF SYSTEM OPTIONS.
IF PASSWORD IS INCORRECT, PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL GE SERVICE
REPRESENTATIVE OR THE ONLINE CENTER.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 35
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-7-5-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Installing a Software Option (cont’d)
4.) In R5 and later the Option String can be imported from the media.
Figure 3-22 Option Keys File in R5 and later - Import
Media (CD/DVD, USB)
Option keys file can be imported from
Service Folder
There is an import button on the Utilities/
System Admin Preset Menu.
5.) Press Save to save the new setting.
6.) Restart to save and activate the settings and adjustments you have done so far.
3 - 36
Section 3-7 - Configuration
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-8
Connectivity overview
NOTE:
3-8-1
3-8-1-1
If you are new or unfamiliar to connectivity on the LOGIQ E9, read Chapter 16, Customizing
Your System, of the Basic User Manual before you continue with the next descriptions and
procedures.
Physical connection
Stand-alone LOGIQ E9
No network connection needed.
3-8-1-2
Sneaker Net environment
No network connection needed.
3-8-1-3
Wired Ethernet from LOGIQ E9 to a Workstation
3-8-1-3-1Direct Cable Connection from the LOGIQ E9 to a Workstation via a Crossover Cable.
You will only need a Crossover Cable for network use to connect the two units this way.
1.) Connect one end of the crossed network cable to the network connector on the LOGIQ E9.
2.) Connect the other end to the network connector to the Workstation, see the Workstation Service
Manual.
3-8-1-3-2Connection via a Peer-to-Peer Network
You will need a network switch and one network cable for each unit connected to the switch.
3-8-1-3-3Connection via Hospital Network
You will need one network cable to connect the LOGIQ E9 to a wall outlet on the hospital’s network.
3-8-1-4
Connection using Wireless Option (R2.x.x or later)
Refer to:
-
R2.x.x and R3.x.x, see: 8-6-8-3 "WLAN - Set up and Check" on page 8-164.
-
R4.x and later, see: 8-11-23-3 "WLAN Set-up" on page 8-530.
-
Chapter 5 for theory.
-
Chapter 16, Configuring Connectivity of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 37
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-9
Connectivity Setup and Tips
Refer to the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual and see: Section "3-9-1 Setup the LOGIQ E9 for DICOM
Communications for R2.x.x Software (some features only apply to R3.x.x) (cont’d)" on page 3-39 for
more information.
TOPICS covered in this Section:
•
Section 3-9-1 "Setup the LOGIQ E9 for DICOM Communications for R2.x.x Software (some
features only apply to R3.x.x)" on page 3-38
•
Section 3-9-2 "Devices, Services, Dataflows and Print Buttons" on page 3-40
•
Section 3-9-3 "How to Get the LOGIQ E9 to Recognize another Device on the Network" on page 341
•
Section 3-9-4 "How to Setup and Use a DICOM Image Storage Service" on page 3-42
3-9-1
Setup the LOGIQ E9 for DICOM Communications for R2.x.x Software (some
features only apply to R3.x.x)
Table 3-7
Utility -> Connectivity -> TCP/IP screen
1.
Enter the LOGIQ E9 computer name. This may be the same as the station name.
2.
Enter the LOGIQ E9 IP address, subnet mask, default gateway and network speed.
For automatic assignment of IP address, subnet mask and default gateway, select DHCP.
NOTE: If possible, set the LOGIQ E9 Network Speed to match that of the Network switch. If in
doubt, set it to AutoDetect. Otherwise, transfer times can be two to five times longer, during
which the LOGIQ E9 will appear to be locked up. (If the Hard Drive activity light on the front of
the console is lit steady or blinks quickly, the LOGIQ E9 is most likely not hung.)
3 - 38
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
3-9-1 Setup the LOGIQ E9 for DICOM Communications for R2.x.x Software (some features
only apply to R3.x.x) (cont’d)
Table 3-8
Utility -> Connectivity -> Device screen
1.
Select MyComputer.
2.
Assign an AE Title to the LOGIQ E9. (AE stands for Application Entity. DICOM services use
this to identify the LOGIQ E9.) AE Title is case-sensitive. This title may contain the Computer
Name from the TCP/IP page, if desired.
NOTE: It is NOT recommended to use the factory default. This is not prohibited, but more than
one system with the same AE Title can cause confusion.
3.
Edit the Port Number if needed. “104” is typical. Save your changes and reboot the system.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 39
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Devices, Services, Dataflows and Print Buttons
Figure 3-23 Dataflows
Device
PACS Server,
Printer, etc.
Services
Print Service
Image Storage
Service
Transfer of
Images and
Data
Storage
Commitment
Service
Send To:
Worklist Service
Print Button
Performed
Procedure
Service
Dataflow
Query /
Retrieve
Service
LOGIQ E9
Local Archive
A device is a physical unit, separate from the LOGIQ E9, where images and data can be stored and shared. A
device provides various services to the LOGIQ E9.
To represent the device on the LOGIQ E9, add it in Utility -> Connectivity -> Device.
To represent the services of the device(s) on the LOGIQ E9, add them in
Utility -> Connectivity -> Service.
Set up Dataflows and Print Buttons to direct images and data to the services.
Use Utility -> Connectivity -> Dataflow and Utility -> Connectivity -> Button.
A dataflow stores images in the clipboard to the local Hard Disk Drive. When the exam ends, the dataflow sends
the images to the services assigned to it. (A Direct Store setting on the dataflow changes this behavior.
See: 1.) "Dataflow" on page 3-49.)
A print button sends an image to the services assigned to it whenever pressed. A print button also stores the image
locally (to the “clipboard”) if “Copy to Dataflow” is assigned to it.
Send To (in the Exam View tab) sends an existing exam’s images and other data to one service at a time.
See: 3.) "Send To" on page 3-49.)
Worklist and Query/Retrieve services transfer data to the LOGIQ E9. See: 3-9-4-5 "How to Setup and Use a DICOM
Worklist Service" on page 3-58 and 3-9-4-9 "How to Setup and Use a DICOM Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Service" on
page 3-69.
Keep in mind that the settings of a print button that stores an image on the LOGIQ E9 determine the format of the
image file stored locally. A service’s settings dictate the format of the file that is sent to the service.
3 - 40
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Get the LOGIQ E9 to Recognize another Device on the Network
Table 3-9
Utility -> Connectivity -> Device screen
1.
Press Add. The system creates a device called “NewDevice.”
2.
Change the name to one of your choosing.
3.
Enter the IP address of the device.
Ping / Smiley
4.
Save your changes and then press Ping. A “Smiley Face” indicates
successful communication between your LOGIQ E9 and the device. A “Frown”
indicates failed communication. Check the following:
• Is the device running?
• Is it connected to the network?
• Did you enter the right IP address?
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 41
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Image Storage Service
An Image Storage Service provides a place to store patient and exam data from the LOGIQ E9 and
corresponding images. The Image Storage Service, or the device that hosts it, is often called a Patient
Archiving and Communication System (PACS).
3 - 42
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Initial Steps
To setup an Image Storage Service on the LOGIQ E9, follow these steps:
Table 3-10
Initial Steps - Setup an Image Storage Service
R3.x and earlier
R4.x and later
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 43
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Initial Steps - Setup an Image Storage Service
1.
In Utility -> Connectivity -> Service, from the Destination Device drop-down menu, select the
device on which the service resides. (This assumes you have already setup the device in the
Device tab in 3-9-1 "Setup the LOGIQ E9 for DICOM Communications for R2.x.x Software
(some features only apply to R3.x.x)" on page 3-38).
2.
From the Select Service Type to Add drop-down menu, select DICOM Image Storage and
press Add.
3.
Change the name of the service to one of your choosing.
4.
Enter the AE Title and Port Number of the service. AE Title is case-sensitive.
5.
Save your changes and press Verify. A Smiley Face indicates successful communication with
the service.
NOTE: If you get a successful Ping (Smiley Face) at the device level but not at the service
level, it is possible that the AE Title or Port Number of the service settings are incorrect. Ensure
that these are correct then re-verify. Be sure that the service type (Store, Print, etc) is correct
and supported by the device.
3 - 44
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Properties
Maximum Retries, Retry Interval, and Timeout are used by the Retry protocol when the LOGIQ E9
encounters communication problems with a service:
Table 3-11
Properties
Maximum Retries, Retry Interval, Timeout
Timeout
How many seconds the LOGIQ E9 should attempt to establish
communications with the service
Maximum Retries
How many times to attempt to establish communication again in the event
of failure
Retry Interval
How many seconds to wait between each retry attempt
Using the values in Table 3-10 "Initial Steps - Setup an Image Storage Service" on page 3-43 (which
are the default and recommended settings), the LOGIQ E9 will attempt to establish communications
for 30 seconds, up to three times (the original attempt and two retries), with a gap between each
attempt of 10 seconds.
When a print button is set to RawDicom Single (see: 2.) "Print Button" on
page 3-57), and the user presses it while scanning live, it stores a single
DICOM frame (bitmap of the image), along with the raw-data of the image.
The raw data allows the system to treat this as a multi-frame image (cine
clip) because it can regenerate the multiple frames from the raw data
when the situation calls for it.
Allow Multiframe
One such situation is “Allow Multiframe.” It instructs the LOGIQ E9 to
generate a multi-frame image to send to the service in the event that the
clip was stored via a print button set to RawDicom Single. When the time
comes to send the clip to the service, the LOGIQ E9 will generate a multiframe from the raw data before putting it on the spooler. Such multi-frames
are not permanently stored on the LOGIQ E9 local hard drive.
NOTE: “Allow Multiframe” is relevant only for clips stored via a print button
set to RawDicom Single. Images stored with either “Dicom & Multiple” or
“RawDicom & Multiple” print button settings are always transferred as
multi-frame images, regardless of the setting for “Allow Multiframe.”
R4.x and later
Allow Clips
Loops (RawDicom & Single or DICOM Multiframe file) shall be transferred
only if this option is checked. Default state should be checked.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 45
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Properties
This will transfer the raw data of an image, if the image was stored as
RawDICOM. Checkmark this when transferring to a service that can
interpret GE-proprietary raw image data, such as Centricity. If it is
checked when sending to a service that does not support GE raw data,
the service may accept the image but ignore the raw data, or may not
accept the image.
Allow Raw Data
NOTE: The LOGIQ E9 stores raw data in a DICOM private tag in an image
file. A PACS may delete all private tags, or it may leave them intact, or it
may allow configuration in this regard. Keep this in mind if you later want
to retrieve raw data images from the service.
R4.x and later
Enhanced DICOM objects shall only be transferred if this option is
Allow Enhanced DICOM
checked. Default state should be unchecked.
Objects
R4.x and later
This compresses still image files prior to sending them to the service.
Still Image Compression
R4.x and later
Clip/Volume
Compression
This compresses loops /enhanced DICOM files prior to sending them to
the service.
Compression
This compresses image files prior to sending them to the service.
Compression takes time, but saves time when the image is transferred.
Also, storage space on the service is reduced with compression. Set the
compression type to one the service accepts.
Compression Formats
NOTE: Determine which compression formats the service accepts. Using an incorrect format will
cause problems that can be hard to troubleshoot.
None
No compression occurs.
RLE
Run-length Encoding – compression that does not lose any data that will
degrade image quality (so-called “lossless” compression).
JPG
Joint Photographic Experts Group – compression that provides both
lossless and lossy (image quality degradation) settings. Select this and a
“Quality %” field appears, in which you can select “lossless” or various
numeric settings; the higher the setting, the less image data is
compressed (bigger image file) and the less image quality is degraded.
JPEG2000
Improved version of JPEG that, compared to JPEG, maintains the same
image quality in a smaller image file, or provides better image quality in a
file of the same size.
(continued on next page)
3 - 46
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Properties
Max Framerate
Color Support
This controls the maximum number of frames per second that are
transferred:
• 25, 30 – Certain high-frame-rate applications like cardiology can
generate very large datasets. Use 25 or 30 to decimate image frames as
desired to send no more than 25 or 30 frames per second. This can affect
image quality.
• Full - no frame rate decimation occurs (frames are not dropped). In
radiology, frame rates are typically under 25-30 so Full should be an
acceptable setting.
This controls when color appears in images sent to the service:
• Gray – Regardless of color in the image area, or in annotation
(comments, measurements, arrows, body patterns, depth scale, title bar),
images sent to the service will be in shades of gray. (In DICOM terms, the
Gray setting forces images to be sent in MONOCHROME2 format.)
• Color – Even if there is no color in the image area itself, an image sent
to the service will still have color, even if only the title bar and depth scale
have color. (The Color setting forces images to be sent in RGB format.)
• Mixed – If the image area itself has color, an image sent to the service
will have color; otherwise, the image will be in shades of gray. (The Mixed
setting sends images as is, without conversion.)
NOTE: Color is recommended unless the user wants to reduce image
storage size. Then, Mixed is suggested.
(continued on next page)
Reopen Per Image
The creates an “association” with the service prior to sending images to
it. Think of it as a handshake. When check-marked, “Reopen Per Image”
causes the to create an association with the service for each image in a
group of images and to release that association after each image is
transmitted. When it is unchecked, the creates only one association prior
to sending any images, and doesn’t release it until all images have been
sent. Reopen Per Image is common for CT or MR, where associations are
used to distinguish views (one association for each view). This is not a
typical use for Ultrasound. Unless you have a specific reason to create an
association for each image, leave this option unchecked.
Enable Structured
Reporting
A Structured Report is a non-image DICOM data file that contains
measurements and calculations of an exam. If you want to transmit a
Structured Report, check Enable Structured Reporting.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 47
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Properties
Key Image Notes (KIN) provides a way in DICOM to convey certain
information and requests about images in an exam between the
and the service. The supports one KIN mode: Image Rejection. Image
Rejection indicates which images in a currently-open exam should be
deleted.
Key Image Notes
3 - 48
To use Image Rejection, assign the service to a dataflow, and check the
Direct Store dataflow setting. When the user scans with this dataflow in
an exam, deletes one or more images in the clipboard and ends the exam,
the sends a KIN DICOM object to the service. This object lists the images
to be rejected. The service either deletes the images or tags them with a
label such as “Rejected for Quality Reasons.”
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Sending Images and Data to a DICOM Image Storage Service
The provides three ways to send images and data:
1.) Dataflow
2.) Print Button
3.) Send To
1.) Dataflow
The default setup stores images in its local Hard Disk Drive. A dataflow allows the to send images to
other locations as well.
To setup a dataflow, follow these steps:
Table 3-12
Dataflow
Utility -> Connectivity -> Dataflow screen
1.
Navigate to Utility -> Connectivity -> Dataflow; press Add. The system creates a dataflow
called “NewDataflow.”
2.
Change the name to one of your choosing.
3.
Notice the list of available services to the left of the << and >> buttons. Select each DICOM
service you want to attach to your dataflow and press >>. This makes it appear in the list on
the right, indicating that the service is now assigned to the dataflow.
NOTE: You cannot remove “Local Archive – Int HD” from the dataflow. This guarantees that
images will be saved on the local Hard Disk Drive of the and not just transmitted to the service.
4.
Check Direct Store if you want an image generated by a print button to immediately be sent
to the dataflow’s attached services rather than waiting until the exam is ended for all images.
NOTE: If you plan to generate long cine loops, “Direct Store” is NOT recommended (either on
the dataflow or via a Print button directly), because system response may be slow.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 49
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-12
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Dataflow
Utility -> Connectivity -> Button
5.
Navigate to Utility -> Connectivity -> Button, select a print button and add “Copy to Dataflow”
to its Printflow View. DO NOT add the DICOM Image Storage Service to the Printflow as you
would run the risk of sending each image to the service twice. Set the other parameters of the
print button as you choose, using “Print Button Settings” in section Table 3-14 "Print Button
Settings" on page 3-52 as a guide; but keep in mind that the settings of the service will override
the settings of the button for the images sent to the service.
Patient Page - Dataflow Drop-down Menu
6.
Back on the Patient page, select your dataflow from the drop-down menu. From that point on,
pressing your configured print button sends your images to the service(s) added to your
dataflow.
NOTE: Whenever you change the settings of a dataflow, before you use it, select a different
dataflow or “No Archive” on the Patient screen, and then reselect the changed dataflow. This
forces the to read the modified resource file and implement your changes. If you change the
settings of any service to which the dataflow directs traffic, you do not need to reselect it.
3 - 50
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Sending Images and Data to a DICOM Image Storage Service (cont’d)
2.) Print Button
The typical use for a print button is to copy to dataflow. However, the print button can be set up for image
transfer to a DICOM Image Storage service as a quick way to accomplish “direct store” to that service
without having to setup a dataflow. Each image is immediately sent to the service rather than waiting
until the exam is ended for all images to be transferred. Another use of this technique is to send existing
images directly to a PACS.
NOTE:
If you plan to generate long cine loops, it is NOT recommended to use “Direct Store” (either on
the dataflow or via a print button directly) as the system response may be slow.
To setup a Print Button for this purpose, follow these steps:
Table 3-13
Print Button Setup
1.
In Utility -> Connectivity -> Button, select one of the “Physical Print Buttons.”
2.
Set Format, Image Frames, and Compression as desired. See: Table 3-14 "Print Button
Settings" on page 3-52.
3.
Notice the list of available services to the left of the << and >> buttons. Select each DICOM
service you want to assign to your print button and press >>.
(If you don’t add “Copy to Dataflow” to the print button’s Printflow, you will send images directly
to the DICOM service(s) without having them stored permanently on the . With a dataflow, the
images are always stored permanently in the database of the .)
From this point on, pressing your configured print button immediately places the image on the
spooler to be sent to the service(s) assigned to the button.
NOTE: If you are using a dataflow to which one of your DICOM services is assigned, DO NOT
add that same service to a print button. If you do, two copies of each image may be sent to the
service with each press of the print button.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 51
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Sending Images and Data to a DICOM Image Storage Service (cont’d)
Table 3-14
Print Button Settings
Format
DICOM
The resulting file contains DICOM data and a bitmap of the image. Use
DICOM format to store to DICOM Print devices or to Image Storage
services that do not support raw data. Raw DICOM can still be used in
these cases, but it is best to uncheck the Allow Raw Data box on the
service. This flexibility is why the system defaults to RawDicom (Single)
for P1.
RawDicom
The resulting file includes the Raw Data, the DICOM data and a bitmap of
the image. Use RawDicom format to store locally to the . This allows for
numerous post-processing, non-acquisition actions and for the replay of
cine loops without the overhead of storing multiple DICOM frames. (Loops
are included in the raw data.) RawDicom can also be used to send to a
PACS, such as Centricity and ViewPoint, which supports various degrees
of raw data functionality.
M&A
Use this to generate a Structured Report for the measurements and
calculations of the exam currently open.
See: 3-9-4-8 "Structured Reporting" on page 3-67 for additional
information.
Image Frames
Single
Stores a single DICOM frame (bitmap of the image). Note that a raw-data
loop is still available if used with RawDicom. This format captures the
video area. It allows measurements without calibration.
Multiple
Stores multiple DICOM frames (one bitmap for each frame). Select this to
either store multiple DICOM frames locally on the or to export cine loops
to import elsewhere.
This option requires more disk space and takes longer to store images
after the print button is pressed. This format captures the image area only.
It allows measurements without calibration.
Secondary Capture
Stores a screen capture of a selected area. Select this and another dropdown menu lets you select Image Area, Video Area, or Whole Screen for
the capture area. A Secondary Capture contains no calibration data, just
pixel data. Thus it requires manual calibration for measurements, if you
recall the image on the or review it on the PACS. Measurements without
calibration use pixels as the unit.
Independent of the Single, Multiple and Secondary Capture, dual and quad screen images are sent
as secondary captures to a PACS. Measurements on these types of images are in pixels.
Note about “bitmap”: Bitmap does not refer to a file in “.bmp” format. The terms “image”, “frame”, and
“bitmap” are interchangeable in a way. For multi-frame images it makes sense to say frame. On the
other hand, DICOM is all about images; the image portion of the file (as opposed to the header) is
really nothing more than a bitmap or screen capture.
(continued on next page)
3 - 52
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-14
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Print Button Settings
Print buttons use the same formats as Compression on the Image Storage
Service.
Compression
NOTE: Suppose compression is specified on both a print button and on
an image storage service, either assigned to the button or assigned to the
dataflow in use. Also, suppose the compression settings are different. At
the point the is to send an image generated by the print button to the
service, the will first un-compress the compressed version of the print
button, and then recompress it using the settings of the service. If the
compression of the print button is lossy, the un-compression will not
completely restore the original image. Then applying the compression of
the service still generates a lossy image. The process of un-compressing
and recompressing only has a negative impact on system performance.
In general then, DO NOT use compression on a print key if images it
generates end up getting sent to a service; or, IF YOU DO, use the exact
same compression on the service.
NOTE:
Print button actions can also be modified per model (abdomen, etc.) by settings in
Utility -> Application -> Print Controls. Inspect them when print button behavior differs from
expected.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 53
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Sending Images and Data to a DICOM Image Storage Service (cont’d)
3.) Send To
Use Send To to send existing exams to a DICOM service. Follow these steps:
Table 3-15
3 - 54
Send To
1.
On the Patient screen, select the desired patient. In the Exam View tab, select the exam to
transfer.
2.
Press Send To.
3.
A pop-up appears with a drop-down menu. Select any existing service to which images can be
sent (typically, DICOM Image Storage and Print services). Select the desired service and
press OK.
4.
Press F4 to access the DICOM Job Spooler to can confirm successful transmission of the
exam.
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Print Service
A DICOM printer is different from a typical network printer. It understands and accepts image files in
DICOM format, and extracts and prints the images within.
Print Service Setup
To setup a Print Service on your , follow these steps:
Table 3-16
Print Service Setup
1.
In Utility -> Connectivity -> Service, from the Destination Device drop-down menu, select the
device on which the service resides. (This assumes you have already setup the device in the
Device tab.)
2.
From the Select Service drop-down menu, select DICOM Print and press Add.
3.
Change the name of the service to one of your choosing.
4.
Enter the AE Title and Port Number of the service. AE Title is case-sensitive.
5.
From the Vendor drop-down menu, select the vendor of the service printer. The system adjusts
some of the Properties of the printer accordingly.
6.
Maximum Retries, Retry Interval and Timeout have the same use as with DICOM Image
Storage Services. See: 3-9-4-2 "Properties" on page 3-45.
7.
Set the Properties of the printer as desired. Refer to the operator manual of the printer for
preferred or expected settings. The graphic in this Table shows typical settings.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 55
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-16
3 - 56
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Print Service Setup
8.
The allows you to annotate each image: check Enable. The Annotation section of the screen
expands to let you set parameters for this feature:
a.) Field: Combination of patient id, last name, and first name to appear in the annotation
b.) Location: one or more of these, depending on the Vendor selected:
• Top: Annotation appears once, at the top of each sheet, whether one or more images are
on the sheet
• Bottom: Annotation appears once, at the bottom of each sheet, whether one or more
images are on the sheet
• Per Image: Annotation appears on each image
c.) Format ID and Starting Position: These are available only if the Vendor is “Other.” “Other”
settings and uses are beyond the scope of this document. Refer to the operator manual of the
printer for guidance.
9.
Save your changes and press Verify. A Smiley Face indicates successful communication with
the service.
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Print Service (cont’d)
Print Service Use
As with a DICOM Image Storage Service, the provides three ways to send images to a Print Service:
1.) Dataflow
2.) Print Button
3.) Send To
The setups and uses are basically the same, except when the Format of the Print Service is set to
something other than 1x1. Then, if the Print Service is tied either to a dataflow with Direct Store set, or
to a print button, the will hold each image in its spooler until the number of images specified by Format
is reached. For example, a Format of 3x4 specifies 12 images per sheet. Until you press the print button
12 times, the sends nothing to the Print Service. If you press the print button 24 times, the sends the
images in two batches of 12 each. Any images left on the spooler when you start a new exam or end
the patient are sent at that point.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 57
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Worklist Service
A Worklist provides a repository of data for patients scheduled for an exam. The can query and filter
the entries of the Worklist and retrieve one or more of them to create a patient for each with an initial
exam.
Worklist Setup
To setup a Worklist Service on the , follow these steps:
Table 3-17
3 - 58
Worklist Setup
1.
In Utility -> Connectivity -> Service, from the Destination Device drop-down menu, select the
device on which the service resides. (This assumes you have already setup the device in the
Device tab.)
2.
From the Select Service drop-down menu, select DICOM Worklist and press Add.
3.
Change the name of the service to one of your choosing.
4.
Enter the AE Title and Port Number of the service. AE Title is case-sensitive.
5.
Maximum Retries, Retry Interval and Timeout have the same use as with DICOM Image
Storage Services. See: 3-9-4-2 "Properties" on page 3-45.
6.
Set Maximum Results to the maximum number of results returned. The default and
recommended setting is 100.
7.
Search Criteria are filters that restrict the entries returned by a query to those that match all
criteria. The provides two defaults: Modality (set to “US” for Ultrasound), and Scheduled
Procedure Step Start Date (commonly known as Exam date, and set to today). Modify these
or add other criteria as you wish. These define “remote” filtering.
See: "“Remote” versus “Local” Filtering" on page 3-59.
8.
Save your changes and press Verify. A Smiley Face indicates successful communication with
the service.
9.
Select the Don’t Use checkbox when you DO NOT want to remotely filter on that search
criterion, but still WANT TO keep the tag and its value for future use.
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Worklist Service (cont’d)
“Remote” versus “Local” Filtering
The search criteria you set up in the Utility -> Connectivity -> Service page are used in “remote” filtering.
When you press the Query button on the Worklist screen, the criteria becomes part of the DICOM
message exchange between the and the Worklist service. The service returns only those entries that
match all of the search criteria.
In contrast, “local” filtering occurs “on the fly” on the patient data already queried, listed and stored on
the . Local filtering occurs every time you enter a value in one of the fields above the list on the Worklist
screen, such as Patient ID. The displayed list gets filtered progressively for each selection you make or
character you enter. Table 3-18 ""Remote” versus “Local” Filtering" illustrates this example: For a
Worklist with dozens of entries, select Accession Number as the Search Key and enter “1.” The list is
filtered to display only those entries whose Accession Number starts with “1.” Now enter “2” after the
“1.” The list is filtered again to display only those entries whose Accession Number starts with “12.”
Table 3-18
"Remote” versus “Local” Filtering
Local Filtering - Query Button NOT pressed
Local filtering DOES NOT generate any DICOM traffic between the and the service. It acts only upon
the list already on the . This local list does not constitute actual patients and exams on the . Creation
of patients and exams does not occur until you select one or more entries on the list and press
Transfer. But, there is a twist; if you enter a value in one of the fields above the list on the Worklist
screen, and then press Query, you are doing “remote” filtering again. The filter comprises the search
criteria you set up in the Utility -> Connectivity -> Service page, plus whatever you entered in the
field(s) above the list on the Worklist screen.
Remote Filtering - Query Button PRESSED (exact match ONLY)
Continuing the Accession Number example: Enter “12” and press Query. The query returns only
exact matches.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 59
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Worklist Service (cont’d)
“Remote” versus “Local” Filtering (con’t.)
To get partial matching, similar to what local filtering provides, add an asterisk at the end of the string:
Table 3-19
"Remote” versus “Local” Filtering (con’t.)
Remote Filtering - Query Button PRESSED (partial matching)
Some of the remote search keys use special formats:
- A tag that represents a date (example: 00400002 Scheduled Procedure Step Start Date, which is
generally called "Exam Date") – three formats:
* A valid single date in format YYYYMMDD (example: 20141112 for November 12, 2014)
* A range of dates separated by a dash (example: 20140902-20141002 for the range
September 2, 2014 through October 2, 2014)
* TODAY[x,y], a range around today’s date where x represents the number of days before today,
and y represents the number of days after today (examples: TODAY[0,0] means today only;
TODAY[1,3] means yesterday, today, and the three days after today)
- A tag that represents a person’s name, such as 00100010 Patient's Name. A complete name entry
has five components separated by carets ( ^ ):
* LastName^FirstName^MiddleName^Prefix^Suffix (Example: Public^John^Q.^Mr.^Jr. for
"Mr. John Q. Public Jr.")
- Many non-date tags formed by letters, numbers or both can use the asterisk as a wildcard.
* For example, “M*” for Patient’s Name will return all patients whose last name starts with M. “M” by
itself though returns only those patients whose name is exactly “M”.
* Exceptions: Patient ID and Modality require an exact match.
3 - 60
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Worklist Service (cont’d)
“Remote” versus “Local” Filtering (con’t.)
The format of the values used for Search Criteria for both Worklist and Query/Retrieve services are
defined in the DICOM standard: http://medical.nema.org/dicom. Select the latest year available in this
folder. Open Part 5: “Data Structures and Encoding”, and examine Table 3-20 "Dicom Value
Representations" . For example, here are the rules for a valid AE Title:
Table 3-20
Dicom Value Representations
VR Name
Definition
Character Repertoire
Length of Value
AE (Application
Entity)
A string of characters that
identifies an Application Entity
with leading and trailing
spaces (20H) being nonsignificant. A value consisting
solely of spaces shall not be
used.
Default Character Repertoire
excluding character code 5CH
(the BACKSLASH “\” in
16 bytes
ISO-IR 6) and control
maximum
characters LF, FF, CR and
ESC.
Basically, an AE Title can be up to 16 characters. Leading and trailing spaces are ignored. A title of all
spaces is not valid. These characters are not allowed: “\”, line feed, form feed, carriage return, and
escape.
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 61
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Worklist Service (cont’d)
Worklist Use
Follow these steps for Worklist Use:
Table 3-21
Worklist Use
Worklist Display
1.
From the Patient screen, press Worklist. The Data Transfer screen appears with Worklist
selected as the Task.
2.
In the From: drop-down menu, select the Worklist to query.
3.
Press Query. The displays a list of all entries in the Worklist that meet the criteria set in both
the Utility -> Connectivity -> Service page and on this Worklist screen.
4.
To filter this list further, enter (more) values in Patient ID, Last Name, etc. This provides local
filtering. It DOES NOT generate more query requests to the Worklist service.
5.
Select one or more entries from the list and press Transfer. The creates initial patient and
exam data for each entry. If you transferred a single entry, the returns to the Patient screen
with the patient and new exam selected.
The Worklist screen provides a couple of other controls:
3 - 62
6.
Clear: This clears all local filters and restores the list to the last actual Query.
7.
Dicom properties: This button displays some DICOM tags for the currently selected entry.
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM MPPS (Modality Performed Procedure Step) Service
A DICOM Performed Procedure, also known as Modality Performed Procedure Step (MPPS), is a way
to inform your billing system that an ultrasound procedure has been completed and can be billed.
A typical setup has your Worklist Service handle MPPS communications. For example, you can retrieve
today’s scheduled exams and report completed exams to the same system.
To set up MPPS on the , follow these steps:
Table 3-22
Setup and Use a DICOM MPPS
Utility -> Connectivity -> Service
1.
In Utility -> Connectivity -> Service, from the Destination Device drop-down menu, select
your Worklist device.
2.
From the drop-down menu of services, select Dicom Performed Procedure and press Add.
3.
Provide a name, set the AE Title and Port Number for your Worklist service. AE Title is casesensitive.
4.
Maximum Retries, Retry Interval and Timeout have the same use as with DICOM Image
Storage Services. See: 3-9-4-2 "Properties" on page 3-45.
5.
Save your changes and press Verify. A Smiley Face indicates successful communication with
the service.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 63
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-22
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Setup and Use a DICOM MPPS
Dataflow tab - MPPS added
6.
In the Dataflow tab, add your MPPS service to the same dataflow that handles your DICOM
Image Storage service.
To set up MPPS on the server end, refer to the documentation of the Worklist service.
From this point on, from the perspective of the user, MPPS works quietly in the background. It
handles completed exams, abandoned exams, and empty exams with no input or monitoring
required from the user.
3 - 64
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Storage Commitment Service
DICOM Storage Commitment enables the to obtain a commitment from the image storage service that
images have been stored. With this commitment, you may choose to delete the images from the .
To set up Storage Commitment on the , follow these steps:
Table 3-23
DICOM Storage Commitment Service Setup and Use
1.
In Utility -> Connectivity -> Service, from the Destination Device drop-down menu, select
your Image Storage server.
2.
From the drop-down menu of services, select Dicom Storage Commitment and press Add.
3.
Provide a name, set the AE Title and Port Number for your Image Storage service.
4.
Maximum Retries, Retry Interval and Timeout have the same use as with DICOM Image
Storage Services. See: 3-9-4-2 "Properties" on page 3-45.
5.
For Associated Storage, select the name of your Image Storage service.
6.
Save your changes and press Verify. A Smiley Face indicates successful communication with
the service.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 65
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-23
7.
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Storage Commitment Service Setup and Use
In the Dataflow tab, add your Storage Commitment service to the same dataflow that handles
your Image Storage service.
Storage Commitment includes “reverse negotiation” with the receiving end – the Image
Storage service. Basically, the receiver needs to know the AE Title, IP address and Port
Number of the . Refer to the documentation of the Image Storage service for setting up Storage
Commitment.
NOTE: The Store Commit and its Associated Storage (A) MUST BE in the same Dataflow!
DICOM Job Spooler - STC identified
To confirm a successful Storage Commitment, press F4 to inspect the spooler after you send images
to the Image Storage service. An entry of:
• Type: STC
• Contents: Value equals the number of images stored, plus one if a Structured Report was sent.
• Status: “Done” or “Success”
• Error: no indications
confirms a successful storage commitment.
3 - 66
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Structured Reporting
Structured Reporting provides for transmission of exam measurements and calculations in a separate
non-image file. It is not a service in itself, but is a feature of some DICOM Image Storage services, and
is always associated with one. The service must be able to interpret and display the data in the
Structured Report. Refer to the documentation of the Image Storage service documentation for
Structured Reporting.
Table 3-24
Structured Reporting
Utility -> Connectivity -> Service - Enable Structured Reporting checked
To enable Structured Reporting for an Image Storage service, go to the set-up screen for that service
in Utility -> Connectivity -> Service, check the Enable Structured Reporting box and press Save.
From that point on, the sends a Structured Report at the end of an exam with measurements.
(continued on next page)
Sending Structure Report
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 67
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-24
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Structured Reporting
A Structured Report can be sent for the measurements and calculations of the currently-open exam
via a Print button. Add the Image Storage service to the Printflow setting of that button and set the
Format for that button to “M&A.” Take measurements in an exam and press the Print button. The
generates a Structured Report and sends it to the Image Storage service.
The does not store Structured Report files. Instead, when called upon, it conveys the measurements
and calculations to the service via the DICOM message exchange between them.
3 - 68
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Service
A Q/R service retrieves patients’ data and corresponding exams from a PACS. The can query the
service for exams belonging to patients that match search attributes. The can then retrieve the exams
from the service and store them in the local archive.
Q/R Service Setup
Follow these steps for Q/R Service Setup:
Table 3-25
Q/R Service Setup
1.
In Utility -> Connectivity -> Service, from the Destination Device drop-down menu, select the
device on which the service resides. (This assumes you have already setup the device in the
Device tab.)
2.
From the Select Service drop-down menu, select Dicom Query/Retrieve and press Add.
3.
Change the name of the service to one of your choosing.
4.
Enter the AE Title and Port Number of the service. AE Title is case-sensitive.
5.
Maximum Retries, Retry Interval and Timeout have the same use as with DICOM Image
Storage Services. See: 3-9-4-2 "Properties" on page 3-45.
6.
Set Maximum Results to the maximum number of results returned.
7.
Search Criteria are essentially the same as with Worklists. The concepts of “Remote” and
“Local” queries are also the same. See: "“Remote” versus “Local” Filtering" on page 3-59.
8.
Save your changes and press Verify. A Smiley Face indicates successful communication with
the service.
NOTE: In many cases, the Q/R service allows a to query its patient data, but will not allow
actual transfer of exams/images without some level of authorization. Typically, the service
needs to know the AE Title, IP address, and Port Number of the . Refer to the documentation
of the Q/R service.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 69
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Service (cont’d)
Q/R Service Use
Follow these steps for Q/R Service Use:
Table 3-26
Q/R Service Use
1.
From the Patient screen, press Data Transfer. The Data Transfer screen appears.
Select Q/R as the Task.
2.
In the From: drop-down menu, select the Q/R service to query.
3.
Press Query. The displays a list of all patients in the Q/R service that meet the criteria set in
both the Utility -> Connectivity -> Service page and on this Q/R screen.
4.
To filter this list further, enter (more) values in Patient ID, Last Name, etc.
NOTE: This provides local filtering; it DOES NOT generate more query requests to the Q/R
service, unless you press the Query button again.
5.
Select one or more entries (patients or individual exams) from the list and press Transfer. The
retrieves the patients and their exams and stores them on its local hard drive. These patients
are available on the patient screen. You can view their exams and images, and create new
exams for them.
Each patient entry in the list indicates the number of series (exams) available for retrieval (5a).
To retrieve all of them, double-click anywhere in the row, or single-click the row and press the
Transfer button. To retrieve individual exams, single-click on the entry’s folder icon (5b). This
displays a list of the exams. Double-click the exam you want to retrieve, or Ctrl-click and Shiftclick to select more than one and then press Transfer.
6.
3 - 70
During the transfer, the Transfer button changes to “Cancel”. Press it to return control to the
before all selected patients download. Example: If you selected 5 patients to transfer, but
pressed Cancel while the third one was transferring, Patients 1 and 2 have been retrieved and
will remain on the . Patients 4 and 5 will not be retrieved. As for
Patient 3, cancellation depends on when you pressed Cancel during its transfer; a partial
cancellation may occur: the patient's data transfers, but not its images.
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
How to Setup and Use a DICOM Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Service (cont’d)
Q/R Support for Volume Navigation
V Nav (Volume Navigation) combines 3D images from other modalities (CT, MR, etc.) with Ultrasound
scanning. Use Q/R to load non-Ultrasound images into the .
The supports retrieval of these non-US image types:
•
MR (Magnetic Resonance)
•
CT (Computed Tomography)
•
PT (Positron Emission Tomography)
•
XA (X-Ray Angio)
•
MG (Digital Mammography)
Use filter “00080061 Modalities in Study” to retrieve non-US images. To filter on more than one modality,
separate each by a “\“ (backslash). For example, “US\MR\CT\PT\XA\MG” returns entries for all
modalities supported by the .
Basic Use with V Nav
This guide is not intended to cover V Nav extensively. However, here are the initial steps:
Table 3-27
Q/R Support for Volume Navigation
Image History Display
1.
Query and retrieve the non-US study from PACS.
2.
Create a new exam for this patient.
3.
Press the V Nav key located above the keyboard on the operator panel.
4.
On the Touch Panel, press Load; select From Database from the pop-up menu.
5.
An Image History page displays on the screen. Select any desired image in the non-US series
and press Review.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 71
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-27
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Q/R Support for Volume Navigation
Scan Screen
3 - 72
6.
The displays the scan screen, prompts you to confirm the patient data set selected, and
displays the non-US volume on the right side of the screen.
7.
To scroll through the dataset, press the Scroll Z Trackball button. Use the Trackball to scroll
through the dataset to find the area of interest.
8.
When done, press Scroll Z again. You are now scanning live on the left side of the screen with
your reference view on the right screen.
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Spooler
The DICOM Job Spooler shows all current and recent outgoing jobs performed by the . Outgoing jobs
involve objects sent to a remote service: images, Structured Reports, and Key Image Notes sent to a
PACS; print jobs to a DICOM printer; Storage Commitment to a PACS; and Modality Performed
Procedure Step to a Worklist service. They do not include incoming objects – namely, Worklist and Q/
R queries and transfers.
Table 3-28
Spooler
Dicom Job Spooler Display
Toggle F4 on the keyboard to alternately display and hide the Spooler.
The columns in the DICOM JOB SPOOLER display:
• # – job number
• Last Name and Patient ID – patient data
• Destination – name of service receiving the objects
• Type – object type: “Storage” for images, Structured Reports, and Key Image Notes; “STC” for
Storage Commitment; “MPPS” for Modality Performed Procedure Step
• Contents – number of objects being sent
• Status – Pending, Active, Hold, Done or Success, Failed
• Error – populated if the transfer fails
• Information – may contain general information
The buttons in the DICOM JOB SPOOLER display:
• Refresh – Refresh the status of jobs on the spooler
• Delete… – Select one or more jobs on the spooler and press Delete... to delete them. A pop-up
asks you to confirm your choice. (Successful jobs get deleted automatically after several minutes.)
• Resend – Select a single job and press Resend to send it to its original destination. If you select
more than one job, the Resend button is disabled.
• Send To… – Select a single job and press Send To... to send the job to any image storage or
print service set up on the LOGIQ E9. A pop-up presents a list of these services. If more than one
job is selected, the Send To… button is disabled.
• Hide – Same as F4: return to scan screen
• Select All – Selects all jobs in the list
NOTE: Data for a service, such as IP address, AE Title and Port #, become part of the job. If any are
incorrect, the job fails. If you correct the error, do not use Resend to try to send the job again. The
job file is not updated with the correct data and it will fail to transfer. Instead, return to the Exam View
tab, press Send To... and select the service or press "Send To" on the Spooler Display. This
replaces the old job file with one that has the correct data.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 73
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Spooler (cont’d)
Common Error Messages
No connection established – check network and log file: This usually indicates a bad
or missing network connection OR incorrect IP Address, AE Title, or Port # between the and service.
The remote system was not able to interpret the image information – check log
file: This indicates an issue with the image or patient data, such as a missing Patient ID.
The remote service is out of resources: For example, the PACS has no more storage space.
3-9-4-11
Wireless
Configuring a Wireless network is beyond the scope of this guide. Both the User and Service manuals
cover Wireless setup in detail. In particular, for setting up the WLAN, refer to the appropriate version the
Basic User Manual, Chapter 16, Configuring the Wireless Network (Option). (Available via the “Help” F1
key on the keyboard.)
Table 3-29
Wireless
“Help“ F1 Key Display
NOTE: When both wired and wireless are enabled, the chooses wired.
3 - 74
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
3-9-4-12
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Network “Sniffer”
The includes a network sniffer, Wireshark, that displays network traffic between the
and other devices. Its output can be saved in files. It is useful for debugging connectivity issues. Usually
only DICOM traffic is . Follow these steps:
Table 3-30
Network “Sniffer”
Wireshark: Capture Interfaces
1.
Press Alt-N to display Wireshark.
2.
In Capture/Interfaces press Options on the interface that corresponds to the IP address.
Wireshark: Capture Options
3.
Make sure "Capture packets in promiscuous mode" is unchecked. Press Start.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 75
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-30
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Network “Sniffer”
Network Connection: Capturing Wireshark
4.
In the "Filter" bar, enter "dcm" or "dicom." (Which one Wireshark accepts, depends on its
version. Wireshark will indicate whether it accepts one or the other by turning the Filter
background green.) Press Apply.
Once Wireshark displays DICOM traffic, select an individual line and expand the DICOM tree
in the lower frame to view DICOM-specific data.
Wireshark Info column
Capture Restart clears the current traffic display, in preparation for the next DICOM exchange.
In the Wireshark Info column, entries with “Reject” or “Abort” definitely indicate issues. For example,
the above exchange occurred when the tried to send an exam to Viewpoint, but Viewpoint did not
have the correct AE Title for the .
(continued on next page)
3 - 76
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-30
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Network “Sniffer”
Encoded Value in the “Status” tag
Other times, however, the actual reason for an issue is often encoded in innocuous-looking entries
near the end of the exchange. For example, the above situation involved the attempting to send an
image to Viewpoint directly via a print button, without a patient id. Viewpoint’s “C-STORE-RSP”
message to the indicated, by an encoded value in the “Status” tag, that it did not store the image.
(continued on next page)
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
3 - 77
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 3-30
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Network “Sniffer”
Wireshark: Save file as
To save the network traffic currently displayed, stop the capture and press File / Save As. In the
pop-up, select a destination drive or folder, name the file, select both “All packets” and “Displayed”
under Packet Range, and press Save.
This saves the DICOM traffic in a file with suffix “.pcap”, which can be analyzed by Wireshark or a
similar network sniffer.
3 - 78
Section 3-9 - Connectivity Setup and Tips
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-10
Setup paperwork
NOTE:
3-10-1
During and after setup, the documentation (i.e. CDs with documentation, User’s Manuals,
Installation Manuals etc.) for the peripheral units must be kept as part of the original system
documentation. This will ensure that all relevant safety and user information is available during
the operation and service of the complete system.
User Manual(s)
Check that the correct User Manual(s) or CD with User Manuals, per software (SW) revision and
language, for the system is included.
3-10-2
NOTE:
Product Locator Card
The Product Locator Card shown may not be the same as the provided Product Locator card.
Figure 3-24 Product Locator Card (Example)
g
Mailing
Address
DESCRIPTION
Product Locator Card
Asia Service Operation
No. 1, Yongchang North Road
Beijing Economic and
Technologic Development Area
Beijing 100176 China
GIB, European Central Admin
Product Locator Cards
XEROX Office
VÀKUUMTECHNOLÒGIAI GÈPGYÀR
FÒTI ÙT 141
1046 Budapest Hungary
GEHC - Americas
Product Locator – W523
P.O. Box 414
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0414
F DA
MODEL
REV
OCP
BS
DISTRICT
CUSTOMER NO.
SERIAL
ORD
DATE (MO – DA - YR)
DESTINATION
NAME AND
ADDRESS
SHIPMENT
ZIP CODE
46-303268P1 Rev 14
g
Mailing
Address
GEHC - Americas
Product Locator – W523
P.O. Box 414
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0414
DESCRIPTION
F DA
SYSTEM LTD.
Product Locator Card
Asia Service Operation
No. 1, Yongchang North Road
Beijing Economic and
Technologic Development Area
Beijing 100176 China
GIB, European Central Admin
Product Locator Cards
XEROX Office
VÀKUUMTECHNOLÒGIAI GÈPGYÀR
FÒTI ÙT 141
1046 Budapest Hungary
MODEL
REV
OCP
BS
DISTRICT
RO O M
SERIAL
ORD
EMPLOYEE NO.
DATE (MO – DA - YR)
CUSTOMER NO.
INSTALLATION
DESTINATION
NAME AND
ADDRESS
46-303268P1 Rev 14
Chapter 3 LOGIQ E9 Setup
ZIP CODE
3 - 79
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
This page was intentionally left blank.
3 - 80
Section 3-10 - Setup paperwork
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 4
Functional Checks
Section 4-1
Overview
4-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the LOGIQ E9 scanner and
diagnostics instructions using the built-in service software.
4-1-2
Special Equipment required
•
An empty (blank) DVD-R disk
•
At least one probe (ideally you should check all the site probes used by the system.)
For available probes, see: Section 9-18 "Probes" on page 9-104.
•
ECG Harness:
-
CABLE ECG MARQ. AHA/AMERICA, P/N:164L0025
-
LEADWIRES ECG MARQ. AHA/AMERICA, P/N: 164L0027
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-2
General procedures
NOTICE SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS
Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place. The covers
are required for safe operation, good system performance and cooling purposes.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
4-2-1
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS BATTERY AT J3, OR THE BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT
PC N3 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY, EPS OR
CHARGEBOARD AND BEP MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER IS TURNED OFF IF THE
CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.
Overview
Some procedures are used more often than other. The intention with this section is to keep the most
used procedures in one place.
4-2
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-2
4-2-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power ON/Boot Up
Warnings
DANGER
ALWAYS CONNECT THE UNIT TO A FIXED POWER SOCKET WHICH HAS THE
PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONNECTOR.
DANGER
NEVER USE A THREE-TO-TWO PRONG ADAPTER; THIS DEFEATS THE
SAFETY GROUND.
DANGER
ENSURE THAT THE POWER CORD AND PLUG ARE INTACT AND THAT THE
POWER PLUG IS THE PROPER HOSPITAL-GRADE TYPE (WHERE REQUIRED).
CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS
OPERATE THIS UNIT ONLY WHEN ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. THE COVERS ARE REQUIRED FOR SAFE OPERATION, GOOD SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE AND COOLING PURPOSES.
NOTICE Use only power supply cords, cables and plugs provided by or designated by GE Healthcare.
NOTE:
Do not cycle the Circuit Breaker ON-OFF-ON in less than five (5) seconds. When turning OFF
the Circuit Breaker, the system should de-energize completely before turning the circuit breaker
ON.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-2-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connect AC (mains) Power to the LOGIQ E9
Connecting AC Power to the LOGIQ E9 ultrasound unit involves preliminary checks of the power cord,
voltage level and compliance with electrical safety requirements.
NOTE:
The LOGIQ E9 will function on Voltages from 100-240 Volts and 50 or 60 Hz. However, if using
220 volt power, then a center tapped power source is required.
1.) Ensure that the wall outlet is of appropriate type, and that the Circuit Breaker is turned off.
2.) Uncoil the power cable, allowing sufficient slack so that the unit can be moved slightly.
3.) Verify that the power cable is without any visible scratches or any sign of damage.
4.) Verify that the on-site mains voltage is within the limits indicated on the rating label near the Circuit
Breaker on the rear of the unit.
5.) Connect the Power Cable’s female plug to the Power Inlet at the rear of the unit.
6.) Lock the plug in position with the Retaining Clamp (ACC Clamp).
7.) Verify that the Mains Power Circuit Breaker is in OFF position, if not, switch it OFF.
Figure 4-1 The Circuit Breaker and On/Off button
8.) Connect the Power Cable’s other end (male plug) to a hospital grade mains power outlet with the
proper rated voltage, and the unit is ready for Power ON/Boot Up.
4-4
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Turn Unit ON
1.) Switch ON the Mains Power Circuit Breaker at the rear of the unit. The ON/OFF button will become
amber.
Figure 4-2 The Circuit breaker and ON/OFF button
You should hear a “click” from the relays in the AC Power and the unit is ready to boot. The ON/OFF
button will remain amber.
2.) Press once on the ON/OFF button on the Operator Panel to boot the unit. The ON/OFF button will
turn green when it is pressed.
During a normal boot, you may observe that:
a.) The unit’s ventilation fan starts on full speed, but slows down after a few seconds (listen to the
fan sound).
b.) Power is distributed to the peripherals, Operator Panel (Console), Monitor, Front End
Processor and Back End Processor.
c.) Back End Processor and rest of scanner starts with the sequence listed in the next steps:
d.) Back End Processor is turned ON and starts to load the software.
e.) The Start Screen is displayed on the monitor.
f.) A start-up bar indicating the time used for software loading, is displayed on the monitor.
g.) The software initiates and sets up the Front End electronics and the rest of the instrument.
h.) The backlight in the keyboard is lit.
i.) As soon as the software has been loaded, either a 2D screen is displayed on the screen,
indicating that a probe has been connected, or a No Mode screen is displayed, indicating that
no probe has been connected.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Turn Unit ON (cont’d)
Figure 4-3 2D Screen on the display
NOTE:
4-6
Total time used for start-up is typically one and a half minutes or less. If starting after a power
loss or a lock-up, the start-up time may be up to four minutes.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power shut down
When you switch off the unit, the system performs an automatic shutdown sequence.
Figure 4-4 System - Exit menu
The SYSTEM - EXIT menu, used when switching off the unit, gives you these choices:
•
Logoff
Use this button to log off the current user.
The system remains ON and ready for a new user to log on.
If the Logoff button is dimmed, it indicates that no user is logged on to the unit at the moment.
•
Shutdown
Use this button to shut down the system. The entire system will shut down. It is recommended to
perform a full shutdown at least once a week.
If the Shutdown button is dimmed, to shut down the unit.
•
Cancel
Use this button to exit from the System-Exit menu and return to the previous operation.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power shut down (cont’d)
•
Sleep Mode R2.x.x and R3.x
Use this button to reduce the boot up time (is less than 120 seconds). Intended to help on portable
studies.
Sleep saves all Memory content, in the Hard drive and shuts down. When booting up, memory
content is restored from HDD. This feature is not a substitute of a regular shutdown. The system
should be shutdown completely at least once a day to prevent performance issues.
Figure 4-5 Sleep Mode
4-8
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Complete Power Down
Table 4-1
1.
Power Down the LOGIQ E9
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
Power down the system and disconnect the
mains power cable from the wall outlet.
Press once on the ON/OFF button
Press once on the ON/OFF button on the
Operator Panel to display the System Exit menu. When you switch off the unit,
the system performs an automatic
shutdown sequence.
2.
Select Shutdown to do a complete power
down of the LOGIQ E9.
The Back End Processor will first turn off
the scanner activity and print the message
“Please wait - Shutdown in progress” in the
LCD display on the Operator Panel.
Next, it starts to shut down itself. The time
to shutdown the LOGIQ E9, including the
Back End Processor, may vary from 10
seconds up to approximately 1 minute.
The last thing that shuts down is the light on
the Operator Panel, indicating that you can
continue with the next step.
NOTE: Sleep Mode only available in
LOGIQ E9 running R2.x.x and R3.x.x
software.
NOTICE
Be sure to wait with the next step until the system has finished its shut-down. Failing to do so may
destroy data on the Hard Disk Drive, making the system fail later.
Switch off the Mains Power Circuit Breaker, located on the rear of the LOGIQ E9. This will cut power
distribution within the unit.
Unplug the unit.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console position adjustment
The system Top Console can be freely moved in all directions (if the power is on or if the mechanism is
not locked in position prior to powering down the system). The vertical displacement of the Top Console
is motor driven. The control buttons are located around the handles.
CAUTION To avoid injury or damage, make sure nothing is within the range of motion before moving the
Top Console. This includes both objects and people.
Power on the LOGIQ E9 before performing the following steps.
Figure 4-6 Top Console adjustment controls: Lock (1), Up/Down (2)
1. Lock button: unparking and sideways displacement of the console.
2.Up/Down button: raising/lowering the console.
To raise/lower the Top Console
1.) Press and hold down the Up/Down button (Figure 4-6, button 2) accordingly to raise or lower the
Top Console.
2.) Release the button when the Top Console is at the desired height.
4-2-4-1
To unlock the Top Console
1.) Press and hold down the Lock and brake release button(s) (Figure 4-6, button 1) and pull the Top
Console out of the locked position until the Top console is in the desired position.
2.) Release the button(s).
4-2-4-2
To lock the Top Console
1.) Press and hold down the Lock and brake release button(s) (Figure 4-6, button 1) while pushing
the Top Console in the locked position.
2.) Release the button(s).
4-2-4-3
To move the floating Top Console
1.) The unlocked Top Console can be easily moved by pressing and holding down the Lock and brake
release button(s) (Figure 4-6, button 1) and move the Top Console in any direction.
2.) Release the button when the Top Console is at the desired height.
4-2-4-4
To move the Top Console if Power is OFF
To manually release the console’s XY-mechanism (frogleg) if the power is OFF, see: Section 6-7
"Operator Panel movement" on page 6-21.
4 - 10
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor Positions and Lock
Figure 4-7 LCD Monitor Position and Lock - R3.x and earlier
1. Unlocked LCD Monitor
2. Locked LCD Monitor
Figure 4-8 LCD Monitor Positions - R4.x
2
1
3
4
1. Tilt LCD Monitor
3. Move Monitor Up and Down
2. Move Monitor Back and Forth
4. Monitor front view / Monitor
tilted down (side view)
When the LCD Arm is unlocked. verify the LCD Monitor can move up/down (vertically) and left/right
(horizontally).
NOTE:
The LCD Monitor can move approximately 100 mm (3.94 inches) vertically and
250 mm (9.84 inches) horizontally.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor Positions and Lock (cont’d)
Figure 4-9 LCD Monitor Positions - R5.x
3
2
1
2
3
6
4b
5
4c
4a
6
1. Vertical Travel = 150mm
4. Pan Arm Rotation = 45º (90º total)
2. Rotation at Mount = 90º (180º total)
5. LCD Translation = 350mm
3. Lift Arm Rotation = 135º (270º
total)
6. Tilt
a. No Collistion
b. Approximately 20º
(based on Pan Arm Off-set)
c. 85º-90º
When the LCD Arm Lock is unlocked. verify the LCD Monitor can move up/down (vertically) and left/
right (horizontally).
NOTE:
4 - 12
The LCD Monitor can move approximately 100 mm (3.94 inches) vertically and
250 mm (9.84 inches) horizontally.
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-5-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
To unlock the LCD Monitor
•
Turn the knob counter clockwise to unlock the LCD Monitor.
The LCD Monitor can be moved freely in all directions.
4-2-5-2
To lock the LCD Monitor
•
4-2-5-3
Turn the knob clockwise to raise the lock and move the LCD Monitor into the parked position.
LCD Monitor position for Transport
Figure 4-10 LCD Monitor transport Position (R4.x shown)
Lock Arm and tilt LCD Monitor down.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Removable Media
Refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 16 to perform the
following tasks:
•
4-2-7
4-2-7-1
Using Removable Media
•
Labeling Removable Media
•
Formatting Removable Media
•
Verifying Removable Media
Archiving and Loading Presets
Loading Presets from removable media
For information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 16.
4-2-8
Space Management
Refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 16 to perform the
following tasks:
4-2-9
•
Configuring the Disk Management Function
•
Setting the Disk Management Schedule
•
Configuring Data Management Settings
•
Configuring Destination Device Setting
•
Running the Disk Management Function
•
Starting Disk Management Manually
Backup
For information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 16.
3-7-3 "Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection" on page 3-33
4 - 14
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-10
4-2-10-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Moving and Transporting the LOGIQ E9
The Casters (Wheels) control
The wheels of the LOGIQ E9 are controlled by the pedals located between the front wheels of the
LOGIQ E9.
Examine the wheels frequently for defects to avoid breaking or jamming.
Figure 4-11 Pedals
1.) Press the right pedal to engage the Parking brake.
2.) Press the center pedal to release the Parking brake.
3.) Press the left pedal to engage the Swivel lock.
4.) Press the center pedal to release the Swivel lock.
4-2-10-2
To prepare the LOGIQ E9 to be moved
1.) If not locked, move the keyboard console and LCD monitor to the park position (see: 4-2-4 "Top
Console position adjustment" on page 4-10 and 4-2-5 "LCD Monitor Positions and Lock" on page
4-11).
2.) Turn the system off, including the circuit breaker (see: 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7), and
remove the plug from the wall.
3.) Disconnect all cables linking the LOGIQ E9 to any off-board peripheral devices and network.
4.) Secure the LOGIQ E9’s power cable.
5.) Place all probes in the probe holder. Ensure that the probe cables do not protrude from the
LOGIQ E9 or interfere with the wheels.
6.) Ensure that no loose items are left on the LOGIQ E9.
7.) Fold down the monitor.
8.) Unlock the brake.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-10-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
To ensure safety while moving the LOGIQ E9
1.) Ensure that the keyboard console and LCD monitor are in locked position (see: 4-2-4 "Top Console
position adjustment" on page 4-10 and 4-2-5 "LCD Monitor Positions and Lock" on page 4-11).
WARNING
Do not move the LOGIQ E9 if the keyboard console and LCD Monitor are in free position.
Ensure that the hands of the patient and user are away from the console arm when
moving the keyboard console.
2.) Proceed cautiously when crossing door or elevator thresholds. Grasp the front handle grips or the
back handle bar and push or pull. Do not attempt to move the LOGIQ E9 using cables or probe
connectors. Take extra care while moving the LOGIQ E9 on inclines.
3.) Ensure that the LOGIQ E9 does not strike the walls or door frames.
4.) Ensure that the pathway is clear.
5.) Move the LOGIQ E9 slowly and carefully.
CAUTION Avoid ramps that are steeper than 10 degrees.
6.) Use two or more persons to move the LOGIQ E9 over long distances or on inclines.
4-2-10-4
Transporting the LOGIQ E9 by vehicle
Take extra care when transporting the LOGIQ E9 by vehicle. In addition to the moving precautions listed
on 4-2-10-3 "To ensure safety while moving the LOGIQ E9" on page 4-16‘, follow the procedure
described below.
1.) If not locked, move the keyboard console and LCD monitor to the park position (see: 4-2-4 "Top
Console position adjustment" on page 4-10 and 4-2-5 "LCD Monitor Positions and Lock" on page
4-11).
WARNING
Do not move/lift the unit if the keyboard console and LCD monitor are in free (unlocked)
position.
2.) Disconnect all probes and secure them in their boxes.
3.) Ensure that the transporting vehicle is appropriate for the unit’s weight.
4.) Park the vehicle on a level surface for loading and unloading.
5.) Secure the unit while it is on the lift, to prevent rolling. Do not attempt to hold it in place by hand.
Cushion the unit and strap the lower part so that it does not break loose.
6.) Ensure that the unit is secured inside the vehicle. Secure it with straps to the two hooks under the
system to prevent movement while in transit.
7.) Drive cautiously to prevent vibration damage.
4-2-10-5
Setting up at a new location
1.) When the unit is in place at a new location, lock the wheel brakes.
2.) Follow the set up procedure described in Section 3-6 "Completing the setup" on page 3-16.
4 - 16
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Recording important settings and parameters
NOTICE An error or power loss may occur during the software loading.
Always keep a paper record of the settings for the LOGIQ E9. Verify that it is current before starting a
software load!
4-2-11-1
Overview
See the following pages to record data.
These subsections include descriptions for recording/setting up data for the following screens.
With the system Powered On, follow the procedures below to document basic system information and
back up Presets, and if required, Patient Archive and Patient Images prior to software load.
•
•
Utility -> Connectivity
-
TCP/IP (see: 4-2-11-2 "Connectivity — Recording the TCP/IP settings" on page 4-18)
-
Device (see: 4-2-11-4 "Connectivity — Recording the AE Title and Port settings" on page 420)
-
Misc (see: 4-2-11-8 "Connectivity — Recording Miscellaneous settings" on page 4-24)
Utility -> Admin
-
System Admin (see: 4-2-11-9 "Admin — Recording the Software Option Keys" on page 4-26
These subsections include descriptions for recording/setting up data for the following screens.
Hardcopy forms are provided here for convenience, but content will be included if selected during
Backup process.
•
•
Utility -> Connectivity
-
4-2-11-5 "Connectivity — Recording Device Destination settings" on page 4-21Service (see:
4-2-11-5 "Connectivity — Recording Device Destination settings" on page 4-21).
-
Dataflow (see: 4-2-11-6 "Connectivity — Recording Dataflow settings" on page 4-22).
-
Buttons (see: 4-2-11-7 "Connectivity — Recording the Print Key Assignments" on page 4-23).
-
Removable Media (see: 4-2-11-6 "Connectivity — Recording Dataflow settings" on page 422).
Utility -> Admin
-
•
Users (see: 4-2-11-10 "Admin — Users" on page 4-27)
Utility -> System
-
Backup/Restore (see: 4-2-11-11 "System — Data Store Management" on page 4-28).
-
Peripherals (see: 4-2-11-12 "System — Recording Peripheral settings" on page 4-29).
-
About (see: 4-2-11-13 "System — Recording software and hardware versions" on page 4-30).
-
General, Record Region, Language and Regional Options. See the latest revision of the
LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 16.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording the TCP/IP settings
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Connectivity -> TCP/IP.
Figure 4-12 TCP/IP settings
2.) Record all settings in Table 4-2 "Record settings from TCP/IP screen" on page 4-18.
Table 4-2
Record settings from TCP/IP screen
PARAMETER
VALUE
COMPUTER NAME
IP SETTINGS
IP ADDRESS
SUBNET MASK
DEFAULT GATEWAY
NETWORK SPEED
4 - 18
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — WLAN
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Connectivity -> WLAN.
Figure 4-13 WLAN settings
2.) Record all settings in Table 4-3 "Record settings from WLAN screen" on page 4-19.
Table 4-3
Record settings from WLAN screen
PARAMETER
VALUE
NETWORK NAME (SSID)
NETWORK AUTHENTICATION
DATA ENCRYPTION
NETWORK KEY
KEY INDEX
Specify Yes/No to “The Key is
Provided Automatically”
IEEE 802.1x AUTHENTICATION
INFORMATION
EAP TYPE
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording the AE Title and Port settings
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Connectivity -> Device.
2.) Select My Computer in the List of Devices, if not already selected.
Figure 4-14 Device settings
3.) Record all settings in Table 4-4 "Record settings for My Computer from Device screen" on page 420.
Table 4-4
Record settings for My Computer from Device screen
PARAMETER
VALUE
AE TITLE
PORT NO
MACC ADDRESS
4.) Record all settings in Table 4-5 "Record settings for each device listed in Device table" on page 4-20.
Table 4-5
Record settings for each device listed in Device table
NAME
4 - 20
IP ADDRESS
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording Device Destination settings
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Connectivity -> Service.
Figure 4-15 Service settings
2.) Record all settings in Table 4-6 "Record settings from Service screen" on page 4-21 for each
Destination Device and Service.
Table 4-6
Record settings from Service screen
DESTINATION DEVICE
PROPERTIES
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording Dataflow settings
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Connectivity -> Dataflow.
Figure 4-16 Dataflow settings
2.) Record all settings in Table 4-7 "Record settings from Service screen" on page 4-22.
Table 4-7
Record settings from Service screen
DESTINATION DEVICE
NAME
4 - 22
SERVICES (TYPES) FOR EACH
DESTINATION DEVICE
Section 4-2 - General procedures
PROPERTIES NAME
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording the Print Key Assignments
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Connectivity -> Buttons.
Figure 4-17 Button settings
2.) Record all settings in Table 4-8 "Record settings from Button screen" on page 4-23.
Table 4-8
Record settings from Button screen
PARAMETER
FORMAT
IMAGE
FRAMES
COMPRESSION
COMPRESSION
QUALITY
PRINTFLOW VIEW
PRINT1
PRINT2
PRINT3
PRINT4
PRINTSCREEN
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 23
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording Miscellaneous settings
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Connectivity -> Miscellaneous.
Figure 4-18 Miscellaneous settings
2.) Record all settings in Table 4-9 "Record settings from Miscellaneous screen" on page 4-25.
4 - 24
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Connectivity — Recording Miscellaneous settings (cont’d)
Table 4-9
Record settings from Miscellaneous screen
Patient/Exam Menu Options
Setting
Print and Store Options
Use birthdate
P[1-4] Key Sound
Auto search for patient
Store Dual as DICOM Only
Automatic generation of patient ID
Dual When Color Support is Mixed
After [End Current Patient], go to:
Store Multiframe for Sec Capture Loops
Keep Search String
Enable Smart Capture Area
Worklist Auto Query
Store 2D (B-Mode) Loop with Timeline Data
Show BBT
Patient List Print - Font Size
Double-click on patient list to start:
DICOM Multi-frame image resolution
Detail Mode
Show progress bar while storing image
Export to USB HDD: Create DICOMDIR
Image Order Scheme
Automatic Disable Patient Data
Columns in examination listing
Remember cursor position on Transfer Screen
Enable Other ID
Patient/Exam Message Option
Setting
Validation Format
Request acknowledge of End Exam action
Warn image store without patient
Warn register to No Archive
Warn image store to Read Only dataflow
Warn video titles exist in the internal storage
Columns in examination listing
Date | Category | Exam Description | Img. size | M&A | Disk
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 25
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Admin — Recording the Software Option Keys
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Admin -> System Admin.
Figure 4-19 System Admin settings
2.) Record the S/W Option Key(s) - alphanumeric string(s) - from the Installed Option Keys field in Table
4-10 "Software Option Keys" on page 4-26.
WARNING
Make sure that the Software Option Keys (alphanumeric passwords) have been
recorded correctly. If the key is incorrect, you will not be able to log on after the SW
installation has been completed. The password is case sensitive. Hyphens must also
be recorded. There may be more than one password.
Table 4-10
Software Option Keys
SW OPTION KEYS
4 - 26
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Admin — Users
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Admin -> System Admin.
Figure 4-20 Users settings
2.) Record all settings in Table 4-11 "Record settings from Users screen" on page 4-27.
Table 4-11
USER ID
Record settings from Users screen
PREFIX
LAST NAME
FIRST NAME
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
GROUP
MEMBERSHIP
OP RIGHTS
4 - 27
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System — Data Store Management
1.) Select Utility -> System -> Backup/Restore.
Figure 4-21
Backup/Restore settings
2.) Record all settings in Table 4-12 "Record settings from Backup/Restore screen" on page 4-28.
Table 4-12
Record settings from Backup/Restore screen
MOVE FILES OLDER REMINDER DIALOG
THAN IN (DAYS)
INTERVAL DAYS
EZMove
EZBackup
4 - 28
Section 4-2 - General procedures
MEDIA
CAPACITY
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-12
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System — Recording Peripheral settings
1.) Select Utility -> System -> Peripherals.
Figure 4-22 Peripherals settings
2.) Record Video Settings Format, DVR model, and Network printer model in Table 4-13 "Record
settings from Peripheral screen" on page 4-29.
Table 4-13
Record settings from Peripheral screen
PARAMETER
VIDEO SETTINGS FORMAT
VALUE
___PAL
___NTSC
DVR PICTURE QUALITY
MIC LEVEL
STANDARD PRINTER
DEFAULT PRINTER
SETUP
ERASE VIDEO DATA AFTER BURNING IS
COMPLETE. (not pictured)
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 29
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-2-11-13
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System — Recording software and hardware versions
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> System -> About.
Figure 4-23 Hardware/Software information
2.) Record software and hardware versions in Table 4-14 "Record Software and Hardware versions"
on page 4-30.
Table 4-14
Record Software and Hardware versions
DESCRIPTION
RECORD VERSIONS
APPLICATION SW VERSION
APPLICATION SW PART NUMBER
SYSTEM SW VERSION (IMAGE REV)
SYSTEM SW (IMAGE) PART NUMBER
4 - 30
Section 4-2 - General procedures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-3
Functional checks
4-3-1
Overview
After setting up the system, performing an upgrade, or replacing hardware, perform all appropriate
functional tests before returning a system to the customer.
4-3-2
Preparation
Turn on power to LOGIQ E9. For detailed description, see: 4-2-2 "Power ON/Boot Up" on page 4-3.
4-3-3
4-3-3-1
Basic Controls
Trackball Area
Different functions can be assigned to the trackball depending of the current active mode. The Trackball
area consist of:
4-3-3-2
•
The Trackball: used as a cursor control in acquisition mode, scrolling control in freeze and as a
selection tool (like a mouse cursor) in post-processing mode.
•
Three SELECT keys (identical): Perform the selected control or highlighted menu item.
•
The TRACKBALL key: Toggles between the available trackball function assignments displayed in
the Status bar.
•
The update menu key: enables quick access to image related functions from a pop-up menu.
Other Controls
Other controls are located on separate keys (knobs and buttons) or groups of keys on the Operator
Panel.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 31
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-4
4-3-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Performance Tests
Recommended Test Phantoms (optional)
GE Healthcare recommends the RMI 430GS phantom (optional), but it is not required. It is the most
current phantom (optional) recommended to our field service personnel and provides the necessary
targets and extended life necessary for consistent system testing.
Figure 4-24 Performance tests
Lateral Distance
Measurement
Penetration
2
Contrast
Resolution
&
Gray Scale
Photography
Axial Distance
Measurement
4
6
4
3
2
1
8
10
Lateral
Resolution
12
14
RMI 403GS
4 - 32
Axial
Resolution
Section 4-3 - Functional checks
16
Functional
Resolution
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
B-Mode Checks
For information on the system’s different modes as well as expected results, refer to the appropriate
version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 5.
4-3-5-1
Introduction
The B-mode is the system’s default mode.
Figure 4-25 B-mode Screen Example
Depending on probe availability, choose the preset application shown below. The LOGIQ E9 probes are
ONLY approved for use for the applications listed in the table below.
For R4.x.x or later, IQC preset for Service is available.
Image Quality Check (IQC) is intended to facilitate Image Quality checks during Quality Assurance
Evaluations. Quality Assurance tests are used to determine whether a scanner is providing the same
level of performance year after year.
By using the same settings year after year, this ensures that the data collection is consistent,
independently of who performs the test.
This preset only includes fundamental settings for B-Mode.
Processing modes like SRI, Harmonics, etc., are turned off.
To do an Image Quality Check (IQC):
1.) Activate IQC via Utility -> Imaging Preset Manager -> Category (select the Category first).
2.) Click on the plus sign in front of IQC for Service.
3.) Assign IQC to a Touch Panel key by using the right arrow key.
4.) Map the IQC to the location you want it to appear on the Touch Panel.
5.) Select Model -> IQC.
4-3-5-2
Probe Indications for Use
See On-line Help or Chapter !7 of the Basic User Manual.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 33
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Preparations
Use a phantom (optional) when doing these tests.
1.) Connect one of the probes, to the scanner’s active probe connector.
-
see: Section 3-6-6 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-20 for info about connecting the probes.
-
For available probes, see: Section 9-18 "Probes" on page 9-104.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
The B-Mode window is displayed (default mode).
3.) If needed, adjust the Display’s Brightness and Contrast setting (see: Section 6-3 "LCD Monitor
adjustments" on page 6-2).
WARNING
ALWAYS USE THE MINIMUM POWER REQUIRED TO OBTAIN ACCEPTABLE IMAGES
IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE GUIDELINES AND POLICIES.
1.) Press B-MODE on the Operator Panel to access B-Mode.
2.) These Image Controls are used to optimize the B-Mode picture:
4-3-5-4
-
Use Gain and TGC controls to optimize the overall image together with the Power control.
-
Use Depth to adjust the range to be imaged.
-
Use Focus to center the focal point(s) around the region of interest.
-
Use Frequency (move to higher frequencies) or Frame rate (move to lower frame rate) to
increase resolution in image.
-
Use Frequency (move to lower frequency) to increase penetration.
-
Use the control to optimize imaging in the blood flow regions and make a cleaner, less noisy
image.
-
Use Reject controls to reduce noise in the image.
Checks
•
Check Width, Focus, Framerate, Frequency
The results of these adjustments must be verified on the B-Mode sector on the screen.
•
Check Up/Down, Left/Right, B Color Maps and Cineloop
The results of these adjustments must be verified on the B-Mode sector on the screen.
4 - 34
•
Check Gain, TGC and Depth
•
Check B-Mode Soft Menu Controls
•
Check Compress, Contour, Reject and Tilt
•
Check Power and Dynamic Range
Section 4-3 - Functional checks
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
M-Mode Checks
For information on the system’s different modes as well as expected results, the Basic User Manual or
User Guide will familiarize you with image optimization for B-Mode, M-Mode, Color Flow, and Doppler.
Table 4-15
B/M-Mode Functions
Control
Description
Power Output (Acoustic Power)
Optimizes image quality and allows user to reduce beam intensity. 10% increments between 0-100%. Values
greater than 0.1 are displayed
Dynamic Range
Controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray, thereby increasing the adjustable range of contrast.
Focus Number and Position
Increases the number of transmit focal zones or moves the focal zone(s) so that you can tighten up the beam for a
specific area. A graphic caret corresponding to the focal zone position(s) appears on the right edge of the image.
Rejection
Selects a level below which echoes will not be amplified (an echo must have a certain minimum amplitude before
it will be processed).
Frame Average
Temporal filter that averages frames together. This has the effect of presenting a smoother, softer image.
Colorize
Enables gray scale image colorization. To deactivate, reselect a Gray Map.
Gray Map
Determines how the echo intensity levels received are presented as shades of gray.
Rotation (Up/Down)
Rotates the image by selecting the value from the pop up menu.
Frequency
Multi Frequency mode lets you downshift to probe's next lower frequency or shift up to a higher frequency.
Frame Rate/Resolution
Optimizes B-Mode frame rate or spatial resolution for the best possible image.
Sweep Speed
Changes the speed at which the timeline is swept.
4-3-6-1
Preparations
Use a phantom (optional) when doing these tests.
1.) Connect one of the probes, to the scanner’s active probe connector.
-
see: Section 3-6-6 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-20 for info about connecting the probes.
-
For available probes, see: On-line Help or Chapter !7 of the Basic User Manual.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
4-3-6-2
Checks
•
Check Horizontal Sweep, Frequency, and Focus
•
Check Compress, Reject, Power and Dynamic Range
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 35
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-7
4-3-7-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System CFM and PWD Checks
Introduction
For information on the system’s different modes as well as expected results, the Basic User Manual or
User Guide will familiarize you with image optimization for B-Mode, M-Mode, Color Flow, and Doppler.
For complete information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter
5.
4-3-7-2
Preparations
Use a phantom (optional) when doing these tests.
1.) Connect one of the probes, to the scanner’s active probe connector.
-
see: Section 3-6-6 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-20 for info about connecting the probes.
-
For available probes, see: Section 9-18 "Probes" on page 9-104.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
4-3-7-3
Color Mode Checks
Color Flow screens are B or M-Mode screens with colors representing blood or tissue movement. Color
Flow may be selected both from B-Mode, or from M mode, or a combination of these.
For information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 5.
4-3-7-4
Color B-Mode
For information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 5.
4-3-7-5
Color M-Mode
For information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 5.
4 - 36
•
Check Horizontal Sweep, PRF, Baseline, and Invert
•
Check Variance, Color Maps and Cineloop
•
Check Sample Volume
•
Check Frequency and Acoustic Power
•
Adjust ROI
Section 4-3 - Functional checks
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-7-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
For information on the system’s different modes, the Basic User Manual or User Guide will familiarize
you with image optimization for B-Mode, M-Mode, Color Flow, and Doppler.
Doppler is used to measure velocity (most often in blood). Doppler mode can be done with a special
pencil probe or with an ordinary probe. By using an ordinary probe, you can first bring up a B-Mode
picture for navigation purpose and then add Doppler.
For information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 5.
4-3-7-7
Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes to the scanner.
2.) See: Section 3-6-6 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-20 for info about connecting the probes.Section
9-18 "Probes" on page 9-104Turn ON the scanner
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).
3.) If needed, adjust the Display’s Brightness and Contrast setting.
4.) Press PW or CW to start Pulsed Wave Doppler (PW) or Continuous Wave Doppler (CW).
5.) Use the trackball to select the Area of Interest (Sample Volume) in PW or direction of interest in CW.
4-3-7-8
Adjust the PW/CW Doppler Mode controls
Adjust the Active mode gain to set the gain in the spectral Doppler area.
NOTE:
•
Adjust Low velocity reject to reduce unwanted low velocity blood flow and tissue movement.
•
In PW mode, adjust Sample volume to low setting for better resolution, or higher setting to more
easily locate the disturbed flows.
•
Adjust the Compress setting to balance the effect of stronger and weaker echoes and obtain the
desired intensity display.
•
Adjust Frequency to optimize flow display. Higher setting will improve resolution and the lower
setting will increase the depth penetration.
•
Adjust Frame rate to a higher setting to improve motion detection, or to a lower setting to improve
resolution.
Frequency and Frame rate settings may affect the Low Velocity Reject.
•
NOTE:
Adjust Power to obtain an acceptable image using the lowest setting possible. This is particularly
important in CW mode, as the energy duty cycle is 100% (constant).
The Doppler Power setting affects only Doppler operating modes.
•
Adjust the following settings to further optimize the display of the image.
•
Use the Horizontal sweep to optimize the sweep speed.
•
To view signal detail, adjust Scale to enlarge the vertical spectral Doppler trace.
•
Use Invert to reverse the vertical component of the spectral Doppler area of the display.
•
Use Angle correction to steer the ultrasound beam to the blood flow to be measured.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 37
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-8
4-3-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Tissue Velocity Imaging (TVI) Checks
Introduction
TVI calculates and color codes the velocities in tissue. The tissue velocity information is acquired by
sampling of tissue Doppler velocity values at discrete points. The information is stored in a combined
format with grey scale imaging during one or several cardiac cycles with high temporal resolution.
4-3-8-2
Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes, to the scanner’s left-most probe connector.
-
See: Section 3-6-6 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-20 for info about connecting the
probesSection 9-18 "Probes" on page 9-104
2.) Turn ON the scanner
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).
3.) If needed, adjust the Display’s Brightness and Contrast setting.
4.) Press TVI.
5.) Use the trackball (assigned function: Pos) to position the ROI frame over the area to be examined.
6.) Press Select. The instruction Size should be highlighted in the trackball status bar.
NOTE:
If the trackball control pointer is selected, press trackball key to be able to select between
Position and Size controls.
7.) Use the trackball to adjust the dimension of the ROI.
4-3-8-3
Adjust the TVI Controls
•
NOTE:
The Scale value also affects the frame rate. There is a trade off between the frame rate and
quantification noise.
•
NOTE:
4 - 38
To reduce quantification noise (variance), the Nyquist limit should be as low as possible, without
creating aliasing. To reduce the Nyquist limit: Reduce the Scale value.
TVI provides velocity information only in the beam direction. The apical view typically provides the
best window since the beams are then approximately aligned to the longitudinal direction of the
myocardium (except near the apex). To obtain radial or circumferential tissue velocities, a
parasternal view must be used. However, from this window the beam cannot be aligned to the
muscle for all the parts of the ventricle.
PW will be optimized for Tissue Velocities when activated from inside TVI.
Section 4-3 - Functional checks
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Contrast checks
For a basic functional check of the system’s different modes as well as expected results, refer to the
appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 5.
4-3-10
NOTE:
4-3-10-1
Basic Measurements
The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze.
Check Distance and Tissue Depth Measurement
1.) Press Measure once to display an active caliper.
2.) Move the TRACKBALL to position the active caliper at the start point (distance) or the most anterior
point (tissue depth).
3.) Press Set to fix the start point.
4.) The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper.
5.) Move the TRACKBALL to position the second active caliper at the end point (distance) or the most
posterior point (tissue depth).
6.) Press Set to complete the measurement.
The system displays the distance or tissue depth value in the measurement results window.
NOTE:
Before you complete a measurement:
•
To toggle between active calipers, press MEASURE.
•
To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again, press
CLEAR once.
NOTE:
To rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers, turn Cursor Select.
NOTE:
After you complete the measurement, to erase all data that has been measured to this point,
but not data entered onto worksheets, press Clear.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 39
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-10-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Check Circumference/Area (Ellipse) Measurement
1.) Press Measure once to display an active caliper.
2.) Move the Trackball to position the active caliper.
3.) Press Set to fix the start point.
4.) The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper.
5.) Move the Trackball to position the second caliper.
6.) Turn the Ellipse control; an ellipse with an initial circle shape appears.
NOTE:
Be careful not to press the Ellipse control as this activates the Body Pattern.
7.) Move the Trackball to position the ellipse and to size the measured axes (the calipers).
8.) To increase the size, turn the Ellipse control in a clockwise direction. To decrease the size, turn the
Ellipse control in a counterclockwise direction.
9.) To toggle between active calipers, press Measure.
10.)Press Set to complete the measurement.
11.)The system displays the circumference and area in the measurement results window.
NOTE:
4-3-10-3
Before you complete a measurement:
•
To erase the ellipse and the current data measured, press Clear once. The original caliper is
displayed to restart the measurement.
•
To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement, press Clear again.
Worksheets
Measurement/Calculation worksheets are available to display and edit measurements and calculations.
There are generic worksheets as well as Application specific worksheets. The worksheets are selected
from the Measurement Touch Panel.
4-3-10-4
Report Pages
Measurements/Calculations that are included on the worksheet can also be displayed on Report Pages.
Report Pages can be customized to meet the appropriate needs of the user.
4 - 40
Section 4-3 - Functional checks
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Multi Image Checks
For information on the system’s different modes as well as expected results, refer to the appropriate
version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 5.
4-3-12
Backup and Restore Database, Preset Configurations and Images
For information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 5.
4-3-13
Software Configuration Checks
Table 4-16
Step
Software Configuration Checks
Task to do
1.
Verify Date and Time is correct
2.
Verify that Location (Hospital Name) is correct
3.
Verify Language settings are correct
4.
Verify assignment of Printer Keys
5.
Verify all of the customer’s options are set up correctly
Notes
Demo Option strings turn on all options for a limited
period of time. Do Not leave a demo Option string in a
unit when it is sold to a customer.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 41
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-14
NOTE:
4-3-14-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Probe/Connectors Checks
Probes can be connected at any time, whether the unit is ON or OFF.
To Connect a Probe
1.) Place the probe's carrying case on a stable surface and open the case.
2.) Carefully remove the probe and unwrap the probe cable.
3.) DO NOT allow the probe head to hang free. Impact to the probe head could result in irreparable
damage.
4.) Turn the connector locking handle counterclockwise.
5.) Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place.
6.) Turn the connector locking handle clockwise to secure the probe connector.
7.) Carefully position the probe cable in the probe cord holder spot so it is free to move, but not
resting on the floor.
CAUTION TAKE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WITH THE PROBE CABLES:
- KEEP AWAY FROM THE WHEELS
- DO NOT BEND
- DO NOT CROSS CABLES BETWEEN PROBES
Table 4-17
Probe and Connectors Checks
Step
Expected Result(s)
1.
The probe activates in the currently-selected operating
Select the appropriate connected probe from the probe
mode. The probe's default settings for the mode and
indicators on the Touch Panel.
selected exam are used automatically.
2.
Launch the application.
To change application without changing the current
probe, press THE DESIRED MODE on the Operator
Panel.
The selected application starts.
3.
Verify no missing channels
All channels is functioning.
4.
Verify there's no EMI/RFI or artifacts specific to the
probe.
No EMI/RFI or artifacts.
5.
Test the probe in each active connector slot., see:
Section 3-6-6 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-20.
It will display pictorial data each time
Do a leakage test on the probe, see: Section 10-6
"Electrical Safety Tests" on page 10-9.
It passes the test.
6.
7.
4-3-14-2
Task
Repeat this procedure for all available probes.
ECG
Select Preset, Select Cardiac, Select Scan.
If you do not see: the ECG line, select the ECG tab, you should see selection on touch screen for
DISPLAY ECG, select and press. You should then see the line.
Plug in the ECG cables with nothing attached, so you pick up noise, the line should display noise.
4 - 42
Section 4-3 - Functional checks
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-15
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Peripherals Checks
See: Table 3-6 "Peripheral Checks" on page 3-34.
4-3-16
Cineloop Check
For complete information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter
5.
4-3-16-1
To Activate CINE
1.) Press Freeze, then roll the Trackball to activate CINE.
2.) To start CINE Loop playback, press Run/Stop. To stop CINE Loop playback, press Run/Stop.
4-3-16-2
To Omit Images
1.) Roll the Trackball to the frame you want to delete and press Omit Image.
4-3-16-3
To Restore Images
1.) To undo deleting an image from the CINE Loop, press Restore Image.
4-3-16-4
To Move Quickly to Start/End Frame
1.) Press First to move to the first CINE frame.
2.) Press Last to move to the last CINE frame.
4-3-16-5
To Start Frame/End Frame
1.) Turn the Start Frame dial to the left to move to the beginning of the CINE Loop. Turn the dial
to the right to move forward through the CINE Loop.
2.) Turn the End Frame dial to the right to move to the end of the CINE Loop. Turn the dial to the
left to move backward through the CINE Loop.
4-3-16-6
To Adjust the CINE Loop Playback Speed
1.) Turn the Loop Speed dial right/left to increase/decrease the CINE Loop playback speed.
4-3-16-7
To Move through a CINE Loop Frame By Frame
1.) Turn Frame by Frame to move through CINE memory one frame at a time.
4-3-16-8
Checks
•
Check Left Marker, Right Marker, Cycle Select and Number of Cycles
•
Check First, Last Cycle, Select all
•
Adjust Scroll and Cine Speed
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 43
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-17
4 - 44
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor checks
•
If all the previous tests have been passed successfully, the Back End Processor is most likely OK.
•
See: Service Platform.
•
If the system seems to be operating erratically, refer to: "Diagnostics/Troubleshooting" on page 7-1.
Section 4-3 - Functional checks
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-18
4-3-18-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Mechanical Function Checks
Alphanumeric Keyboard and Display Platform (Console) Checks
See: 7-5-16-1 "Keyboard" on page 7-125.
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Check that the brakes and direction locks function as described below.
Table 4-18
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Press the left pedal (1), this:
Releases the brake and engages the locked
wheel direction.
You may need to move the system around a little
to get the wheels to lock into the locked direction.
2.
Press the right pedal (2) this:
Engages the brakes in full lock.
3.
Press the middle pedal (3), this:
Engages swivel lock.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 45
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
4-3-18-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Operator I/O Movement - LCD
Check that the monitor functions as described below
Table 4-19
Step
1.
2.
19” LCD Display Platform Maneuverability Checks
Task
Note(s)
Tilt Forward/Back
Use both hands, one at the top of the LCD and one at the bottom, to
rotate the screen forward and back.
Move Left/Right
Use both hands, one at the lower left handle hold of the LCD and one
at the lower right handle hold, to adjust the screen left and right.
See: 4-2-5 "LCD Monitor Positions and Lock" on page 4-11.
4-3-18-4
Operator Console Movement (XY)
See: 4-2-4 "Top Console position adjustment" on page 4-10.
4-3-18-5
Footswitch
1.) Plug in the footswitch.
2.) Select Utility -> Application.
You should see the footswitch programming options for Left Middle Right switches.
3.) Program them all for Freeze.
4.) Then Scan and use each pedal to freeze and unfreeze to be sure each works.
Figure 4-26 Footswitch Function Checks
4-3-18-6
4 - 46
WLAN
•
R2.x.x or R3.x.x, see: 8-6-8-3 "WLAN - Set up and Check" on page 8-164.
•
R4.x.x or later, see: 8-11-23-3 "WLAN Set-up" on page 8-530.
Section 4-3 - Functional checks
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-4
Application Turnover Check List
Complete these checks before returning the scanner to customer for use:
4-4-1
Software Configuration Checks
Table 4-20
STEP
Software Configuration Checks
1.
Check Date and Time setting
2.
Check that Location (Hospital Name &
Department) is correct
3.
Check Language settings
4.
5.
CHECK (
TASK
Check assignment of Printer Keys
P1
P2
P3
)
P4
Check that all of the customer’s options are
correctly installed
Section 4-5
Power supply test and adjustments
4-5-1
Power Supply Test Procedure
Run the System Voltage test. Refer to 7-5-12-4 "System" on page 7-70.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 47
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-6
3D/4D and Volume Navigation Functional Check
For complete information, refer to the appropriate version of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual,
Chapters 5 and 6.
6-10-5 "Setup" on page 6-306-10-6 "Measure Initial Accuracy" on page 6-31
Section 4-7
SWAVE (Shear Wave “Shear Elasto“) Functional Check
If the Capacitor Pack is not present or the Power Supply to Capacitor Pack Cable is not connected, or
connected properly, the option to select the “Shear Elasto” soft button after pressing the Elasto button,
the Touch Panel key “Shear Elasto/strain Elasto” button WILL NOT be present.
4 - 48
•
Select a probe (9L D and C1-6D).
•
Select ELASTO button.
•
In the Touch Panel, select Shear Wave button if not already selected.
•
Verify that the Shear Wave button is available.
Section 4-6 - 3D/4D and Volume Navigation Functional Check
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-8
Site Log
Table 4-21
DATE
Site Log
SERVICE PERSON
PROBLEM
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
COMMENTS
4 - 49
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 4-21
DATE
4 - 50
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Site Log (Continued)
SERVICE PERSON
PROBLEM
Section 4-8 - Site Log
COMMENTS
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 4-21
DATE
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Site Log (Continued)
SERVICE PERSON
PROBLEM
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
COMMENTS
4 - 51
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 4-21
DATE
4 - 52
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Site Log (Continued)
SERVICE PERSON
PROBLEM
Section 4-8 - Site Log
COMMENTS
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 4-21
DATE
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Site Log (Continued)
SERVICE PERSON
PROBLEM
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
COMMENTS
4 - 53
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
This page was intentionally left blank.
4 - 54
Section 4-8 - Site Log
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 5
Components and Functions (Theory)
Section 5-1
Overview
5-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter explains LOGIQ E9’s ultrasound system concepts, component arrangement, and
subsystem functions. It also describes the Power Distribution System. Refer to the Basic User Manual
for more information.
Table 5-1
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations and Hardware/Software Compatibility - Upgrade
Options
CONSOLE
MODEL
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
SOFTWARE VERSION
Phase I
BT2010
BT2011
R4
R5
1.0.3
1.0.4
1.0.5
1.0.6
2.0.3
2.0.4
2.0.5
3.1.2
3.1.3
4 Rev.
x.x
5 Rev.
x.x
5205000
LOGIQ E9,
00-240 VAC
Y
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
Y
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
U
U
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
U
U
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
U
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Purpose of this section (cont’d)
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations Key
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations Key
Y
Original
U
Upgrade available
N
Not supported
Front End Processor - see: 9-12-2 "Front End Boards Compatible Configurations" on page 9-61
Back End Processor - see: 9-13-1 "Back End Boards Compatible Configurations" on page 9-73
5-2
Section 5-1 - Overview
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-2
LOGIQ E9 description
5-2-1
Purpose of this section
The purpose of this section is to give you an overview of LOGIQ E9 and how it functions.
5-2-2
Introduction
The LOGIQ E9 ultrasound system is a high performance digital ultrasound imaging system with total
data management.
The LOGIQ E9 provides image generation in B-Mode, Color Doppler, Power Doppler, M-Mode, PW, 4D,
Harmonic Imaging, and Contrast imaging applications. The fully digital architecture of the LOGIQ E9
ultrasound system allows optimal usage of all scanning modes and probe types throughout the full
spectrum of operating frequencies.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 general description
LOGIQ E9 is a digital beamforming system. Signal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel to the
Front End Electronics, then to the Back End Processor, and finally, the results are displayed on the
monitor
System configuration is stored on the hard drive, inside the Back End Processor (BEP), and all
necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up.
5-2-4
LOGIQ E9 Overall block diagram - R3.x and earlier
GFI Configuration
Overall block diagram includes the following sections:
•
Main Power Supply
•
Front End Card Rack, with:
•
5-4
-
GRLY(1) - Global Relay Board
-
GRX (2) - Receiver Boards (GRX64 & GRX128)
-
CW (0) - Note: supported on R2.x.x and later.
-
GTX (3) - Transmitter Boards (64 channels each, in this configuration). Note: some
illustrations show that there are four boards; this is for illustration purposes only.
-
DRX (3) - Digital Receiver Boards (64 channels each, in this configuration). Note: some
illustrations show that there are four boards; this is for illustration purposes only.
-
GFI (1) -
Back End Processor (BEP), with:
-
BEP Power Supply
-
I/O Board
-
HDD -- 160GB Hard Drive
-
ADD Video Card for DVI
-
DVR Card (Optional)
-
Front Panel LEDs, etc.
•
Volume Navigation (V Nav) Bay of Birds Assembly
•
CD/DVD
•
Operator Console Assembly, with:
-
LCD Monitor
-
Upper Operator Panel Assembly
-
Lower Operator Panel Assembly
-
Bulkhead
-
Gel Warmer (Optional) which can be placed on the left or right-hand side of the console
-
TV Probe Holder (Optional) which can be placed on the left or right-hand side of the console
•
XYZ Controller Assembly
•
Z-Axis Motor Assembly
Section 5-2 - LOGIQ E9 description
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 Overall block diagram - R3.x and earlier (cont’d)
CW is supported for R2.x.x or later. The CW circuitry is found on the CW version of the GRX128 board.
Figure 5-1 LOGIQ E9 Block diagram - GFI configuration (BEP5.x)
FROG
BRAKES
X-Y
LOCK
MOTOR
T
INNER
LEFT BRAKE
B
D2
D1
OUTER
LEFT BRAKE
C
D4
MAIN LCD DISPLAY
W
W
+12V
D3
C
B
INNER
RIGHT BRAKE
RELAY
RX-128
SPARE or GTX
GTX
GTX
R
I2C
P7
P5
USB
USB
J23
MICROPHONE
5V
P3
3.3V
+12V
+5V
+48V
ON/
OFF
J1
uP
REG
L
5V
USB/
VIDEO
+12V
TOUCH
10.4"
LCD
BULKHEAD
PLATE
SATA PWR
OP PANEL
DVD 1
SWITCH
BOARD
UP/DN/LOCK
BUTTONS
U
SATA
DVD ADAPT PWA
M
TRACKBALL
J18
KEYBOARD
12V 5V 3.3V
P4
P6
K
J19
USB
HUB
USB
AUDIO
48V
CW PROBE
CONNECTION
(R2.x.x OPTION)
4D MOTOR DRIVE
MEMORY STICK
5V FROM J21
5V FROM J22
J22
BACKPLANE
VPD
J15
R2.x.x and R3.x.x
Option
J21
P1
P2
BSCAN
A
CONTROLLER BOARD
J25
BULKHEAD
BOARD
USB P8
+5V
GFI AUDIO
PULSER
VOLTAGES
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
4D MOTOR
CNTRL
H-BRIDGE
TEMP
CONTROL
MIC
WLAN
12V
5V
HV INV
I
REG
G
J24
GEL WARMER
S
DC
VOLTAGES
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
BB
F
RX-64 or RX-128
CONTROL
GTX
DRX
L
SPARE or not POPULATED
GFI
ISOLATION
AND
DC HEAD
120VAC
INVERTER
H
DRX
TO
PRINTERS
J
48V
DRX
POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION
XYZ CONTROLLER
USB
HUB
48V
CARD RACK
USB/
AUDIO
5V
USB
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
FLAT
SCREEN
VIDEO
CNTL
OUTER
RIGHT BRAKE
E
A
HV INV
5V
Z MOTOR
Y
POWER
MAIN CABLE
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB FOR OP PANEL
USB FOR VIDEO ON TOUCH PANEL
UP/DN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
USB
Z
BEP
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
5
1
48V,+12V
+5V,+5Vstby
6
4
REAR
PANEL
10/100bT
48V, 5Vstby
PS_ON#
48V_OK
AC_FAIL#
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
& SEQUENCE
LOGIC
PS_ON#, PWROK
+12V, -12V + 5V
3.3V, 5Vstby
BEP PWR
SUPPLY
FRONT
PANEL
MODULE
3
12
J46
IF NO
DVR
10
J44
11
DVI-I OUT
J42
AUDIO R
J43
AUDIO L
J40
I2C
PCI
DVD
2
USB 6
HOST
J31
N
PATIENT I/O
(BT2010 or later
OPTION)
DVR
(OPTIONAL)
ON/OFF SW,
PWR LED
J30
AUDIO IN
8
SATA2
IF NO
DVR
DVI-I IN
SATA3
+5V
AUDIO
AMP
J29
SPARE PCI
LR
AUDIO
OUT
+12V
+5V
+12V
GFI
AUDIOJ36
SPARE PCI EXPRESS x4
DIGITAL
VIDEO CARD
+5stby
48V
DVI-I OUT
CN4
USB 1,2,3,4
+ LED’S
PCI
CN21
PCI EXPRESS
A
ATX2
10/100/
1000MbT
MAIN
POWER
MOTHERBOARD
ANALOG VIDEO
DVI-D
RX
DVI-D
TX
J21
J22
CN1
J20
DVI-D
TX
16X PCI EXPRESS
DVI-A
J41
EXT USB 2
BSCAN
EXT USB 1
POWER
SATA1
SATA0
J35
USB 5
J32
USB
J25
J33
P
USB7
7
AUDIO IN
L,R,CENTER AUDIO OUT,
ON/OFF SW,
PWR LED
J12
12V
POWER
J14
uBTX
MOTHERBOARD
ATX1
CENTER AUDIO OUT
AUDIO
AMP
+5V +12V 48V +5stby
J34
SATA SATA PWR
TO MAIN
PWR
SUPPLY
PCI
EXPRESS x1
CN18
OPTION
KEY *
+12V
USB
PWR
J3
USB
5,6,7,8
USB Micro
Controller
(IO Ports &
VPD)
USB HUB 3
J26
USB HUB 2
J27
USB HUB 1
J7
J28
Q
BW
PRINTER
(OPTIONAL)
CN5
USB 8
J100
R
REG
+3.3V
+12V
+5V
I/O BOARD
20A
48V OUT
+
DC-DC
CONVERT
ER
48V IN
12V
BATTERY
-
* On systems running R2.03
or earlier, Option Key was
installed into J25 and these
systems have no cable L.
EXTERNAL CABLES AND HARNESSES:
ITEM PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
A
5148381-X
MAIN POWER CORD (X DEPENDS ON COUNTRY)
B
GA200335
FROG BRAKE CONTROL (2 used)
C
GA200334
FROG BRAKE ARM (2 used)
D
5272357-2
MAIN CABLE ASSEMBLY
D1
5269862
MAIN CABLE – POWER/AUDIO
D2
5262473-2
MAIN CABLE – VIDEO
D3
5265371
MAIN CABLE – XYZ SWITCH SIGNALS
D4
5248609
MAIN CABLE – USB (2 used)
E
5196889
VIDEO (HDMI) CABLE - LCD
F
5196890
POWER/USB CABLE - LCD
G
5248610
USB OP PANEL TO BULKHEAD (2 used)
H
5194492
USB CABLE - MAIN POWER SUPPLY
I
5194495
POWER CABLE – BEP 48V
J
5152290
PCI EXPRESS CABLE
K
5266407
POWER CABLE – DVD
L
5194492-6
USB CABLE - XYZ CONTROLLER
M
5270048
SATA CABLE – DVD
N
5194491
BEP TO CARD RACK BACKPLANE CABLE
P
5194498
AUDIO CABLE - SUBWOOFER
Q
5194492-2
USB CABLE – BW PRINTER (USED ONLY IF PRINTER INSTALLED)
R
5194493
POWER CABLE – BW PRINTER (USED ONLY IF PRINTER INSTALLED)
S
GA200536
CW CONNECTOR FLEX CIRCUIT (USED ONLY IF CW INSTALLED)
T
5310448
XY LOCK
U
5198990
UP/DOWN/LOCK BUTTONS
W
5196892
SAFETY GROUND WIRE LCD ARM (2 used)
Y
5244550
POWER BAYBIRD (USED ONLY IF VGU INSTALLED)
Z
5194492-3
USB CABLE – BAYBIRD (USED ONLY IF VGU INSTALLED)
AA
5245462
GEL WARMER POWER
BB
5194492-4
USB CABLE – 4D CONTROLLER
9
HARD
DRIVE
BEP ASSEMBLY CABLES AND HARNESSES:
ITEM PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
1
5165844-2
BEP POWER HARNESS
2
5193725-2
MOTHERBOARD HARNESS
3
5193726
FRONT PANEL HARNESS
4
5152291
PCI EXPRESS BULKHEAD
5
5195600
SATA BULKHEAD J3
6
5183810
SATA BULKHEAD J2
7
5183841
SATA HARD DRIVE
8
5183841-2
SATA DVR (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
9
5266922
POWER HARD DRIVE
10
5169280
DVI FLEX MAIN ICHIRO
11
5197215
DVI FLEX DVR JUMPER ICHIRO (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
12
5194363
NETWORK PATCH CABLE CAT6
CONTROL
V SENSE
EPS
BOARD
-
12V
BATTERY
+
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 Overall block diagram - R3.x and earlier (cont’d)
MRX
Overall block diagram includes the following sections:
•
Main Power Supply
•
Front End Card Rack, with:
•
-
GRLY(1) - Global Relay Board
-
MRX (1) - Receiver Board with and without CW
-
GTX (3) - Transmitter Boards (64 channels each, in this configuration). Note: some
illustrations show that there are four boards; this is for illustration purposes only. Back End
Processor (BEP), with:
Back End Processor (BEP), with:
-
BEP Power Supply
-
I/O Board
-
HDD -- 160GB Hard Drive‘
-
ADD Video Card for DVI
-
DVR Card (Optional)
-
Front Panel LEDs, etc.
•
Volume Navigation (V Nav) Bay of Birds Assembly
•
CD/DVD
•
Operator Console Assembly, with:
-
LCD Monitor
-
Upper Operator Panel Assembly
-
Lower Operator Panel Assembly
-
Bulkhead
-
Gel Warmer (Optional) which can be placed on the left or right-hand side of the console
-
TV Probe Holder (Optional) which can be placed on the left or right-hand side of the console
•
XYZ Controller Assembly
•
Z-Axis Motor Assembly
Table 5-2
New Part
Replaces
Comments
MRX
DRXs
GRXs
GFI
MRX Board combines the functionality of the Digital Receiver Boards (DRXs),
Analog Receiver Boards (GRXs) and the Global Front End Interface (GFI)
Power Distribution (PD
5-6
New Card Rack configuration for MRX
Function of power
Power Distribution Board replaces all power supplies previously present in DRX
distribution previously
and GRX Boards, plus the Monitoring circuitry for the Card Rack Fan control.
supplied from DRX Boards.
Backplane
Backplane
Change for MRX compatibility
Front Plane
Front Plane
Change for MRX compatibility
Section 5-2 - LOGIQ E9 description
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 Overall block diagram - R3.x and earlier (cont’d)
CW is supported for R3.x.x and later. The CW circuitry is found on the MRX Board.
Figure 5-6 "LOGIQ E9 Signal Flow - MRX" on page 5-11 is identified in color to simplify the
differences between R2.x.x and earlier (or GFI configuration) and R3.x.x and later (MRX). Red
represents GFI configuration and blue represents MRX. The Card Rack only shows MRX.
NOTE:
Figure 5-2 LOGIQ E9 Block diagram - MRX (BEP5.x)
FROG
BRAKES
X-Y
LOCK
MOTOR
T
INNER
LEFT BRAKE
B
D2
D1
OUTER
LEFT BRAKE
C
D4
MAIN LCD DISPLAY
W
W
+12V
D3
C
B
INNER
RIGHT BRAKE
F
REG
G
USB
HUB
MIC
WLAN
R2.x.x and R3.x.x
Option
12V
5V
RELAY
MRX
METAL SHIELD
GTX
METAL SHIELD
ISOLATION
AND
DC HEAD
120VAC
INVERTER
L
GTX
TO
PRINTERS
H
PD
J
48V
GTX
POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION
METAL SHIELD
XYZ CONTROLLER
CARD RACK
USB/
AUDIO
5V
USB
48V
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
FLAT
SCREEN
VIDEO
CNTL
OUTER
RIGHT BRAKE
E
A
HV INV
5V
Z MOTOR
CONTROLLER BOARD
J24
GEL WARMER
TEMP
CONTROL
P1
R
DC
VOLTAGES
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
BB
PULSER
VOLTAGES
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
4D MOTOR
CNTRL
H-BRIDGE
J1
A
4D MOTOR DRIVE
J19
3.3V
+12V
+5V
J1
uP
REG
ON/
OFF
5V
+12V
TOUCH
10.4"
LCD
BULKHEAD
PLATE
SATA PWR
M
OP PANEL
DVD 1
SWITCH
BOARD
UP/DN/LOCK
BUTTONS
U
SATA
DVD ADAPT PWA
A
TRACKBALL
J18
KEYBOARD
USB/
VIDEO
J1
J2
to/from BEP
USB
12V 5V 3.3V
L
CW PROBE
CONNECTION
(BT2010
OPTION)
5V
USB
HUB
+48V
P4
EXTRA PCI
EXPRESS LANES
J2
J23
P6
PCI EXPRESS
BACKPLANE
Na
K
DOPPLER AUDIO
I2C
P8
AUDIO
48V
P3
S
BSCAN
+5V
VPD
USB
HV INV
I
MEMORY STICK
MICROPHONE
5V FROM J22
J22
USB
USB
J15
5V FROM J21
J21
P7
P5
P2
CONTROL
J25
BULKHEAD
BOARD
Y
POWER
MAIN CABLE
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB FOR OP PANEL
USB FOR VIDEO ON TOUCH PANEL
UP/DN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
USB
Z
BEP
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
Na
5
1
48V,+12V
+5V,+5Vstby
6
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
& SEQUENCE
LOGIC
4
PS_ON#, PWROK
+12V, -12V + 5V
3.3V, 5Vstby
REAR
PANEL
10/100bT
48V, 5Vstby
PS_ON#
48V_OK
AC_FAIL#
BEP PWR
SUPPLY
FRONT
PANEL
MODULE
3
12
J46
IF NO
DVR
10
J44
11
DVI-I OUT
AUDIO R
J42
AUDIO L
J43
CN1
I2C
BSCAN
2
DVD
PWR LED
Na
HOST
J31
8
SATA2
IF NO
DVR
DVR
(OPTIONAL)
ON/OFF SW,
J36
PATIENT I/O
(BT2010 or later
OPTION)
DVI-I OUT
J30
SATA3
+5V
XFMR
DVI-I IN
AUDIO
AMP
XFMR
SPARE PCI
+12V
+5V
+12V
J29
LR
AUDIO
OUT
AUDIO IN
J1
DOP
AUDIO
USB 1,2,3,4
+ LED’S
DIGITAL
VIDEO CARD
+5stby
48V
CN4
CN21
SPARE PCI EXPRESS x4
A
J2
J22
ATX2
10/100/
1000MbT
DVI-D
TX
J21
MAIN
POWER
MOTHERBOARD
ANALOG VIDEO
J20
DVI-D
RX
PCI
DVI-A
DVI-D
TX
PCI
J41
PCI EXPRESS
J40
EXT USB 2
16X PCI EXPRESS
EXT USB 1
POWER
SATA1
SATA0
J32
J35
USB
USB HUB 2
CN5
J3
J100 USB 5
USB Micro
Controller
(IO Ports
&VPD
J26
J25
AUDIO IN
L,R,CENTER AUDIO OUT,
ON/OFF SW,
PWR LED
J12
P
J33
AUDIO
AMP
ATX1
CENTER AUDIO OUT
+5V +12V 48V +5stby
J34
SATA SATA PWR
TO MAIN
PWR
SUPPLY
7
uBTX
MOTHERBOARD
12V
POWER
J14
+12V
USB
PWR
PCI
EXPRESS x1
CN18
OPTION
KEY
USB HUB 3
J27
USB 8
USB 7
J7
J28
Q
BW
PRINTER
(OPTIONAL)
USB HUB 1
USB 6
USB
5,6,7,8
R
REG
+3.3V
+12V
+5V
I/OBOARD
20A
48V OUT
12V
BATTERY
-
+
DC-DC
CONVERT
ER
48V IN
9
HARD
DRIVE
EXTERNAL CABLES AND HARNESSES:
ITEM PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
A
5148381-X
MAIN POWER CORD (X DEPENDS ON COUNTRY)
B
GA200335
FROG BRAKE CONTROL (2 used)
C
GA200334
FROG BRAKE ARM (2 used)
D
5272357-2
MAIN CABLE ASSEMBLY
D1
5269862
MAIN CABLE – POWER/AUDIO
D2
5262473-2
MAIN CABLE – VIDEO
D3
5265371
MAIN CABLE – XYZ SWITCH SIGNALS
D4
5248609
MAIN CABLE – USB (2 used)
E
5196889
VIDEO (HDMI) CABLE - LCD
F
5196890
POWER/USB CABLE - LCD
G
5248610
USB OP PANEL TO BULKHEAD (2 used)
H
5194492
USB CABLE - MAIN POWER SUPPLY
I
5194495
POWER CABLE – BEP 48V
J
5152290
PCI EXPRESS CABLE (OMTTED)
K
5266407
POWER CABLE – DVD
L
5194492-6
USB CABLE - XYZ CONTROLLER
M
5270048
SATA CABLE – DVD
N
5194491
BEP TO CARD RACK BACKPLANE CABLE (OMTTED)
Na
5372764
BEP TO CARD RACK BACKPLANE AND PCI EXPRESS CABLE
P
5194498
AUDIO CABLE - SUBWOOFER
Q
5194492-2
USB CABLE – BW PRINTER (USED ONLY IF PRINTER INSTALLED)
R
5194493
POWER CABLE – BW PRINTER (USED ONLY IF PRINTER INSTALLED)
S
GA200536
CW CONNECTOR FLEX CIRCUIT (USED ONLY IF CW INSTALLED)
T
5310448
XY LOCK
U
5198990
UP/DOWN/LOCK BUTTONS
W
5196892
SAFETY GROUND WIRE LCD ARM (2 used)
Y
5244550
POWER BAYBIRD (USED ONLY IF VGU INSTALLED)
Z
5194492-3
USB CABLE – BAYBIRD (USED ONLY IF VGU INSTALLED)
AA
5245462
GEL WARMER POWER
BB
5194492-4
USB CABLE – 4D CONTROLLER
BEP ASSEMBLY CABLES AND HARNESSES:
ITEM PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
1
5165844-2
BEP POWER HARNESS
2
5193725-2
MOTHERBOARD HARNESS
3
5193726
FRONT PANEL HARNESS
4
5152291
PCI EXPRESS BULKHEAD (OMTTED)
5
5195600
SATA BULKHEAD J3
6
5183810
SATA BULKHEAD J2
7
5183841
SATA HARD DRIVE
8
5183841-2
SATA DVR (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
9
5266922
POWER HARD DRIVE
10
5169280
DVI FLEX MAIN ICHIRO
11
5197215
DVI FLEX DVR JUMPER ICHIRO (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
12
5194363
NETWORK PATCH CABLE CAT6
CONTROL
V SENSE
EPS
BOARD
-
12V
BATTERY
+
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 Overall block diagram - BEP6.x - R4.x
Figure 5-3 LOGIQ E9 Block diagram - BEP6.x X-Y
LOCK
MOTOR
FROG
BRAKES
T
D2
D1
INNER
LEFT BRAKE
B
OUTER
LEFT BRAKE
C
D4
MAIN LCD DISPLAY
+12V
D3
HV INV
5V
B
Z MOTOR
INNER
RIGHT BRAKE
C
VIDEO
CNTL
OUTER
RIGHT BRAKE
FLAT
SCREEN
5V
USB
RELAY
MRX
METAL SHIELD
GTX
ISOLATION
AND
DC HEAD
120VAC
INVERTER
H
GTX
PD
METAL SHIELD
TO
PRINTERS
48V
GTX
G
POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION
XYZ CONTROLLER
E
CARD RACK
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
METAL SHIELD
A
TEMP
CONTROL
P1
DC
VOLTAGES
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
S
BSCAN
P8
J23
AUDIO
48V
4D MOTOR DRIVE
J15
TRACKBALL
J19
J18
KEYBOARD
3.3V
ON/
OFF
+12V
+5V
J1
uP
REG
5V
+12V
TOUCH
USB/
VIDEO
10.4"
LCD
BULKHEAD
PLATE
SATA PWR SATA
M
MEMORY STICK
MICROPHONE
5V
USB
HUB
USB
+48V
L
CW PROBE
CONNECTION
(BT2010 OPTION)
J1
USB
12V 5V 3.3V
P4
P6
PCI EXPRESS
EXTRA PCI
EXPRESS LANES
A
NOT
USED
5V FROM J21
J22
I2C
J2
MIC
J21
P7
USB
P3
DOPPLER AUDIO
+5V
VPD
BACKPLANE
USB/
AUDIO
USB
HUB
12V
5V
HV INV
PULSER
VOLTAGES
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
4D MOTOR
CNTRL
H-BRIDGE
REG
5V FROM J22
P5
USB
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
I
J25
BULKHEAD
BOARD
P2
BB
48V
CONTROLLER BOARD
J24
GEL WARMER
CONTROL
L
NOT INSTALLED
STARTING
APRIL 2014
OP PANEL
DVD 1
SWITCH
BOARD
UP/DN/LOCK
BUTTONS
U
Y
POWER
USB
Z
MAIN CABLE
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB FOR OP PANEL
USB FOR VIDEO ON TOUCH PANEL
UP/DN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
J1
1
A
HARD
DRIVE
J2
J30
DVI-D
TX
J44
DVI-D
TX
CN
SATA4
CN DVI 1
LAN
CTRL
J42
AUDIO R
J43
AUDIO L
DVD
+12V
+5stby
48V
J22
GFI/MRX
AUDIO
5
AUDIO
AMP
+12V
DIGITAL AUDIO (FUTURE)
CODEC
AUDIO
AMP
+3.3V
+5V
+5V STBY
ON/OFF SW, PWR LED
J3
+12V
SATA0
SATA4
SATA5
+3.3V
+12V
5A
Without DVR
With DVR
CN SATA5
PCIe L5
PCIe L6
+5V
+5V STBY
SATA #3
6
Vbat
CN SATA3
USB8
CN PWR1
48V
ACFAIL
POWER ON/OFF
USB 0
SATA3
J7
USB 1
USB0
USB 2
J27
USB 3
J26
USB
TO MAIN
PWR
SUPPLY
PWR
BW
PRINTER
(OPTIONAL)
J100
J28
R
USB Micro
Controller
IO Ports &
VPD
USB 4
J25
USB 5
J4
USB 6
J14
USB 7
J12
+5V
+12V
USB7
USB9
USB13
USB10
POWER
28v/BAT
SOURCE
SELECT
48V
SATA2
SATA #2
CN IO 2
Q
48v TO 28v
CONVERT
PCH
CN IO 1
HUB
J2
PATIENT IO
(BT2010
OPTION)
48V
HOST
TO DVR
J21
SPARE
CN
SATA0
100/1000bT
CN F101
USB 1,2
+ LED’S
DVR
(OPTIONAL)
CN AUDIO1
AUDIO IN
DVI-I IN
CN
SATA6
OC DETECT
DVI-I OUT
IPASS1
+5V
USB #H4
16X PCI EXPRESS
CN DVI 2
IPASS2
PCIE x1
USB PWR ENABLE
FET
J46
2
8
USB #H3
J40
J41
EXT USB 2
4
DVI-D
PCI
DVI-I OUT
EXT USB 1
FRONT I/O
with DVR
9
3
J
DVI-D
RX
without DVR
9
11
SVGA
ACFAIL
5V STBY
S-VIDEO
OUT
(OPTION)
J1
SATA SATA PWR
REAR
PANEL
BEP ASSEMBLY CABLES AND HARNESSES:
5V STBY
SATA0
3.3vDUAL
POWER
PCIe L8
Mini PCIe
USB12
USB
5vDUAL
5vDUAL
POWER
cFast
USB 13
3.3vDUAL
28v
TO
12v
28v
TO
5v
28v
TO
3.3v
+5V
+5V
+12V
+48V
+28V BATT
+12V
+12V
+48V
+5V
USB 9
+3.3V
CN PWR2
OPTION KEY
R4 ONLY
Patient IO
POWERBOARD
+5V
J33
SIDE I/O BOARD
MOTHERBOARD
48V
Vbat
P
+12V
5vDUAL
ACFAIL
J29
J30
48V
12V
BATTERY
+
CHARGER
Vbat
5vDUAL
AC FAIL
+
12V
BATTERY
-
CHARGEBOARD
7
BEP 6.1
5-8
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
5A
6
7
8
9
11
PART NUMBER
#$
#%
#@
#@
5439827!!
5439827-2!!
#$
#$
5408168$
5428990$!!
5435462
DESCRIPTION
BEP POWER
FRONT PANEL
SATA HARD DRIVE
POWER HARD DRIVE
SATA TO DVR (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
DVR TO SATA (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
SATA JUMPER (USED IF DVR NOT INSTALLED)
PAT IO POWER AND USB
VIDEO JUMPER FLEX
DVI-SAMTECH FLEX
AUDIO FOR DVR (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
# = no GE number for cable
$ = included in cable kit 5433408-80
% = cable comes with Front Panel 5433408-41
@ = cable comes with HD 5433408-50
!! = cable comes with DVR kit 5263884-3
CN USB11
20A
-
EXTERNAL CABLES AND HARNESSES:
ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
A
5148381-X MAIN POWER CORD (X DEPENDS ON COUNTRY)
B
GA200335 FROG BRAKE CONTROL (2 used)
C
GA200334 FROG BRAKE ARM (2 used)
D
5272357-2 MAIN CABLE ASSEMBLY
D1
5269862
MAIN CABLE – POWER/AUDIO
D2
5262473-2 MAIN CABLE – VIDEO
D3
5265371
MAIN CABLE – XYZ SWITCH SIGNALS
D4
5248609
MAIN CABLE – USB (2 used)
E
5430937
VIDEO (HDMI)+USB CABLE - LCD
G
5248610
USB OP PANEL TO BULKHEAD (2 used)
H
5194492-8 USB CABLE - MAIN POWER SUPPLY
I
5194495
POWER CABLE – BEP 48V
J
5431486
PCI EXPRESS RIBBON CABLE
L
5194492-6 USB CABLE – XYZ CONTROLLER
M
5431110
POWERED eSATA CABLE – DVD
P
5194498
AUDIO CABLE - SUBWOOFER
Q
5194492-2 USB CABLE – BW PRINTER (USED ONLY IF PRINTER INSTALLED)
R
5194493
POWER CABLE – BW PRINTER (USED ONLY IF PRINTER INSTALLED)
S
GA200536 CW CONNECTOR FLEX CIRCUIT (USED ONLY IF CW INSTALLED)
T
5310448
XY LOCK
U
5198990
UP/DOWN/LOCK BUTTONS
Y
5244550
POWER BAYBIRD (USED ONLY IF VGU INSTALLED)
Z
5194492-3 USB CABLE – BAYBIRD (USED ONLY IF VGU INSTALLED)
AA
5245462
GEL WARMER POWER
BB
5194492-4 USB CABLE – 4D CONTROLLER
Section 5-2 - LOGIQ E9 description
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 Overall block diagram - BEP6.x - R5.x and later
Figure 5-4 LOGIQ E9 Block diagram - BEP6.x - R5.x and later
X-Y
LOCK
MOTOR
FROG
BRAKES
T
D2
D1
INNER
LEFT BRAKE
B
OUTER
LEFT BRAKE
C
D4
MAIN LCD DISPLAY
+12V
D3
HV INV
5V
B
Z MOTOR
INNER
RIGHT BRAKE
C
VIDEO
CNTL
OUTER
RIGHT BRAKE
FLAT
SCREEN
5V
RELAY
MRX
METAL SHIELD
GTX
METAL SHIELD
GTX
ISOLATION
AND
DC HEAD
120VAC
INVERTER
H
GTX
PD
TO
PRINTERS
METAL SHIELD
SWAVE
Option
(Capacitor
Pack)
48V
48V
TEMP
CONTROL
P1
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
BB
I
PULSER
VOLTAGES
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
4D MOTOR
CNTRL
H-BRIDGE
S
BSCAN
J22
J23
P8
AUDIO
48V
USB
EXTRA PCI
EXPRESS LANES
J2
A
4D MOTOR DRIVE
3.3V
TOUCH
USB/
VIDEO
10.4"
SVGA
LED
Back Light
ON/
OFF
SWITCH
BOARD
LOWER OP
SATA PWR SATA
UP/DN/LOCK
BUTTONS
OP PANEL
DVD 1
J52
uP
uP
REG
BULKHEAD
PLATE
M
TRACKBALL
KEYBOARD
5V
L
CW PROBE
CONNECTION
(BT2010 OPTION)
J1
J53
USB
HUB
J18
12V 5V 3.3V
+48V
P6
PCI EXPRESS
I2C
BACKPLANE
5V
USB
HUB
USB
P4
DOPPLER AUDIO
+5V
VPD
MICROPHONE
5V FROM J22
J21
P5
P3
MEMORY STICK
J25
BULKHEAD
BOARD
USB
DC
VOLTAGES
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
NOT
USED
UPPER OP
GEL WARMER
CONTROL
L
MIC
12V
5V
REG
G
POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION
XYZ CONTROLLER
E
CARD RACK
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
USB/
AUDIO
USB
HUB
USB
A
CC
5V 3.3V
REG
U
Y
POWER
USB
Z
MAIN CABLE
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
EE
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB FOR OP PANEL
USB FOR VIDEO ON TOUCH PANEL
UP/DN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
J1
1
A
HARD
DRIVE
J2
J30
DVI-D
TX
J44
DVI-D
TX
8
USB #H4
CN
SATA4
CN DVI 1
LAN
CTRL
J42
AUDIO R
J43
AUDIO L
DVD
+12V
+5stby
48V
J22
GFI/MRX
AUDIO
5
AUDIO
AMP
+12V
DIGITAL AUDIO (FUTURE)
CODEC
AUDIO
AMP
+3.3V
+5V
+5V STBY
ON/OFF SW, PWR LED
J3
+12V
SATA0
SATA4
SATA5
+3.3V
+5V STBY
SATA #3
+12V
5A
Without DVR
With DVR
CN SATA5
PCIe L5
PCIe L6
+5V
6
Vbat
CN SATA3
USB8
CN PWR1
48V
ACFAIL
POWER ON/OFF
USB
TO MAIN
PWR
SUPPLY
R
SATA3
USB 1
USB0
USB 2
USB 3
J26
USB 4
J25
USB 5
J4
USB 6
J14
USB 7
J12
+5V
+12V
5V STBY
SATA0
USB
5vDUAL
5vDUAL
POWER
cFast
BEP ASSEMBLY CABLES AND HARNESSES:
USB Micro
Controller
IO Ports &
VPD
USB7
USB9
USB13
USB10
3.3vDUAL
POWER
PCIe L8
Mini PCIe
USB12
USB 13
3.3vDUAL
28v
TO
12v
28v
TO
5v
+12V
+12V
+48V
+5V
USB 9
+3.3V
CN PWR2
OPTION KEY
Patient IO
POWERBOARD
J29
+5V
J30
P
+12V
J33
SIDE I/O BOARD
28v
TO
3.3v
+5V
+5V
+12V
+48V
+28V BATT
MOTHERBOARD
48V
Vbat
BW
PRINTER
(OPTIONAL)
USB 0
J7
J27
CN USB11
5vDUAL
ACFAIL
PWR
J100
J28
POWER
28v/BAT
SOURCE
SELECT
48V
SATA2
SATA #2
CN IO 2
Q
48v TO 28v
CONVERT
PCH
CN IO 1
HUB
J2
PATIENT IO
(BT2010
OPTION)
48V
HOST
TO DVR
J21
USB 1,2
+ LED’S
CN
SATA0
100/1000bT
CN F101
SPARE
DVR
(OPTIONAL)
CN AUDIO1
16X PCI EXPRESS
CN
SATA6
OC DETECT
AUDIO IN
DVI-I IN
IPASS1
+5V
DVI-I OUT
IPASS2
PCIE x1
USB PWR ENABLE
FET
J46
2
CN DVI 2
USB #H3
J40
J41
EXT USB 2
4
DVI-D
PCI
DVI-I OUT
EXT USB 1
FRONT I/O
with DVR
9
3
J
DVI-D
RX
without DVR
9
11
SVGA
ACFAIL
5V STBY
S-VIDEO
OUT
(OPTION)
J1
SATA SATA PWR
REAR
PANEL
EXTERNAL CABLES AND HARNESSES:
ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
A
5148381-X MAIN POWER CORD (X DEPENDS ON COUNTRY)
B
GA200335 FROG BRAKE CONTROL (2 used)
C
GA200334 FROG BRAKE ARM (2 used)
D
5272357-2 MAIN CABLE ASSEMBLY
D1
5269862
MAIN CABLE – POWER/AUDIO
D2
5262473-2 MAIN CABLE – VIDEO
D3
5265371
MAIN CABLE – XYZ SWITCH SIGNALS
D4
5248609
MAIN CABLE – USB (2 used)
E
5430937
VIDEO (HDMI)+USB CABLE - LCD
G
5248610
USB OP PANEL TO BULKHEAD (2 used)
H
5194492-8 USB CABLE - MAIN POWER SUPPLY
I
5194495
POWER CABLE – BEP 48V
J
5431486
PCI EXPRESS RIBBON CABLE
L
5194492-6 USB CABLE – XYZ CONTROLLER
M
5431110
POWERED eSATA CABLE – DVD
P
5194498
AUDIO CABLE - SUBWOOFER
Q
5194492-2 USB CABLE – BW PRINTER (USED ONLY IF PRINTER INSTALLED)
R
5194493
POWER CABLE – BW PRINTER (USED ONLY IF PRINTER INSTALLED)
S
GA200536 CW CONNECTOR FLEX CIRCUIT (USED ONLY IF CW INSTALLED)
T
5310448
XY LOCK
U
5198990
UP/DOWN/LOCK BUTTONS
Y
5244550
POWER BAYBIRD (USED ONLY IF VGU INSTALLED)
Z
5194492-3 USB CABLE – BAYBIRD (USED ONLY IF VGU INSTALLED)
AA
5245462
GEL WARMER POWER
BB
5194492-4 USB CABLE – 4D CONTROLLER
CC
5486912
CAPACITOR PACK CABLE – (USED ONLY IF SWAVE INSTALLED)
EE
5439524
CABLE V NAV INSIDE – (USED ONLY IF V NAV INSIDE INSTALLED)
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
5A
6
7
8
9
11
48V
12V
BATTERY
+
CHARGER
DESCRIPTION
BEP POWER
FRONT PANEL
SATA HARD DRIVE
POWER HARD DRIVE
SATA TO DVR (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
DVR TO SATA (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
SATA JUMPER (USED IF DVR NOT INSTALLED)
PAT IO POWER AND USB
VIDEO JUMPER FLEX
DVI-SAMTECH FLEX
AUDIO FOR DVR (USED ONLY IF DVR INSTALLED)
# = no GE number for cable
$ = included in cable kit 5433408-80
% = cable comes with Front Panel 5433408-41
@ = cable comes with HD 5433408-50
!! = cable comes with DVR kit 5263884-3
20A
-
PART NUMBER
#$
#%
#@
#@
5439827!!
5439827-2!!
#$
#$
5408168$
5428990$!!
5435462
Vbat
5vDUAL
AC FAIL
+
12V
BATTERY
-
CHARGEBOARD
7
BEP 6.1
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Signal flow overview
Figure 5-5 LOGIQ E9 Signal Flow
- GFI Configuration
192
GTX 64 Ch
GTX 64 Ch
192
GRLY
R
e
l
a
y
s
Pulser
192
192
T/R
TGC
CW
Option
David
0
GTX
64 Ch
DRX 64
DRX 64
A/D
David
1
Pulser
Nathan
0
DRX
64 Ch
GFI
Nathan
1
...
192
GRX 64
GRX 128
...
192
128
Frontplane
David
2
David
3
A/D
GDIF
Nathan
2
FDEM
SDEM
Nathan
3
ATGC
T_sig
GDIF
BEP
Backplane
Weak ultrasound echoes from body structures and blood cells are received by the probes and routed
via the Relay board and the XD bus to the RX board. The RX board amplifies these signals. Then the
signals are routed to the DRX board(s) where the signals are A/D converted. The digital signals are then
further processed on the DRX boards.
5 - 10
Section 5-2 - LOGIQ E9 description
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Signal flow overview (cont’d)
Figure 5-6 LOGIQ E9 Signal Flow
Frontplane
- MRX
GTX 64 Ch
GTX 64 Ch
256
Pulser
CW
Option
A/D
Converters
I/ Q
192
192
192
256
Filter
GRLY
R
e
l
a
y
s
MRX 192 Ch
256
T/ R
David
1
...
MRX
TGC
TGC
TGC
TGC
TGC
X
X
X
A/DA
A/DA
A/DA
A/DA
I
Q
David GTX
64 Ch
0
Pulser
David
2
David
3
GDIF
Analog
Beamformer
Nathan
32 Ch
Nathan
32 Ch
Nathan
32 Ch
Nathan
32 Ch
Nathan
32 Ch
Nathan
32 Ch
A/D
Front End
Interface
DSP
SED
GFE
TGC
Gen
Test
Gen
The MRX Board combines the functionality of the Receiver Boards (DRX and GRX) and the GFI.Weak
ultrasound echoes from body structures and blood cells are received by the probes and routed via the
Relay board and the XD bus to the MRX board. The MRX board amplifies the ultrasound signal and
connects it with an A/D converter to the digital domain. The digital signals are then further processed
on the MRX boards.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-8
5-2-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9’s Operating Modes
B-Mode
B-Mode is a two-dimensional image of the amplitude of the echo signal. It is used for location and
measurement of anatomical structures and for spatial orientation during operation of other modes. In Bmode, a two-dimensional cross-section of a three-dimensional soft tissue structure such as the heart is
displayed in real time. Ultrasound echoes of different intensities are mapped to different gray scale or
color values in the display. The outline of the 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) cross-section is a sector,
depending on the particular transducer used. B-mode can be used in combination with any other mode.
5-2-8-1-1
Harmonic Imaging
Tissue Harmonic Imaging, acoustic aberrations due to tissue, are minimized by receiving and
processing the second harmonic signal that is generated within the insonified tissue. LOGIQ E9`s high
performance Harmonic Imaging provides superb detail resolution and penetration, outstanding contrast
resolution, excellent acoustic clutter rejection and an easy to operate user interface for switching into
Harmonic Imaging mode. Coded Harmonics enhances near field resolution for improved small parts
imaging as well as far field penetration. It diminishes low frequency amplitude noise and improves
imaging technically difficult patients. It may be especially beneficial when imaging isoechoic lesions in
shallow-depth anatomy in the breast, liver and hard-to-visualize fetal anatomy. Coded Harmonics may
improve the B-Mode (2D (B-Mode)) image quality without introducing a contrast agent.
5-2-8-2
M-Mode
In M-mode, soft tissue structure is presented as scrolling display, with depth on the Y-axis and time on
the X-axis. It is used primarily for cardiac measurements such as value timing on septal wall thickness
when accurate timing information is required. M-mode is also known as T-M mode or time-motion mode.
Ultrasound echoes of different intensities are mapped to different gray scale values in the display. Mmode displays time motion information of the ultrasound data derived from a stationary beam. Depth is
arranged along the vertical axis with time along the horizontal axis. M-mode is normally used in
conjunction with a 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) image for spatial reference. The 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode)
image has a graphical line (M-line) superimposed on the 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) image indicating where
the M-mode beam is located.
5-2-8-3
Color Flow Doppler Mode
Color Doppler is used to detect motion presented as a two-dimensional display. There are three
applications of this technique:
•
Color Flow Mode - used to visualize blood flow velocity and direction
•
Power Doppler (Angio) - used to visualize the spatial distribution of blood
A real-time two-dimensional cross-section image of blood flow is displayed. The 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode)
cross-section is presented as a full color display, with various colors being used to represent blood flow
(velocity, variance, power and/or direction). To provide spatial orientation, the full color blood flow crosssection is overlaid on top of the gray scale cross-section of soft tissue structure (2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode)
echo). For each pixel in the overlay, the decision of whether to display color (Doppler), gray scale (echo)
information or a blended combination is based on the relative strength of return echoes from the soft
tissue structures and from the red blood cells. Blood velocity is the primary parameter used to determine
the display colors, but power and variance may also be used. A high pass filter (wall filter) is used to
remove the signals from stationary or slowly moving structures. Tissue motion is discriminated from
blood flow by assuming that blood is moving faster than the surrounding tissue, although additional
parameters may also be used to enhance the discrimination. Color flow can be used in combination with
2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) and Spectral Doppler modes.
5 - 12
Section 5-2 - LOGIQ E9 description
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-8-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power Doppler
A real-time two dimensional cross-section of blood flow is displayed. The 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) crosssection is presented as a full color display, with various colors being used to represent the power in
blood flow echoes. Often, to provide spatial orientation, the full color blood flow cross-section is overlaid
on top of the gray scale cross-section of soft tissue structure (2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) echo). For each
pixel in the overlay, the decision of whether to display color (Doppler power), gray scale (echo)
information or a blended combination is based on the relative strength of return echoes from the softtissue structures and from the red blood cells. A high pass filter (wall filter) is used to remove the signals
from stationary or slowly moving structures. Tissue motion is discriminated from blood flow by assuming
that blood is moving faster than the surrounding tissue, although additional parameters may also be
used to enhance the discrimination. The power in the remaining signal after wall filtering is then
averaged over time (persistence) to present a steady state image of blood flow distribution. Power
Doppler can be used in combination with 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) and Spectral Doppler modes as well
as with 4D mode.
5-2-8-4
Pulsed (PW) Doppler
PW Doppler processing is one of two spectral Doppler modalities, the other being CW Doppler. In
spectral Doppler, blood flow is presented as a scrolling display, with flow velocity on the Y-axis and time
on the X-axis. The presence of spectral broadening indicates turbulent flow, while the absence of
spectral broadening indicates laminar flow. PW Doppler provides real time spectral analysis of pulsed
Doppler signals. This information describes the Doppler shifted signal from the moving reflectors in the
sample volume. PW Doppler can be used alone but is normally used in conjunction with a 2D (B-Mode)
(B-Mode) image with an M-line and sample volume marker superimposed on the 2-D image indicating
the position of the Doppler sample volume. The sample volume size and location are specified by the
operator. Sample volume can be overlaid by a flow direction cursor which is aligned, by the operator,
with the direction of flow in the vessel, thus determining the Doppler angle. This allows the spectral
display to be calibrated in flow velocity (m/sec.) as well as frequency (Hz). PW Doppler also provides
the capability of performing spectral analysis at a selectable depth and sample volume size. PW Doppler
can be used in combination with 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) and Color Flow modes.
5-2-8-5
Continuous Wave (CW) Doppler
Continuous Wave Doppler systems use two crystals, one to send and one to receive the echoes.
The transmitter inputs a continuous sinusoidal wave. The receiver detects the shift.
An audible sound is created and recorded by either an analog recorder or spectral analyzer. Spectral
analysis separates the signal into individual components and assigns a relative importance.
The benefits of CW Doppler include high sensitivity to low velocities and detection of high velocities
without aliasing. Although CW Doppler cannot distinguish between the sending and receiving signals or
extraneous echoes, nor does CW Doppler produce a precise image like Pulsed Wave Doppler.
5-2-8-6
Other Modes
4D: The LOGIQ E9 Ultrasound System may be used to acquire multiple, sequential 2D (B-Mode) (BMode) images which can be combined to reconstruct a three dimensional image. These 4D images are
useful in visualizing three-dimensional structures, and in understanding the spatial or temporal
relationships between the images in the 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) sequence. The 4D image is presented
using standard visualization techniques, such as surface or volume rendering.
For more information on Volume Navigation and Contrast Imaging, refer to the Basic User Manual.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-8-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
4D Data Collection and Reconstruction
2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode) gray scale images may be reconstructed. The acquisition of volume data sets
is performed by sweeping 2D (B-Mode) (B-Mode)-scans with special transducers (called 4Dtransducers) designed for the 2D (B-Mode)-scans and the 4D-sweep.
Images are spatially registered, using internal probe position sensing and a position control to ensure
geometric accuracy of the 4D data.
2D (B-Mode) ultrasound imaging modes are used to view a two dimensional cross-sections of parts of
the body. For example in 2D (B-Mode) gray scale imaging, a 2 dimensional cross-section of a 3dimensional soft-tissue structure such as the heart is displayed in real time. Typical, the user of an
ultrasound machine manipulates the position and orientation of this 2D (B-Mode) cross-section in real
time during an ultrasound exam.
By changing the position of the cross-section, a variety of views of the underlying structure are obtained,
and these views can be used to understand a 3-dimensional structure in the body.
To complete survey a 3-dimensional structure in the body, it is necessary to collect 2D (B-Mode) images
which span a volume containing the structure. One way is to sweep the imaging cross-section by
translating it in a direction perpendicular to the cross-section. Another example method is to rotate the
cross section about a line contained in the cross section. The LOGIQ E9 Ultrasound System uses the
automated so called C-Scan for the motion perpendicular to automated B-scan. Once a representative
set of 2D (B-Mode) cross-sections are obtained, standard reconstruction techniques can be used to
construct other 2D (B-Mode) cross-sections, or to view the collection of the cross-sections as a 4D
images.
5-2-8-6-2
4D Image Presentation
The basic technique for 4D image presentation is to combine the 2D (B-Mode) cross–sections into an
image which represents how the volume of the data would appear from a particular viewing direction.
The mathematics behind this feature is called 4D-rendering. Such combined images are called
projections, because the data from the volume is projected onto a flat 2-dimensional surface, e.g. the
ultrasound system display. This technique can be applied to any 2D (B-Mode) ultrasound mode.
Several techniques can be used to aid the human observer in understanding the resulting 2D (B-Mode)
image as a representation of a three-dimensional object. One is to rotate the volume of data, and
present the resulting sequence of 2D (B-Mode) projections to the observer. The changing direction of
observation helps the observer to separate the features in the volume according to their distance from
the observer.
5-2-8-7
Volume Navigation
Using a position sensor attached to the probe, Volume Navigation Fusion (V Nav) lets you import a preacquired Ultrasound, CT or MR DICOM volume dataset and register it to the live Ultrasound image. As
a result, you can view live Ultrasound scanning simultaneously with the corresponding multi-planar
reformatted (MPR) slice from the pre-acquired dataset.
In addition, you can use V Nav as a type of “GPS” positioning marker to track an anatomy of interest.
V Nav is available in B-Mode, Color Flow, PDI, and Contrast Modes; it is not available while in 3D/4D
or when timeline modes are active. Biopsy capability is available while in V Nav.
5-2-8-8
Contrast Imaging
The LOGIQ E9 is designed for compatibility with commercially available Ultrasound contrast agents.
Because the availability of these agents is subject to government regulation and approval, product
features intended for use with these agents may not be commercially marketed nor made available
before the contrast agent is cleared for use. Contrast related product features are enabled only on
ultrasound systems for delivery to an authorized country or region of use. It is not currently approved for
use in the United States.
5 - 14
Section 5-2 - LOGIQ E9 description
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-2-8-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Elastography
Elastography shows the spatial distribution of tissue elasticity properties in a region of interest by
estimating the strain before and after tissue distortion caused by external or internal forces. The strain
estimation is filtered and scaled to provide a smooth presentation when displayed.
With Elastography active, the image will show a color map/bar indicating the level of elasticity detected
by the system. The Elastography image is achieved by pulsating the probe manually while you are
scanning the anatomy of interest.
5-2-8-9-1
Shear Wave
With the Shear Wave option, the scanner creates the distortion by generating shear waves in tissue
using a diagnostic ultrasound transducer. Shear waves "push" the tissue at a low frequency in either a
single burst of high amplitude, long duration pulses or a series of such pulses.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-3
Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
5-3-1
Purpose of this section
The purpose of this section is to give you an overview of LOGIQ E9’s Top Console and to tell you how
it function.
5-3-2
Transporting LOGIQ E9
The Top Console must be locked into the lower, center (X/Y) position before transporting the
LOGIQ E9. The LCD Monitor must be in its flipped down position. And the rear wheel brake must be
set. Refer to the Basic User Manual (Direction 5180374-100) for more information.
5 - 16
Section 5-3 - Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console description
The Top Console includes:
•
LCD monitor
•
Operator Panel with;
•
-
An On/Off switch
-
A Touch Panel Screen and a Control Panel with controls for manipulating the picture quality
and for use in Measure & Analyze (M&A)
-
An alphanumeric keyboard (QWERTY keyboard).
-
Trackball
-
XYZ Control, e.g., frogleg controls and lock to move the Top Console left/right, forward/
backward, and up/down.
speakers for stereo sound output (used during Doppler scanning/replay)
A flexible harness of electrical wires secures the connection between the Top Console and the rest of
the LOGIQ E9.
The Top Console can be moved up/down (Z-axis), sideways to the left and to the right (X-axis) and back
and forth (Y-axis). The XYZ Mechanism is commonly referred to as the frogleg.
The up/down movement of the console is motor driven. The control buttons for the electrical motor are
centered between the handles. A gas spring inside the LOGIQ E9 counterbalances the Z-axis (vertical)
movement, lessening the load the Z motor must move.
The brakes used for locking the console’s X and Y movement are all operated by electrical motors
5-3-3-1
Top Console’s location in the LOGIQ E9
The Top Console is located on the top of the LOGIQ E9, and includes the Main LCD monitor, the Monitor
Arm, the Operator Panel with the Touch Screen, Speakers, an alphanumeric keyboard, and frogleg
controls.
Figure 5-7 Top Consoles location (A) - R1 through R3 (left) and R4 shown
A
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
A
5 - 17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-3-4
5-3-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Operator Panel
Operator Panel general description
The Operator Panel includes an On/Off switch, different controls for manipulating the picture quality,
and controls for use in Measure & Analyze (M&A), an alphanumeric keyboard and frogleg controls.
Figure 5-8 Operator Panel
13
1.) Probe and Cord Holder
2.) USB Ports (2)
3.) Measurement Selection Menu and Joystick controls
4.) Keyboard
5.) Feature Keys: Elastography, Volume, Navigation, Loop View, Contrast
6.) Modes (B, M, CF, PDI, PW, CW, TVi) /Gain/XYZ Controls for 3D/4D Mode
7.) TGC
8.) Trackball, Trackball Keys, Pointer, Measure, Comment, Body Pattern, Clear, Zoom, 3D/4D, P1
See: Figure 5-9 "Customer Removable Trackball" on page 5-19.
9.) L/R, Start/Stop, Freeze
10.)Steer/Width/Depth/Reverse
11.)Auto
12.)P2, P3, P4
13.)Frogleg Controls (XYZ Mechanism)
5 - 18
Section 5-3 - Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-3-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Operator Panel general description (cont’d)
Customer Removable Trackball introduced for forward production in R4.
A new Bezel was introduced with different dimensions around the Trackball and Trackball Keys to fit the
Removable Trackball. Trackball Keys are slightly narrower.
Figure 5-9 Customer Removable Trackball
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-3-4-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Operator Panel Block Diagram
Figure 5-10 Operator Panel Block Diagram - R4 and earlier
USB Inductive or
Optical Trackball
BUTTON MATRIX
J6
E
BUTTON MATRIX
KEYBRD
CONTROLLER
AMBER
LED
MATRIX
ENCODERS (X12)
GRN
+5V
CH A/B
BUFFER
+12V
HI FET
+5V
A/N KEYBOARD
BACKLIGHT
LED MATRIX
AMB
CH A/B
BUFFER
AMB
ON/OFF
BUTTON
CH A/B
BUFFER
+12V
LOW FET
SLIDE
POTS
AMB
A/N KEYBOARD MATRIX
FET
+3.3V
ENABLE
GREEN
LED
MATRIX
+3.3V
+3.3V
A/D
CONV
+ MUX
USB
KEYBRD
CONTROLLER
QUAD
DETECT
QUAD
DETECT
QUAD
DETECT
+5V
PWM
INTENSITY
CONTROL
SERIAL
BUS
SWITCH PCB
J1
D
F
A
J19
J18 J1
CONTROL PCB
+12 / +5 / +3.3V
MODE+
CLK
+12V
SERIAL BUS
+3.3V
I2C
BUS
+5V
J5
AUX USB
PCB
MICROCONTROL
LER
TS
CTRL
J3
AUX USB
PORT 1
AUX USB
PORT 2
BOOT
EEPROM
PROGRAM
EEPROM
RAM
5V stby
PWR LED
PWR SW
+3.3V
2.5V=MAX BRIGHT
0V = MIN
+3.3V
B
USB
HUB
J6
+12V
+3.3V
USB6
REG
EE
POT
+5V
+12V
ENABLE
PTC
C
3.3V
3.3V
LVDS
XMTR
USB
uP
Daughter Card
USB5
48V
J24
J25
J22
J21
J23
LCD DISPLAY
UPPER OP PANEL REAR SHEET METAL
5 - 20
GRN
LOW FET
+12 / +5 / +3.3V
TOUCH
SCREEN
+12V
HI FET
CHIP
SELECT
J7
HV INVERTER
+12V
XFMR
AMB
PWM
INTENSITY
CONTROL
Section 5-3 - Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-4
Main Console
5-4-1
Main Console description
Figure 5-11 Main Console location (A)
A
The Main Console hosts the:
•
Patient HDD and Network Indicators
•
Front End Card Rack
•
Back End Processor (BEP)
•
Optional B/W printer
•
DVD Recorder (card in BEP) Option
•
DVD player
•
Power Supply (Main Power)
•
4D Motor Controller Option
•
Volume Navigation Option
•
Lifting mechanism for the Frog Leg and Top Console
•
Rear handle
•
Front and Rear Casters with lock and brake mechanism
The Main Console consists of a frame that acts as the skeleton of the LOGIQ E9. The other parts, listed
above, are mounted to the frame. The outside of the Main Console is covered with plastic covers.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-5
Air Flow control
5-5-1
General description
The Air Flow Control includes the following components: Air cooling fans located at the bottom of the
LOGIQ E9.
5-5-2
Location in the LOGIQ E9
There are two filters. One located on the rear of the LOGIQ E9 and one located beneath the air cooling
fans at the bottom of the LOGIQ E9. Refer to Chapter 8 for more information.
Section 5-6
Casters and Brakes description
The front brake is used for everyday use; the back brake is ONLY used to transport the LOGIQ E9. Refer
to Chapter 8 for more information.
5 - 22
Section 5-5 - Air Flow control
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-7
Power distribution
5-7-1
Purpose of this section
The power distribution within the LOGIQ E9 is described in this section.
5-7-2
5-7-2-1
Main Power Supply
General description
The Main Power Supply’s main task is to galvanically isolate the scanner from the on-site Mains Power
System and to supply the various internal subsystems with AC or DC power.
Figure 5-12 Main Power Supply
90-250Vac
Line Filter
Rectifier
Inrush Current
Limier
113 – 400 V
IEC60601-1
Isolation
Stand By
+ 5Vstb (12W)
110V
120VA
Inverter
SELV outputs (<60Vdc)
PFC
400V
24V
+ 24V
+ 48V
± 48V
- 48V
+/- 48V
+ 48V
+ 15V
+ 12V
+ 6V
– 15V
– 6V
MLP
0-140V
0-140V
130W
PMX
± 100 V
8W
TLP
± 0 – 95V
± 0 – 95V
2X20W
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 23
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-7-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
Figure 5-13 Power Supply Block Diagram - R4 and earlier
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION
TO
PRINTERS
USB MAIN POWER
SUPPLY TO BEP (J4)
H
TO XYZ
CONTROLLER (48V)
USB CABLE
4 D CONTROLLER (J28)
ISOLATION
AND
DC HEAD
120VAC
INVERTER
CONTROL
I
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
BB
4D MOTOR
CNTRL
H-BRIDGE
TO BEP (J1)
DC VOLTAGES ->
FEP’S MOTHERBOARD ->
FEP’S BOARDS
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
TX POWER to
FEP MOTHERBOARD to
RELAY CARD
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
Power from the wall outlet (100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz) is connected to the Main Power Supply. The
Main Power Supply delivers the needed voltages to the rest of the LOGIQ E9:
•
Internal Printer (110 VAC)
•
Front End Rack (DC power with several voltages)
•
Front End Rack (TSV1 and TSV2 for the transmitters)
•
Front End Rack (PMXVOUT for the probe channel multiplexers)
•
Back End Processor
An inrush current limiter reduce the peak input current when the LOGIQ E9 is switched on. An EMI filter
helps to reduce EMI to acceptable levels.
The mains cord has plugs in both ends. A female plug connects to the scanner and a male plug to the
wall outlet.
Fuses are located inside the power supply (only to be replaced by the manufacturer).
5 - 24
Section 5-7 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-7-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
Figure 5-14 Power Supply Block Diagram - R5 and later
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION
SWAVE
Option
(Capacitor
Pack)
TO
PRINTERS
ISOLATION
AND
DC HEAD
120VAC
INVERTER
USB MAIN POWER
SUPPLY TO BEP (J4)
TO XYZ
CONTROLLER (48V)
USB CABLE
4D CONTROLLER (J28)
H
CONTROL
I
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
BB
4D MOTOR
CNTRL
H-BRIDGE
TO BEP (J1)
DC VOLTAGES ->
FEP’S MOTHERBOARD ->
FEP’S BOARDS
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
TX POWER to
FEP MOTHERBOARD to
RELAY CARD
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
Power from the wall outlet (100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz) is connected to the Main Power Supply. The
Main Power Supply delivers the needed voltages to the rest of the LOGIQ E9:
•
Internal Printer (110 VAC)
•
Front End Rack (DC power with several voltages)
•
Front End Rack (TSV1 and TSV2 for the transmitters)
•
Front End Rack (PMXVOUT for the probe channel multiplexers)
•
Back End Processor
An inrush current limiter reduce the peak input current when the LOGIQ E9 is switched on. An EMI filter
helps to reduce EMI to acceptable levels.
The mains cord has plugs in both ends. A female plug connects to the scanner and a male plug to the
wall outlet.
Fuses are located inside the power supply (only to be replaced by the manufacturer).
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 25
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-7-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
General description (cont’d)
Figure 5-15 Main Power Supply
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
5-7-2-2
Temperature Control
The Main Power Supply is equipped with an internal fan with variable speed for temperature control.
Both the temperature of the air entering the power supply and leaving the power supply are measured.
Fan speed is controlled by the power supply.
5-7-2-3
Input
Mains Power, 100 VAC or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Figure 5-16 L1 - Mains IN connector
5 - 26
Section 5-7 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-7-3
5-7-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power Up Sequence Description
Overview
The Power Up Sequence can be divided in the following steps:
1.) Switch AC Breaker to ON position
2.) Press the ON button on the Operator Panel
3.) BEP power-up
5-7-3-2
AC Breaker to ON position
Figure 5-17 Power On Sequence
BEP
Op I/O
Power On
PSON_N
via BEP
(5Vstb)
PSON_N
M
+24V
a
i +/-15, +/-6, +11V
M
a
+48V
n
48V_OK
M
a
PC Voltages
n
BEP
PS-OK
BEP
enumerates PCI
TS Voltage
USB
TS_OK
TS_LEVEL_OK
1.) BEP, powered by 5Vstb, detects contact of Power-On Button.
2.) BEP sends PSON_N low to the Main Power supply.
3.) Main Power supply powers up +48V.
4.) Main Power supply powers up +24V, ±15V, ±6V, +11V.
5.) Main Power supply provides 48V_OK as soon as +48V is within specification.
6.) BEP Power supply Provides PC voltages from +48V.
7.) BEP enumerates PCI. (note that GFI DSP, or MRX DSP and PCI Express bridge must be powered
before BEP enumerates PCI).
8.) BEP application software controls +24V, ±15V, ±6V, +11V via USB (RackPower 0x6A).
9.) BEP application software controls TSV1and TSV2 via USB (SetTxPS 0x68).
10.)Main Power supply provides TS_OK and TS_LEVEL_OK output signals to GFI or MRX.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 27
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-7-4
5-7-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power Down Sequence description
Overview
There are three possible scenarios for Power Down of the LOGIQ E9:
•
Power Down - normal power down (short push)
•
Enforcement Power Down (long push)
•
Power Loss
Each of the scenarios are described below.
5-7-4-2
Power Down
Figure 5-18 Power Down Sequence
Main Power Supply
BEP
GFI
or
MRX
ShortPush
Power
Sw.
OS dialog box
USB SetTxPS
GFI Stop
and TX
Dischage
Shutdown
TSV1 and
TSV2
PCI
Stop Scanning.
Disconnect HV.
TS_ON_STRB false.
Shutdown
Card Rack
Shutdown
PMX Voltages
USB
RackPower
BEP OS
shutdown of
HD and
peripherals
Shutdown all
power supplies
except 48V
Shutdown all
power supplies
PSON_N
PSON_
N False
1.) BEP detects short-term contact of Power Switch.
2.) BEP OS dialog box prompts user for power down.
3.) BEP, via PCI express, commands the GFI or MRX to stop scanning, disconnect TX circuits from
TS, stop strobe TS_ON_STRB.
4.) BEP, via USB, commands Power Supply to shutdown TSV1 and TSV2 (SetTxPS 0x68).
5.) Controller turns OFF PMX voltages.
6.) BEP, via USB, commands Power Supply to shutdown card rack (RackPower 0x6A).
7.) BEP OS performs shutdown.
8.) BEP sends PSON_N high to Power Supply.
9.) Controller turns OFF TS voltages.
10.)Controller TS_OK output signal goes low.
11.)Controller turns OFF PMX voltages.
12.)Controller turns OFF voltages +/-15, +/-6, +11V, +24V.
13.)Controller turns OFF +48V.
14.)Controller output 48V_OK goes low.
5 - 28
Section 5-7 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-7-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Shear Wave (SWAVE) Option
What is Shear Wave?
A Shear wave is a transverse wave that occurs in an elastic medium when it is subjected to periodic
shear.
Figure 5-19 SWAVE Visually Explained
B
A
A = Ultrasound “push“ pulse applied.
B = Shear Wave response.
There are basically two methods of creating shear waves in tissue.
•
External, low frequency vibrator applied to the body of the patient. Used in Magnetic Resonance
Elastography (MRE).
•
Generating shear waves in tissue using a diagnostic ultrasound transducer. Shear waves "push"
the tissue at a low frequency in either a single burst of high amplitude, long duration pulses or a
series of such pulses.
Where is it used?
Because elasticity, stiffness, viscosity and a number of other Properties of certain tissue types change
with disease states, there is a clinical need of a quantitative method for assessing elasticity of tissue in
order to help detect potentially cancerous masses and help diagnose diffuse soft tissue diseases like
liver fibrosis.
Pre-SWAVE Mode
•
Intermediate mode between B mode scanning and a single point analysis technique.
•
During this pre-mode, the previous B-mode imaging mode is still active.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 29
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-7-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Shear Wave (SWAVE) Option (cont’d)
SWAVE Acquisition
Pressing the “Start" set key initiates SWAVE acquisition.
Post-SWAVE Acquisition
•
System displays the acquired SWAVE image and background B-mode image.
•
User can cycle through the acquired frames, measure and annotate.
SWAVE images can be stored in both raw data and DICOM format.
In order to support the Shear Wave functionality, the Main Power Supply and the GTX Boards have
been modified.
•
GTX Boards: A new version of the GTX Boards (GTX 2.4) has been introduced in R5 to support
Shear Wave. The new GTX Boards ARE NOT backwards compatible.
•
Main Power Supply: The Capacitor Pack Module is added and connected to the HV outputs of the
Power Supply to support the extra power needed to handle the Ultrasound pulse for Shear Wave.
Shear wave is only available with MRX configurations. GFI configuration will not be compatible with the
Shear Wave option.
5 - 30
Section 5-7 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
V Nav Inside Option
The VNAV inside allows the use of probes that have built in VNAV sensors, avoiding having external
cables and VNAV bracket use.
The following hardware is introduced to support the VNAV option:
•
DriveBay2+
•
GRLY Board with Hi-Pass connection
•
Card Cage Front Cover to access the GRLY
•
Cable from GRLY to DriveBay2+ (EE)
Some of them are already present in the standard console, depending upon the console vintage.
Figure 5-20 V Nav Inside Option Block Diagram
DC
VOLTAGES
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
PULSER
VOLTAGES
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
RELAY
METAL SHIELD
MRX
METAL SHIELD
GTX
GTX
GTX
METAL SHIELD
CARD RACK
PD
5-7-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
S
BSCAN
DOPPLER AUDIO
+5V
VPD
PCI EXPRESS
I2C
BACKPLANE
EXTRA PCI
EXPRESS LANES
J2
CW PROBE
CONNECTION
(BT2010 OPTION)
J1
A
4D MOTOR DRIVE
Y
Z
POWER
USB
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
EE
5 - 31
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
5-7-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
V Nav Inside Option (cont’d)
Figure 5-21 V Nav Inside Option HDMI Auxiliary Sensor Input from GRLY
Figure 5-22 V Nav Inside Option Cable from GRLY to Auxiliary Sensor Input
5 - 32
Section 5-7 - Power distribution
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-8
Power Loss description
Section 5-9
Cables for LOGIQ E9
Please refer to:
•
Section 9-16 "Mains Power Cables" on page 9-84
•
Section 9-17 "Internal Cables" on page 9-86
Section 5-10
Probes description
See: Section 9-18 "Probes" on page 9-104.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5 - 33
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-11
Product manuals
The information needed to use and service the LOGIQ E9 scanner is collected in the documents
described in this section.
NOTE:
5-11-1
5-11-2
5 - 34
Dates on screenshots are represented in MM/DD/YYYY format throughout the manual.
Information on how to change the LOGIQ E9’s date can be found in Customizing Your System,
Chapter 16 in the LOGIQ E9 User Manual/User Guide.
User documentation
•
LOGIQ E9 User Manual/User Guide
•
LOGIQ E9 Advanced Reference Manual
•
Release Notes
•
eDOCs CD (contains all user manuals and translations and the Basic Service Manual)
Service documentation
•
LOGIQ E9 Basic Service Manual
•
LOGIQ E9 Unpacking/Packing Procedure
•
LOGIQ E9 Option Manuals
Section 5-11 - Product manuals
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 6
Service Adjustments
Section 6-1
Overview
6-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This section describes how to adjust the scanner.
Section 6-2
LCD Monitor adjustments
6-2-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to adjust the LCD monitor for optimal performance.
Chapter 6 Service Adjustments
6-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-2-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Access to Adjustments
The monitor adjustment is done via three controls (buttons) on front of the monitor.
The LCD settings have been optimized at the factory, so normally, there should be no need for any
further adjustments.
Under special light conditions, you may want to adjust the LCD screen’s backlight intensity.
Factory default Intensity is: 100%.
Figure 6-1 LCD adjustment buttons - see Table 6-2 "Advanced LCD Adjustments" on page 6-4 for
feature descriptions
For complete information, refer to the of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 16 for R3.x.x.
To obtain different test patterns for B/W or color adjustments, press Utility in the Touch Panel and select
Test Patterns.
6-2
Section 6-2 - LCD Monitor adjustments
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Adjustment Procedure
Table 6-1
Recommended LCD Settings
Room Condition
6-2-3-1
6-2-3-2
Contrast
Brightness
Dark Room for Radiology/Cardiology
85
35
Dim Room for Radiology/Cardiology
90
55
Bright Room
100
100
Factory Settings
100
60
Brightness
•
To reduce the brightness, press the left arrow button. A popup box with the current brightness
setting will be displayed on the screen.
•
To increase the brightness, press the right button.
•
Push the mode button once to remove the popup bow from the screen and save the current values.
Contrast
Use the recommended LCD settings. The contrast is adjusted by the LOGIQ E9 software, when
selecting scanning modes and doing scanning adjustments. Changing the monitor’s contrast settings in
one mode will influence the picture quality in other modes.
Chapter 6 Service Adjustments
6-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Advanced LCD Adjustments
Table 6-2
1.
Advanced LCD Adjustments
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: DO NOT adjust these
settings unless necessary!
LCD Adjustment Buttons
To get access to the advanced
adjustments, press the mode button
for more than 10 seconds. This will
display the Advanced Menu on the
screen.
Menu on LCD original version:
• < Screen >
• < Color >
• < Others >
• < Information >
• < Language >
• < Exit >
1 Left
2 Mode
3 Right
4 Microphone
LCD Controls Advanced Menu
Menu on LCD V2
• < picture >
• < OSD >
• < Function >
• < Exit >
1 Left
2 Mode
3 Right
4 Microphone
On the LCD V2 Monitor menu, you
will find the sub-menus shown.
6-4
Section 6-2 - LCD Monitor adjustments
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Advanced LCD Adjustments (cont’d)
Use the right button to select any of the menu items. The details for the original LCD monitor are
described below:
•
The Screen sub-menu:
Not used on this LCD screen.
•
•
•
The Color sub-menu has the following choices:
-
Color: Brightness: (%)
-
Color: Contrast: (%)
-
K: Color temperature. Factory setting
-
Gamma: Factory setting
-
Gain: Retain Factory settings R (%), G (%), B (%)
-
Reset: Reset all LCD Color settings to factory default.
-
Return: Return to the Advanced Menu.
The Others sub-menu has the following choices:
-
Screen Size: Adjust screen size.
-
Menu Position: Adjust the menu’s position.
-
Reset: Reset all position settings.
-
Return: Return to the Advanced Menu.
The Information sub-menu is divided in two:
First part:
-
Input Signal
-
fH: Retain Factory settings (kHz)
-
fV: Retain Factory settings (Hz)
Second part:
•
-
(The monitor’s part number)
-
Usage Time xxx H (counts the monitor usage in hours)
The Language sub-menu:
This sub-menu has several language choices. Factory setting: English.
Chapter 6 Service Adjustments
6-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Advanced LCD Adjustments (cont’d)
Use the right button to select any of the menu items. The details are described below:
•
The Screen sub-menu:
Not used on this LCD screen.
•
•
•
The Color sub-menu has the following choices:
-
Color: Brightness: (%)
-
Color: Contrast: (%)
-
K: Color temperature. Factory setting
-
Gamma: Factory setting
-
Gain: Retain Factory settings R (%), G (%), B (%)
-
Reset: Reset all LCD Color settings to factory default.
-
Return: Return to the Advanced Menu.
The Others sub-menu has the following choices:
-
Screen Size: Adjust screen size.
-
Menu Position: Adjust the menu’s position.
-
Reset: Reset all position settings.
-
Return: Return to the Advanced Menu.
The Information sub-menu is divided in two:
First part:
-
Input Signal
-
fH: Retain Factory settings (kHz)
-
fV: Retain Factory settings (Hz)
Second part:
•
-
(The monitor’s part number)
-
Usage Time xxx H (counts the monitor usage in hours)
The Language sub-menu:
This sub-menu has several language choices. Factory setting: English.
6-6
Section 6-2 - LCD Monitor adjustments
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-2-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Arm and LCD Monitor range of motion Adjustment - R3.x and earlier
Table 6-3
LCD Arm and LCD Monitor range of motion Adjustment - R3.x and earlier
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
LCD in vertical position
1.
Remove the Monitor Rear Cover.
NOTE: If the monitor is not level,
see: 8-6-3-2 "LCD Monitor
installation - R3.x and earlier" on
page 8-117 to level the monitor.
LCD Hinge Nuts
Chapter 6 Service Adjustments
6-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-3
DC Offset Calibration
6-3-1
Introduction
The DC offset calibration is performed to calibrate each ADC channel of the GRX inputs. The system
calibrates the ADC to zero output when there is no signal on the input. These bias voltages are stored
in the Back End Processor.
6-3-2
When to do a DC Offset Calibration
Do DC Offset Calibration:
6-3-2-1
•
when installing a new LOGIQ E9
•
after software has been updated or replaced
•
when DRX board(s) or a MRX board has been interchanged
•
when a DRX board(s) or a MRX board has been replaced
•
when the Back End Processor has been replaced
DC Calibration Procedure
1.) Disconnect all connected probes.
2.) Power on the LOGIQ E9.
3.) On the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Service to access CSD.
4.) Log in as GE Service, enter current password
5.) Select Diagnostics tab.
6.) Select Service -> Diagnostics.
7.) Select the “+” before Service Diagnostics folder to open the list of choices.
8.) Select the “+” before Analog Receive to open the test choices for the analog receiver.
9.) Select DC Offset Calibration and then follow the on-screen instructions.
6-8
Section 6-3 - DC Offset Calibration
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-4
Operator Panel movement
6-4-1
Purpose of this section
The Operator Panel movement within the LOGIQ E9 is described in this section.
6-4-2
Adjusting the XY Locking Mechanism
Table 6-4
Adjusting the XY Locking Mechanism
Steps
1.
This procedure is intended to adjust the
locking mechanism for the XY Assembly.
Corresponding Graphic
XY Adjustment for Operator Panel
Locate hex screw behind the XY Assembly
to adjust it correctly.
Use a 3 mm hex tool to adjust. Rotating the
screw clockwise will tighten and rotating
the screw counterclockwise will loosen the
lock.
Too tight will reduce the slack and make it
harder to engage the lock. Make the
adjustments in 1/4 turn increments and test
the lock until the optimum adjustment is
achieved.
NOTE: When turning the hex screw, do not
exceed half turn increments.
Overtightening will prevent the console
from locking into place and too loose will
make the console loose. You may try 1/2
turn adjustments, but the console may be
too tight or have too much slack.
Chapter 6 Service Adjustments
6-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Adjusting the Z Mechanism
Table 6-5
1.
Adjusting the Z Mechanism
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
There are no adjustments for the OP
vertical movement.
Z Mechanism Manual adjustment lever
The Z mechanism can be manually
repositioned in the event the drive gear is
disconnected or has failed.
Push and hold the lever toward the center
of the device, and the OP can be adjusted
vertically.
WARNING
Operator console can drop unexpectedly when the mechanism is released.
6-4-4
6-4-4-1
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism and Adjustment
XY Lock and Brake Mechanism Parts
Table 6-6
XY Lock and Brake Mechanism Parts
Items
1 U-bolt
Corresponding Graphic
XY Lock and Brake Mechanism Parts
2 Brakes (one inside each of the
4 XY arms)
3 Park Lock (engages U-bolt)
6 - 10
Section 6-4 - Operator Panel movement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-4-4-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism
Table 6-7
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism
Steps
1.
This procedure is intended to release and
adjust the XY mechanism.
Corresponding Graphic
XY Manual Release for Lock and
Brake Mechanism
Use a small tipped screwdriver and press in
until a "click" or the release, releases.
Some force may be required if the lock
adjustment is too tight.
Chapter 6 Service Adjustments
6 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-4-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
XY Lock Adjustment for Lock and Brake Mechanism
Follow this procedure if the park lock is not working, or the lock does not respond when pressing the
Frogleg Controls:
Table 6-8
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Release the lock manually. See: Table 6-7
"XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake
Mechanism" on page 6-11.
Park Lock screws
Remove the four screws (1).
NOTICE
DO NOT pull the park lock out, the power cable is fragile, guide it
6 - 12
Section 6-4 - Operator Panel movement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 6-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism
Steps
2.
If park lock nut, (2) and park lock lever (3)
are in these positions., the lock will not
engage. (This occurred in some earlier
systems.) The nut and retainer did not
return to the "charged" mode after unlock.
Chapter 6 Service Adjustments
Corresponding Graphic
Park Lock WILL NOT engage
when in these positions
6 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 6-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism
Steps
3.
Rotate the threaded lead screw on the
actuator, (4) counterclockwise until the lock
nut is barely touching the bearing housing
(5) of the threaded lead screw and the two
plastic springs just touch, but do not
deform. Make sure the lever is loose and
engages with the lock wheel, (6), as shown.
Corresponding Graphic
Park Lock WILL NOT engage
when in these positions
Adjustment Set
Before reassembling the lock assembly,
make sure the nut, (2) and lever (3) are in
the position, as shown.
6 - 14
Section 6-4 - Operator Panel movement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
6-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Using the Park Lock Properly
It is important to inform a customer of the following if they are experiencing problems with the XY park
lock function.
Be sure to:
6-4-6
•
Apply the brakes. The locking mechanism will not engage if the device can move when trying to
park the console.
•
Push the release button and gently guide the console into the locked position until the lock is
engaged.
•
Not apply any weight on the console or lean on it. If the console is not in the normal resting position,
the lock will not engage when trying to park it.
Operator Panel XY movement - principle of operation
When the OP is in the locked position, press the left button ”lock” of the Frogleg Controls, which causes
the motorized park lock to release and releases the brakes, momentarily in the froglegs. This allows the
OP to move in the XY direction.
When the console is not locked (floating), press the lock button, this will only release the brakes in the
froglegs, to allow easy movement. When the lock button is pressed and the console is pushed back into
the locked position, the U-bolt mechanically engages the park lock (similar to a car door). Pushing the
lock button does not affect the locking action of the park lock, it only releases the brakes, to allow the
OP to get pushed into the park lock easier. But, the lock button must be pushed to get the OP to the
locked position. Once the OP is in the lock position and the lock button is released, you can hear the
sound of the park lock rotating to engage the U-bolt.
For R4, at shutdown, a message will appear ONLY if the Operator Panel is not parked. This message
tells the user that the Operator Panel is not parked.
The user can proceed to park the Operator Panel or to leave it un-parked.
Notice that ONCE the user selects shutdown in the Monitor, the 2 buttons (Z-motion and XY-motion)
are disabled. The brakes on the XY mechanism are released the XY movement is free but the Z-motion
is disabled. If the user wants to adjust the Z mechanism after shutdown, they will need to use the handle
in the back of the unit.
NOTE:
Remember, if the device brakes are not locked when trying to lock the OP, this can act as a
“shock absorber” and make it more difficult for the park lock to lock.
Chapter 6 Service Adjustments
6 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 6-5
Direction Lock and Brake adjustments
There are no adjustments for the Direction Lock or the brakes.
Section 6-6
Adjust time-out for DICOM servers
When portable (off-line), use minimum time-out and no retries or it will affect shutdown speed.
The absolute value of the magnetic distortion reading ("1-2 Distortion") should be consistently less than
1 mm, especially since the transducer is held steady in one location. It is also important that the reading
is not cycling quickly between values such as continuously looping from -0.2 to 0.6. The environmental
quality for both sensor 1 and sensor 2 should be in the green range, preferably at 6 or 7 bars.
6 - 16
Section 6-5 - Direction Lock and Brake adjustments
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 7
Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
Section 7-1
Overview
7-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 7
This section describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and
system operation. Basic host-, system-, and board-level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied.
Some Service Tools may be run at the application level.
Section 7-2
Service Safety Considerations.
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.
WARNING
IF THE COVERS ARE REMOVED FROM AN OPERATING LOGIQ E9, SOME METAL
SURFACES MAY BE WARM ENOUGH TO POSE A POTENTIAL HEAT HAZARD IF
TOUCHED, EVEN WHILE IN SHUT DOWN MODE.
WARNING
IF A LOGIQ E9 IS ENERGIZED, AND THE FRONT PROCESSOR (CARD CAGE) COVER
IS REMOVED, THE VOLTAGE TEST POINTS POSE A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD.
WARNING
USE ALL PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE) SUCH AS GLOVES, SAFETY
SHOES, SAFETY GLASSES, AND KNEELING PAD, TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.
Section 7-3
Gathering Troubleshooting Data
7-3-1
Purpose of this Section
Problem images and system data (logs) can be acquired at the device or through remote diagnostics
(InSite ExC). These data can be used to perform service at the device, or can be sent back to the
manufacturer for analysis.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Collecting Vital System Information
The following information is necessary to properly analyze data or images being reported as a
malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer:
NOTE:
This information is normally collected with the Alt+D or Gather Logs utility.
-
Product Name = LOGIQ E9
From the Utility -> System -> About screen:
Applications Software
-
Software Version
-
Software Part Number
-
Build View
-
Build Date
System Base Image Software
7-2
-
Base Image Revision
-
Image Part Number
-
Image Date
Section 7-3 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Collecting a Screen Capture with Logs
If the system malfunctions, press the Alt+D keys simultaneously. This Alt+D function is available at all
times, and collects a screen capture of the image monitor, user-defined presets, and the following logs:
•
Keyboard Shadow Log
•
Error Logs
•
Crash Log
•
Vital Product Data
•
DICOM Logs
•
Windows Event Logs
•
Diagnostic Logs
•
Service Logs
For a detailed list of Service Logs captured, see: 7-3-4 "Capturing Service Logs with ALT+D" on page
7-5.
Figure 7-1 ALT+D Dialog Box
When Alt+D is pressed, a menu box opens. Enter the following information:
•
System ID serial number.
•
Software version.
•
System Date and time of occurrence.
•
Sequence of events leading to issue.
•
Is the issue repeatable?
•
Imaging mode, probe, preset/application.
•
Media brand, speed, capacity, type.
•
Select the Destination (storage media or Service directory for remote viewing through InSite ExC)
and click the Store button.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Collecting a Screen Capture with Logs (cont’d)
NOTE:
For Application SW R3.x.x or later, the Service Directory is no longer located under the export
folder, it is located in d:\ root directory (d:\service).
NOTE:
Restart the application before resuming clinical scanning.
NOTE:
To save to a CD/DVD you MUST select CD/DVD Recordable as the destination device,
otherwise the data is written to the default Export/Service directory on the hard drive. The
Export/Service directory is only used for InSite ExC. It is not intended for images or report
storage use.
For CD/DVD; the system will automatically format if you insert an unformatted disk, gather logs and write
it out to the disk.
The subsequent file is compressed and time stamped. The screen capture is a bitmap which eliminates
the possibility of artifacts from compression.
Double check the media that you made to ensure it contains at least two files. An example is shown in
Figure 7-2 "Example of Zipped Trouble Image and Logs File" on page 7-4.
Figure 7-2 Example of Zipped Trouble Image and Logs File
NOTE:
7-3-3-1
In R2.x.x or later, the name of the file includes the name of the system:
log_93448US9_090910_101235.ziplog_computerName_YYMMDD_HHMMSS.zip.
Marking Log files
If a customer is experiencing issues during operations, the event can be marked and logged by pressing
Alt+1 or Alt+2 when they occur. When Alt+1 or Alt+2 are pressed, a marker is placed in the log to aid
log analysis.
7-4
Section 7-3 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Service Logs with ALT+D
The following is a list of the Service logs captured during an ALT+D log capture:
Figure 7-3 Capture Service Example
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R1.x.x)
A sniffer monitors network traffic and allows you to capture network data without redirecting or altering it.
Launch the network sniffer application one of the following two ways:
1.) On the Regular Scan Screen, press Alt+N. This launches the network sniffer application.
2.) Select Configure on the Distinct Network Monitor Window.
Figure 7-4 Distinct Network Monitor Window
3.) Click on Capture Settings after selecting the Configuration pull-down menu.
4.) The Configuration screen opens.
Figure 7-5 Configuration Screen
7-6
Section 7-3 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-5
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R1.x.x) (cont’d)
Steps 5 - 12 describe how to filter the data so that you only record this system’s network activity.
If you prefer, you may skip the filter section and start the data capture now. If you do, you will
capture all network activity, not just this system’s.
5.) On the Configuration screen (Figure 7-6 "Configuration - Filters Tab" on page 7-7), select the Filters
tab
6.) In the New Filter section confirm “built-in templates” is selected, then click Create.
Figure 7-6 Configuration - Filters Tab
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R1.x.x) (cont’d)
7.) On the Select Filter Task screen, select “Show only IP packets FROM/TO one or more IP
addresses”, then select Next.
The Enter Filter Settings screen opens.
Figure 7-7 Enter Filter Settings
8.) Enter the IP address you wish to monitor, and click the Add button (). Repeat this step for all IP
addresses you wish to add, then select Finish.
The Enter Filter Settings screen closes.
9.) On the Configuration Screen, select the Capture Tab (Figure 7-8 "Capture Tab on Configuration
Screen" on page 7-9).
7-8
Section 7-3 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R1.x.x) (cont’d)
10.)In the Filter to Apply field, select “My Computer”.
Figure 7-8 Capture Tab on Configuration Screen
11.)Select Close. The Configuration screen closes.
12.)On the Distinct Network Monitor Screen, select Capture > Packets and Statistics (Play).
NOTE:
The Network Sniffer will now collect data until you select Capture > Stop.
13.)Double-click on the Go Ichiro icon to start the system application.
14.)Perform the DICOM transaction you want to troubleshoot (such as Worklist Query, Send to PACS,
etc.). Perform the function several times to ensure the data is captured in the sniff.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R1.x.x) (cont’d)
15.)When the transaction finishes (or fails), select Ctrl+Alt+Del to open Task Manager.
Select Exit to close the application and return to Windows. Then open Windows Task Manager to
open the Distinct Network Monitor screen.
Figure 7-9 Capture Tab on Configuration Screen
16.)From the Task Manager Applications tab, select Distinct, and then select the Switch To button.
The Distinct Network Monitor screen opens.
7 - 10
Section 7-3 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R1.x.x) (cont’d)
17.)On the Distinct Network Monitor screen (Figure 7-4 "Distinct Network Monitor Window" on page 76), select Capture > Stop.
After stopping the data collection, a screen similar to Figure 7-11 "Save As Capture File dialog box"
on page 7-11 opens
Figure 7-10 Capture Data Sample
18.)Select File > Save As. Enter the file name “d:\log\Sniffer\MyLog“.
19.)Select Save.
20.)On the Save As Capture File dialog (Figure 7-11), select Save.
Figure 7-11 Save As Capture File dialog box
21.)Check the d:\log\Sniffer directory. At a minimum, there should be the following two files: MyLog.cap,
MyLog.num.
22.)Copy the files to media, or ask the OLC to upload the files if the system has remote connectivity.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R2.x.x or later)
Wireshark is a new network sniffer program that replaces Distinct in R2.x.x or later. Functionality is
similar from previous software.
Logs collected should be stored under d:/log/Sniffer folder to ensure they form part of general log
collection Alt+D or Collect Log.
1.) Press Alt+N.
2.) On the network sniffer screen, select Capture -> Options.
Figure 7-12 Network Sniffer Screen
3.) Select the interface that will be receiving packets (Network card A or Wireless B).
NOTE:
Remember, if the device has a DVR, it will show up in the list. Select either Intel Network
connection or the Wireless network adapter.
If you are working with a Wireless connection, you must uncheck the “Capture packets in promiscuous
mode”; the wireless option does not support this mode.
Figure 7-13 Sniffer Captions Options
UNCHECK
7 - 12
Section 7-3 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R2.x.x or later) (cont’d)
Use filters to limit the captured data. Filter by IP or by IP and port number.
By IP only: press on Capture Filter.
4.) Select IP only.
Use the IP address of the Scanner or the one from the DICOM device under test, on the Filter string
field, using the following syntax: (example) host 3.62.12.33 as shown in Figure 7-14 "Capture Filter IP
Only" on page 7-13, press OK.
Figure 7-14 Capture Filter IP Only
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R2.x.x or later) (cont’d)
By IP and port: Select Capture filter.
5.) Select New.
6.) Edit name for example DICOM port 104.
7.) Enter the string with the following syntax: port xxx and host yy.yy.yy.yy, where xxx is the port
number of “My Computer” in the scanner and yy.yy.yy.yy is the IP address of the device under test
(PACS,server, etc).
8.) Press OK.
Figure 7-15 Sniffer Capture Filter IP and Port
9.) Select Start.
10.)Minimize network sniffer window and initiate communication to the DICOM device (eg. send images
to the storage device or query Worklist).
7 - 14
Section 7-3 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R2.x.x or later) (cont’d)
11.)Press Alt+N to restore Sniffer window and observe the network activity.
Figure 7-16 Sniffer Window and Network Activity
A.) "Packet List" pane - the packet list pane displays all the packets in the current capture file. Each line
in the packet list corresponds to one packet in the capture file.
B.) "Packet Details" pane - shows the current packet (selected in the "Packet List" pane) in a more
detailed form. This pane shows the protocols and protocol fields of the packet selected in the
"Packet List" pane.
C.) "Packet Bytes" pane - The packet bytes pane shows the data of the current packet (selected in the
"Packet List" pane) in a hexdump style.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R2.x.x or later) (cont’d)
In addition to the pre capture filter, use the Filter tool on the screen to filter what is displayed.
Filter the DICOM packets, since they are the most probable for the troubleshooting.
12.)Type “dcm” and press Apply. The display should filter all DICOM packets, filtering out image data.
Figure 7-17 Filter Tool Display
13.)Select Capture > Stop. Or, select the icon in the task bar to stop the capture.
14.)Select File > Save As. Enter the file name d:\log\Sniffer\MyLog. (MyLog can be changed to the
name of your preference).
WireShark uses the libpcap (*.pcap, *.cap) file format as the default format to save captured packets.
(If you need to open this file with D-Trace or DVTK, the capture can be re-saved in NA Sniffer Windows
format).
Figure 7-18 Select Capture Stop Icon
7 - 16
Section 7-3 - Gathering Troubleshooting Data
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer (Software R2.x.x or later) (cont’d)
15.)Select Displayed. This will save only the filtered values rather than the entire capture.
16.)Select SAVE.
If you perform Alt+D or Gather Logs, these sniffer logs will be included in the zip file.
Figure 7-19 Select Capture Display
17.)Exit the sniffer application by clicking on the X in the upper right corner.
18.)If you have already performed Save as, you can continue without saving and quit the program.
Make sure you have saved your data before exiting the program.
Figure 7-20 Save Capture Data Question
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-4
Screen Captures
7-4-1
Purpose of this Section
To capture screen images that can be used for diagnostic and troubleshooting purposes.
7-4-2
Ctrl+PrintScreen Shortcut
A Ctrl+PrintScreen shortcut is available for quickly capturing the image displayed on the system. Images
captured using this shortcut are saved in the d:\export\service\image (R2.x.x or earlier) or in
d:\service\image (R3.x.x or later) directory using both the JPEG (.jpg) and raw DICOM (.dcm) formats.
The InSite ExC connection will have access to the export folder on the “D” drive to retrieve these
images. This feature will allow the customer to quickly and easily acquire images that can then be
viewed by the OLC.
7-4-3
To Capture a Screen Image Using the Shortcut
With the desired image displayed on the screen, press Ctrl and PrtSc (print screen) keys
simultaneously.
If you want to compress or delete them:
1.) From the touchpanel, select Utility -> Service -> Utilities -> Common Utilities -> Image
Compress & Delete Utilities. 7-5-17-13 "Image Compress & Delete Utility" on page 7-94.
2.) Select the checkbox for the image(s) you want to save, compress or delete.
3.) Select Compress or Delete Files, whatever function is desired.
A compressed file of the images is stored in d:\export (R2.x.x or earlier) or in d:\service (R3.x.x or
later). You may rely on the date and time of the Ctrl+PrtSc procedure to identify the most recent
image recorded. The uncompressed files are stored in d:\export\service\image (R2.x.x or earlier) or
in d:\service\image (R3.x.x or later).
7 - 18
Section 7-4 - Screen Captures
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-5
Common Service Desktop
7-5-1
Purpose of this Section
This section describes the features of the Common Service Desktop (CSD).
NOTE:
To run diagnostics, you should detach all probes.
NOTE:
Reboot the system after performing any diagnostics before returning the system to customer
use.
NOTE:
When using the Common Service Desktop do NOT minimize any of the Common Service Desktop
windows. If you minimize them they end up in the lower left corner of the screen behind the Service
Desktop Manager window and cannot be restored.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Error Logs
1.) From the Log Viewer page click the Click Here link.
Figure 7-21 Error Logs - Log Viewer
2.) Select the log you wish to view.
Figure 7-22 Log Viewer - Log Options
NOTE:
7 - 20
Informatics is no longer present for R4.x and later.
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Error Logs (cont’d)
Features of the log viewer include:
•
Plot logs and pages using the Utilities menu.
•
Text search using the Search menu.
•
Color-coded log entries to identify severity levels:
-
Green: A Level 3 severity indicates that the parameter is within 0% - 50% of specified
tolerance.
-
Orange/brown: A Level 2 severity indicates that the parameter is 50% - 100% of specified
tolerance.
-
Red: A Level 1 severity indicates that the parameter is out of specification.
Figure 7-23
Log Viewer - Sample Page
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics Window Overview
1.) Instructions Frame
-
Displays either test-specific text or the default instructions.
2.) Status Frame
-
Initially displays the last known status for a selected diagnostic. Once the diagnostic starts,
the frame displays the “current” status of all test results. Also see: Figure 7-26 "Details Link
on Diagnostic Window" on page 7-24 for more current status data reporting.
-
The Status Frame also contains the user interface elements used for Diagnostic Control and
Operator Feedback.
3.) Loop Count
-
This is an editable text field that only accepts numeric values of 4 digits or less. When the
switch is configured as an “execute” switch and pressed, the loop count field will be queried
to determine the number of times to execute the diagnostic.
4.) Execute Button
-
This switch has two modes - each with appropriate text:
-
Execute - to start the diagnostic
-
Abort - to stop a diagnostic
5.) Progress Indicator
-
Displays a graphical progress indicator for the user.
6.) Short Text Message
-
Displays brief messages about the test’s progress during execution.
7.) Status Frame Background Color
7 - 22
-
Initially gray, the Status Frame background color changes upon completion of a diagnostic to
indicate completion status.
-
Code Status Fail = Red
-
Code Status Pass = Green
-
Code Status Abort = Yellow
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics Window Overview (cont’d)
Figure 7-24 Diagnostic Window Overview
The Service Diagnostics windows have some advanced features.
NOTE:
The Loop Count field must have a value of 2 or greater to activate the Advanced features.
8.) This button toggles between Standard and Advanced mode. The window below shows the
advanced features.
9.) Select the choice for Stop On Failure for the Looping and List sections:
-
Yes = the test will abort at the first failure
-
No = the test will complete even if there are failures
10.)Select the choice for Stop On Abort for the Looping and List sections:
-
List = the list will abort when you click the Abort button
-
Loop = the looping will abort when you click the Abort button
-
Diag = the diagnostic test will abort when you click the Abort button
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 23
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics Window Overview (cont’d)
11.)Select the Loop Order:
-
ABCABCABC = Runs the selected diagnostics as one group and runs each group for the
number of loops specified.
-
AAABBBCCC = Runs the selected diagnostics one at a time for the maximum loop value then
proceeds to the next diagnostic.
Figure 7-25 Advanced Features of Service Diagnostic Windows
Some diagnostic windows that verify the tolerance of known values compile the test data and display it
in a table. You can access this data through the Details links.
12.)Click the Details icon to open the Details window.
13.)Click the See Details link to compile the Details data.
14.)The table displays the compiled detail data.
Figure 7-26 Details Link on Diagnostic Window
7 - 24
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics Window Overview (cont’d)
Figure 7-27 Details Window
Figure 7-28
Details Table
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 25
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostic Utility Freezes Up/Times Out
If the diagnostic utility has timed out (freezes up, will no longer run) you have to close the Common
Service Desktop and launch it again. This may occur when issues with the scanner cause the diagnostic
utility to fail completion of an executed test.
7-5-5
Diagnostic Symptom Guide
Use this Diagnostic Symptom Table to help match a symptom with the possible diagnostic test.
7 - 26
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel Utilities - Op Panel Interface
The Operator Panel functionality can be tested using a program (GE Test App) available through the
Service Platform.
R4 or earlier
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 27
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Launching the Op Panel Test
If the LOGIQ E9 is running R5 or later, see:
Figure 7-32 "OP Panel Test Start Up - R5 and later" on page 7-31.
Figure 7-29 Select System Type - R4 or earlier
15.)In R4 or earlier, on the Startup tab, select the Attach button to connect the Op Panel to the test
interface. The other buttons on the Startup tab will now be active. See: Figure 7-30 and Figure 731 "Attach and GE Test App Startup Tab - Detach and Other Buttons Active - R4 and earlier" on
page 7-30.
7 - 28
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Launching the Op Panel Test (cont’d)
Figure 7-30 Attach and GE Test App Startup Tab - Attach Button Active - R4 and earlier
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 29
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Launching the Op Panel Test (cont’d)
Figure 7-31 Attach and GE Test App Startup Tab - Detach and Other Buttons Active - R4 and earlier
16.)Select the tabs to test the various features of the Op Panel.
7 - 30
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Launching the Op Panel Test (cont’d)
Figure 7-32 OP Panel Test Start Up - R5 and later
For R5 and later, the upper right corner indicates the type of Op Panel is detected (connected).
•
5207000 series (used in consoles 5205000-7 and earlier).
•
Upper/Lower 5209000 / 5208000 series (used in consoles 5205000-8 and later) R5 or later.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 31
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Trackball Tab
Test the trackball functionality by moving the pointer over the blue box. Verify that the X and Y position
are updated as the pointer is moved.
Test the Left and Right select buttons by pressing each button on the op panel. Verify that the
corresponding button is highlighted when each button is pressed.
See: Figure 7-33 or Figure 7-34.
Figure 7-33 Trackball Tab - R4 and earlier
Figure 7-34 Trackball Tab - R5 and later
7 - 32
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Keyboard Tab
Test the keyboard functionality by typing on the keyboard. Verify that the corresponding key is
highlighted when each key is pressed. See: Figure 7-35 or Figure 7-36.
NOTE:
The keyboard test does not give an indication when the Print Screen button is pressed.
Figure 7-35 Keyboard Tab - R4 and earlier
Figure 7-36 Keyboard Tab - R5 and later
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 33
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Slidepots Tab
Test the slidepot (TGC) functionality by moving each slidepot through its range. Verify that the visual
and numeric position of the slide pot are updated as the slide pot is moved.
Test the LED for each slide pot by pressing on the LED buttons. See: Figure 7-37 or Figure 7-38.
Visually verify the LED functionality on the upper operator panel.
Figure 7-37 Slidepots Tab - R4 and earlier
Figure 7-38 Slidepots Tab - R5 and later
7 - 34
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Encoders Tab
Test the encoder functionality by rotating each encoder knob. Verify that the position is updated as the
encoder is moved.
Test the encoder button selection function by pressing each knob on the op panel. Verify that the
corresponding knob is highlighted when each knob is pressed. See: Figure 7-39 or Figure 7-40.
Figure 7-39 Encoders Tab - R4 and earlier
Figure 7-40 Encoders Tab - R5 and later
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 35
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Pushbuttons Tab
Test the pushbutton functionality by pressing each button on the operator panel. Verify that the
corresponding pushbutton is highlighted when each button is pressed. See: Figure 7-41 or Figure 7-42.
Figure 7-41 Pushbuttons Tab - R4 and earlier
Figure 7-42 Pushbuttons Tab - R5 and later
7 - 36
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LEDs Tab
Test the LED functionality by selecting each button or knob on the GE Test App. Verify that the
corresponding LED is illuminated when each button or knob is selected. See: Figure 7-43 or
Figure 7-44.
Figure 7-43 LEDs Tab - R4 and earlier
Figure 7-44 LEDs Tab - R5 and later
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 37
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Touch Screen Tab
Test the Touch Screen functionality by pressing on the Touch Screen of the upper operator panel. Verify
that the press is indicated in the black window by a highlighted circle. See: Figure 7-45 or Figure 7-46.
Figure 7-45 Touch Screen Tab - R4 and earlier
Figure 7-46 Touch Screen Tab - R5 and later
Check calibration:
Touch screen and verify dots follow/
Calibrate: Press and hold each touch
target until it moves to next target.
7 - 38
Select Touch screen test, press each
target as they appear/Calibrate: Press
Run Windows calibration. Press very
lightly on each target until it moves to
next location.
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-6-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Ending the Program
1.) When you have finished testing the Op Panel, close the GE Test App.
2.) Shutdown the system and reboot.
7-5-7
7-5-7-1
Diagnostics - Common Diagnostics
Disruptive Mode
The customer enables this feature by choosing “Disruptive Mode” and confirming “Yes”, before a GE
Service FE can access the customer’s ultrasound scanner remotely. “Disruptive Mode” can be
requested remotely by the service technician or OLC, or it can be selected by the customer directly on
the scanner or workstation.
Section 7-6 "Troubleshooting using InSite ExC" on page 7-161
Figure 7-47 Disruptive Mode Utility Window
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 39
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics for Service Diagnostics
7-9-19 "LOGIQ E9 Transmit and Receive Signal Path Diagnostics" on page 7-268. Also for 7-5-12-15
"Diagnostics Window Overview - R3.x.x and later" on page 7-96
7-5-8-1
Digital Receive
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Intermittent general problems (communication between DRX and GFI)
•
Image artifacts - pixilated/jagged edges
1.) Select the Digital Receive checkbox to run all the tests, or select the individual subtests to run only
the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
7 - 40
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Receive (cont’d)
Tests the signal path from the DRX to the GFI to the BEP. Also tests for latency signals of the DRX or
Nathan to the GFI.
Name: FDEMOD Signal Test
Description: Signal path test starting from the Fixed Demod on the GFI
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the PCIe cable.
2.) If GFI test above fails, replace the GFI board.
3.) Replace the BEP.
NOTE:
The DRX High Speed Bit Error Rate Diagnostic Test Fails intermittently (not reliable) when run
on a system with MLA4 DRX3.1 (5301040-4) with production software revision R1.0.6 ONLY.
The intermittent errors encountered by the diagnostic may not be due to real failure; therefore the DRX
High Speed Bit Error Rate Diagnostic test results are not reliable when under this configuration.
This problem does not affect in any way the operation or performance of the LOGIQ E9, it is only related
to the diagnostic result.
DO NOT REPLACE BOARDS DUE TO THIS FAILURE.
The Diagnostic “DRX Signal Path” tests the same functionality without being affected by the issue and
will be a reliable test to troubleshoot any issue with the DRX board since it checks bit by bit all vector
data send to the FE DRX back at the backend PC.
Name: DRX High Speed Bit Error
Description: High Speed Bit Error Test on the DRX
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be cause of the failure. See: 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46.
Name: DRX IF FPGA Test
Description: Signal path test starting from IF FPGA on DRX boards
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be cause of the failure. See: 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46.
Name: DRX ASIC Test
Description: Digital Signal path tests sourced from output of Nathan ASIC
Run Time: 00:03
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be cause of the failure. See: 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 41
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Receive (cont’d)
Name: DRX Signal Path Test (this test provides the most coverage on the DRX)
Description: Digital signal path sourced from input to Nathan. Does not test ADC. Sends simulated data
across the signal path.
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be cause of the failure. See: 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46.
Name: Nathan Channel Repeater Test
Description: Tests the functionality of the Nathan channel repeater. Looks for latency signal
communication issues analog signal path.
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
Name: Nathan Alignment Test
Description: Output TVG of Nathan with system configured for max number of MLAs supported by
system. Verifies the alignment (16 identical samples in a row) of IF to GFI.
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
Name: Nathan Input TVG Alignment Test
Description: Input TVG of Nathan with system configured for max number of MLAs supported by
system. (Internal and external test modes of Nathan.)
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
7 - 42
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Receive (cont’d)
Name: Nathan MLA Data Alignment Test
Description: Output TVG of Nathan with system configured for max number of MLAs supported by
system. Each MLA gain is set differently to detect MLA ordering problems. Verifies the alignment (16
identical samples in a row) of IF to GFI.
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed DRX boards.
7-5-8-2
Memory
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Intermittent Problems
•
Communication Problems
1.) Select the Memory checkbox to run all the tests, or select the individual subtests to run only the
selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 43
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Memory (cont’d)
Assesses the general state of the system. Tests the integrity of memory and communication of the
described boards. Tests all of the on-board memory, including registers. The utility fills the memory with
data, retrieves the data, and compares it to the original data.
Name: GFI Memory Access Test
Description: Tests the internal and external RAM of the GFI Board.
NOTE:
There may be multiple board dependencies causing this test to fail. Also, see the FDEMOD
Signal Test, 7-5-8-1 "Digital Receive" on page 7-40.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: DRX IF FPGA Memory Test
Description: Tests memory of Interface FPGAs on the DRX boards
NOTE:
Also run the DRX Memory Test (next test below) for a full range of testing capacity.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the failed DRX board.
Name: DRX Memory Test
Description: Tests the memory of the Nathan ASICs on the DRX Boards.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the failed DRX board.
7 - 44
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Memory (cont’d)
Name: GTX IF FPGA Memory Test
Description: Tests memory of Interface FPGAs on the GTX boards
NOTE:
Also run the GTX Memory Test (next test below) for a full range of testing capacity.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the failed GTX board.
Name: GTX Memory Test
Description: Tests memory of the David ASICs on the GTX Board
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the failed GTX board.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 45
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
GFI
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
TGC Problems
•
Doppler Audio Problems
•
Image Artifacts
•
Intermittent Instability
1.) Select the GFI checkbox to run all the tests, or select the individual subtests to run only the selected
tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
7 - 46
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
GFI (cont’d)
Name: GFI Swept Demodulator Test
Description: Performs a signal path test of the swept demodulator FPGA on the GFI
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: GFI Swept Demodulator Engineering Test (Not used in the field)
Name: GFI Front End Interface Test
Description: Test that the GFI can access Front End cards
Run Time: 00:06
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
2.) If the diagnostic identifies problems with other boards, run tests on those boards also.
3.) Replace any other failed boards as identified by the diagnostics for those boards.
Name: GFI Analog Test
Description: Tests the analog circuitry of the GFI Board.
NOTE:
Used for test purposes only. There may not be any symptoms displayed by the system.
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Also run the Analog RX Tests (high, medium, low gain) for a complete test of the GFI gain.
See: 7-5-8-8 "Analog Receive" on page 7-54.
2.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: GFI Memory Access Test
Description: Tests the internal and external RAM of the GFI Board. (Same as the GFI Memory Test)
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 47
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
GFI (cont’d)
Name: GFE Access Test
Description: Reads the version of the GFE FPGA
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
Name: Relay LVDS Test
Description: Tests the LVDS connection between the GFI interface and the GRLY
Run Time: 00:02
If this test failed:
1.) Swap GFI boards and/or GRLY board to determine which board has failed.
2.) Replace the failed board.
Name: GFI Fan Test
Description: Test Front End card rack fan control and fan speed measurements
Run Time: 00:40
If this test failed:
1.) Check fan drawer in Front End Card Rack. Verify connection with backplane. Replace defective fan.
2.) Replace GFI board.
Name: GFI GTX Test
Description: Test communication with the GTX Board. (Same as the GFI Memory Test)
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Based on failure information, replace the failed GTX or swap the GTX boards to isolated failure.
Name: GFI Fixed Demod Test
Description: GFI Fixed Demodulator signal path test. (Similar to the FDEMOD test with a slight variation
on how the test is run.)
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the GFI board.
7 - 48
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
High temperature reports on the Home page.
•
Temperature specifications are out of tolerance.
•
Voltage specifications are out of tolerance.
1.) Select the System checkbox to run all the tests, or select the individual subtests to run only the
selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 49
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-4
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System (cont’d)
You can also view temperature logs in the System Health Information section of the Home
page. These logs may help identify a trend or subsystem where temperature and voltage have
been high. low. or erratic.
Name: System Temperature Test
Description: Compares all system temperatures to their specified values
Run Time: 00:01
If temperature specifications are out of tolerance:
1.) The system should not be in a small enclosed space with other equipment that generates a lot of
heat. Move the system away from walls and other equipment.
2.) Clean or replace any dirty fan filters.
3.) Replace the fan tray beneath the card rack if the tachometer readings are slow.
4.) Check the fan on the BEP and replace the fan if it is not working.
5.) Replace the GFI board if none of the above fixes the temperature problems.
Name: System Voltage Test
Description: Compares all system voltages to their specified values
Run Time: 00:01
If any system is out of tolerance:
1.) Check the voltage test points on the system boards.
2.) Replace the system boards that are out of tolerance.
3.) Check the power supply.
4.) Replace the power supply if it is out of tolerance.
Name: FPGA Versions
Description: Displays the version for all of the FPGAs
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) If the test fails to read every FPGA version, check the connection between the Host and the GFI
board. Replace the GFI board.
2.) If the test fails to read the DRX IF FPGA version, check the DRX boards.
3.) If the test fails to read the GTX IF FPGA version, check the GTX boards.
7 - 50
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Noise
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Image artifacts
•
Image noise
•
Poor image quality
•
Missing image channels
1.) Select the Noise checkbox or the individual subtest to run the test.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 51
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Noise (cont’d)
Name: Noise Floor Test
Description: Measures the noise floor of the System. The entire system is required for this diagnostic.
The noise floor is calculated from IQ data received without a signal source.
Run Time: 00:02
1.) See: 7-5-19 "Noise" on page 7-97 for information on minimizing environmental noise. If the problem
continues:
2.) Try a new probe (channels in the probe may be faulty). If the problem continues:
3.) Run the tests for 7-5-8-8 "Analog Receive" on page 7-54.
7-5-8-6
Transmit
Name: GTX High Speed Bit Error Test
Description: High Speed Bit Error Test on the GTX
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Swap GTX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed GTX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be the cause of the failure. See: 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46.
Name: Tx P6 Illegal Waveform Test
Description: Transmits an illegal waveform and checks the error registers.
Run Time: 03:21
If this test failed:
1.) Swap GTX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Replace any failed GTX boards.
3.) Interface to GFI may be the cause of the failure. See: 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46.
7 - 52
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Transmit/Receive
Name: T/R Channel Test
Description: Transmit and Receive Channel Test. Transmits on one at a time and received on one
channel at a time using an open probe connector.
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Swap front-plane boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
2.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved. Replace any
failed DRX board.
3.) Run Analog Receive Tests from section 7-5-8-8 "Analog Receive" on page 7-54.
4.) Replace GRX boards.
5.) Replace GRLY.
NOTE:
Tx Rx Chain Test Tx1
Tx Rx Chain Test Tx2
These tests will be removed from the Service Diagnostics folder. They will remain in the
Engineering Diagnostics folder.
NOTE:
GRLY folder
GRLY Receive Test conn 1
GRLY Receive Test conn 2
GRLY Receive Test conn 3
GRLY Receive Test conn 4
These tests will be removed from the Service Diagnostics folder. They will remain in the
Engineering Diagnostics folder.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 53
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog Receive
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Image artifacts - channel failure/noise
1.) Select the Analog Receive checkbox to run all the tests, or select the individual subtests to run only
the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
7 - 54
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog Receive (cont’d)
Tests the signal path from the GFI to the backplane (GTX) to the GRX.
Name: DC Offset Calibration Utility
NOTE:
The DC Offset Calibration Utility diagnostic MUST be run when the DRX boards are replaced
or moved. See: Section 6-6 "DC Offset Calibration" on page 6-20.
Description: Measures and corrects for the DC offset of the ADCs on the DRX.
Run Time: 00:02
Run this utility to calibrate the correct DC offset after replacing or moving DRX boards. A popup
message alerts the user to run this utility after DRX boards have been replaced or moved.
Name: Analog RX Test (High Gain)
Description: Signal path test of the GRX boards with a TGC set to high (peak) gain. Failures could be
channel in DRX boards, Nathan, GRX to DRX communication.
Run Time: 00:02
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
NOTE:
A block of 8 dead channels indicates a failed DRX board.
2.) Replace any failed boards.
3.) Replace GRX boards (these cannot be swapped as one is 64 channel and one is 128 channel).
Name: Analog RX Test (Medium Gain)
Description: Signal path test of the GRX boards with a TGC set to medium gain.
Run Time: 00:02
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
NOTE:
A block of 8 dead channels indicates a failed DRX board.
2.) Replace any failed boards.
3.) Replace GRX boards (these cannot be swapped as one is 64 channel and one is 128 channel).
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 55
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog Receive (cont’d)
Name: Analog RX Test (Low Gain)
Description: Signal path test of the GRX boards with a TGC set to low gain.
Run Time: 00:02
If this test failed:
1.) Swap DRX boards to determine if the failure point changes as the boards are moved.
NOTE:
A block of 8 dead channels indicates a failed DRX board.
2.) Replace any failed boards.
3.) Replace GRX boards (these cannot be swapped as one is 64 channel and one is 128 channel).
7 - 56
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW
Analog Continuous Wave (CW) Doppler Tests.
Under Service Diagnostics / Analog CW.
INPUT > a sine wave generated on the GFI test vector generator and injected on the GRX board(-s).
OUTPUT > The signal passes through the analog Doppler circuitry of the GRX board and into the GFI.
The test input signal is a sine wave generated on the GFI test vector generator (TVG) and injected on
the GRX board (-s). The setup of the analog Doppler is done through a 512-bit setup word. The output
signal from the GRX will depend on the Doppler setup. For example the frequency will be determined
by the frequency of the signal in and the Mixer clock setup.
The signal passes through the analog Doppler circuitry of the GRX board and into the GFI. The GFE is
setup to receive CW data and the GFI processing in bypass mode.
The level is adjusted with the TSIG_GAIN and IQ_GAIN parameters to avoid saturation through the
GRX Doppler circuit.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 57
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
The 3-term Blackman-Harris window function is used for the analog CW tests. The input frequency is
2.521 MHz for a number of the tests and with the Mixer clock at 2.5 MHz; a Doppler frequency at 21 kHz
should result. To be able to find such low frequencies a vector is acquired that enables the Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT) of 16K samples (I-data) or 8K (I- & Q-data). This will give bin spacing of approximately
3 kHz (8K samples) and 1.5 kHz (16K samples).
The following tests will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is recommended to disconnect
all probes before running diagnostics. Only connect a probe or test connector if instructed for a specific
test.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Dual Channel
For each channel pair, a signal is set up with f0=2.521 MHz, the Band Pass (BP) filter at 3.1 MHz and
a mixer frequency of 2.5 MHz. The dither and Pedof probe inputs are disabled. The Doppler channel
pairs are measured for the parameters: fdop, spectrum peak, RMS, SNR and THD. This is calculated
for I & Q data separately.
Disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
If this test fails:
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Dual Channel test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Beam Forming
A sum of sine waves with the same frequency, but different phase, gives a sine wave output where the
amplitude is a function of the different phase settings.
The test uses small overlapping groups (4 channels) where the channel pairs have different phase
settings. Any amplitude deviation detected in this test, should indicate that there is something wrong
with phase setup. For each subtest, a signal is set up with f0=2.521 MHz, the BP filter at 3.1 MHz and
a mixer frequency of 2.5 MHz. The dither and Pedof probe inputs are disabled. The parameters tested
are: fdop, spectrum peak, RMS and SNR on the I-data.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Beam Forming test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
7 - 58
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW IQ Symmetry
For each subtest, a signal is setup with f0=2.521 MHz, the BP filter at 3.1 MHz and a mixer frequency
of 2.5 MHz. The dither and Pedof probe inputs are disabled. The number of sub-test, with identical
setup, is by default, eight. For the I/Q- symmetry test, the DC-component and RMS value for both the Iand Q-part of the data set are measured. The symmetry quality measurement for this test is calculated
from the RMS values for each sub-test.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW IQ Symmetry test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Mixer Clock Sync
For the Mixer Clock Sync test, a signal is set up with f0=2.521 MHz, the BP filter at 3.1 MHz and a mixer
frequency of 2.5 MHz. The dither and Pedof probe inputs are disabled. The test enables one channel
pair, plus each of the other channel pairs per sub test, one at the time. The parameters to test for are
fdop, spectrum peak, RMS and SNR on the I-data.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Mixer Clock Sync test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW BP Filter / Mixer Clk
In the Band Pass Filter / Mixer Clock Test, for each channel pair, a signal is set up with combinations of
input signal frequency, Band Pass (BP) filters and mixer frequencies. The dither and Pedof probe inputs
are disabled. The Doppler channel pairs are measured for the parameters: fdop, spectrum peak, RMS
on I-data.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:08
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW BP Filter / Mixer Clk test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 59
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Post Mixer Gain
For each subtest, a signal is set up with f0=2.521 MHz, the BP filter at 3.1 MHz and a mixer frequency
of 2.5 MHz. The dither and Pedof inputs are disabled. The TSIG_GAIN parameter is set to give -26.1
dB gain. The test is run by setting up the four different IQ_GAIN parameter settings that corresponds to
the 4 post mixer gain setting of 0 dB, -4 dB, -8 dB and -12 dB. The RMS and RMS attenuation between
the four mixers gain settings on both I- and Q-data are tested.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Post Mixer Gain test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Doppler LPF
For the Low Pass Filter test, Doppler test frequencies, both in the filter pass band and the stop band are
set up. The mixer clock frequency is set to 2.5 MHz and the band pass filter to 3.1 MHz. The dither and
Pedof inputs are disabled. The LP-filter 3 dB frequency will typically be at about 40 kHz. The following
parameters are tested: fdop, spectrum peak and RMS both in the I- and Q-data.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Doppler LPF test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
7 - 60
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Dither Injection
A signal is injected in the dither input and result in the received I/Q data is checked. The test signal
generator is used for signal injection where the input signal is f0=2.521 MHz, the BP filter at 3.1 MHz
and a mixer frequency of 2.5 MHz. The dither input is enabled for this test, while the Pedof inputs are
disabled. The DITHER_GAIN parameter values are set to 0, 1, 2 and 3. The parameter values
corresponds to Dither gain of 0 dB, -7 dB, -19 dB and -30 dB respectively. The RMS and the RMS
attenuation between the different gain settings in both I- and Q-data are tested.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Dither Injection test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX aCW Pedof
In the test, the two center frequencies of 2 MHz and 6 MHz are verified. These frequencies are set by
switching the Pedof band pass filter. The GFI test signal generator is used to input sine waves. The
Pedof test signal input is enabled. The dither and Pedof probe inputs are disabled. Sub tests using
combinations of input signal frequency, Pedof band pass filter settings, mixer clock frequency, test
signal gain, and IQ gains are run.
Parameters tested: fdop, spectrum peak, RMS, SNR and THD on both I- & Q-data. With this test the
Pedof (SD probe) CW path on the GRX board is tested.
The aCW Pedof Test will only be run on the CW64 board.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX aCW Pedof test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 61
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Analog CW (cont’d)
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX ADC Digital LVDS
For the Analog-to-Digital Converter Digital Low-Voltage Differential Signaling test, the digital link from
the Doppler ADC and to the GFI board is verified. To verify signal integrity, the ADC is set up to
continuously transmit a predefined bit-pattern. Both I- and Q-data are acquired and each sample value
is tested. Port 0 on the PCA9554 I2C register on the GRX board is used to turn the ADC test pattern on/
off. The test signal generator on GFI is disabled for this test.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX ADC Digital LVDS test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
Name: Service Diagnostics / Analog CW / GRX Mixer Phase Setup
This test utilizes a PCA9554 I2C register on the GRX board. All phase bits are set to one in the analog
Doppler setup data, before reading back from the I2C register and test bits 6 and 7 in the returned byte.
Next, all zeroes are sent to the analog Doppler, read back again and bits 6 and 7 appear in the returned
byte. The test passes if the bits of interest in the read back byte match the phase values that were setup.
Bit 6 and 7 are the last bits in the two shift register chains and if the correct value were read, the chains
must be intact. The test signal generator on GFI is disabled for this test.
Are the probes connected? The test will run with probes connected to the scanner, but it is
recommended to disconnect all probes before running diagnostics.
Run Time: 00:05
1.) Verify the following tests pass:
-
GFI Tests
-
Analog Receive Tests
If these tests pass, and the GRX Mixer Phase Setup test fails:
2.) Replace the CW GRX board.
7 - 62
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
I/O Board Tests
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
Intermittent Problems
•
Popup messages warning of system voltage problems - I/O Board Pwr Supply Test
•
System comes up in simulator mode - run I/O Board GFI Voltage Test
•
Unable to run diagnostics
•
No doppler audio/system audio/general audio sounds - run I/O Board Audio Test
•
No display on the monitor
1.) Select the I/O Board Tests checkbox to run all the subtests, or select the individual subtests to run
only the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 63
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
I/O Board Tests (cont’d)
Name: I/O Board Pwr Supply Test
NOTE:
Description: Compares all local I/O Board voltages to their specified values.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the I/O Board.
Name: I/O Board GFI Voltage Test
Description: Compares all voltages on the GFI to their specified values. The GFI may not be working,
therefore the BEP cannot communicate with the Front End.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Run the GFI tests to determine if the GFI is faulty. See: 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46.
Name: I/O Board GFI Temperature Test
Description: Reads temperature sensors on the GFI board and compares the values against specified
limits.
Run Time: 0:05
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Check the Front End card rack cooling fans.
3.) Run the GFI Tests to determine if the GFI is faulty. See: 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46.
Name: I/O Board Self Test
Description: The processor on the I/O Board performs a check of its basic functions.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Replace the I/O Board.
7 - 64
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
I/O Board Tests (cont’d)
Name: I/O Board Loop Back Test
Description: Basic test of the USB communications with the I/O Board
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the USB cable/connections are properly connected. If the problem continues:
2.) Swap the USB cable/device with a known working cable/device. If the problem continues:
3.) Replace the I/O Board.
Name: I/O Board Audio Test
Description: Test all the audio channels on the I/O board.
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Run the GFI tests on 7-5-8-3 "GFI" on page 7-46 to verify that the GFI is working correctly. If the
GFI board is OK and the problem continues:
3.) Replace the I/O Board.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 65
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-10
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
I/O Board Tests (cont’d)
The following Video tests can be used when the Touch Panel and the keys on the control panel
are on/illuminated, but the monitor does not come on.
Name: Video Status (Manufacturing)
Description: Tests if the I/O can detect a primary, secondary monitor and mother board video signal.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Swap monitors with a known working monitor. If the problem continues:
3.) Replace the monitor.
Name: Video Status (Service)
Description: Tests if the I/O can detect the primary monitor and the mother board video signal.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify that the BEP to Backplane cable is properly connected and/or swap the cable with a known
good cable. If the problem continues:
2.) Swap monitors with a known working monitor. If the problem continues:
3.) Replace the monitor.
7 - 66
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Tx Power Supply Test
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
System will not scan
•
Interrupted scanning
•
Scan unexpectedly stops
1.) Select the Tx Power Supply Test checkbox to run all the subtests, or select the individual subtests
to run only the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 67
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Tx Power Supply Test (cont’d)
Name: TxPs Control Test
Description: Transmit Power Supply Control Test (Verifies the voltage points are within specifications)
Run Time: 00:10
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the power supply
Name: TxPs Watchdog Test
Description: Transmit Power Supply GFI Watchdog Test (Tests that the power supply watchdog is
working)
Run Time: 00:07
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the power supply
Name: TxPs Alarm Test
Description: Transmit Power Supply Alarm Test (Tests the fault detection of power supply)
Run Time: 00:04
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the power supply
Name: TxPs Keep Alive Test
Description: Transmit Power Supply Keep Alive Test (Tests the communication between BEP and
power supply and fault detection)
Run Time: 00:07
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the power supply
7 - 68
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-12
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
EPS (Extended Power Shutdown) or CB (ChargeBoard used in BEP6) Tests
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
•
System shuts down immediately after power loss/interruption
1.) Select the Extended Power Shutdown Tests checkbox to run all the tests, or select the individual
subtests to run only the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 69
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-12
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
EPS (Extended Power Shutdown) or CB (ChargeBoard used in BEP6) Tests (cont’d)
Name: Extended Power Shutdown Detection Test
Description: Extended Power Shutdown Detection Test (Verifies the BEP can communicate with the
Extended Power Shutdown through the I/O board)
Run Time: 00:03
If this test failed:
1.) Run the I/O board tests: see: 7-5-8-10 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-63.
2.) Replace the I/O board if there are any problems. If the I/O board tests are OK:
3.) Replace the Extended Power Shutdown.
Name: Extended Power Shutdown Voltage Test
Description: Extended Power Shutdown Voltage Test (Tests the specified voltages of the Extended
Power Shutdown)
Run Time: 00:05
If this test failed:
1.) Run the I/O board tests: see: 7-5-8-10 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-63.
2.) Replace the I/O board if there are any problems. If the I/O board tests are OK:
3.) Replace the Extended Power Shutdown.
Name: Extended Power Shutdown Load Test
NOTE:
Run this test with only one (1) loop. Do not run multiple loops on this test. Each loop will cause
the battery to discharge power, requiring a longer time to recharge after the test.
Description: Extended Power Shutdown Load Test (tests the battery load capacity)
Run Time: 00:30
If this test failed:
1.) Replace the Extended Power Shutdown battery
Name: Extended Power Shutdown Charge State Test
Description: Reads the charge state of the Extended Power Shutdown unit and displays it.
Run Time: 00:06
If this test failed:
1.) Run the I/O board tests. See: 7-5-8-10 "I/O Board Tests" on page 7-63.
2.) Replace the I/O Board if there any problems. If the I/O Board tests are OK:
3.) Replace the Extended Power Shutdown board and the battery pack.
7 - 70
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-13
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
bayBIRD Tests
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of the looping and list
features.
Symptoms:
NOTE:
•
3D triangulation position is off/wrong
•
V Nav Issues/poor tracking
RF/EMI interference may also cause conditions of these symptoms. See: 2-2-3 "EMI limitations"
on page 2-5.
1.) Select the bayBIRD Tests checkbox to run all the tests, or select the individual subtests to run only
the selected tests.
2.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
3.) Click Execute to run the test(s).
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 71
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-13
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
bayBIRD Tests (cont’d)
Sensor 4 added for DriveBay2+ 3D Tracking System, introduced in R4.
Name: Run All Tests
Description: Runs all of the tests that are in the box
Run Time: 00:24
If this test failed:
1.) Run subsequent tests as identified in the failed test results
Name: Sensor 1
Description: Runs the tests for Sensor 1
Run Time: 00:21
If this test failed:
1.) Move the sensor (trandsucer) to a different port. If the transducer fails, replace the transducer.
2.) If the problem still persists, replace the bayBIRD.
Name: Sensor 2
Description: Runs the tests for Sensor 2
Run Time: 00:21
If this test failed:
1.) Move the sensor (transducer) to a different port. If the transducer fails, replace the transducer.
2.) If the problem still persists, replace the bayBIRD.
Name: Sensor 3
Description: Runs the tests for Sensor 3
Run Time: 00:21
If this test failed:
1.) Move the sensor (transducer) to a different port. If the transducer fails, replace the transducer.
2.) If the problem still persists, replace the bayBIRD.
Name: Sensor 4 (R4 and bayBird2+)
Description: Runs the tests for Sensor 4
Run Time: 00:21
If this test failed:
1.) Move the sensor (transducer) to a different port. If the transducer fails, replace the transducer.
2.) If the problem still persists, replace the bayBIRD.
7 - 72
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-8-13
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
bayBIRD Tests (cont’d)
Name: Transmitter
Description: Runs the tests for Transmitter
Run Time: 00:21
If this test failed:
1.) If the problem still persists, replace the bayBIRD.
Name: System
Description: Runs the tests for System
Run Time: 00:25
1.) If the problem still persists, replace the bayBIRD.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 73
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
DVR Test
Figure 7-48 DVR Test Screen
Name: DVR Version Test
Description: Reads the current version of the DVR board if installed
Run Time: 00:01
1.) If fails, re-seat board and run DVR self test
2.) If problem persist, replace DVR Board
Name: DVR self Test
Description: This test executes a self test of the DVR Board if installed
Run Time: 00:07
1.) If fails, re-seat board
2.) If problem persist, replace DVR Board
7 - 74
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics - BEP
For Diagnostic differences, see 7-5-12 "Diagnostics - BEP Interactive Tests - R4.x and later" on page
7-83.
7-5-10-1
Essential Tests
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs tests on essential functions of the BEP. This is a good starting point for isolating issues that may
originate from the BEP. The test results are displayed in the Status portion of the window.
Run Time: About 2 minutes.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Failed tests may have another diagnostic test that can help isolate the failure, or will indicate which
part to replace. For:
7-5-10-2
-
PCI Bus configuration
-
CMOS memory
-
CPU - run 7-5-10-3 "System Board" on page 7-76
-
RAM - run 7-5-10-9 "Memory" on page 7-81
-
Hard Drive status and Random Seek - run 7-5-10-4 "Hard Disk Drive Surface Scan" on page
7-77 and run 7-5-10-5 "Hard Disk Drive Quick Test" on page 7-78
-
Network Interface (loopback only) - run 7-5-10-7 "Network Adapter" on page 7-80.
Essential Tests differences in R4 and later
Essential test in R4 has two versions:
•
Essential test: Complete test, same as R3 or earlier
Essential test, No network: same test, except it does not run the network tests for wired or wireless
connection.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 75
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-10-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System Board
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs tests on essential functions of the PC Mother Board. The test results are displayed in the Status
portion of the window.
Run Time: About 1 minute.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button. If there are any failures:
3.) Check the Motherboard Harness. Swap with a known good harness. If the problem continues:
4.) Replace the Motherboard. If the problem continues:
5.) Replace the BEP.
7 - 76
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-10-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Hard Disk Drive Surface Scan
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs tests on essential functions of the Hard Disk Drive. The test results are displayed in the Status
portion of the window. This test can take a long time to complete. For a quick test to determine if there
are possible problems with the Hard Disk Drive, run
7-5-10-5 "Hard Disk Drive Quick Test" on page 7-78 before running this test.
The following tests are performed on your hard drive to ensure the Hard Disk Drive controller and the
drive mechanism are working correctly. The disk surface itself is also checked.
•
Drive Status - Hard Disk Drive heads are moved from track 0 to the maximum track one track at a
time.
•
Random Seek - Hard Disk Drive heads are moved randomly several hundred times.
•
Surface Scan - This test scans for surface defects on the Hard Disk Drive.
Run Time: May take over an hour.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button. If there are any failures:
3.) Replace the Hard Disk Drive.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 77
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-10-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Hard Disk Drive Quick Test
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs an overview set of tests on essential functions of the Hard Disk Drive. The test results are
displayed in the Status portion of the window. Run this test before running the 7-5-10-4 "Hard Disk Drive
Surface Scan" on page 7-77.
Run Time: May take about 6 minutes.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button. If there are any failures:
3.) Defragment the Hard Disk Drive. See: 7-5-17-10 "Disk Defragmenter" on page 7-93. If the problem
continues:
4.) Run the 7-5-10-4 "Hard Disk Drive Surface Scan" on page 7-77. If the problem continues:
5.) Replace the Hard Drive.
7 - 78
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-10-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Video Card
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the Video Card. The test results are displayed in the Status portion
of the window.
This diagnostic tests your system's video capabilities. This involves testing the video memory with 18
patterns, testing your graphics acceleration, and text output. You will see these tests being performed
on your monitor.
You can cancel this test at any time by hitting the Escape (Esc) key.
The following tests are performed on your monitor:
•
Memory - Video memory is tested by filling the video buffer with 18 test patterns, one pattern at a
time. The tests will fill the entire screen with a single color.
•
Data Transfer - This tests the graphics acceleration part of your video controller. These tests will
appear on your screen as black and white concentric squares and rectangles of various sizes and
colors. If errors are detected, the locations of the problems are displayed.
•
Text Output - This test prints a text string in random sizes and colors to tests your video device driver
and video controller.
Run Time: May take about 10 minutes.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Replace the Video Card if there are any errors. If the problem continues:
4.) Replace the BEP.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 79
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-10-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Network Adapter
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the Network Interface. The test requires the system to be
connected to a network. The test results are displayed in the Status portion of the window.
This test gives the current status of the network and provides the option to restart the network
components in the BEP.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
Click the Execute button.
7 - 80
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-10-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Network Adapter Diagnostic Changes for R4
Network Adapter Test is split into 2 folders:
•
Network Adapter - see: Table 7-124 on page 7-157 and Table 7-125 on page 7-158
•
Network Adapter Reliability - see: Table 7-126 on page 7-159 and Table 7-127 on page 7-160
Each folder contains separate tests for Wired and Wireless Adapters.
7-5-10-9
Memory
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the Memory. The test results are displayed in the Status portion of
the window.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Replace the BEP if any tests fail.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 81
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics - BEP Interactive Tests
Table 7-1
BEP Interactive Test Description Table - R3.x and earlier
Test
7 - 82
Description
AVI playback
Tests playing back an AVI file.
CD-R test
Tests writing and reading to a CDR
CD-RW
Not supported - Tests writing and reading data to a CD-ROM
DVD-R
Tests writing and reading data to a DVD-R disk
DVD-RDL
Not supported - Tests writing and reading to a DVD-R double layer disk
DVD-RW
Not supported - Tests writing and reading a DVD-RW disk
DVD+R
Not supported - Tests writing and reading to DVD+R media.
DVD+RDL
Not supported - DVD+R double layer
DVD+RW
Not supported - DVD+RW read write test
DVD_RAM
Not supported - DVD RAM read and write test
DVD READONLY
Not supported - DVD RAM read and write test
Keyboard
N/A
Microphone
N/A
Monitor
Monitor test patterns
Trackball
N/A
Sound
Generates sounds for testing the speakers
USB Ports
Lists USB Devices
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-12
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics - BEP Interactive Tests - R4.x and later
Interactive tests in R4 and later have been reduced. Tests that are not supported are no longer listed.
Table 7-2
BEP Interactive Test Description Table - R4.x
Test
Description
AVI playback
Tests playing back an AVI file.
CD-R test
Tests writing and reading to a CDR
DVD-R
Tests writing and reading data to a DVD-R disk
DVD READONLY
Not supported - DVD RAM read and write test
Keyboard
N/A
Microphone
N/A
Monitor
Monitor test patterns
Trackball
N/A
Sound
Generates sounds for testing the speakers
USB Ports
Lists USB Devices
If you want to run these tests, it is recommended to run on a DOS prompt instead of CDS. This test will
take approximately 70 seconds.
•
Insert the service ky
•
Exit from the scanner software and exit to Windows
•
Start a DOS prompt
•
Insert a blank DVD-R into the drive
•
Enter the command:
cd %insite_home%\PCDoctor\bin
pcd run --file scripts\dvdminusr.xml
There is another test with a CD-R disk. It is not recommended because it takes over 30 minutes. If you
want to run the CD-R test, enter the command:
pcd run --file scripts\cdr.xml-R
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 83
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-12-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Keyboard
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
1.) Click the Execute button on the Keyboard window. The PC-Doctor Keyboard Test opens.
2.) Select your keyboard type from the drop-down menu. Usually the default choice is the correct one.
3.) Click the Start button.
4.) Press each key on the system’s keyboard once and make sure the corresponding keys on-screen
are removed from view.
-
Click the Pass button if all the keys are removed from the PC-Doctor Keyboard Test.
-
Click the Fail button if any key is not removed from the on-screen keyboard. Failed keys may
be damaged and you may have to have your keyboard repaired or replaced.
-
Click the Abort button to exit the test.
5.) The test status is displayed in the Current Status portion of the window.
7 - 84
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-12-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Keyboard (cont’d)
Footswitch Tests
Under Service Diagnostics / BEP Interactive/ Keyboard
INPUT > Press left, middle or right footswitch keys.
OUTPUT > Keys will be registered as follows:
7-5-12-2
-
Left Footswitch = Left Windows + F10
-
Middle Footswitch = Left Windows + F11
-
Right Footswitch = Left Windows + F12
Mouse (Trackball)
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
Runs a test on essential functions of the Trackball. The test results are displayed in the Status portion
of the window.
1.) Enter the desired Loop Count (numeric value of 4 digits or less).
2.) Click the Execute button.
3.) Verify the signal cable is connected securely.
4.) Clean the Trackball. If the problem continues:
5.) Replace the Trackball.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 85
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-12-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Audio (Sound)
See: 7-5-3 "Diagnostics Window Overview" on page 7-22 for a description of this window’s features.
1.) Click the Execute button at the bottom of the screen. Wait approximately 30 seconds for the first
test screen to open.
2.) Click Left Front and Right Front buttons to test your speakers. You should hear a recorded message
from each speaker.
3.) Click on the Beep button. You should hear a low “beep” from your PC.
4.) If all work, click the Pass button. Click the Close button.
5.) Do not perform the Microphone Interactive Test. Click the Close button.
6.) To test the WAV sound reproduction, click Left Channel, Right Channel, or Both Channels to test
your speakers. You should hear a guitar chord.
7.) Click on the Beep button. You should hear a low “beep” from your PC.
8.) Click the Close button.
9.) When you return to the Audio Test screen, click the Abort button.
10.)After closing the Service screen, you may see a Runtime Error screen(s). Close the screen(s).
11.)Before returning the system to the customer, always remember to reboot.
12.)If no sound is produced in these tests, choose the More Info button in the Audio Test dialog box for
information about possible causes and solutions.
7 - 86
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-13
7-5-13-1
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Touch Panel
Calibration
Always try TP calibration verification before attempting to calibrate. 7-5-13-2 "Calibration
Verification" on page 7-87. If the Touch Panel is so far out of calibration, hangs or does not
calibrate and the normal calibration procedure does not work, it may be necessary to do a
complete Pre-calibration. See: Section 6-5 "Touch Panel Pre-Calibration when Replacing
Upper OP FRUs" on page 6-12.
To do a Touch Screen Calibration, follow the directions on the Touch Screen. As each of the cross-hairs
appear, touch them with your finger or a pencil eraser.
NOTE:
7-5-13-2
You MUST hold your finger on the cross-hair until it moves to the next location. If you just tap
the calibration cross-hair, there is a good chance your calibration will be corrupt.
Calibration Verification
The Start Touch Screen Verification brings up a grid. Each time you touch the screen a small red dots
appears where you touch, this will indicate that the calibration is correct and you do not need to
re-calibrate.
If the red dots do not show up at the touched places, you need to run the Touch Panel calibration. To
terminate the verification, move the trackball pointer into the grid and press the set key.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 87
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-14
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
4D Motor Controller
This test requires a 4D probe be connected to the system. This test requires a 4D probe to be
connected to the system.
Name: Presence Test
Description: This test detects the presence of the 4D Motor Controller.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify USB connection between the Host and the Main Power Supply.
2.) Verify 4D Motor Controller connections in Main Power Supply.
3.) Replace 4D Motor Controller.
Name: Version Test
Description: Displays the 4D Motor Controller version number.
Run Time: 00:01
If this test failed:
1.) Verify USB connection between the Host and the Main Power Supply.
2.) Verify 4D Motor Controller connections in Main Power Supply.
3.) Replace 4D Motor Controller.
7 - 88
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-14
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
4D Motor Controller (cont’d)
Name: Static 3D Test
Description: Performs a basic static 3D scan using the RAB2-5 probe connected in probe socket 4.
Run Time: 00:11
If this test failed:
1.) Verify an RAB2-5 probe is connected to probe socket 4 (right-most probe socket).
2.) Verify the correct probe icon appears on the touch panel.
3.) Verify there is no red arrow in the icon indicating that no 4D Motor Controller was detected. Re-run
the 4D Motor Controller Presence Test in this case.
4.) Replace the 4D Motor Controller board.
Name: 4D Test
Description: Performs a basic 4D scan using the RAB2-5 probe connected in probe socket 4.
Run Time: 00:11
If this test failed:
1.) Verify an RAB2-5 probe is connected to probe socket 4 (right-most probe socket).
2.) Verify the correct probe icon appears on the touch panel.
3.) Verify there is no red arrow in the icon indicating that no 4D Motor Controller was detected. Re-run
the 4D Motor Controller Presence Test in this case.
4.) Replace the 4D Motor Controller board.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 89
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-15
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Patient I/O Tests
Under Service Diagnostics / Patient I/O.
This procedure provides a basic test of the ability of the system to start and stop the acquisition of data
from the Patient I/O Module to the Host via the GFI.
INPUT > The connection of ECG leads, PHONO (PCG) or AUX is optional.
OUTPUT > The results display information about the signal data acquired from the ECG input to the
Patient I/O Module. The information includes the minimum signal value, maximum signal value and
mean signal value.
If this test fails:
1.) Run GFI tests
If GFI is ok:
2.) Replace Patient I/O module
If this test passes and there are still issues with poor or no ECG trace, replace ECG leads.
7 - 90
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-16
7-5-16-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Configuration
Software Options Interface
Use this window to add, delete, and view details for software options.
7-5-16-2
NOTE:
•
Add = Click the Add button to enter a new Software Option Key.
•
Delete = Select a Software Option Key and click the Delete button to remove a Software Option Key.
•
Details = Select a Software Option Key and click the Details button. A table at the bottom of the
screen displays information for Hardware ID, Product Code, Version, Options Serial Number, and
Key Life.
•
Refresh = Click the Refresh button to update the list after adding or deleting Software Option Keys.
InSite ExC Agent Configuration
•
Device Name = LE9_<the serial number>
•
CRM Name = may be different in different countries (poles) (equivalent to the System ID)
•
Enter the appropriate data for the InSite ExC configuration and click the Submit Changes button.
If data is missing from any required fields the form will refresh and the required fields will be
identified by red labels when you click Submit Changes.
•
7-5-17
7-5-17-1
Click the Reset Form button to clear the current data.
Utilities - Common Utilities
Event Log Viewer
1.) Select the log you wish to view:
-
Application link = an event log relative to application events
-
System link = an event log relative to system events
-
Log Name = enter the Log Name you want to view and click the View button
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 91
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-17-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Disruptive Mode
Allows you to enable or disable disruptive mode troubleshooting. If you are accessing through InSite
ExC, this can only be enabled with the customer/operator confirmation.
7-5-17-3
Disk Usage
View capacity and usage statistics for the different disk drives.
7-5-17-4
IP Configuration
View Windows IP configuration and LAN connection data.
7-5-17-5
Network Status
View data for active network connections.
7-5-17-6
Windows Services
View the Windows Services that are started and running. A Windows Service is a computer program
that has been automatically started and is running in the background on the computer.
7-5-17-7
User Accounts
View the user accounts that have been given access to this system.
7-5-17-8
Shared Resources
This screen displays all shared network resources on this system.
7-5-17-9
System Shutdown
System Shutdown gives you the ability to Restart or Shutdown the system when using Virtual Console
Observation from a remote computer.
NOTE:
Retain Disruptive Mode checkbox:
•
MUST be checked if you are working from a remote computer.
Should be unchecked if you are working locally on the scanner.
7 - 92
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-17-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Disk Defragmenter
Disk fragmentation can reduce the amount of disk space available, and slow computing speed. Use the
disk defragmenter to restore optimum disk space and speed performance.
NOTE:
System performance can be significantly reduced while the Disk Defragmenter is running.
1.) Select the Volume (drive) you want to defragment, or analyze for fragmentation.
-
Click the Defragment button to defragment the selected volume.
-
Click the Analyze button to generate an Analysis Report that identifies any files that require
de-fragmenting. Continue with step 2 below.
Figure 7-49 Disk Defragmenter Window
NOTE:
The Disk Defragmenter Window may hide behind the service browser.
2.) Select the file(s) you wish to defragment and click the Defragment button on the Analysis Report
window.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 93
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-17-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Gather Logs Utility
Click the Gather Logs button to prepare them for retrieval by the On Line Center. The logs are
compressed into a .zip file and the filepath and file name is displayed on the window.
If the application is not running, logs can be gathered using the Gather Logs shortcut on the Windows
desk top.
7-5-17-12
Image Viewer Utility
The Image Viewer Utility lists the availability of images for export. This example shows no images
available for export.
7-5-17-13
Image Compress & Delete Utility
Select the images you want to compress or delete. This example shows no images available at this time.
7 - 94
•
Compress Files = compresses images into a .zip file.
•
Delete Files = deletes the images from the image Export/Service directory.
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-17-14
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Scanner Documentation Interface
Use this to view the user and service documentation for the system. You need to have your
documentation disk inserted in the drive in order to open it. Otherwise you will see the message
displayed in Figure 7-50 "Scanner Documentation Interface Window" .
Figure 7-50 Scanner Documentation Interface Window
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 95
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-17-15
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Distinct Network Monitor R1.x.x
The Distinct Network Monitor has a sniffer that monitors network traffic and allows you to capture
network data without redirecting or altering it.
For directions on how to configure the sniffer go to "Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer
(Software R1.x.x)" on page 7-6.
LOGIQ E9 R2.x.x or later Distinct was replaced by Wireshark. This menu is no longer available. Use
Alt+N to open the sniffer application.
7-5-17-16
Virtual Console Observation (VCO)
VCO is used by a remote service technician or the Online Center (OLC) to access and modify all
scanner settings and programs on the customer's ultrasound scanner.
7-5-17-17
Telnet Server Control
Telnet Server must be running to allow remote access to the DOS command prompt window. Click the
Start button to run Telnet Server.
NOTE:
7-5-18
7-5-18-1
Telnet Server is a Windows service that runs in the background. StopTelner Server when you
are not using it to perform a service action. It can slow the system down if left running in the
background.
Utilities - Scanner Utilities
DICOM Verify
This utility provides an easy way to verify DICOM connectivity between the scanner and DICOM devices
on the network.
1.) Enter AE Title, IP Address, and Port values of the DICOM device.
2.) Check the Loop checkbox to repeat the operation, or leave it unchecked to perform the operation
once.
3.) Click the Verify button to see the results.
4.) Uncheck the Loop checkbox to stop the operation.
7-5-18-2
Replacement
Field is not populated on the LOGIQ E9.
7-5-18-3
PM
Field is not populated.
7 - 96
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
7-5-19
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Noise
Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies,
magnetic fields, and transients in the air or wiring. They also generate EMI. Possible EMI sources
should be identified before the unit is installed.
Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of a defect. Some of
these sources include:
•
medical lasers
•
scanners
•
cauterizing guns
•
computers
•
monitors
•
fans
•
gel warmers
•
microwave ovens
•
light dimmers
•
portable phones
The presence of a broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference.
When talking to the customer, try to gather as much information as possible about the conditions when
the noise appear:
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 97
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
This page was intentionally left blank.
7 - 98
Section 7-5 - Common Service Desktop
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 8
Replacement procedures
Section 8-1
Overview
8-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter describes how to remove and install, or replace, modules and subsystems in the
LOGIQ E9. It also includes instructions for installing and re-installing the software.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-2
Warnings and important information
8-2-1
Purpose of this section
This section includes important information. Read it before doing any of the procedures in this chapter.
8-2-2
Warnings
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN OR
CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
When the BEP door is open, the Extended Power Shutdown circuit board or ChargeBoard is exposed.
When working inside the BEP, remove the battery cable from the Extended Power Shutdown or
ChargeBoard to prevent accidental short circuit of the 24V of the battery that can damage the Extended
Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard circuitry.
8-2
WARNING
BECAUSE OF THE LIMITED ACCESS TO CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE FIELD,
PLACING PEOPLE IN AWKWARD POSITIONS, WE HAVE LIMITED THE LIFTING
WEIGHT FOR ONE PERSON IN THE FIELD TO 16 KG (35 LBS). ANYTHING OVER 16 KG
(35 LBS) REQUIRES TWO PEOPLE.
WARNING
AT LEAST TWO PERSONS ARE NEEDED WHEN REPLACING CASTERS (WHEELS) OR
ADJUSTING BRAKES.
Section 8-2 - Warnings and important information
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-2-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Warnings (cont’d)
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED ESD
CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE POWER
CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
THE WASTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT MUST NOT BE
DISPOSED AS UNSORTED MUNICIPAL WASTE AND MUST BE COLLECTED
SEPARATELY.
CONTACT THE MANUFACTURER OR OTHER AUTHORIZED DISPOSAL COMPANY TO
DECOMMISSION YOUR EQUIPMENT.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts
Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances.
GE Healthcare policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior
to shipment. GE Healthcare employees, as well as customers, are responsible for ensuring that parts/
equipment have been properly decontaminated prior to shipment. Under no circumstance should a part
or equipment with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site (for example, body coils
or an ultrasound Probe). The purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the transportation
industry, as well as the people who will receive or open this package.
NOTE:
8-2-4
The US Department of Transportation (DOT) has ruled that “items that were saturated and/or
dripping with human blood that are now caked with dried blood; or which were used or intended
for use in patient care” are “regulated medical waste” for transportation purposes and must be
transported as a hazardous material.
Manpower - When two persons are needed
These replacement procedures require two persons:
•
Casters Replacement
The rest of the replacement procedures can be carried out by one person.
8-4
Section 8-2 - Warnings and important information
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-2-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9
In addition to the standard tools listed in 10-4-2 "“Standard” GE Tool Kit in the USA" on page 10-4, the
following tools (TORX bits or drivers) are needed to service the LOGIQ E9. If the torque is not indicated
with the procedure, hand tighten the screws/nuts.
Table 8-1
Tools used for servicing LOGIQ E9
TOOL TYPE
TOOL SIZE
BIT # TX-10
BIT # TX-15
BIT # TX-20
TORX
BIT # TX-25
BIT # TX-30*
BIT # Tx-45*
FLAT BLADE
SCREWDRIVER
1/4 inch or 6 mm
PH1
PHILLIPS
SCREWDRIVER
PH2
PH3
5 mm
HEX KEY
8 mm
10 mm
5 mm
10 mm
OPEN END WRENCH
TORQUE WRENCH
13 mm
3/16 inch
Up to 81 Nm (59.7 lbf-ft)**
ADJUSTABLE
WRENCH
152 mm (6 inches) long
PRY BAR
approximately 18 inches overall (457 mm)
* 90 degree “L“ is suggested. A full set of 90 degree “L“ Torx wrenches are
recommended.
** Heavy mechanical parts may need a specific torque. Each procedure will
indicate the torque needed.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-3
Definitions of Left, Rear / Back, Right and Front
Figure 8-1 illustrates what is the Left Side (1), Rear / Back (2), Right Side (3), and Front (4) of the
LOGIQ E9.
Figure 8-1 Definitions of Left, Rear / Back, Right and Front
2
3
1
4
8-6
Section 8-3 - Definitions of Left, Rear / Back, Right and Front
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-4
Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
8-4-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to install and/or reinstall software on LOGIQ E9.
8-4-2
LOGIQ E9 models versus software requirement
Table 8-2
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations and Hardware/Software Compatibility Upgrade Options
CONSOLE
MODEL
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
SOFTWARE VERSION
Phase I
BT2010
BT2011
BT2013 BT2014
1.0.3
1.0.4
1.0.5
1.0.6
2.0.3
2.0.4
2.0.5
3.1.2
3.1.3
4 Rev.
x.x
5 Rev.
x.x
5205000
LOGIQ E9,
00-240 VAC
Y
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
Y
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
U
U
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
U
U
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
U
U
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
U
Y
8-4-3
Tools provided with the LOGIQ E9 or as part of an upgrade
•
CD with LOGIQ E9 System software
•
CD with LOGIQ E9 Application software
If a patch software CD has been included:
•
CD with a Patch for LOGIQ E9
Verify that the software is current. Updated software may be available. Check for any available
FMIs.
NOTE:
Service Dongle is not required and should NOT be installed during the software loading
session.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Space management - moving all images
NOTICE In order to complete a successful restore of the Patient Database, if needed, the images must be moved
away from LOGIQ E9 before doing backup of the Patient Database. Depending on the location set-up,
either move the images to a remote server or to removable media like DVD or CD discs.
As the images are moved, the database will point to the new location.
If the backup procedure is not completed correctly, the images and database information could be lost.
Refer to the latest revision of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 3 to perform the following
tasks:
•
Configure the Disk Management Function
•
Set the Disk Management Schedule
•
Configure Data Management Settings
•
Configure Destination Device Setting
•
Run the Disk Management Function
•
Start Disk Management Manually
Speak with the personnel at the site to determine which patient images need to be backed up prior to
starting.
8-8
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Backing up the Patient Archive and System Configurations
For information, refer to the latest revision of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 3.
8-4-6
8-4-6-1
Loading the Software
Manpower
One person, 60 minutes.
8-4-6-2
8-4-6-3
Tools
•
Software CDs
•
Service Dongle
Overview
The Hard Disk Drive on LOGIQ E9 is divided into five partitions.
NOTE:
The Hard Disk Drive on LOGIQ E9 has three visible partitions (two partitions are hidden).
Table 8-3
Use of the Partitions
DRIVE LETTER
LABEL
C:
SYSTEM
D:
USER
E:
ARCHIVE
When installing (and reinstalling) software, you get the choice to either replace all the contents on the
Hard Disk Drive, or only install the software on the C: partition. If you chose to replace all the contents
on the Hard Disk Drive, all stored data, including all set-up data will be lost. It is considered to be the
best practice to always move images away from the Hard Disk Drive, do backup of databases etc. and
record important configuration data on paper before starting a software load or reload, as described
earlier in this section.
The software is delivered on two CDs, one for the system software (which is technically a DVD) and one
for the LOGIQ E9 application software. In some cases, a third CD with a software patch, may also be
included. A software patch CD is used when a few new files should be installed or changed, but the
changes do not require a complete software load.
When installing the software, start with the system software, then the application software and if
included, install the patch software at the end. This is described in detail over the next pages.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-3
NOTE:
WARNING
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Overview (cont’d)
System Software may also be referred to as the Base Image or Ghost.
WHILE THE SOFTWARE INSTALL PROCEDURE IS DESIGNED TO PRESERVE DATA,
YOU SHOULD SAVE ANY PATIENT DATA, IMAGES, SYSTEM SETUPS AND
CUSTOMER PRESETS TO CD, DVD OR HARDCOPY BEFORE DOING A SOFTWARE
UPGRADE
Before the System Software Load, you must perform the following steps:
•
contact the customer to allow enough lead time to back up the system.
•
be sure no images are in the clipboard or opened exams.
•
review troubleshooting section to collect information for future analysis if you are troubleshooting
loss of image or patient data.
•
disconnect the system from the network and remove all transducers from the system.
•
be sure all USB devices (printers only) are connected and turned on (except for USB Flash Drives).
If a printer is plugged in at this time, it is automatically installed.
•
save all Service Presets if you are connected to InSite to restore remote connectivity after
something is completed.
•
save all User Presets.
NOTE:
After a full or partial system software load, confirm the Windows automatic Daylight Saving
Time feature is turned off (Utility -> System -> General -> Date/Time -> Time Zone tab ->
Automatically Adjust Clock checkbox). Be sure the system and DVR date, time and time zone
are set correctly.
NOTE:
System and Application software disables the Run window normally accessed from Start ->
Run, and the mouse right-click (left set key) feature.
8 - 10
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System Software Load - R3 and earlier
1.) Turn on the system.
2.) Turn on all digital peripherals.
NOTE:
R.2.x.x or later: If Wireless LAN option is installed. Collect Wireless LAN information as well.
See: 4-2-11-3 "Connectivity — WLAN" on page 4-19. Also, if WLAN is using WPA-2 security
and requires user name and password to access the network, you need to contact the IT
department to obtain this data since it will be lost during reload.
3.) Record the system’s TCPIP settings (IP Address, Computer Name, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway,
Network Speed) from the Utility -> Configuration -> TCPIP page. You will add these settings back
to the system in the System Checkout section after the install.
For a convenient form, see: 4-2-11-2 "Connectivity — Recording the TCP/IP settings" on page 4-18
and 4-2-11-4 "Connectivity — Recording the AE Title and Port settings" on page 4-20.
4.) Record the system’s installed Option strings from the Utility -> Admin -> System Admin page.
This step is precautionary in the event the software load has issues. For a convenient form, see:
4-2-11-9 "Admin — Recording the Software Option Keys" on page 4-26.
5.) Perform a Backup from the Utility -> System -> Backup/Restore page. You should back up the
Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer Presets), and
Service settings. You will perform a Restore after the install.
For a full Base load, this step is mandatory.
For a C: Partition load, this step is precautionary in the event the software load has issues. The data
should transfer over for a C: Partition load.
See: the latest revision of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 3.
6.) Confirm with customer that all patient data has been archived. If not, perform the archive.
7.) Insert the applicable LOGIQ E9 System Software disk into the DVD drive.
8.) Properly power down the System. Depress the ON switch and select “Shutdown” on the window.
9.) Wait until the LCDs on the Operator Panel are switched off and the ON switch has turned amber.
10.)Power ON the System.
The scanner boots from the Software disk and displays a load warning message.
Figure 8-2 System Software load warning message
****WARNING * WARNING * WARNING * WARNING * WARNING * WARNING ****
THIS PROCEDURE MAY RESULT IN COMPLETE PATIENT DATA LOSS IF NOT USED CORRECTLY! PLEASE READ
THE OPTIONS BELOW CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING.
This process is NOT REVERSIBLE and should NOT be stopped once started! DO NOT power off the
system until the process has completed. It will take less than 10 minutes to load the drive.
If this process is stopped for some reason, you will have to run it again to completion or
else the system will not work.
If you want to proceed with this process press the “Enter” key to continue with option
selection.
...or...
Remove the disk from the Optical drive and Press “CTRL-C” now to exit and power cycle your
system to restart it without overwriting your disk drive’s current contents.
Press any key to continue...
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System Software Load - R3 and earlier (cont’d)
11.)Press any key to continue; or to abort, remove the disk from the drive and press CTRL-C.
The System Software Load Instruction window displays.
Figure 8-3 System Software load instruction (R1x.x)
Figure 8-4 System Software load instruction (R2.x.x)
NOTICE If you select [1] in the next step, ALL existing software and data will be erased. If backup has not been
performed as described earlier in this manual, all data like Patient Database, System Configuration and
User Configurations (Customer Presets) will be lost.
8 - 12
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System Software Load - R3 and earlier (cont’d)
12.)Choose one of the following:
a.) Select [1] ONLY if a [2] update cannot be used: Selecting [1] performs a complete LOGIQ E9
software installation. (All data will be erased.)
b.) Select [2] to update/re-install the software on the C:\ partition. (Only data on the C:\ partition
will be erased. This will keep Patient Archive and Presets intact.) On R2.x.x or later, C:\ and
Z:\ partitions will be reloaded. Archive and presets are not affected.
c.) Select [3] to Exit.(The procedure exits without software load.)
Depending on the choice, a message displays explaining choice again. This is the last
warning message prior to software load. Press CTRL-C to abort.
With choice [1] or [2], the Software loader program launches.
The Norton Ghost window displays.
Figure 8-5 Norton Ghost window
WARNING
Do not interrupt the software loading at any time.
13.)Wait for the software installation to complete. (Typical installation time: 5-10 minutes). Status bar
on the screen indicates progress.
The Base Load Complete message displays. See: NOTICE below.
Figure 8-6 Base Load Complete message
If there are no error messages listed above, the “Base System Software Load Image” process has successfully completed. You will now need to load the “Application Software” onto your system.
Please remove the CDROM from the drive, power cycle the system and then continue with the “Application Software”
load procedure.
NOTICE DO NOT proceed with the Application Software load yet.
DO NOT insert the Application disk into the DVD drive until you have completed all the remaining
directions in this section. If you insert media in the drive beforehand, the drives will not remap correctly.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System Software Load - R3 and earlier (cont’d)
14.)Remove the Base Load disk.
NOTE:
If you do not remove the disk, the Base Load process repeats when the system boots up.
15.)Restart the System using Ctl+Alt+Del.
When the system reboots, it automatically logs on to start checking hardware. This is a normal
process.
NOTE:
If the system does not reboot, press and hold down the Power On/Off button (button turns
amber).
16.)Allow the hardware checking process to run to completion.
NOTE:
Do NOT touch the system during this process. Activating the keyboard, mouse or front
panel could corrupt the installation. While the script is running, several windows or dialog
boxes appear on the screen. At times it may look like the system is unresponsive.
17.)Wait for the “System Settings Change” window asking “Do you want to restart your computer now?”
to display, approximately 1-2 minutes after the desktop is displayed.
Figure 8-7 System Settings Change dialog box - Restart Windows Message
18.)Select “Yes” (see: Figure 8-7) to restart.
NOTE:
In R2.x.x, a DOS window will display, that times out and automatically reboots the system. You
can wait or select “Yes“ to restart.
19.)Wait until all drivers are installed automatically and the reboot is complete.
20.)Check your Service Dongle. Plug in your Service Dongle to ensure that it is recognized and lights
up.
21.)From Windows, double-click on My Computer to confirm the CD/DVD drive is mapped to G:\.
If the drive is not mapped to the G:\:
a.) From the Desktop, select “My Computer”.
b.) Open C:\remap\newmap.
c.) Double-click on newmap.bat to remap the drive.
22.)Remove the Service Dongle.
8 - 14
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
System Software Load - R4 or later
1.) Turn ON the LOGIQ E9.
2.) Turn ON all digital peripherals.
Table 8-4
Software Load - R4 or later
Steps
1.
Insert the applicable LOGIQ E9 Base
Image Load Software disk provided in the
Kit, into the DVD drive.
Corresponding Graphic
System Software Load warning message
Power down the LOGIQ E9.
Wait until the LCDs on the Operator Panel
are switched off and the ON switch has
turned amber.
Power ON the LOGIQ E9. Some Windows
screens will be displayed before displaying
the software load warning message.
The scanner boots from the Software disk
and displays a load warning message.
2.
R5 Base Image consist of two disks. Insert Disk #1 (1 of 2).
3.
If “CTRL-C” to cancel is pressed:
after any key is pressed
Type “y“.
if cancelled
Type “exit“.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Software Load - R4 or later
Steps
4.
Press any key to continue; or to abort,
remove the disk from the drive and press
CTRL-C.
Corresponding Graphic
System Software load
instruction (R.4)
The System Software Load Instruction
window displays.
5.
Choose Option 1 to perform a complete
Software installation, all data will be erased.
Choose Option 2 to install Software on C
partition only. Only data on C partition will
be erased.
Choose Option 1.
After any key to boot DVD Ghost
Ghost wait until next
The Software loader program will begin to
launch and the following warning will
appear:
You are about to reload the
entire disk. If you DO NOT want
to do this, remove the CDROM from
the CDROM drive and Press
"CTRL-C" now to exit and power
cycle your system to restart
without overwriting your disk
drive's current contents.
Symantec Ghost Window
Press any key to continue...
The Software loader program will continue
to launch.
In R5 or later, at some point the system will
prompt to insert Disk #2. Follow the screen
instructions.
The Symantec Ghost window displays.
WARNING
DO NOT interrupt the software loading at any time.
8 - 16
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Software Load - R4 or later
Steps
6.
Corresponding Graphic
Partition Load
Wait for the software installation to
complete. (Typical installation time: 30
minutes). Status bar on the screen
indicates progress.
The Base Load Complete message
displays.
DO NOT insert the Application disk into the
DVD drive until you have completed all the
remaining directions in this section. If you
insert media in the drive beforehand, the
drives will not remap correctly.
Base Load Complete message
NOTICE
DO NOT proceed with the Application Software load yet.
7.
Remove the base load disk.
NOTE: If you do not remove the disk, the base load process repeats when the LOGIQ E9 boots
up.
8.
To restart the LOGIQ E9, type "exit" and press enter to reboot.
When the LOGIQ E9 reboots, it automatically logs on to start checking hardware. This is a normal
process.
NOTE: If the LOGIQ E9 does not reboot, press and hold down the Power ON/OFF button (button
turns amber).
Allow the hardware checking process to run to completion.
NOTE: DO NOT TOUCH THE LOGIQ E9 during this process. Activating the keyboard,
mouse or front panel could corrupt the installation. While the script is running, several
windows or dialog boxes appear on the screen. At times it may look like the LOGIQ E9 is
unresponsive.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Software Load - R4 or later
Steps
9.
Wait until all drivers are installed
automatically and the reboot is complete.
Corresponding Graphic
Restart Windows Message
DO NOT PRESS ANY KEY, ignore all
messages until the automatic reboot is
complete.
10. Plug in your Service Dongle to ensure that it is recognized and lights up.
From Windows, double-click on My Computer to confirm the CD/DVD drive is mapped to G:\. If
the drive is not mapped to the G:\:
From the Desktop:
a. select “My Computer.”
b. Open C:\remap\newmap.
c. Double-click on newmap.bat to remap the drive.
Remove the Service Dongle.
8 - 18
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the Application Software
1.) Insert the applicable disk labelled LOGIQ E9 Application SW.
2.) Wait about 30 seconds.
A window opens (see: Figure 8-8) showing the contents of the drive.
3.) Double-click on LoadSoftware.bat to load the software.
Figure 8-8 LoadSoftware.bat File
4.) If the pop-up window in Figure 8-8 does not open in a minute, perform steps A - C below.
A.) From the Desktop, select “My Computer.”
B.) Double-click the G:\ drive to open the pop-up window in above.
C.) Double-click on LoadSoftware.bat to load the software.
NOTE:
If the base image does not match the part number and revision of the approved base image,
then the system notifies you of the required base image needed and does not run the software.
A Command window similar to the example shown in Figure 8-9 opens.
Figure 8-9 Command Window (Note: Window will reflect actual software version instead of “Rx.x.x”)
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the Application Software (cont’d)
5.) As indicated, press any key to continue, ONLY for R4 and earlier.
The process is completely automated and provides you with several status messages, including the
message in Figure 8-10 (LoadSoftware Information Window).
NOTE:
When the LoadSoftware Information Window displays asking you to select OK, do nothing. This
window closes automatically.
Figure 8-10 LoadSoftware Information Window - Do not select OK
6.) Wait while the software loads (approximately 7-8 minutes). Do not interrupt process.
WARNING
Do not interrupt the software loading at any time.
After software load is complete, the system reboots.
After the reboot, the System installs the Service Platform.
NOTICE Do not try to prevent the reboot. If you do, you may end up with hyper threading turned off. If hyper
threading is turned off, the system responds slower than expected.
If hyper threading turns off, you must perform the re-ghost and application software load again.
NOTE:
After the Service Platform installs, and during the second reboot, you may get some error
messages about processes not starting because the workstation is shutting down. If present,
these messages are normal and should be ignored.
After the Service Platform reboot, the Start Application window displays.
Figure 8-11 Start Application window (Note: Window will reflect actual software version instead of “Rx.x.x”)
8 - 20
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the Application Software (cont’d)
7.) Remove the applications disk from the DVD drive.
8.) From the Start Applications window, select “Start” (if the CD is still in the tray; otherwise, the system
starts up automatically).
The System powers down and reboots.
The first time the application loads after a SW reload, you may see: the error shown in Figure 8-12.
Select OK and reboot the system.
Figure 8-12 SW Reload Error Message
During the reboot process, the system may prompt for the Basic Option string (valid license) (see:
Figure 8-13 "Enter Option String" on page 8-21.
If the Basic Option string is not saved in the Option Dongle, or if this is a software upgrade, the SW
License window may open.
NOTE:
If only the title bar is visible in the lower left corner of the monitor, double-click the SW License
title bar to expand the window.
Figure 8-13 Enter Option String
NOTE:
8-4-6-7
All systems must have at least the Basic Option string for the software to run. Any single Option
String may enable multiple options (i.e. Basic).
Demo Option strings turn on all options for a limited period of time. Do Not leave a demo Option
string in a unit when it is sold to a customer.
Verifying the software versions
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> System -> ABOUT.
2.) Verify software and hardware versions as recorded in Table 4-14 "Record Software and Hardware
versions" on page 4-30.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-8
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Verifying the software option key settings
Software Option Dongles are software version dependant. If a new software version has been
installed, follow installation instructions for that software. Usually, new software option strings
are needed. When reinstalling the same software, the Software Option Strings should be
reused.
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> Admin -> System Admin.
2.) Verify that the Software Option String(s) (alphanumeric strings) in the S/W Option Dongle section
is (are) the same as recorded in Table 4-10 "Software Option Keys" on page 4-26.
3.) If needed, enter any new or missing option key string(s) in S/W Option Key field and select Add.
8-4-6-9
Verifying the TCP/IP settings
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utilities -> Connectivity -> TCP/IP.
2.) Verify that all settings on the TCP/IP screen match those recorded in Table 4-2 "Record settings
from TCP/IP screen" on page 4-18.
3.) Select “SAVE SETTINGS.“
4.) Select OK to continue.
5.) Reboot system.
8-4-6-10
Verifying the AE Title and Port settings
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utilities -> Connectivity -> Device.
2.) Verify that all settings on the Device settings screen match those recorded in 4-2-11-4 "Connectivity
— Recording the AE Title and Port settings" on page 4-20.
3.) Select “SAVE SETTINGS.”
4.) Select OK to continue.
8 - 22
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Restoring Patient Archive and System Configurations
For complete instructions, refer to the latest revision of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User Manual, Chapter 16.
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> System -> Backup/Restore.
2.) On the Restore screen, select as needed:
-
Patient archive to restore the patient archive images.
-
Report archive
-
System configuration to restore all System Settings/User Defined Configuration (Presets), OR
-
One or several system configuration items to restore parts of the System Settings and User
Defined Configuration (Presets), see: Figure 4-21 "Backup/Restore settings" on page 4-28.
3.) Select the appropriate Source Device.
CAUTION The Restore procedure will OVERWRITE the existing data on the local Hard Drive. Make sure to select
the correct source device.
4.) If restore is done from a backup on a removable media, insert the media in the drive.
5.) Select Restore Now.
Depending on the selection, one or two Restore confirmation windows are displayed:
6.) Ensure that the correct source is selected, and select OK.
The selected items are copied to the systems. If items from the System Configuration are restored
the system needs to be rebooted. The Reboot system window is displayed.
7.) Select OK to reboot the system, and verify the Customer Presets are working properly.
8-4-6-12
Verifying the Video and DVR settings
1.) Select Utility -> System -> Peripherals.
2.) Verify Video Settings Format as recorded in Table 4-13 "Record settings from Peripheral screen"
on page 4-29.
Correct the selection if needed.
3.) Verify DVR model as recorded in Table 4-13 "Record settings from Peripheral screen" on page 4-29.
Correct the selection if needed.
4.) Format a DVD, and backup Customer Presets to confirm proper DVD/DVR write functionality.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 23
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-6-13
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-1
8-4-7
Loading the Software Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-10
Basic Measurements
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Loading the Application Software Only
Use this procedure to update application software only.
1.) Place the LOGIQ E9 Application Software DVD in the CD/DVD Drive, while the system is running.
2.) Reboot the system. The Start Application window displays.
Figure 8-14 Start Application window (window will reflect actual software version
instead of “Rx.x.x”)
3.) Select “Install SW.” Press OK on the Start Loader message and then press OK on the New System
Software message. A Command window similar to the example shown in Figure 8-15 "Command
Window" on page 8-25 opens.
8 - 24
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the Application Software Only (cont’d)
Figure 8-15 Command Window
NOTE:
The window reflects the actual software version instead of “R6.0.6EP1_L9_, as shown above.
4.) As indicated, press any key to continue.
NOTE:
When the LoadSoftware Information Window displays asking you to select OK, do nothing. This
window closes automatically.
Figure 8-16 LoadSoftware Information Window - Do not select OK
5.) Wait while the software loads (approximately 7-8 minutes). Do not interrupt this process and ignore
any errors.
WARNING
Do not interrupt the software load at any time.
After the software load is complete, the system reboots.
NOTICE Do not try to prevent the reboot.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 25
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the Application Software Only (cont’d)
After the reboot, the Start Application window displays.
6.) Remove the LOGIQ E9 Applications Software DVD from the DVD drive.
7.) Store the application disks with the system.
8.) Remove and destroy the previous Application software version disks.
Figure 8-17 Start Application window (window will reflect actual software version
instead of “Rx.x.x”)
9.) From the Start Application window, select “Start.”
The first time the application loads after a SW reload, you may see: the error shown in Figure 8-18,
"SW Reload Error Message." Select OK and reboot the system.
Figure 8-18 SW Reload Error Message
During the reboot process, the system may prompt for the Basic Option string (valid license) (see:
Figure 8-19 "Enter Option String" on page 8-27.
If the Basic Option string is not saved in the Option Dongle, or if this is a software upgrade, the SW
License window may open.
NOTE:
8 - 26
If only the title bar is visible in the lower, left corner of the monitor, double-click the SW License
title bar to expand the window.
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Loading the Application Software Only (cont’d)
Figure 8-19 Enter Option String
NOTE:
8-4-7-1
All systems must have at least the Basic Option string for the software to run. Any single Option String
may enable multiple options (i.e., Basic).
R2.x.x requires basic plus BT2010 option String.
Demo Option strings turn on all options for a limited period of time. Do Not leave a demo Option string
in a unit when it is sold to a customer.
Verifying the software versions
1.) From the Touch Panel, select Utility -> System -> About.
2.) Verify the software version. Ensure that the software version shown on the screen matches the
disk label.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 27
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-4-7-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Verify and Update Vital Product Data
It is essential that Vital Product Data (VPD) is verified or updated after any hardware change to the Back
End Processor (BEP) or Front End Processors.
NOTE:
8 - 28
NOTE: Failure to properly program Vital Product Data could cause adverse affects on system
operation and image quality.
Section 8-4 - Loading / Reloading / Upgrading the Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-5
Replacing Covers and Bumpers
8-5-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to replace the Covers and Bumpers on the LOGIQ E9.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 29
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Side Covers replacement
Table 8-2
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
5 minutes per
Side Cover
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-3
Preparations and Preparation Link
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
Preparation Link (if you need more information):
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8 - 30
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-2-1
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Side Covers removal
Whenever the left Side Cover is removed, clear the BEP Fan(s) intake(s) of any debris.
When removing or installing the right side cover on a LOGIQ E9 with the On-board V Nav Stand, the
cover is removed and installed in the same manner, except the rear portion of the cover must be placed
behind the stand.
Table 8-4
Side Covers removal
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: The removal procedure is easier if
the rear lock is released first, and then the
front lock.
The Side Covers are “clicked” on to the
LOGIQ E9 with two locks, located at the
lower end of the cover.
1a. Push a #1 phillips screwdriver into the
rectangular hole in the Side Bumper until it
reaches the lock mechanism.
1b. Push the handle on the screwdriver
downwards to release the lock.
2.
Lift the cover backwards and up to remove
it from the system. Repeat steps for the
opposite side.
Set cover in a safe place.
LOGIQ E9 with Covers and
Side Cover removed
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 31
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Side Covers removal
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
If the LOGIQ E9 has the Removable Fan
Tray, the right Side Cover removes by
removing the Fan Tray and the four Phillips
screws at the bottom of the Cover.
Slide Fan Tray out of the LOGIQ E9.
Remove the four Phillips screws at the
bottom of the Cover.
8 - 32
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-2-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Side Covers removal
Table 8-5
Side Covers removal
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: If the left Side Cover was removed,
MAKE SURE to clear the BEP Fan(s)
intake(s) of any debris, before installing the
cover.
Align tabs at the top inside of the Side
Cover with the slots on the Top Cover.
Place the top edge of the Side Cover so it
hooks onto the Top Cover.
2.
Align and squeeze the front edge of the side
cover to latch it into place.
Position the Side Cover side lock first.
Position the Side Cover front lock.
Align and squeeze the bottom front of the
side cover to latch it into place.
Position the Side Cover rear lock, lifting up
the rear tab and guiding it into place.
Align and squeeze the bottom rear of the
side cover to latch it into place. Repeat
steps for the opposite side.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 33
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-5
Side Covers removal
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
If the LOGIQ E9 has the Removable Fan
Tray, reinstall the four Phillips screws at the
bottom of the Cover.
Slide the Fan Tray into the LOGIQ E9.
Make sure the Fan Tray SEATS
COMPLETELY into the Card Cage.
8 - 34
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Removable Fan Tray Cover replacement
Table 8-6
Removable Fan Tray Cover removal / installation
Steps
1.
Slide Fan Tray out of the LOGIQ E9.
2.
Flip the Fan Tray over and lay on a safe
surface.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the four screws securing the Fan
Tray Cover to the Fan Tray.
Retain the screws.
3.
Install the replacement Cover and secure with the screws removed.
4.
Reinstall the Fan Tray Assembly.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 35
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-3
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Shearwave Console Cover replacement
Whenever the left Side Cover is removed, clear the BEP Fan(s) intake(s) of any debris.
Table 8-7
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
10 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-8
Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove the Left Side Cover and loosen the Top Cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
• 8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
8 - 36
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-3-1
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Shear Wave Console Cover removal / installation
Whenever the left Side Cover is removed, clear the BEP Fan(s) intake(s) of any debris.
Table 8-9
Shear Wave Console Cover removal / installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Loosening the Top Cover or removing it will
allow the Front Cover to flex enough to
slide the Shear Wave Console Cover out.
Slide the Cover out.
2.
Reinstall the replacemnt Cover.
3.
Reinstall the Top Cover, if removed and the Side Cover.
4.
If the Top Cover was removed, perform Functional Checks. See: 8-5-4-3 - Calibration and
adjustments, 8-5-4-4 - Verification and 8-5-4-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-40.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 37
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Cover replacement
Table 8-10
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-11
Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove Side Covers.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
8-5-4-1
Top Cover removal
Table 8-12
Top Cover removal
(Top Cover Screw placement as seen from above.)
Steps
1..
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the two screws that secure the Top
Cover.
Remove the Top Cover and gently pull back
and up.
Reinstalled to the screws to avoid damage
to the Rear Handle.
8 - 38
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-4-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Cover installation
Table 8-13
1.
Top Cover Installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the two screws reinstalled to avoid
damage to the Rear Handle.
Hook Top Cover onto Front Cover
(seen from front)
Position the Top Cover onto the Front Cover at the four hooks.
Install and tighten the two Phillips screws.
Hook Top Cover onto Front Cover
(seen from side)
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 39
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-4-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-4-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-14
8 - 40
Top Cover replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Side Bumpers replacement
Table 8-15
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-16
Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove the Side Cover(s).
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
8-5-5-1
Side Bumpers removal
Table 8-17
Side Bumpers removal
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Unscrew and remove the six screws and washers that fasten the Side Bumper to the Side Cover.
Remove the Side Bumper from the Side Cover.
8-5-5-2
Side Bumpers installation
Table 8-18
Side Bumpers installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Align the fastening holes in the Side Bumper with the holes in the Side Cover.
Fasten the screws with washer, one by one until all have been inserted.
Tighten the screws.
2.
Install the Side Cover(s).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 41
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-5-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-5-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-19
8 - 42
Side Bumpers replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Foot Rest Bumper replacement
Table 8-20
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
No additional tools required.
Table 8-21
Preparations and Preparation Link
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
Preparation Link (if you need more information):
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8-5-6-1
NOTE:
Foot Rest Bumper removal
In Table 8-22, the Side Cover was removed to be able to view the Side Latch. You do not need
to remove the Side Cover to perform this procedure.
The Foot Rest Bumper is fixed with snap locks.
Table 8-22
Side Latch for Foot Rest Bumper
Steps
1..
Corresponding Graphic
Pull the Foot Rest Bumper upwards and
over the pedals to release the snap locks,
while freeing the side latches.
You may need to push down the pedals to
be able to remove the Foot Rest Bumper.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 43
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-6-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Foot Rest Bumper installation
Table 8-23
Foot Rest Bumper installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Position the Foot Rest Bumper in place.
Push the Foot Rest Bumper down and over the pedals.
You may need to push down the pedals to be able to place the Foot Rest Bumper.
2.
8-5-6-3
Replace the Side Covers, if they were removed.
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-6-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier.
2.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-6-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-24
8 - 44
Foot Rest Bumper replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Front Cover replacement
Table 8-25
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-26
Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove the Side Covers, Top Cover and the Foot Rest Bumper.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
• 8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
• 8-5-6 "Foot Rest Bumper replacement" on page 8-43.
8-5-7-1
Front Cover removal
The Front Cover Assembly is made of two pieces.
Table 8-27
Front Cover Screw placement
Steps
1..
Corresponding Graphic
Unscrew the two Phillips screws that fix the
Front Cover Assembly to the chassis.
Pull the upper end of the Front Cover out
and upwards to free it from the pedals and
the frame.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 45
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-7-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Front Cover installation
Table 8-28
Front Cover installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Thread the Front Cover so it fits in between
chassis and pedals.
Align the Front Cover guide pins with holes
in the frame.
Front Cover Assembly (cover on left and
probe plate on right) with guide pins.
Fasten Front Cover with two Phillips
screws.
2.
8 - 46
Install the Foot Rest Bumper, the Top Cover and the Side Covers.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-7-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-7-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-7-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-29
Front Cover replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 47
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-8
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Plate Connectors w/Guide replacement
The Plate Connectors w/Guide is replaced, it does not include the Probe Connectors Label. If
the Plate Connectors w/Guide is replaced, the Label MUST BE installed. Or, if only replacing
the Label, see: Table 8-33 "Probe Connectors Label Placement" on page 8-49.
Table 8-30
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-31
Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove the Side Covers, Top Cover, Foot Rest Bumper and the Front Cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
• 8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
• 8-5-6 "Foot Rest Bumper replacement" on page 8-43.
• 8-5-7 "Front Cover replacement" on page 8-45.
8-5-8-1
Plate Connectors w/Guide removal
The Plate Connectors w/Guide is attached with hatches.
Table 8-32
Plate Connectors w/Guide removal
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Use a flat bladed screwdriver to loosen the hatches.
Remove the Plate Connectors w/Guide.
8 - 48
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-8-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Probe Connectors Label Placement
Table 8-33
Probe Connectors Label Placement
Steps
1.
8-5-8-3
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the adhesive from the new Label
and place it above the Probe Connector
openings, as shown.
If replacing the Label only, remove the old
Label completely.
5328860
Plate Connectors w/Guide installation
Table 8-34
Plate Connectors w/Guide installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Position the plate and snap it into position.
2.
Install the Front Cover, Foot Rest Bumper, Top Cover and the Side Covers.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 49
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-8-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-35
8 - 50
Plate Connectors w/Guide replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
4-2-4
Top Console position adjustment
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-8-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Label Placement for the LOGIQ E9 used in a Veterinary Environment
Table 8-36
LOGIQ E9 used in a Veterinary Environment Label Placement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
If the Side Cover Assemblies are replaced,
reinstall the “VET“ Label as shown.
1.
If the Rear Cover Assembly is replaced,
reinstall the “For Veterinary use only“ Label
for the Rear Cover Assembly as shown.
For Veterinary
use only
5454608
NOTE: The Back Cover Label with ETL
Label is not a Spare Part.
2.
If a Probe is replaced, reinstall the “For
Veterinary use only“ Label for Probes as
shown.
5447716
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 51
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-9
8-5-9-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Filter Cover replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-9-2
Tools
No tools are needed to replace the filter cover.
8-5-9-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
Follow this link if you need more information:
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8-5-9-4
Filter Cover removal
1.) Gently pull the Filter Cover out and away from the System.
Figure 8-20 Remove the Filter Cover
8-5-9-5
Back Filter Cover installation
1.) Inspect the Filter, and clean if necessary.
2.) Place the Filter Cover into position and press the Filter Cover top corners until the Filter Cover locks
engage.
8 - 52
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-9-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-9-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-9-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-37
8-5-10
Filter Cover replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Filter replacement
See: 8-7-2 "Rear Filter and “handle type“ Bottom Filter replacement / cleaning" on page 8-176.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 53
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-11
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Cover replacement
When replacing Rear Cover Assembly for a LOGIQ E9 used in veterinary environment, the
LOGIQ E9 Spare Parts Handling for Veterinary Systems MUST BE reinstalled before the
LOGIQ E9 returned for use. See: 8-5-8-5 "Label Placement for the LOGIQ E9 used in a
Veterinary Environment" on page 8-51 and Section 9-20 "Product Labels on LOGIQ E9
consoles used in a veterinary environment" on page 9-113.
If the V Nav On-Board Stand Option is present on the LOGIQ E9, the Option must be removed to
remove the Rear Cover. See:
8-12-5 "Assembling or replacing the On-Board V Nav Stand" on page 8-310.
8-5-11-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-11-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-5-11-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove the Rear Bumper.
5.) Remove both Side Covers.
6.) Remove Filter Cover at rear.
7.) Remove Filter.
Follow these links if you need more information:
•
8 - 54
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-9 "Filter Cover replacement" on page 8-52.
•
8-7-2 "Rear Filter and “handle type“ Bottom Filter replacement / cleaning" on page 8-176.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-11-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Cover removal
1.) Remove the two Phillips screws on each side of the Rear Cover.
2.) Lift the Rear Cover away.
Figure 8-21 Rear Cover fixing screws
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 55
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-11-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Cover installation
1.) Position the lower edge of the Rear Cover into place on the rear of the system frame.
2.) Tilt the top edge of the Rear Cover toward the system frame.
Be sure the manual release handle of the Z Mechanism extends through the air vent on the Rear
Cover.
Figure 8-22 Z Mechanism manual release handle
3.) Position the Rear Cover into place.
4.) Gently pull up on the Z Mechanism’s manual release handle to confirm proper position through the
Rear Cover air vents.
5.) Install the four screws, two on each side.
6.) Inspect the Filter, and clean in necessary.
7.) Install the Filter.
8.) Install the Filter Cover
9.) Re-install the V Nav On-Board Stand if present.
8 - 56
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-11-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-11-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-11-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-38
Rear Cover replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 57
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-12
8-5-12-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Door, I/O Panel replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-12-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-5-12-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
Follow this link if you need more information:
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8 - 58
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-12-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Door, I/O Panel removal
1.) At the back of the system, push a four, flat blade screwdriver into the rectangular hole, next to the
Door, I/O panel until it reaches the lock mechanism.
2.) Push the handle on the screwdriver to the left to release the lock.
Figure 8-23 Door, I/O Panel
3.) Open the Door, I/O Panel.
4.) Hold the Door, I/O Panel near the upper hinge (1), and pop hinge out and away from the upper hinge
post (2) on the Rear Cover.
Figure 8-24 Hinge placement on Door, I/O Panel
8-5-12-5
Door, I/O Panel installation
1.) Place the Door, I/O Panel into position by sliding lower hinge (3) onto lower hinge post (4).
2.) Pop the upper hinge into place onto the upper hinge post.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 59
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-12-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-12-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-12-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-39
8 - 60
Door, I/O Panel replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-13
8-5-13-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Hook replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-13-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-5-13-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Remove the Side Covers.
4.) Remove the Rear Cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-5-13-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-11 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-54.
Cable Hook removal
1.) Locate the Cable Hook(s).
Figure 8-25 Cable Hooks
2.) Place the Rear Cover face down on a protected, flat surface.
3.) Remove the screw securing the Cable Hook.
4.) Repeat step 2 to remove the other Cable Hook, if necessary.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 61
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-13-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Hook removal (cont’d)
Figure 8-26 Cable Hook screw placement
8-5-13-5
Cable Hook installation
1.) Position the Cable Hook on the Rear Cover.
2.) Install the screw to secure the Cable Hook to the Rear Cover.
3.) Repeat step 2 to replace the other Cable Hook, if necessary.
8 - 62
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-13-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-13-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-13-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-40
Cable Hook replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 63
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-14
8-5-14-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Bumper replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-14-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-5-14-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove Side Covers.
5.) Remove Rear Cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-5-14-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-11 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-54.
Rear Bumper removal
1.) Remove the two screws securing the Rear Bumper.
2.) Remove Bumper.
Figure 8-27 Left screw placement for Rear Bumper
8-5-14-5
Rear Bumper installation
1.) Place the Rear Bumper into position
2.) Install the two screws to secure the Rear Bumper.
8 - 64
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-14-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-14-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-14-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-41
Rear Bumper replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 65
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-15
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm Assembly Covers replacement
Two types of V2 Arm Assembly Covers are described in this Section. For R4, see: Table 8-44 "LCD
Monitor V2 Arm Assembly Covers removal and installation - R4" on page 8-66 or Table 8-45 "LCD
Monitor V2 Arm Assembly Covers removal and installation - R5.x and later" on page 8-67.
Table 8-42
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-43
Preparations and Preparation Link
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Move the User Interface (Top Console) to its lower position.
3. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
Preparation Link (if you need more information):
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
Table 8-44
LCD Monitor V2 Arm Assembly Covers removal and installation - R4
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove Arm Assembly Covers.
The Rear (1) and Upper (2) LCD Arm
Covers snap into place and removed, in the
direction shown. The Upper Cover must be
installed before the Rear Cover.
Illustration shows direction and
sequence covers should be removed
The Rear (1) snaps into place pushing
forward and removed pulling back.
The Upper (2) snaps into place at the rear,
after the front guides are inserted into
place. The Upper can be removed, by tilting
forward.
The Lower Cover (3) and LCD Bracket
Cover (4) are secured with screws (5). After
the front guide of the Lower Cover is
inserted into place, the cover can be
secured. To remove, remove the screw and
tilt forward. The arm must be released and
the upper arm clear.
The LCD Bracket Cover (4) seats in
position.
8 - 66
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-15
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm Assembly Covers replacement (cont’d)
Table 8-45
LCD Monitor V2 Arm Assembly Covers removal and installation - R5.x and later
Steps
1.
Pan Arm Down Cover (1), remove two
Phillips screws and lift the cover off.
Lift Arm Cover - Right (2) and Lift Arm
Cover - Left (3), remove the 3 mm screws
and slide the Cover toward the Monitor.
Joint Cover (4), slightly push the bottom of
the Cover forward to “bow“ the cover and
pry at the leading, forward edge of the
Cover to remove.
Extension Arm Cover (5), remove the
3 mm screw and lower cover.
Install covers in the reverse motion. To
install the Joint Cover, place top of Cover
into position and snap into place.
Corresponding Graphic
4
2
1
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
3
5
8 - 67
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-15-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-15-2
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
3.) LCD Arm and LCD Monitor movement functions in all directions without the covers loosening.
8-5-15-3
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-46
8 - 68
LCD Monitor V2 Arm Assembly Covers replacement Functional
Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-16
8-5-16-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Handle replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-16-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-5-16-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Rear Cover.
6.) Remove the Top Cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-5-16-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-11 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-54.
•
8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
Rear Handle removal
1.) Remove the two upper screws (1), one on each side.
2.) Remove the four hexcap screws (2), two on each side.
Figure 8-28 One Phillips and two hexcap screws on each side (left side illustrated)
3.) Lift the Rear Handle away.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 69
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-16-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Handle installation
1.) Install the Rear handle in position so the fastening holes are flush with the holes in the frame.
2.) Install the two screws for the Rear Handle (torque 3 Nm {2.2 lbf-ft}).
3.) Install the four hexcap screws for the Rear Handle.
4.) Install the Top Cover.
5.) Install the Rear Cover.
6.) Install the Side Covers.
8-5-16-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-16-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-16-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-47
8 - 70
Rear Handle replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-17
8-5-17-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Filler Storage
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-17-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-5-17-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove the Right Side cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-5-17-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
Printer Filler Storage
1.) Release the fixing bracket.
2.) Pull the Printer Filler Storage forwards, out of the system.
8-5-17-5
NOTE:
Printer Filler Storage installation
The Printer Filler Storage is used in the printer compartment on systems without an on-board
printer.
1.) Insert the Printer Filler Storage from the front of the system, into the empty printer compartment.
2.) Fasten (lock) the fixing bracket.
3.) Install the Side Cover you removed earlier.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 71
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-17-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-17-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this Printer Filler
Storage replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier has been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes you removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-17-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-48
8 - 72
Printer Filler Storage replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-18
8-5-18-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Column Cover Assembly replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-18-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
•
8-5-18-3
Flexible shaft bit driver extension (optional)
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Top Cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-5-18-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
Column Cover Assembly removal
1.) Lower the console to lowest possible level.
2.) Remove the lower screw on the right side that is visible near the rear of the DVD drive.
Figure 8-29 With console lowered, lower right side screw placement
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 73
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-18-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Column Cover Assembly removal (cont’d)
3.) Raise the console to full height.
4.) Remove the remaining screw on the right side that secures the Column Cover Assembly.
Figure 8-30 With console raised, upper right side screw placement
5.) Remove the two screws on the left side that secure the Column Cover Assembly.
Figure 8-31 With console raised, left side screw placement
6.) Remove Column Cover Assembly.
NOTE:
8 - 74
The Main Cable Cover will also be released.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-18-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Column Cover Assembly installation
1.) Install the Main Cable Cover so the Column Cover Assembly overlaps Main Cable Cover edges.
2.) Install screws to Column Cover Assembly (tighten by hand).
3.) Position the lower Column Cover tab inside the Front Cover.
Figure 8-32 Position the column cover inside the front cover
4.) Install the Top Cover.
5.) Install the Side Covers.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 75
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-18-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-18-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-18-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-49
Column Cover Assembly replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Operator I/O Movement - XY and Z
Mechanism
8 - 76
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-19
8-5-19-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Cable Cover replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-19-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-5-19-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Top Cover.
6.) Remove the four screws to the Column Cover Assembly.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-5-19-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
•
8-5-18 "Column Cover Assembly replacement" on page 8-73.
Main Cable Cover removal
1.) Remove the Main Cable Cover.
Figure 8-33 Main Cable Cover (Column Cover overlaps Main Cable Cover)
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 77
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-19-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Cable Cover installation
1.) Install the Main Cable Cover so the Column Cover Assembly overlaps Main Cable Cover edges
(see: Figure 8-33 "Main Cable Cover (Column Cover overlaps Main Cable Cover)" on page 8-77).
2.) With the console raised to its full height, install the 3 screws to secure the Main Cable Cover and
Column Cover Assembly.
3.) Lower the console and install the lower right side screw (see: Figure 8-29 "With console lowered,
lower right side screw placement" on page 8-73).
4.) Position the lower Column Cover tab inside the Front Cover.
Figure 8-34 Position the column cover tab inside the front cover
5.) Install the Top Cover.
6.) Install the Side Covers.
8 - 78
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-19-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-19-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-19-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-50
Main Cable Cover replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Operator I/O Movement - XY and Z
Mechanism
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 79
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-20
8-5-20-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-20-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-5-20-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
Follow this link if you need more information:
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8 - 80
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-20-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors removal
1.) At the rear of the system, release the console’s frogleg mechanism by inserting a screwdriver into
the release point and pressing until release. Pull the console out to its extended position to gain
access to the screws in the next step.
Figure 8-35 XY / Frogleg mechanism release
2.) Under the XY / Frogleg mechanism, identify the four separate covers. There are two types of
covers, one type has two screws (1) and the other type has one screw (2).
3.) Remove the screws from the cover(s) to replace.
Figure 8-36 XY / Frogleg mechanism covers, right side frog leg, from underneath
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 81
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-20-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors removal (cont’d)
4.) Pull down and slide the cover(s) away from the XY / Frogleg mechanism. Be sure to flex the plastic
slightly so the plastic clears the XY.
Figure 8-37 Pull down and slide XY / Frogleg cover out
5.) Disconnect the cable.
6.) Remove the screw securing the ground.
7.) Thread the cover(s) off the cable.
8-5-20-5
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors installation
1.) Thread the cover(s) on the cable.
2.) Perform a dry fit of the covers (confirm the covers face the correct way) before connecting the cable
and ground.
3.) Install the screw securing the ground.
4.) Connect the cable.
5.) Slide cover(s) into place.
6.) Replace the screws to the cover(s).
8 - 82
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-20-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-20-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-20-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
Table 8-51
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-2-4
Top Console position adjustment
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 83
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-21
8-5-21-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Bulkhead Cover replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-5-21-2
Tools
No tools are needed to replace the Bulkhead Cover.
8-5-21-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
Follow this link if you need more information:
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8-5-21-4
Bulkhead Cover removal
1.) At the rear of the system, release the console’s frogleg mechanism by inserting a screwdriver into
the release point and pressing until release. Pull the console out to its extended position to gain
access to the screws in the next step.
Figure 8-38 XY / Frogleg mechanism release
8 - 84
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-21-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Bulkhead Cover removal (cont’d)
Figure 8-39 Bulkhead Cover
2.) Use thumbs to press upper lock tabs toward the front of the system to release the top of the
Bulkhead Cover.
Figure 8-40 Upper lock tabs (placement on Bulkhead Cover)
3.) Pull the Bulkhead Cover away from the system.
Figure 8-41 Bulkhead Cover Tabs (cover removed)
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 85
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-5-21-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Bulkhead Cover installation
1.) Position the Bulkhead Cover, tucking any cables within the cover to avoid pinching the cables.
2.) Install lower tab locks first, and then upper tab locks.
3.) Replace the Bulkhead Cover.
8-5-21-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-5-21-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-5-21-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-52
8 - 86
Bulkhead Cover replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-5 - Replacing Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-6
Replacing Top Console Parts
8-6-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to replace the Top Console parts.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 87
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor assembly replacement
There are two types of Monitors:
•
Original LCD Monitor (P/N 5167953)
•
LCD Monitors used in R4 original consoles, LCD Monitor V2 (5392293-21, used in R4.x and later
production)
For LCD Monitor V2 (LCD and Arm Assembly used in R4.x production), see: Table 8-58 "LCD Monitor
V2 removal - R4.x" on page 8-93.
For LCD Monitor V2 (LCD and Arm Assembly used in R5.x and later production), see: Table 8-60 "LCD
Monitor V2 removal - R5.x and later" on page 8-97.
Table 8-53
NOTE:
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
If the device is equipped with WLAN option, Velcro will be required to ensure proper installation
of the reinstalled WLAN dongle.
Table 8-54
Preparations and Preparation Link
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE
ARE NO TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL
ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS
SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD
IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP
may be energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC
Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Move the User Interface (Top Console) to its lower position.
3. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
Preparation Link (if you need more information):
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8 - 88
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor assembly replacement (cont’d)
New labels have been added to the LCD rear cover to meet the IEC 60601-1 compliance
requirements. When replacing the LCD Monitor on a LOGIQ E9 console, make sure that if the
LCD back cover labels are on the console, the labels are on the replacement FRU. This will
ensure there is no confusion between the labels on the console and the labels described in the
User and Service Documentation.
Table 8-55
LCD Rear Cover Labels
Console
FRU
Action
Console is third edition
compliant:
FRU DOES NOT have the new
labels ARE ON the LCD Monitor labels on the LCD Cover.
Cover
Console is pre-third edition
compliant and the new labels
ARE NOT on the LCD Monitor
Cover.
8-6-2-1
The original VESA cover with
new labels should be used on the
replacement Monitor to maintain
compliance of the console.
The original VESA cover on the
console should be used on the
FRU HAS the new labels on the replacement LCD Monitor. The
LCD Monitor Cover.
new labels ARE NOT described
in the User and Service
Documentation.
LCD Monitor removal - R3.x and earlier
A cover at the rear side of the LCD Monitor assembly covers the two cables to the monitor. To get
access to the cable connectors, remove the Cable Cover.
Table 8-56
1.
LCD Monitor removal - R3.x and earlier
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
For easy access, tilt the LCD Monitor
forward to horizontal position.
Monitor Cables Cover Screw and
Monitor tilted forward
Unscrew the fixing screw on the rear side of
the LCD Monitor assembly.
Remove the Monitor Cables Cover.
Lift the cover away and place it in a safe
place.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 89
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-56
2.
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor removal - R3.x and earlier
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
Disconnect the cables to the Monitor.
LCD Monitor Cables and Clamps
NOTE: If you are replacing any cables (1),
you will also need to remove two additional
tie-wraps (2) at the bracket.
Remove the clamps (3).
NOTE: If the device is equipped with the
WLAN option, remove the WLAN dongle
and transfer it to the new monitor.
WLAN Dongle removal
To remove the dongle, slightly lift up the
end to disengage the Velcro, then pull the
dongle out of the USB port.
3.
Tilt the monitor back to vertical position.
Lock the monitor back into place vertically.
LCD Monitor fixing screws
Loosen the four screws by turning each
screw between one half and one turn
counter-clockwise. You don’t need to
remove the screws.
Lift the LCD Monitor assembly upwards
until you can lift it away from the Monitor
Bracket.
Place the LCD Monitor on a clean and safe
surface.
8 - 90
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-2-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor installation - R3.x and earlier
Table 8-57
LCD Monitor installation - R3.x and earlier
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: To ensure the LCD Monitor is
installed level with the system and before
tightening the four screws:
MAKE SURE:
- the system is on a level surface,
- the wheels are in-line,
- the LCD Monitor Arm Lock is LOCKED.
Check that the system is level.
Install the LCD Monitor assembly on the
Monitor Bracket. Verify that all four fixing
screws have engaged in their slots.
Place a level on the monitor (as shown).
Tighten the four screws, torque: 160 Ncm
{14.2 lbf-in}).
NOTE: If a level is not available, make sure
the Monitor is as square as possible with
the system, visually.
2.
Tilt the monitor to horizontal position.
LCD Monitor Cables and Clamps
Connect the cables (1).
If the cables were replaced the tie-wraps
(2) and cable clamps (3), if present.
Reinstall WLAN dongle, if device is
equipped with option.
NOTE: It is important to reapply a piece of
the “loop“ portion of Velcro to the WLAN
dongle when it is reinstalled into the new
monitor.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 91
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-57
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor installation - R3.x and earlier
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
Install the Monitor Cables Cover and fasten
it with the fixing screw.
NOTE: If the replacement FRU DOES NOT
have the new labels on the LCD Cover, the
original VESA cover with new labels should
be used on the replacement Monitor to
maintain compliance of the console. See:
Table 8-55 "LCD Rear Cover Labels" on
page 8-89.
4.
8 - 92
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-6-2-7 - Calibration and adjustments, 8-6-2-8 - Verification
and 8-6-2-9 "Functional Checks" on page 8-101.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 removal - R4.x
A cover at the rear side of the LCD Monitor assembly covers the cable to the monitor. To get access to
the cable connector, remove the Cable Cover.
Table 8-58
LCD Monitor V2 removal - R4.x
Steps
1.
Remove the LCD Cable Cover fixing
screws.
2.
The LCD Cable to LCD is secured to the
LCD with a retaining screw (1), an EMC
shielded retainer (2) and two phillips
screws (3).
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the screws and retainer.
Disconnect the Cable from the LCD.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 93
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-58
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 removal - R4.x
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
WARNING
WHEN REMOVING THE LCD FROM THE
ARM, KEEP THE LCD ARM ASSEMBLY
IN THE LOCKED POSITION. THE
SPRINGS TO SUPPORT THE LCD CAN
CAUSE THE ARM TO SPRING OPEN
CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY
AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
4.
8 - 94
Keep the LCD supported and remove the
two M5x20 screws and spring “lock”
washers which mount the LCD to the Arm
Assembly.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 installation - R4.x
Table 8-59
LCD Monitor V2 installation - R4.x
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
WARNING
WHEN INSTALLING THE LCD TO THE
ARM, KEEP THE LCD ARM ASSEMBLY
IN THE LOCKED POSITION. THE
SPRINGS TO SUPPORT THE LCD CAN
CAUSE THE ARM TO SPRING OPEN
CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY
AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
Keep the LCD supported and mate the flat
surfaces of the LCD Arm to the flat surfaces
of the LCD mounts.
Install the LCD Arm Assembly to the LCD
with the two M5x20 screws and spring
“lock” washers removed. Torque: 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf-ft {86.7 lbf-in}).
2.
The LCD Cable to LCD is secured to the
LCD with a retaining screw (1), an EMC
shielded retainer (2) and two phillips
screws (3).
Remove the screws and retainer, if present
or re-install the Cable into LCD and tighten
the screw (1).
Install the retainer and secure with the two
M4X12 screws (3).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 95
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-59
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 installation - R4.x
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: To ensure the LCD Monitor is
installed level with the system and before
re- installing the LCD Back Cover:
MAKE SURE:
- the system is on a level surface,
- the wheels are in-line,
- the LCD Monitor Arm Lock is LOCKED.
Check that the system is level.
Place a level on the monitor (as shown).
Tighten the four screws, torque: 160 Ncm
{14.2 lbf-in}).
NOTE: If a level is not available, make sure
the Monitor is as square as possible with
the system, visually.
Re-install the LCD Cable Cover and fixing
screws.
4.
8 - 96
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-6-2-7 - Calibration and adjustments, 8-6-2-8 - Verification
and 8-6-2-9 "Functional Checks" on page 8-101.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-2-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 removal - R5.x and later
A cover at the rear side of the LCD Monitor assembly covers the cable to the monitor. To get access to
the cable connector, remove the Cable Cover.
Table 8-60
LCD Monitor V2 removal - R5.x and later
Steps
1.
Remove the LCD Cable Cover fixing
screws.
2.
The LCD Cable to LCD is secured to the
LCD with a retaining screw (1), an EMC
shielded retainer (2) and two phillips
screws (3).
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the screws and retainer.
Disconnect the Cable from the LCD.
3.
WARNING
WHEN REMOVING THE LCD FROM THE
ARM, KEEP THE LCD ARM ASSEMBLY
IN THE LOCKED POSITION. THE
SPRINGS TO SUPPORT THE LCD CAN
CAUSE THE ARM TO SPRING OPEN
CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY
AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 97
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-60
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 removal - R5.x and later
Steps
4.
Corresponding Graphic
Lay the Monitor flat.
Remove the two lower Phillips screws (1).
Loosen the upper Phillips screws (2). The
Monitor will be supported by the two upper
screws.
Slide the Monitor off of the Arm Assembly.
Remove the upper Phillips screws to
reinstall into the replacement LCD Monitor.
Upper Monitor mounting screw and hole
8 - 98
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-2-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 installation - R5.x and later
Table 8-61
LCD Monitor V2 installation - R5.x and later
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
WARNING
WHEN INSTALLING THE LCD TO THE
ARM, KEEP THE LCD ARM ASSEMBLY
IN THE LOCKED POSITION. THE
SPRINGS TO SUPPORT THE LCD CAN
CAUSE THE ARM TO SPRING OPEN
CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY
AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
2.
Reinstall the upper two Phillips into the
Monitor.
With the Monitor flat, slide the Monitor onto
the Arm Assembly. The Monitor will be
supported by the two upper screws.
Reinstall the two lower Phillips screws (1)
and tighten the upper Phillips screws (2).
Make sure the Monitor is level before
tightening the screws securely.
3.
The LCD Cable to LCD is secured to the
LCD with a retaining screw (1), an EMC
shielded retainer (2) and two phillips
screws (3).
Remove the screws and retainer, if present
or re-install the Cable into LCD and tighten
the screw (1).
Install the retainer and secure with the two
M4X12 screws (3).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 99
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-61
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 installation - R5.x and later
Steps
4.
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: To ensure the LCD Monitor is
installed level with the system and before
re- installing the LCD Back Cover:
MAKE SURE:
- the system is on a level surface,
- the wheels are in-line,
- the LCD Monitor Arm Lock is LOCKED.
Check that the system is level.
Place a level on the monitor (as shown).
If any adjustment is required, loosen the
four mounting screws and make the
adjustment. Re-tighten the four screws
after the adjustment.
NOTE: If a level is not available, make sure
the Monitor is as square as possible with
the system, visually.
Re-install the LCD Cable Cover and fixing
screws.
5.
8 - 100
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-6-2-7 - Calibration and adjustments, 8-6-2-8 - Verification
and 8-6-2-9 "Functional Checks" on page 8-101.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-2-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
Refer to: Section 6-3 "LCD Monitor adjustments" on page 6-2 for LCD Monitor calibration instructions.
8-6-2-8
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-6-2-9
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-62
LCD Monitor assembly replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
6-3-4
LCD Adjustment Procedure
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Leakage Current
measured at (record the value) and meets
allowable limits. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 101
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Arm assembly replacement
Three types of LCD Arms Assemblies are covered in this Section. LCD Arm used in R3.x and earlier,
R4.x production and R5.x and later.
For LCD Arm Assembly used with LCD Monitor V2 (LCD and Arm Assembly used in R4.x production),
see: 8-6-3-2 "LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly replacement (used in R4.x production)" on page 8-105.
For LCD Arm Assembly used with LCD Monitor V2 (LCD and Arm Assembly used in R5.x and later
production), see: 8-6-3-3 "LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly replacement - R5.x and later" on page 8-111.
If the V2 LCD Arm Assembly Adapter is being replaced, see: 8-6-4 "V2 LCD Arm Assembly Adapter
replacement - R4.x and later" on page 8-118,
Table 8-63
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5
Table 8-64
Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE
ARE NO TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL
ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS
SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD
IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP
may be energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC
Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
NOTE: If you are also replacing the LCD Monitor, you do not need to remove the monitor from the arm.
3. Remove the LCD Monitor assembly and the Bulkhead cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7
• 8-6-2 "LCD Monitor assembly replacement" on page 8-88
• 8-5-21 "Bulkhead Cover replacement" on page 8-84
8 - 102
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Arm replacement - R3.x and earlier
Table 8-65
LCD Arm assembly removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Disconnect the LCD cables; video (P10)
and power (P3) from the connectors on the
Bulkhead. The Gel Warmer cable (P1)
does not have to be removed.
LCD Cables at Bulkhead
2.
Push the LCD Mount Lock handle (1) into
the unlocked position (shown LOCKED).
DO NOT loosen nut (2).
LCD Mount Lock Handle
Move the LCD Arm from side to side when
at the same time pulling upwards, until you
can lift LCD Arm assembly away.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 103
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Arm replacement - R3.x and earlier (cont’d)
Table 8-66
LCD Arm assembly installation
Steps
1.
Carefully install the LCD Arm assembly into
position, first feeding the LCD Arm cables
down through the console opening.
Corresponding Graphic
LCD Mount Lock Handle
Push the LCD Mount Lock handle (1) into
locked the position (shown LOCKED).
DO NOT adjust nut (2).
2.
Connect the LCD cables; video (P10) and
power (P3) from the connectors on the
Bulkhead. The Gel Warmer cable (P1)
does not have to be removed.
LCD Cables at Bulkhead
Install the Bulkhead Cover.
Install the LCD Monitor assembly.
3.
8 - 104
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-6-3-4 - Calibration and adjustments, 8-6-3-5 - Verification
and 8-6-3-6 "Functional Checks" on page 8-117.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly replacement (used in R4.x production)
Table 8-67
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly removal - R4
Steps
1.
2.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the LCD Monitor.
WARNING
WHEN REMOVING THE LCD ARM, KEEP
THE ARM LOCKED, AS SHOWN TO
ENSURE THE LCD ARM ASSEMBLY IS
IN THE LOCKED POSITION UNTILL THE
ARM AND LCD ARE INSTALLED. THE
SPRINGS TO SUPPORT THE LCD CAN
CAUSE THE ARM TO SPRING OPEN
CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY
AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
3.
Remove the Bulkhead Cover.
4.
Disconnect the LCD cables; video (P10)
and power (P3) from the LCD.
The Video Cable has a retainer and screw.
Loosen the screw with a small, flat blade
screwdriver.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 105
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-67
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly removal - R4
Steps
5.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the Set Screw.
Carefully lift the Arm Assembly up from the
LOGIQ E9.
8 - 106
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly replacement (used in R4.x production) (cont’d)
Table 8-68
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly installation - R4
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
WARNING
WHEN INSTALLING THE LCD ARM
ASSEMBLY, KEEP THE LCD ARM IN
THE LOCKED POSITION. THE SPRINGS
TO SUPPORT THE LCD CAN CAUSE
THE ARM TO SPRING OPEN CAUSING
SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND
PROPERTY DAMAGE.
IF INSTALLING A NEW FRU, KEEP THE
SHIPPING WRAP INTACT TO ENSURE
THE LCD ARM ASSEMBLY IS IN THE
LOCKED POSITION UNTIL THE LCD IS
INSTALLED.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 107
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-68
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly installation - R4
Steps
2.
Corresponding Graphic
Take the LCD Arm and Cable Assembly
and feed the LCD Power Cable into the
Adapter first.
Position the Video Cable Connector as
shown and continue to feed the cables into
the Adapter.
Install the Arm Assembly.
3.
Position the Arm Assembly so the Set
Screw mounting hole faces the left side of
the LOGIQ E9.
Install the Set Screw. Torque: 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf-ft {86.4 lbf-in}).
8 - 108
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-68
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly installation - R4
Steps
4.
Corresponding Graphic
Connect the LCD cables; video (P10) and
power (P3) from the LCD.
The Video Cable has a retainer and screw.
Tighten the screw with a small, flat blade
screwdriver.
Make sure the cables do not interfere with
the installation of the cables. It may be
necessary to push the cables up before
installing the Bulkhead Cover.
NOTICE
DO NOT connect the LCD power cable to the power (P3) connector on the Bulkhead when the
LOGIQ E9 is powered up. Damage to the LCD Power Cable and/or the Bulkhead Board can
occur. See images below of damage that can occur.
48VDC pin in the P3 connector (center pin), shows damage.
The outside two pins are Ground. Cable left, Bulkhead Connector right.
5.
Re-install the LCD Monitor.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 109
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-68
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly installation - R4
Steps
6.
Corresponding Graphic
After plugging in the LCD Cable, bend the
cable as shown, pull with your index finger
and push with your thumb. The “S” bend
allows the cable to flex in the up direction
when the Bulk Head Cover is installed.
Install the Bulkhead Cover.
8 - 110
7.
Remove the shipping wrap, if present. DO NOT damage the surface of the Arm Assembly.
8.
Install the Bulkhead Cover.
9.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-6-3-4 - Calibration and adjustments, 8-6-3-5 - Verification
and 8-6-3-6 "Functional Checks" on page 8-117.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly replacement - R5.x and later
Table 8-69
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly removal - R5 and later
Steps
1.
2.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the LCD Monitor.
WARNING
WHEN REMOVING THE LCD ARM, KEEP
THE ARM LOCKED, AS SHOWN TO
ENSURE THE LCD ARM ASSEMBLY IS
IN THE LOCKED POSITION UNTILL THE
ARM AND LCD ARE INSTALLED. THE
SPRINGS TO SUPPORT THE LCD CAN
CAUSE THE ARM TO SPRING OPEN
CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY
AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
3.
Remove the Bulkhead Cover.
4.
Disconnect the LCD and Arm cables; Video
(P10) and power (P3) from the LCD and the
and ground Cable from the Arm.
The Video Cable has a retainer and screw.
Loosen the screw with a small, flat blade
screwdriver. The ground Cable uses a
Phillips screw.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 111
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-69
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly removal - R5 and later
Steps
5.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the Set Screw.
Carefully lift the Arm Assembly up from the
LOGIQ E9.
8 - 112
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly replacement - R5.x and later (cont’d)
Table 8-70
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly installation - R5 and later
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
WARNING
WHEN INSTALLING THE LCD ARM ASSEMBLY, KEEP THE LCD ARM IN THE LOCKED
POSITION. THE SPRINGS TO SUPPORT THE LCD CAN CAUSE THE ARM TO SPRING
OPEN CAUSING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
2.
Make sure the Bushing is installed and
positioned in the orientation shown. The
larger hole in the Bushing is to
accommodate the pin.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 113
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-70
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly installation - R5 and later
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
The R5 and later Arm Assembly Cable
route in the same manner as R4, except
there is now a ground Cable for the Arm.
Take the LCD Arm and Cables and feed the
LCD Power Cable into the Adapter first.
Position the Video Cable Connector as
shown and continue to feed the cables into
the Adapter.
Install the Arm Assembly.
4.
Position the Arm Assembly so the Set
Screw mounting hole faces the left side of
the LOGIQ E9.
Install the Set Screw. Torque: 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf-ft {86.4 lbf-in}).
8 - 114
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-70
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly installation - R5 and later
Steps
4.
Corresponding Graphic
Connect the LCD and Arm cables; Arm
ground Cable (A) first, Video (P10) and
power (P3) from the LCD.
The Video Cable has a retainer and screw.
Tighten the screw with a small, flat blade
screwdriver.
Make sure the cables do not interfere with
the installation of the cables. It may be
necessary to push the cables up before
installing the Bulkhead Cover.
NOTICE
DO NOT connect the LCD power cable to the power (P3) connector on the Bulkhead when the
LOGIQ E9 is powered up. Damage to the LCD Power Cable and/or the Bulkhead Board can
occur. See images below of damage that can occur.
48VDC pin in the P3 connector (center pin), shows damage.
The outside two pins are Ground. Cable left, Bulkhead Connector right.
5.
Re-install the LCD Monitor.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 115
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-70
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly installation - R5 and later
Steps
6.
Corresponding Graphic
After plugging in the LCD Cable, bend the
cable as shown, pull with your index finger
and push with your thumb. The “S” bend
allows the cable to flex in the up direction
when the Bulk Head Cover is installed.
Install the Bulkhead Cover.
8 - 116
7.
Install the Bulkhead Cover.
8.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-6-3-4 - Calibration and adjustments, 8-6-3-5 - Verification
and 8-6-3-6 "Functional Checks" on page 8-117.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-3-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
Refer to: Section 6-3 "LCD Monitor adjustments" on page 6-2 for LCD Monitor calibration instructions.
8-6-3-5
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
4.) Move the LCD Monitor Arm from side to side and ensure that it moves as intended.
8-6-3-6
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-71
LCD Arm assembly replacement Functional Checks
See
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
6-3-4
LCD Adjustment Procedure
10-6-4
Grounding continuity
10-6-5
Chassis leakage current test
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 117
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
V2 LCD Arm Assembly Adapter replacement - R4.x and later
Table 8-72
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
30 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5
Table 8-73
Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE
ARE NO TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL
ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND
THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP
may be energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC
Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes.
NOTE: If you are replacing the V2 LCD Arm Assembly Adapter replacement, you do not need to remove the monitor
from the arm.
3. Remove the LCD Monitor and Arm Assembly and the Bulkhead cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-6-3-2 "LCD Monitor V2 Arm assembly replacement (used in R4.x production)" on page 8-105.
• 8-5-21 "Bulkhead Cover replacement" on page 8-84.
8 - 118
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
V2 LCD Arm Assembly Adapter removal
Table 8-74
V2 LCD Arm Assembly Adapter removal
Steps
1.
Remove the Bulkhead Cover.
2.
Disconnect the LCD cables; video (P10)
and power (P3) from the LCD.
Corresponding Graphic
The Video Cable has a retainer and screw.
Loosen the screw with a small, flat blade
screwdriver.
3.
Remove the Ground Cable from the LCD
Adapter and the Bulkhead. Discard (the
new FRU will includes the cable and
mounting hardware).
2.
Remove the Plate. The plate is captured by
the two retaining pins that protrude from the
Adapter.
LCD Ground Cable installed
NOTE: A pin or pick can be used to lift the
plate slightly to remove.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 119
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-74
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
V2 LCD Arm Assembly Adapter removal
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the two M5 x 50 hex key screws
using a 4 mm Hex Key.
Remove adapter.
8 - 120
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-4-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
V2 LCD Arm Assembly Adapter installation
Table 8-75
V2 Arm Adapter installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Insert the Adapter into the Frame UI Upper
Assembly.
Align the mounting holes and install the two
M5 x 50 hex key screws using a 4 mm Hex
Key to secure the Adapter. Torque 2.5 Nm
(1.8 lbf-ft {21.6 lbf-in}).
NOTE: Note the shape of the rear
mounting hole, this is important for the
next step before the Thrust Plate is
installed.
2.
NOTE: MAKE SURE the rear mounting
hole for the Arm Neck Lock Pin, in the Trust
Plate is aligned with the rear mounting hole
of the Adapter BEFORE installing the
Plate. If the Plate is installed incorrectly, it
may be very difficult to remove.
Align the rear mounting hole for the Arm
Neck Lock Pin, in the Trust Plate with the
rear mounting hole of the Adapter.
Seat the Plate. The plate will be captured
by the two retaining pins that protrude from
the Adapter.
LCD Ground Cable installed
3.
Install the Ground Cable to the LCD
Adapter and to the Bulkhead using the two
screws and lock washers. Torque 1.3 Nm
(0.96 lbf-ft {11.5 lbf-in}).
4.
Re-install the LCD and Arm Assembly and connect the LCD Cable.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 121
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-75
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
V2 Arm Adapter installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
NOTICE
DO NOT connect the LCD power cable to the power (P3) connector on the Bulkhead when the
LOGIQ E9 is powered up. Damage to the LCD Power Cable and/or the Bulkhead Board can
occur. See: images below of damage that can occur.
48VDC pin in the P3 connector (center pin), shows damage.
The outside two pins are Ground. Cable left, Bulkhead Connector right.
5.
8-6-4-3
Install the Bulkhead Cover.
Calibration and adjustments
Refer to: Section 6-3 "LCD Monitor adjustments" on page 6-2 for LCD Monitor calibration instructions.
8-6-4-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the LOGIQ E9 to verify that it operates as intended.
8 - 122
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional tests to confirm the LOGIQ E9 is operational before returning the
LOGIQ E9 to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use.
Table 8-76
V2 LCD Arm Adapter replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Checks
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-2-4
Top Console position adjustment
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
6-3-4
LCD Adjustment Procedure
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Leakage Current
measured at (record the value) and meets
allowable limits. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 123
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
WLAN replacement - R2.x and R3.x only
Table 8-77
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5
• Appropriate PPE
• ESD
Table 8-78
Preparations and Preparation Link
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR LOGIQ E9
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE
NO TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS
SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD
IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP
may be energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC
Outlet.
1.Select Utility -> Connectivity -> TCP/IP -> Wireless Network -> Configuration
2.As a precautionary step:
a.Document all the information regarding configuration of the WLAN.
b.Select the Properties tab.
c.Record the following information (provided by the Customer site IT):
i. Network Name (SSID)
ii. Network Authentication
iii.Data Encryption
iv.Network Key
v.Key Index
vi.Specify Yes/No to “The Key is Provided Automatically”
vii.IEEE 802.1x Authentication information
viii.EAP type
d. Press Close.
3. Power down the system.
4. Move the User Interface (Top Console) to the lowest position.
5. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
Preparation Link (if you need more information):
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8 - 124
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-5-1
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
WLAN removal
It is not necessary to remove the LCD Monitor or the LCD Arm.
Table 8-79
WLAN removal
Steps
1.
Remove the rear cover of LCD monitor.
For easy access, tilt the LCD Monitor forward to horizontal position.
NOTE: You CANNOT fully remove the cover unless the LCD is tilted forward to the horizontal
position.
2.
8-6-5-2
To remove the dongle, slightly lift up the end to disengage the Velcro, then pull the dongle out of
the USB port.
WLAN installation
Table 8-80
WLAN installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
NETGEAR USB dongle WN111 is
identified with the following markings:
Remove the dongle from the Factory
packaging.
Remove the plastic cover from the dongle
and discard.
Remove the Velcro pieces from the Factory
packaging.
Discard all other items included in the
dongle packaging, only the dongle and
Velcro are required.
2.
Choose a piece of Velcro with the Hook
“gender” (rigid piece). Remove the
adhesive protection strip and attach this
portion of the Velcro to the dongle on the
side WITHOUT the LED, at the orientation
and location as shown.
The outer edges of the Velcro have no
hooks. Attach the Velcro at this orientation,
to prevent covering up the vent holes. DO
NOT cover the vent holes.
Align the Velcro where the flat starts to
curve (1).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 125
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-80
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
WLAN installation
Steps
3.
Attach the opposite piece of the Velcro to
the “hook” side and remove the adhesive
protection strip, if the loop side of Velcro is
not present in the monitor.
Corresponding Graphic
WLAN with opposite piece of Velcro attached
NOTE: If this is a replacement WLAN
dongle, you do not need to attach this
opposite piece of Velcro if the opposite
piece is already attached to the LCD.
4.
Install the WLAN dongle into the USB port;
lifting slightly, to prevent the adhesive from
attaching before the dongle is installed.
WLAN Dongle installed
Once installed, push on the end of the
dongle, to adhere the adhesive.
NOTE: To remove the dongle, slightly lift up
the end to disengage the Velcro, then pull
the dongle out of the USB port.
5.
8 - 126
Reinstall the LCD monitor cover. Reboot the system.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
WLAN - Set up and Check
Table 8-81
WLAN - Set up and Check
Steps
1.
All configuration parameters should have
been kept and the WLAN should start
working right away. If it does not, check
configuration.
Corresponding Graphic
WLAN Active
For setting up the WLAN, refer to the latest
revision of the LOGIQ E9 Basic User
Manual, Chapter 16.
WLAN not Active
When the WLAN is active, an icon appears
in the status bar to indicate whether the
WLAN is installed or disconnected.
2.
Select Utility -> Connectivity -> TCP/IP ->
Wireless Network -> Configuration.
If enabled, Available Wireless Networks
appear.
Configuration Tool Screen
If not connected:
• Highlight the wireless network you wan to
use.
• Click “Connect” at the bottom of the
“Configuration” tool.
To check WLAN is working properly, ping/
verify a device in the network, query WL or
Send an image.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 127
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-5-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Test
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-82
8 - 128
WLAN replacement instructions Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-10
Basic Measurements
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-6
8-6-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Probe Holder Insert replacement
Probe Holder Insert removal
Table 8-83
Probe Holder Insert removal
Steps
8-6-6-2
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Carefully pull the flexible Probe Holder
Insert out of the lower UI frame. Large (1)
and small (2) soft, Probe Holder Inserts.
2.
To remove the dongle, slightly lift up the end to disengage the Velcro, then pull the dongle out of
the USB port.
Probe Holder placement
Probe Holder Insert installation
Table 8-84
Probe Holder Insert installation
Steps
1.
Install the flexible Probe Holder Insert into
the lower UI frame. Be sure the hooks (1)
and tabs (2) fit properly and the Probe
Holder fits snugly.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
Corresponding Graphic
Probe Holder placement
8 - 129
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-7
8-6-7-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel Knobs replacement
Operator Panel Knobs removal
Table 8-85
Operator Panel Knobs removal
Step
1.
8-6-7-2
Carefully pull the knobs, one by one, to remove them.
Operator Panel Knobs installation
Table 8-86
Operator Panel Knobs installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: The Operator Panel knobs are
concentric knobs, the center shaft has a D
shape. Replace the outer knobs first then
the inner ones.
OP Panel Knobs
LOGIQ
Install the knobs, one by one in their
respective positions.
1
2
Y
PW
X
Εlasto
V Nav
Logiq
View
Z
CW
PDI
M
Contrast
CF
Steer
CHI
Measure
Zoom
Comment
3D/4D
L
Width
Depth
B
Auto
R
P4
Clear
Freeze
P1
8 - 130
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
P2
P3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-8
8-6-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Upper Operator Panel / Touch Panel Assembly replacement
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly removal
Table 8-87
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly removal
Steps
1.
Make sure that the OP Panel is in its
uppermost position, with the LCD out of the
way:
Corresponding Graphic
OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly
LOGIQ
1
2
CW
Εlasto
V Nav
Logiq
View
PDI
Contrast
Steer
CHI
Measure
Width
Depth
Zoom
Comment
3D/4D
L
Auto
R
P4
Clear
Freeze
P1
2.
P2
P3
Remove the five OP Panel Knobs.
NOTICE
Failure to remove the five OP Panel Knobs first, could cause damage to the knob shafts.
3.
At the rear of the system, release the
frogleg mechanism for the console by
inserting a screwdriver into the release
point and pressing until release. Pull the
console out to its extended position to gain
access to the screws in the next step.
XY / Frogleg mechanism release
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 131
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-87
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
4.
Remove the four screws with washers from
the rear of the console.
Back Cover of the Upper OP Panel/Touch
Panel Assembly, Screws and Washers
5.
NOTE: Make sure the five OP Panel Knobs
have been removed.
Removing the Upper OP Panel/Touch
Panel Assembly
Lift the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel
assembly slightly from the bottom, and then
tilt the top toward the front of the system.
There are tabs at the bottom of the Touch
Panel Assembly. Pull straight up on these
tabs.
NOTE: For better access, swing the LCD
Monitor to the side.
6.
8 - 132
Disconnect the cables at the back of the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly (see:
Figure 8-42 "Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel assembly cable placement - R4 and earlier" on page
8-133).
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly removal (cont’d)
Figure 8-42 Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel assembly cable placement - R4 and earlier
NOTE:
1.
Upper OP Panel
5.
Power - ON/OFF LOGIC to BEP
2.
USB - OUT to Bulkhead Board
Cable to J24 is not present in later
production
6.
AN Keyboard USB and Power
3.
USB - Video from BEP
7.
USB - Trackball
4.
USB - Upper OP Panel from BEP
The spacers (circled) on the back of the Upper Op Panel are not included with early FRUs
(these will be added to FRUs after product release). So, if you have to swap an Upper Op Panel,
take the spacers off of the old Op panel and swap them into the new one. If they are on so tightly
that you cannot take them off using your fingers, use a pair of pliers and rotate them back and
forth to work them off. These spacers prevent the Op panel from working past its mounting
surface and getting “sucked” too far into the upper frame, causing the Op panel to get twisted
and causing problems.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 133
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly removal (cont’d)
Figure 8-43 Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel assembly cable placement - R5 and later
8 - 134
1.
Upper OP Panel
4.
USB - Video - J22
2.
USB - Main Display - J25
5.
48V Power - ON/OFF LOGIC to
BEP - J23
3.
USB - BEP - J21
6.
Upper to Lower Connector:
Power - J17 (top)
USB - J16
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly removal (cont’d)
Figure 8-44 Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel assembly cables - R4 and earlier
1.
Ribbon Cable from the Operator
Panel, Lower
5.
Bulkhead Board USB Cable 2 (from
bulkhead position furthest from the
OP) in position J25
2.
Trackball Cable from the Operator
Panel, Lower
6.
USB Cable 1 (part of Main Cable) in
position J21
3.
A/N Cable from the A/N Keyboard
7.
USB Cable 2 (part of Main Cable) in
position J22
4.
Bulkhead Board USB Cable 1
(from bulkhead position closest to
the OP) in position J24
8.
Power/On-Off switch (part of Main
Cable) in position J23
NOTICE Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the 195 Panel/Touch Panel Assembly.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 135
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly removal (cont’d)
Figure 8-45 Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel assembly cables - R5 5208000 and 5209000 family
USB
J23
P8
USB
AUDIO
48V
P3
J18
USB
HUB
(7)
USB
J22
J17
+48V
REG
P4
P6
REG
L
BKLT
CNTRL
12V
5V
3.3V
J12
J5
1
2
CN10
J26
CN4
VIDEO
CNTRL
CN7
4
J7
12V
8
7
J52
TRACK
BALL
USB
HUB
(3)
J51
6
J53
KEYBOARD
uP
TOUCH
CNTRL
3
LED
BKLight
10.4"
SVGA
PCAP
TOUCH
ON/
OFF
UP/DN/
LOCK
BUTTONS
BULKHEAD
PLATE
OP PANEL
MAIN CABLE
MICROPHONE
6
J4
VPD
J21
P5
VPD
P1
ENABLE
BULKHEAD
BOARD
USB
HUB
(2)
J25
R
MEMORY STICK
J3
UPPER OP
BUTTONS, LIGHTS
ROTARIES, SLIDES
5V 3.3V
REG
LOWER OP
X = comes in OP Panel Cable Kit
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB for OP PANEL
USB for VIDEO on TOUCH PANEL
UP/DN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
1.
Video Controller Power
5.
Customer USB Ports:
Power - J17
USB - J16
2.
Video Controller USB
6.
Trackball
3.
Backlight
7.
Power Upper to Lower
4.
Video
8.
USB Upper to Lower
NOTICE Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the Touch Panel Assembly.
8 - 136
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly removal (cont’d)
Table 8-88
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly installation (cont’d)
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
Attach the cables to the Upper OP Panel/
Touch Panel Assembly before installing it
to the system.
Cables to Upper OP
9 - Power - ON/OFF (from BEP)
10 - USB - Upper OP Panel (from BEP)
11 - USB - Video (from BEP), if present
4.
Install the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel
Assembly into the Frame UI Upper. Be sure
the Upper OP Bezel alignment tabs are
positioned, correctly into the slots in the
Lower OP Bezel and Frame UI Upper
Cover.
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly
alignment tabs and slots
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 137
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-88
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly installation (cont’d)
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly.
8 - 138
5.
Install the four screws to the Back Cover
from behind.
6.
Install the five OP Panel Knobs.
Back Cover of the Upper OP Panel/Touch
Panel Assembly, Screws and Washers
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-8-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-6-8-3
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-6-8-4
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-89
Upper Operator Panel / Touch Panel Assembly installation Functional
Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-10
Basic Measurements
7-5-17-2
Touch Panel Calibration Verification
7-5-12-11
I/O Board Tests
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 139
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Alphanumeric (A/N) Keyboard replacement
Table 8-90
Alphanumeric (A/N) Keyboard replacement Manpower / Time and
Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
• Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5
• Keytop removal tool
Table 8-91
Preparations and Preparation Link
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS
SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS
EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
Preparation Link (if you need more information):
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8 - 140
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-9-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Alphanumeric Keyboard assembly removal
Table 8-92
Alphanumeric (A/N) Keyboard removal
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
The Alphanumeric Keyboard
Assembly is installed in the Lower
Operator Panel.
Keycap Tool
Remove the two shift keys (cap lock
arrows), using the key removal tool
[the “MacGyver” keycap removal
tool will work as well, e.g., a
paperclip] to expose the screws that
secure the keyboard to the Lower
Operator Panel.
NOTE: If the keycap plunger does
not come off with the key, you have
to reinstall it.
Keyboard Mounting Screw
NOTICE
To avoid damaging the keytops, use a small Phillips screwdriver to remove the keyboard
screws.
2.
Remove the Alphanumeric Keyboard screws (M3 x 8).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 141
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-92
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Alphanumeric (A/N) Keyboard removal
Steps
3.
NOTE: Ensure that the elastomer
actuator (white spacers) do not get
separated from the shift keys when
you remove the keys. The new
keyboard keys will include these
actuators. So remove these if they
get left over when removing the shift
keys.
Corresponding Graphic
Elastomer Actuators on
Keyboard Assembly
Using both hands, lift up on the
Keyboard space bar.
The Alphanumeric Keyboard
assembly tabs will act like a hinge
Slide the Alphanumeric Keyboard
assembly out and away from the
tabs.
Remove the Alphanumeric
Keyboard screws (M3 x 8).
8 - 142
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-9-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Alphanumeric Keyboard assembly installation
Table 8-93
Alphanumeric (A/N) Keyboard installation
Steps
1.
Guide the Alphanumeric Keyboard
assembly tabs into the slots.
Corresponding Graphic
Alphanumeric Keyboard Assembly tabs
Lower the Alphanumeric Keyboard,
making sure the plastic “fingers”
seat into the board.
2.
Lower the Alphanumeric Keyboard,
making sure the plastic “fingers”
seat into the board.
3.
Install the two screws.
4.
Install the keytops.
Alphanumeric Keyboard plastic “fingers”
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 143
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-9-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-6-9-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-6-9-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-94
Alphanumeric Keyboard assembly replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-10
Basic Measurements
4-3-18-1
Alphanumeric Keyboard and Display
Platform (Console) Checks
7-5-12-11
I/O Board Tests
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Calibration
8 - 144
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Operator Panel (OP) replacement
Table 8-95
Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
• Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5
• Keytop removal tool
Table 8-96
Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS
SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS
EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly in order to remove the Lower Op Panel.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-6-8 "Upper Operator Panel / Touch Panel Assembly replacement" on page 8-131.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 145
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Operator Panel (OP) removal
Table 8-97
Lower Operator Panel (OP) removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1. Keep XY / Frogleg mechanism in a
released state and the console
extended to gain access to the
screws in the next step. The screws
are available from the underside of
the OP Panel Lower Frame.
Frogleg mechanism released and
2. Remove the five longer, and the
three shorter screws (closest to
front) that secure the Lower
Operator Panel to the Lower
Operator Panel Frame Assembly.
console extended
Screw placement, Lower OP Panel Frame
Assembly (shown) to Lower OP Panel
Access the screws from beneath
the Lower OP Panel Frame
Assembly.
3. Remove the Alphanumeric Keyboard screws (M3 x 8).
8 - 146
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-97
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Operator Panel (OP) removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
4. Holding the front edge, gently flex
the Lower OP Panel up until the
Trackball Assembly just clears the
Lower OP Panel Frame Assembly
handle.
Flex points on Lower OP Panel
(when the front edge is lifted)
Pull the Lower OP Panel out and
away from the Lower OP Panel
Frame Assembly.
Store it on an ESD safe place.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 147
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Op Panel Board replacement
Table 8-98
Lower Op Panel Board replacement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1. To replace the Lower Op Panel
Board, remove all the knobs from
the control board before removing it
(Mode knobs, TGC Slide Pots,
Alpha-numeric keyboard, Body
Pattern, Zoom, and Depth joystick
encoder knobs). For the Mode
knobs, ensure that these stay intact.
There are d-ring inserts in to spots
in the Mode keys -- DO NOT let
these come apart.
Lower Op Panel Board - face down
Remove all the knobs.
NOTE: The two encoders near the
trackball have different knobs than
the other six locations. These knobs
have taller ribs inside, so they sit
higher up on the shaft. This position
prevents the knob from hitting the
“puffy” feature on the bezel.
Lower Op Panel Board with
Customer Removable Trackball
Turn the board over, face down.
Remove the Trackball.
Remove the power and USB
cables. These cables are anchored
to a screw, so you’ll need to remove
the screw first.
5208000 OP Panel Lower family
8 - 148
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-98
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Op Panel Board replacement
Steps
2. Detach the five joystick encoder
cables that stick through the Upper
OP I/O.
3. DO NOT remove the flat J1 cable
that is attached to the Lower Op
Panel Board.
Corresponding Graphic
Joystick Encoder Cables
J1 Cable attached
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 149
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-98
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Op Panel Board replacement
Steps
4. Unscrew the 34 screws.
Corresponding Graphic
Lower Op Panel Board - screws
Slowly and carefully lift the board
away from the Lower Op Panel
Bezel. IF any of the keycap holders
are upset, reset them. DO NOT
drop the Lower Op Panel Bezel
because you will have to replace all
of the keycap holders.
8 - 150
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-98
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Op Panel Board replacement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
5. Remove the TGC dust gasket. The
gasket is included with the complete
Lower Panel and the Lower Panel
Circuit Board.
TGC Dust Gasket
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 151
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Bezel Replacement
Table 8-99
Lower Bezel Replacement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1. Remove and transfer keycap and
carriers over to the new Lower
Bezel.
Ring of Keys Parts
(used on P/N 5207000-33 and prior only)
Remove and transfer Encoders to
the new Lower Bezel.
Remove and transfer the Trackball
ring of keys parts to the new Lower
Bezel.
8 - 152
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 8-99
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Bezel Replacement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
2. Customer Removable Trackball
Bezel DOES NOT use a Ring of
Keys.
B
C
The keys are smaller and retained
to the Bezel with pivot points (E).
D
A - Trackball Key, Bottom
B - Trackball Key, Left
C - Trackball Key, Top
D - Trackball Key, Right
E - Trackball Key, Pivot Points
A
E
One Pivot Point (E) shown on
Bottom Key (A).
The Keys MUST BE tilted up to
remove. Keys A - Bottom, B - Left
and D - Right, are squeezed to be
removed.
Key C - Top, Pivot Points are pulled
outward.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 153
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10-2-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Touch Panel Joystick Encoder Replacement
Table 8-100 Touch Panel Joystick Encoder Replacement
Steps
1. From the front of the Lower Bezel,
remove the hex nut from the
Joystick Encoder.
8 - 154
Corresponding Graphic
Encoder Hex Nuts
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Depth-Type Joystick Encoder Replacement
Table 8-101 Depth-Type Joystick Encoder Replacement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1. Remove the elastomer covering
from the Lower Bezel.
Elastomer Cover
2. Flip the board over.
Bottom of Board
Detach the cable.
Flip the board over again.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 155
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-101 Depth-Type Joystick Encoder Replacement
Steps
3. Remove the hex nut.
8-6-10-2-4
Corresponding Graphic
Joystick Encoder Nuts (top view of board)
Mode Encoder Replacement
Table 8-102 Mode Encoder Replacement
Step
1. These encoders plug into the headers on the board; so remove the nut from the top side and pull
out the encoder from the bottom side.
NOTE: The elastomer is on the top side.
8 - 156
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10-2-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Elastomer Lower Op Panel Replacement
Table 8-103 Elastomer Lower Op Panel Replacement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1. Align the elastomer guides.
Elastomer
Elastomer Guides - bottom view
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 157
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-103 Elastomer Lower Op Panel Replacement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
2. On the bottom side of the Lower
Bezel, pull through the elastomer
guides until they lock in.
Elastomer Guides - top view (not
all elastomer anchors are identified
Double check that all 16 elastomer
guides (anchors) are pulled through
all the way, or else it will not seat
properly.
Install the Trackball.
Reattach the Power and USB
cables.
3. When replacing the Lower Op
Panel Bezel:
Lower Op Panel Board and Lower Bezel
• Make sure that carriers, buttons,
knobs are all in place before setting
the Lower Op Panel Board on top of
the Lower Bezel.
• Ensure that the board is flat on top
of the bezel. Put a few screws in,
then flip it over to make sure none of
the buttons are ‘cocked,’ or out of
place.
• Replace the remaining screws.
D. Replace the TGC dust gasket.
The clear, plastic backing must be
facing down when the bezel is
installed. (The clear, plastic backing
should be facing up from this view.)
8 - 158
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-103 Elastomer Lower Op Panel Replacement
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
4. Replace the TGC dust gasket. The
clear, plastic backing must be
facing down when the bezel is
installed. (The clear, plastic backing
should be facing up from this view.)
TGC Dust Gasket to Lower Bezel
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 159
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lower Operator Panel installation
Table 8-104 Lower Operator Panel installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1. While holding the Lower OP Panel,
be sure to maintain control of the
three OP Panel cables so that they
come up and over the top of the
Lower OP Panel.
Cables over top of Lower OP Panel
2. NOTE: Edge tips described are
fragile. DO NOT lift or bend the
Lower OP Panel Assembly sharply,
or the edge tips may break.
Left edge tip of Lower OP Panel Assembly
Slide the left and right Lower OP
Panel edge tips carefully between
the Upper OP Panel
Frame (1 - white) and the Lower OP
Panel Frame (2 - blue).
Begin to slide the Lower OP Panel
into its compartment while making
sure the Trackball Assembly just
clears the Lower OP Panel Frame
Assembly handle.
3. Place the Lower OP Panel into its compartment.
Install the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel assembly.
Install the eight screws that affix the Lower OP Panel assembly to the Lower OP Panel Frame
Assembly.
Be sure the three shorter screws are installed at the front (see: Table 8-97 "Lower Operator
Panel (OP) removal" on page 8-146).
8 - 160
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-10-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-6-10-5
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-6-10-6
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-105 Lower Operator Panel (OP) replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-10
Basic Measurements
4-3-18-1
Alphanumeric Keyboard and Display
Platform (Console) Checks
7-5-12-11
I/O Board Tests
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Calibration
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 161
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-11
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Options Holder / Left or Right Support replacement
The Options Holder (the Left Support or Right Support) is the base piece that attaches to the upper
console to support either a Transvaginal Probe Holder, a Gel Warmer, or a Storage Tray. The system
can support one Left Options Holder and one Right Options Holder at the same time. A Right Options
Holder comes standard with the system, with the Gel Warmer (48V).
8-6-11-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-6-11-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-6-11-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) If the Options Holder is supporting the Gel Warmer, remove the Gel Warmer first (8-6-12 "Gel
Warmer replacement" on page 8-166).
4.) Separate and remove the Storage Tray or Transvaginal Probe Holder from the Options Holder, if
applicable.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8 - 162
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-6-12 "Gel Warmer replacement" on page 8-166.
•
8-6-13 "Storage Tray / Transvaginal Probe Holder replacement" on page 8-170.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-11-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Options Holder removal
1.) From underneath the Upper Console, remove the three screws securing the Options Holder.
Figure 8-46 Screws, underneath upper console - gel warmer and option tray shown
2.) Remove the Options Holder from the Upper Console.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 163
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-11-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Options Holder installation
Figure 8-47 Screw locations
1.) If this Options Holder will be supporting a Gel Warmer, place the Gel Warmer in the Options Holder
first and then install the Gel Warmer to the Options holder.
NOTE:
Be sure the Gel Warmer cable fits in the cable channels and is not pinched.
2.) Position the Options Holder in place.
NOTE:
Be sure the Gel Warmer cable fits in the cable channels and is not pinched.
3.) Install the three screws securing the Options Holder.
4.) Install the Storage Tray or Transvaginal Probe Holder to the Options Holder, if applicable.
8 - 164
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-11-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-6-11-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
4.) If a Gel Warmer is installed in the Options Holder, see: additional Verification and Functional
Checks for Gel Warmer (see: 8-6-12 "Gel Warmer replacement" on page 8-166).
8-6-11-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-106 Options Holder / Left or Right Support replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-10
Basic Measurements
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 165
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-12
8-6-12-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Gel Warmer replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-6-12-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-6-12-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
Follow this link if you need more information:
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
8 - 166
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-12-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Gel Warmer removal
1.) Remove the Bulkhead Cover.
2.) Disconnect the Gel Warmer cable from (P1) on the back of the bulkhead.
3.) The Gel Warmer cable is routed through the cable channel (1) and the lower frame support (2). Pull
the Gel Warmer cable through the lower frame cable support to free the cable.
Figure 8-48 Gel Warmer Cable placement
4.) Remove the Options Holder (8-6-11 "Options Holder / Left or Right Support replacement" on page
8-162).
Figure 8-49 Options Holder removed, with Gel Warmer in place
5.) Remove the two screws at the Gel Warmer base.
6.) Lift the Gel Warmer out of the Options Holder.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 167
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-12-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Gel Warmer installation
1.) Place the Gel Warmer in the Options Holder, routing the cable through the cutout (1) between the
Options Holder and Gel Warmer and through the cable channel (2).
NOTE:
Be careful not to pinch wires.
Figure 8-50 Options Holder removed, with Gel Warmer in place
2.) Install the two screws at the Gel Warmer base, securing the Gel Warmer to the Options Holder
(Torque: 3 Nm {2.2 lbf-ft}).
3.) Install the Options Holder.
4.) Route the Gel Warmer cable through the lower frame cable support.
5.) Connect the Gel Warmer cable to the bulkhead.
6.) Replace the Bulkhead Cover.
8 - 168
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-12-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
Temperature is preset to its highest level: 38 degrees C (+/-2 degrees C). It is recommended to retain
default setting.
User can turn dial to adjust the temperature to its lowest level: 32 degrees C (+/-2 degrees C).
8-6-12-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
4.) Place a closed bottle of gel, applicator end first, in the gel warmer. Verify warmer is operational.
8-6-12-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-107 Gel Warmer replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-10
Basic Measurements
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 169
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-13
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Storage Tray / Transvaginal Probe Holder replacement
The Storage Tray and Transvaginal Probe Holder rests inside the Options Holder base part and are
interchangeable. They can also replace the Gel Warmer. See: 8-6-12 "Gel Warmer replacement" on
page 8-166 and 8-6-14 "Replacing the Gel Warmer with a Storage Tray or TV/TR Probe Holder" on page
8-172.
Follow this procedure for replacement, or replacing a tray with a Probe Holder or a Probe Holder with a
tray.
8-6-13-1
Storage Tray / Transvaginal Probe Holder removal
1.) Locate the two prongs below the tray or Probe Holder.
Figure 8-51 Locate the two prongs
2.) Squeeze the two prongs together, then lift the tray or Probe Holder off the system.
Figure 8-52 Squeeze the two prongs
8 - 170
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-13-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Storage Tray / Transvaginal Probe Holder installation
1.) Seat the tray or Probe Holder tab into the options holder base and snap into place.
Figure 8-53 Seat and snap into place
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 171
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-14
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Replacing the Gel Warmer with a Storage Tray or TV/TR Probe Holder
Follow these instructions when removing the gel warmer and replacing it with a Storage Tray or a TV/
TR Tray.
8-6-14-1
Gel Warmer removal
Before starting this procedure, see: 8-6-12 "Gel Warmer replacement" on page 8-166.
1.) Remove the Gel Warmer.
2.) Seat the tray tab into the options holder base and snap into place. See: Figure 8-53 "Seat and snap
into place" on page 8-171.
Figure 8-54 TV/TR Probe Holder installed
8 - 172
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-15
8-6-15-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Probe Cable Hooks replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-6-15-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-6-15-3
Probe Cable Hook removal
1.) Unscrew the fastening screw.
The screw may be locked with Lock-Tite, so you may need to apply a little extra force.
Figure 8-55 Screw placement, Probe Cable Hook
2.) Remove the Cable Hook.
8-6-15-4
Probe Cable Hook installation
1.) Position the Probe Cable Hook (Figure 8-55).
2.) Fix it in place by using an M5x20 screw with an M6 washer. Lock-Tite has to be used.
Torque: 50 Ncm (0.37 lbf-ft or 4.4 lbf-in) (fingertight).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 173
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-6-15-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Probe Cable Hooks Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-108 Probe Cable Hooks replacement Functional Checks
8 - 174
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7-3
Color Mode Checks
4-3-7-6
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-15
Peripherals Checks
4-2-4
Top Console position adjustment
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-6 - Replacing Top Console Parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-7
Main Console parts replacement
8-7-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to replace the replaceable parts in the Main Console
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 175
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-2
8-7-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Filter and “handle type“ Bottom Filter replacement / cleaning
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-7-2-2
Tools
No tools are needed to replace the filter.
8-7-2-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Remove the Filter Cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-9 "Filter Cover replacement" on page 8-52.
Clean the air filters to ensure that a clogged filter does not cause the system to overheat and reduce
system performance and reliability. It is recommended the filters be cleaned quarterly (once every three
months) or more often in locations where high levels of dust are present.
The LOGIQ E9 has two air filters which need to be cleaned. The top air filter is located on the back of
the LOGIQ E9 below the power cord and the bottom air filter is located underneath the LOGIQ E9.
Table 8-109 Removing and Cleaning Filters
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Power down the system before
removing the filters to prevent any
loose or knocked-off debris from
entering the Fan Tray.
Walk the LOGIQ E9 forward until
the caster is in position to access
the filter handle. The right side,
rear caster must be in-line and
away from the LOGIQ E9.
8 - 176
Section 8-7 - Main Console parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-109 Removing and Cleaning Filters
Steps
2.
Corresponding Graphic
Lock the Brakes.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 177
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-109 Removing and Cleaning Filters
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
Filter Locations
A. Rear Filter - Remove the
Cover and then remove the filter.
B. Bottom Filter - Remove the
Filter Assembly by lowering the
handle.
NOTE: The handle for the bottom
filter is located in the same
location for both Filter
Assemblies.
4.
8 - 178
Clean the Rear Filter after it is
removed by removing excess lint
or dust from the soiled side; or
vacuum if necessary.
Section 8-7 - Main Console parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-109 Removing and Cleaning Filters
Steps
5.
Clean the Bottom Filter after it is
removed by removing excess lint
or dust from the soiled side. If
necessary, use a clean, soft
brush; or vacuum.
6.
Reinstall the rear and tuck the
edges of the filter under the Rear
Bumper and Rear Cover.
Reinstall Filter Cover.
7.
Reinstall Bottom Filter by
positioning the filter under the
system and placing the handle
into the stowed position. The filter
will be drawn to the filter mounting
magnets.
Corresponding Graphic
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 179
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-7-2-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-110 Rear Filter Installation Functional Checks
8 - 180
See:
Section
Functional Check
Debrief Script
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-7 - Main Console parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-3
8-7-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Bottom Filter installation (looped type strap)
Removal Process with Looped Strap
Figure 8-56 Bottom Filter Looped Strap (located in wheel well)
1.) Locate the looped strap on the right hand side of the LOGIQ E9, which can be viewed through the
right rear wheel well.
2.) Insert the first and second fingers of your right hand through the filter removal loop.
3.) Using the first and second fingers of the your hand, lever down on the filter removal loop and the
fingers of the right hand.
Figure 8-57 Placement of Fingers in Looped Strap
NOTE:
This action will prevent your fingers from being struck by the filter when you remove it and it
pops loose.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 181
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Process with Looped Strap (cont’d)
Figure 8-58 Filter removed
4.) Remove the filter from the frame.
NOTE:
The filter frame will clear your fingers as you remove the filter.
Figure 8-59 Bottom View to show Removing the Filter
WARNING
8 - 182
Tilting the system is NOT a recommended method for the removal of the filter. The
bottom view in Figure 8-59 is only for illustrative purposes.
Section 8-7 - Main Console parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Process with Non-loop Type Strap
Figure 8-60 Non-loop Type Strap
1.) Locate the strap on the right hand side of the LOGIQ E9, which can be viewed through the right rear
wheel well.
Figure 8-61 Fingers Holding Strap
2.) Grasp the filter removal strap with the thumb and index finger of your right hand.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 183
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Process with Non-loop Type Strap (cont’d)
3.) Using the first and second fingers of your left hand, lever down on the filter removal strap.
Figure 8-62 Placement of Fingers Around Strap
NOTE:
This action will prevent your fingers from being struck by the filter when you remove it and it
pops loose.
Figure 8-63 Removing Filter Frame
4.) Remove the filter from the frame.
NOTE:
8 - 184
The filter frame will clear your fingers as you remove the filter.
Section 8-7 - Main Console parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Process with Non-loop Type Strap (cont’d)
Figure 8-64 Bottom View for Removing the Filter
WARNING
Tilting the system is NOT a recommended method for the removal of the filter. The
bottom view in Figure 8-64 is only for illustrative purposes.
8-7-3-2-1Cleaning the bottom filter
The bottom filter is held in place with magnets. To clean the bottom air filter,
1.) You need to kneel down on the floor to access the bottom filter. Locate the piece of cloth extending
from the air filter on the bottom of the LOGIQ E9.
2.) You need two hands to remove this filter. One hand is used to pull on the piece of cloth that extends
from the filter and the other hand is used to wedge a finger just under a corner of the filter. In this
step, firmly take hold of the piece of cloth that extends from the filter.
3.) Position your other hand at a corner of the filter and wedge a finger between the filter and the bottom
of the LOGIQ E9.
4.) Pull down on the filter with the finger that is wedged between the filter and the LOGIQ E9 while
pulling on the piece of cloth that extends from the filter at the same time to remove the filter.
5.) Clean this filter with soap and water, or vacuum clean.
6.) Reposition the filter at the bottom of the LOGIQ E9.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 185
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-7-3-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-7-3-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use
Table 8-111 Filter replacement Functional Checks
8 - 186
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-7 - Main Console parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Removable Fan Tray Filter cleaning
Table 8-112 Removable Fan Tray Filter cleaning
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
No tools are needed to replace the filter.
Table 8-113 Preparations and Preparation Link
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3. Remove the Removable Fan Tray.
Preparation Link (if you need more information):
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
Clean the Fan Tray filter to ensure that a clogged filter does not cause the system to overheat and
reduce system performance and reliability. It is recommended the filter be cleaned quarterly (once every
three months) or more often in locations where high levels of dust are present.
Table 8-114 Removing the Fan Tray Filter
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Slide Fan Tray out of the LOGIQ E9.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 187
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-114 Removing the Fan Tray Filter
Steps
2.
Corresponding Graphic
Flip the Fan Tray over on a clean, safe
surface.
Pull out the Filter latch and slide the Filter
out.
Clean the Bottom Filter after it is removed
by removing excess lint or dust from the
soiled side. If necessary, use a clean, soft
brush; or vacuum.
3.
Reinstall the Filter into the Fan Tray and reinstall the Fan Tray. Make sure the Fan Tray seats
completely into the Card Cage.
8 - 188
Section 8-7 - Main Console parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-7-4-2
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-115 Rear Filter Installation Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 189
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Removable Fan Tray Assembly replacement / installation - R5 and later
Table 8-116 Removable Fan Tray Assembly replacement / installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Slide Fan Tray out of the LOGIQ E9.
2.
Flip the Fan Tray over and pull out the Filter
latch and slide the Filter out.
3.
Reinstall the Filter into the Fan Tray Assembly and install the Tray into the Card Cage. Make sure the Fan
Tray seats completely into the Card Cage.
8 - 190
Section 8-7 - Main Console parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-7-4-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-7-4-5
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
4.) Verify that there is no unusual noise from the Fan Assembly.
8-7-4-6
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-117 Fan Assembly replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 191
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-8
Casters and Brakes replacement
8-8-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to replace the replaceable parts for the Casters and Brakes.
8-8-2
8-8-2-1
Rear Casters replacement
Manpower
Two people, 15 minutes.
8-8-2-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
NOTE:
8-8-2-3
This procedure requires an extended HEX key (UNBRAKO / ALLEN key) due to the high torque:
130 Nm {95.9 lbf-ft}.
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove both Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Rear Bumper.
6.) Remove the Rear Cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
•
8 - 192
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2-1 "Side Covers removal" on page 8-31.
•
8-5-14 "Rear Bumper replacement" on page 8-64.
•
8-5-11 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-54.
Section 8-8 - Casters and Brakes replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-8-2-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Casters removal
1.) Turn Front Casters so they are pointing forwards.
2.) Activate Direction Lock.
3.) Put the Bevel Edged Board on the floor.
WARNING
Prior to elevating scanner, verify that the floating Operator Panel is locked in its lowest,
parking position.
WARNING
Use extreme caution as long as LOGIQ E9 is un-stable, not resting on all four Casters.
4.) Pull the system backwards up the board incline. This will lift the Rear Wheel on the opposite side of
the System from the floor.
5.) Turn the Rear Caster that stands on the Bevel Edged Board in the direction as shown in
Figure 8-65.
Figure 8-65 Pull system backwards up the board incline
6.) Activate the brakes.
7.) The system is now nearly balanced between one Front and one Rear Caster.
8.) Make the LOGIQ E9 rest on both Front Casters and lift the Rear Caster. Put the Wooden Wedge
under the chassis. This will stabilize the LOGIQ E9 with one Rear Caster free from the floor. This
Rear Caster can now be removed.
9.) Unscrew and remove the fixing bolt. Save the bolt for later use.
10.)Remove the Rear Caster.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 193
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-8-2-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Casters installation
1.) Loose the bolt before putting on the ramp.
2.) Align the Caster, mounting it flat and toward the back.
3.) Position the Caster so it align with the hole for the fixing bolt.
4.) Install the fixing bolt (M12 X 40 mm). Use a 10 mm HEX key, torque: 81 Nm (59.7 lbf-ft).
5.) Remove the Wooden Wedge.
6.) Roll the system off the Bevel Edged Board.
7.) To replace the other Rear Caster, repeat all the steps, starting from 8-8-2-4 "Rear Casters removal"
on page 8-193, but now using the Bevel Edged board and the Wooden Wedge on the other side of
the system.
8.) Install the Rear Cover.
9.) Install the Rear Bumper.
10.)Install the Side Covers.
8-8-2-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-8-2-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it starts as it should.
8-8-2-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-118 Rear Casters replacement Functional Checks
8 - 194
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7-3
Color Mode Checks
4-3-7-6
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-2-10-1
and
4-3-18-2
The Casters (Wheels) control
and
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
4-2-4
Top Console position adjustment
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-8 - Casters and Brakes replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-8-3
8-8-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Front Casters replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-8-3-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-8-3-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove both Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Foot Rest Bumper.
Follow these links if you need more information:
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-6 "Foot Rest Bumper replacement" on page 8-43.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 195
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-8-3-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Front Casters removal
1.) Turn Front Casters so they are pointing forwards.
2.) Activate Direction Lock.
3.) Put the Bevel Edged Board on the floor.
WARNING
Prior to elevating scanner, verify that the floating Operator Panel is locked in its lowest,
parking position.
WARNING
Use extreme caution as long as LOGIQ E9 is un-stable, not resting on all four Casters.
4.) Pull the system backwards up the board incline. This will lift the Rear Wheel on the opposite side of
the System from the floor.
5.) Turn the Rear Caster that stands on the Bevel Edged Board in the direction as shown in
Figure 8-65.
Figure 8-66 Pull system backwards up the board incline
6.) The system is now nearly balanced between one Front and one Rear Caster.
7.) Make the LOGIQ E9 rest on both Rear Casters and lift the Front Caster.
8.) Put the Wooden Wedge under the chassis. This will stabilize the LOGIQ E9 with one Front Caster
free from the floor.
9.) Unscrew and remove the fixing screws (T-45) for the Front Caster that is free from the floor. Save
the screw for later use.
10.)Remove the Caster.
11.)Disconnect the lock by unscrewing the hex nut that holds it to the rod.
8 - 196
Section 8-8 - Casters and Brakes replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-8-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Front Casters installation
1.) Position the Caster so it align with the fastening screw.
2.) Install the three fixing screws (M8 x 20 mm), torque: 20.5 Nm (15.1 lbf-ft).
3.) Remove the Wooden Wedge.
4.) Roll the system off the Bevel Edged Board.
5.) To replace the other Front Caster, repeat all the steps from 8-8-3-4 "Front Casters removal" on page
8-196, but now using the Bevel Edged board and the Wooden Wedge on the other side of the
system.
6.) Install the Foot Rest Cover.
8-8-3-6
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-8-3-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it starts as it should.
8-8-3-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-119 Front Casters replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7-3
Color Mode Checks
4-3-7-6
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-2-10-1
and
4-3-18-2
The Casters (Wheels) control
and
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
4-2-4
Top Console position adjustment
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 197
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-9
BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
8-9-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to replace the BEP itself and the service parts inside the BEP.
8 - 198
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP replacement - R3.x and earlier
BEP replacement requires a software reload.
Table 8-120 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
1 hour if all options
are installed plus the
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
time it takes to load
the software,
excludes travel time
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 199
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP replacement - R3.x and earlier (cont’d)
Table 8-121 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING
THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
When servicing parts of the system where there is exposure to voltage greater than 30 Volts:
1. Turn OFF and unplug the system.
2. Maintain control of the system power plug.
3. Wait for at least 20 seconds for capacitors to discharge as there are no test points to verify
isolation. The Amber light on the Op Panel On/Off button will turn OFF.
4. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3 WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown and BEP may be energized even
if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Record the system’s TCPIP settings and installed Option strings.
2. Back up the Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer Presets), and Service
settings. You will perform a Restore after the install.
3. Raise the Top Console to the highest position.
4. Power down the system.
5. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes, and External I/O Cabling.
6. Remove the left Side Cover only, unless the Top Cover is removed to increase access to BEP top cables; then
remove the right Side Cover.
7. Remove the printer.
8. Release the two clips holding the Printer Tray to the top of the BEP.
9. Gently slide the Printer Tray back towards the center of the system to remove the Printer Tray.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-4-6 "Loading the Software" on page 8-9.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
• 8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
• 8-11-6 "Digital Graphic Printer replacement" on page 8-279.
• 8-11-7 "Printer Tray replacement" on page 8-281.
8 - 200
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-2
8-9-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP replacement - R3.x and earlier (cont’d)
BEP removal - R3.x and earlier
Table 8-122 BEP removal - R3.x and earlier
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
WARNING
When you return the used BEP to your local parts organization, make sure you remove ALL
PATIENT DATA from the Hard Drive, given that the Hard Drive is still functional.
In some countries, you may be required to delete all software from the disk before returning the
BEP to the parts warehouse. Follow your local policies.
Before you dispose of the Hard Drive, make sure you remove ALL PATIENT DATA from the Hard
Drive, given that the Hard Drive is still functional.
In some countries, you may be required to delete all software from the disk before returning the
Hard Drive to the parts warehouse. Follow your local policies.
CAUTION
When the BEP door is open, the Extended Power Shutdown circuit board is exposed. When
working inside the BEP, remove the battery cable form J3 on the Extended Power Shutdown.
Otherwise, the 24V battery will be exposed. If you drop a tool or a screw on the Extended Power
Shutdown, you could short the battery. Permanent damage will be done if this happens.
NOTE: Some cables in the BEP have a locking latch. Make sure to slide the locking latch towards you
and pull the connector to the left to release.
1.
Disconnect all I/O cables and all cables at the top of the BEP.
2.
Loosen the thumb screw or screws at the top of the BEP cover that attach the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
3.
Disconnect:
• the battery cable from J3 on the EPS
(Extended Power Shutdown) Board.
• the cables (1) connecting the EPS to the
BEP.
inside of BEP Cover, EPS and cables
Place the BEP cover aside.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 201
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-122 BEP removal - R3.x and earlier
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
4.
Remove the two 5 mm HEX key screws at
the inside base of the BEP.
5.
Reach inside the BEP to disconnect the
BEP Cable to Backplane J3 of GFI Configuration
BEP to Backplane cable from J3 on a GFI
(views inside the BEP)
Configuration.
BEP Base HEX key screws
BEP Cable to Backplane, J2 (left) of
MRX Configuration
Release the lock connector for the BEP to
Backplane cable, J2 (left) on a MRX
Configuration. Keep the cable to transfer to
the replacement BEP.
6.
8 - 202
Slide:
• the entire BEP away from the system approximately one inch, then finish removing the Printer
Tray.
• the entire BEP out of chassis and remove the BEP from the system.
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-122 BEP removal - R3.x and earlier
Steps
7.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the following parts from the BEP, if present (to reinstall in the replacement BEP):
• DVR Card
• Flex Jumper Cable
• SATA cable (which goes between the DVR and Motherboard)
• Patient I/O filler
• Patient I/O module
• Option Dongle
• Printer Tray
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 203
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-2-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP installation - R3.x and earlier
Table 8-123 BEP installation - R3.x and earlier
Steps
8 - 204
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Reinstall the following parts from the BEP that was replaced (all that were present):
• DVR Card
• Flex Jumper Cable
• SATA cable (which goes between the DVR and Motherboard)
• Patient I/O filler
• Patient I/O module
• Option Dongle
• Printer Tray
2.
Slide the BEP into the left side of the chassis frame.
3.
Install the two HEX key screws at the inside
base of the BEP (Torque: 10 Nm
{7.4 lbf-ft}).
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-123 BEP installation - R3.x and earlier
Steps
4.
Corresponding Graphic
Reach inside the BEP and connect:
BEP Cable to Backplane J3 of GFI Configuration
• the BEP cable to the Backplane J3 on a
(views inside the BEP)
GFI Configuration.
• the BEP cable to Backplane J2 (left) on a
MRX Configuration.
BEP Cable to Backplane, J2 (left) of
MRX Configuration
5.
NOTE: If you DO NOT reconnect the internal BEP cable to the Backplane, the system will power
up but WILL NOT scan or WILL LAUNCH into simulator mode.
6.
Insert the bottom lip of the BEP cover inside the base of the BEP.
7.
Connect the Battery cable to J3 on the EPS and EPS to BEP cables to the EPS.
8.
MAKE SURE all cables are clear of the BEP Cover and tilt the top of the BEP cover toward the
BEP.
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the BEP cover.
9.
Tighten the thumb screw or screws at the top of the BEP cover that attach the cover to the BEP.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 205
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-123 BEP installation - R3.x and earlier
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
10. Replace the Printer Tray at the top of the BEP.
Be sure the lip, on the underside of the bracket, hooks on the edge of the card rack, and the three
tabs insert into the slots on the top of the BEP frame. The lip “clamps” the card rack and BEP
together. This is a tight fit.
11. Lower the lower Column Cover. Make sure the Column Cover is behind the Printer Tray.
12. Position the Front Cover to engage the Column Cover stop tabs.
13. Latch the two latches that clamp the Printer Tray to the top of the BEP.
14. Slide the Black and White printer into the
Printer Tray and connect the cables to the
back of the printer.
15. Tighten the Printer Tray wing nut to secure the printer.
16. Connect all cables at the top of the BEP and all I/O cables.
17. Replace the covers.
18. Reinstall Base Load and Application software.
19. Enter the system’s TCPIP settings and Option strings.
20. Restore the Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer
Presets), and Service settings.
21. Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-9-3-3 - Calibration and adjustments, 8-9-3-4 - Verification
and 8-9-3-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-216.
8 - 206
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-3
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP replacement - R4.x and later
BEP replacement requires a software reload.
If the battery does not come installed in the BEP FRU, see 8-9-9 "BEP Battery Pack replacement - R4.x
and later" on page 8-239 to install / transfer the battery into the new BEP.
Table 8-124 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
1 hour if all options
are installed plus the
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
time it takes to load
the software,
excludes travel time
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 207
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP replacement - R4.x and later (cont’d)
Table 8-125 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING
THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
When servicing parts of the system where there is exposure to voltage greater than
30 Volts:
1. Turn OFF and unplug the system.
2. Maintain control of the system power plug.
3. Wait for at least 20 seconds for capacitors to discharge as there are no test points
to verify isolation. The Amber light on the Op Panel On/Off button will turn OFF.
4. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. this should be done whenever the bep is open and the
chargeboard is exposed and changing parts.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, ChargeBoard and BEP may be energized even if the power is
turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Record the system’s TCPIP settings and installed Option strings.
2. Back up the Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer Presets), and Service
settings. You will perform a Restore after the install.
3. Raise the Top Console to the highest position.
4. Power down the system.
5. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes, and External I/O Cabling.
6. Remove the left Side Cover only, unless the Top Cover is removed to increase access to BEP top cables; then
remove the right Side Cover.
7. Remove the printer or the Shear Wave Capacitor Pack if Shear Wave option is installed.
8. Remove the BEP PB (PowerBoard) to remove the Wireless Card, if present.
8. Release the two clips holding the Printer Tray to the top of the BEP.
9. Gently slide the Printer Tray back towards the center of the system to remove the Printer Tray.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-4-6 "Loading the Software" on page 8-9.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
• 8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
• 8-11-6 "Digital Graphic Printer replacement" on page 8-279.
• 8-11-7 "Printer Tray replacement" on page 8-281.
• 8-11-9 "Shear Wave Capacitor Pack replacement" on page 8-292, if present.
8 - 208
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP removal
Table 8-126 BEP removal - R4.x and later
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
WARNING
When you return the used BEP to your local parts organization, make sure you remove ALL
PATIENT DATA from the Hard Drive, given that the Hard Drive is still functional.
In some countries, you may be required to delete all software from the disk before returning the
BEP to the parts warehouse. Follow your local policies.
Before you dispose of the Hard Drive, make sure you remove ALL PATIENT DATA from the Hard
Drive, given that the Hard Drive is still functional.
In some countries, you may be required to delete all software from the disk before returning the
Hard Drive to the parts warehouse. Follow your local policies.
CAUTION
When the BEP door is open, the ChargeBoard is exposed. When working inside the BEP,
remove the battery cable from PCN1 on the ChargeBoard. Otherwise, the 24V battery will be
exposed. If you drop a tool or a screw on the Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard, you
could short the battery. Permanent damage will be done if this happens.
NOTE:
You cannot power up the unit with the cables detached. The system will power up without the battery
pack, but the cables on the cover must be attached.
Some cables in the BEP have a locking latch. Make sure to slide the locking latch towards you and pull
the connector to the left to release.
1.
Disconnect all I/O cables and all cables at the top of the BEP.
2.
Loosen the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws that attach
the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 209
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-126 BEP removal - R4.x and later
3.
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: All the connectors to the CB
(ChargeBoard) must be “unlocked“ to
remove.
BEP6 CB cables
Disconnect:
• the battery cable from PCN1 on the CB
(ChargeBoard).
• the CB to the PB (PowerBoard) cable
from PCN2.
Place the BEP cover aside.
4.
8 - 210
Remove the two 5 mm HEX key screws at
the inside base of the BEP.
BEP Base HEX key screws
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-126 BEP removal - R4.x and later
Steps
5.
Release the lock connector for the BEP to
Backplane cable, J2 (left) on a MRX
Configuration.
Corresponding Graphic
BEP Cable to Backplane, J2 - BEP6
BEP Cable to Backplane J3 of GFI Configuration
(view inside the BEP)
Or, the Backplane cable, J3 (right) and J5
PCIe to the Card Rack on a GFI
Configuration, using a BEP6. Keep the
cable to transfer to the replacement BEP.
6.
Slide:
• the entire BEP away from the system approximately one inch, then finish removing the Printer
Tray.
• the entire BEP out of chassis and remove the BEP from the system.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 211
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-126 BEP removal - R4.x and later
Steps
7.
8 - 212
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the following parts from the BEP, to reinstall in the replacement BEP:
• Option Dongle
• Printer and/or the Printer Tray or the Shear Wave Capacitor Pack if Shear Wave option is
installed.
• BackPlane to BEP cable
• Wireless Card and Antennas, if present
• Patient I/O, if present
• S Video Card, if present
• Shear Wave Capacitor Pack, if present
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-3-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP installation
Table 8-127 BEP installation
Steps
1.
Disconnect:
• the battery cable from PCN1.
• the CB to PB cable from PCN2.
Corresponding Graphic
BEP6 CB cables
Place the BEP cover aside.
2.
Re-install the following parts into the replacement BEP:
• Option Dongle
• Printer Tray and/or the Printer or the Shear Wave Capacitor Pack if Shear Wave option was
installed.
• BackPlane to BEP cable
• Wireless Card and Antennas, if present
• Patient I/O, if present
• S Video Card, if present
• Shear Wave Capacitor Pack
3.
Slide the BEP into the left side of the chassis frame.
4.
Install the two HEX key screws at the inside
base of the BEP (Torque: 10 Nm
{7.4 lbf-ft}).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 213
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-127 BEP installation
Steps
5.
Reach inside the BEP and connect the
BEP cable to the Backplane J2 (left) on a
MRX Configuration.
Corresponding Graphic
BEP Cable to MRX Backplane, J2
MAKE sure the BEP Cable to the
Backplane for BEP6 is installed as shown.
DO NOT twist.
Or, the Backplane cable, J3 (right) and J5
PCIe to the Card Rack on a GFI
BEP Cable to Backplane J3 of GFI Configuration
Configuration, using a BEP6.
(view inside the BEP)
8 - 214
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-127 BEP installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
6.
NOTE: If you DO NOT reconnect the internal BEP cable to the Backplane, the system will power
up but WILL NOT scan or WILL LAUNCH into simulator mode.
7.
Insert the bottom lip of the BEP cover inside the base of the BEP.
8.
Connect the battery cable to PCN1 and the CB to PB cable to PCN2 on the CB. Make sure the
cable connectors are “locked“ into place on the CB connections.
9.
MAKE SURE all cables are clear of the BEP Cover and tilt the top of the BEP cover toward the
BEP.
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the BEP cover.
10. Tighten and secure the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws
that attach the cover to the BEP.
11. Replace the Printer Tray at the top of the BEP.
Be sure the lip, on the underside of the bracket, hooks on the edge of the card rack, and the three
tabs insert into the slots on the top of the BEP frame. The lip “clamps” the card rack and BEP
together. This is a tight fit.
12. Lower the lower Column Cover. Make sure the Column Cover is behind the Printer Tray.
13. Position the Front Cover to engage the Column Cover stop tabs.
14. Latch the two latches that clamp the Printer Tray to the top of the BEP.
15. Slide the Black and White printer into the
Printer Tray and connect the cables to the
back of the printer. Or, reinstall the Shear
Wave Capacitor Pack, if present. See:
8-11-9 "Shear Wave Capacitor Pack
replacement" on page 8-292.
Printer aligned with Printer Tray
16. Tighten the Printer Tray wing nut to secure the printer.
17. Connect all cables at the top of the BEP and all I/O cables.
18. Replace the covers.
19. Reinstall Base Load and Application software.
20. Enter the system’s TCPIP settings and Option strings.
21. Restore the Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer
Presets), and Service settings.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 215
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-127 BEP installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
22. Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-9-3-3 - Calibration and adjustments, 8-9-3-4 - Verification
and 8-9-3-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-216.
8-9-3-3
Calibration and adjustments
Calibrate the Front End as described in: Section 6-6 "DC Offset Calibration" on page 6-20.
8-9-3-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-9-3-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-128 BEP replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks - internal
and external
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Perform a 4D sweep
Diagnostics
1.) Check/Set Date, Time, and Timezone, and set the Preset Region accordingly.
2.) Reconnect to the network.
3.) If the system was connected to InSite ExC, restore the service settings backed up prior to the Base
Load. Reboot and verify remote connectivity.
4.) Confirm Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User Defined Configuration (Customer Presets),
and Service settings are restored.
5.) Format a DVD, and backup Customer Presets to confirm proper CD/DVD write functionality.
8 - 216
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP I/O Board Assembly replacement - R3.x and earlier
Table 8-129 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-130 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL
CONTACT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS.
ALWAYS USE NON-CONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT OF ESD SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE
POTENTIAL FOR STORING ENERGY MUST BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED
BEFORE MAKING CONTACT.
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING
THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3 WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
EPS IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown and BEP may be energized even
if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes, and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove Left Side cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 217
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP I/O Board removal
Table 8-131 BEP I/O Board removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Loosen the thumb screw or screws at the top of the BEP cover that attach the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
2.
Disconnect the battery cable connecting to
J3 on the EPS.
3.
Disconnect the cables inside the BEP that connect to the I/O.
4.
Remove the HDD. See: 8-9-6-2 "HDD installation" on page 8-229.
EPS Battery connection (J3)
NOTE: DO NOT forget to remove the metal tabs holding the cables to the Hard Drive.
5.
Remove all cables connected to the I/O Board and the Option Dongle.
6.
Remove the plug from J35 connector on the I/O Board.
7.
Remove the cable from J36. Squeeze from the base of the connector to release the cable.
8.
Remove the plug from J20 by grabbing the metal connector (not the flex cable) and wiggling to
gently remove.
9.
Remove J46 network cable. Remember to release the tab to disconnect.
10. Remove the five screws connecting the I/O
to the BEP.
BEP I/O Board screw placement
11. Gently slide the I/O Board out. Be careful to allow room for external connectors to slip past the
back of the BEP.
NOTE: Remember there is still a connected cable at the base of the I/O Board.
12. Slide out the I/O Board approximately 2 inches.
13. Gently tip out the top of the I/O Board.
14. Carefully remove the I/O Board until you can access the connector labeled J34.
8 - 218
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-131 BEP I/O Board removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
15. Reach inside the BEP frame to pop the I/O
Board toward you.
16. Set the I/O Board aside.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 219
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-4-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP I/O Board installation
Table 8-132 BEP I/O Board installation
Steps
1.
Guide the I/O Board into the BEP frame.
2.
Be sure the three tabs on the end of the I/O
fit into the three slots in the back of the BEP
frame.
Corresponding Graphic
You will need to press in on the right side of
the I/O cover while pulling out on the left
side of the cover.
You may need to seat the lower tab first
and work up to the top
2.
Loosely insert all five screws before tightening them.
3.
Re-install the cables in the reverse order from when they were removed, following the markings
and re-install the Option Dongle.
4.
Re-install the HDD.
5.
Reconnect the I/O cabling.
6.
Connect the Battery cable to J3 on the EPS.
7.
Make sure all cables are clear of the BEP Cover and tilt the top of the BEP cover toward the BEP.
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the BEP cover.
8.
Tighten and secure the thumb screw(s) at the top of the BEP cover that attach the cover to the
BEP.
9.
Replace the side cover.
10. Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-9-5-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-9-5-4 - Verification and 8-9-5-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-225.
8 - 220
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Side I/O Board Assembly replacement - R4.x and later
Table 8-133 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-134 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL CONTACT
WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS. ALWAYS USE NONCONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ESD
SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE POTENTIAL FOR STORING ENERGY MUST
BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED BEFORE MAKING CONTACT.
IF THE SHEAR WAVE OPTION IS PRESENT, MAKE SURE THE LEDS ON THE CAPACITOR
PACK ARE OFF BEFORE DISCONNECTING THE CAPACITOR PACK CABLES.
WARNING DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED ESD
CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE POWER
CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE CHARGEBOARD BATTERY AT PCN1 ON THE CHARGEBOARD WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, ChargeBoard and BEP may be energized even if the power is
turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes, and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove Left Side cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 221
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-5-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Side I/O Board removal
Table 8-135 BEP Side I/O Board removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Disconnect all I/O cables and all cables at the top of the BEP.
2.
Loosen the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws that attach
the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
3.
Disconnect:
• the battery cable from PCN1.
• the CB to PB cable from PCN2.
BEP6 CB cables
Place the BEP cover aside.
4.
8 - 222
Remove the Option Dongle, on the I/O
Board, inside the BEP.
Option Dongle
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-135 BEP Side I/O Board removal
Steps
5.
Remove the four Phillips screws securing
the Side I/O Board to the BEP frame.
6.
Slowly and carefully pull the I/O Board out
of the BEP, making sure to avoid hitting
components and circuit pins on both sides
of the Board. Pay attention to the
installation guide pins and the slots in the
bracket that need to be clear as I/O Board
and bracket are removed.
7.
Set the I/O Board aside.
Corresponding Graphic
I/O Board installation guides and slots
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 223
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-5-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Side I/O Board installation
Table 8-136 BEP Side I/O Board installation
Steps
1.
Slowly and carefully slide in the
replacement I/O Board into the BEP,
making sure to avoid hitting components
and circuit pins on both sides of the board.
Corresponding Graphic
I/O Board installation guides and slots
Pay attention on the guides pins (on the
BEP frame and the slots on the I/O Board),
the guide pins need to be inserted into the
slots. Guide the I/O Board into the BEP
frame.
2.
Re-install the four screws and tighten securely.
3.
Re-install the Option Dongle.
4.
Reconnect the I/O cabling.
5.
Connect the battery cable to PCN1 and the CB to PB cable to PCN2 on the CB. Make sure the
cable connectors are “locked“ into place on the CB connections.
6.
Make sure all cables are clear of the BEP Cover and tilt the top of the BEP cover toward the BEP.
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the BEP cover.
8 - 224
7.
Tighten and secure the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws
that attach the cover to the BEP.
8.
Replace the side cover.
9.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-9-5-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-9-5-4 - Verification and 8-9-5-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-225.
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-9-5-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-9-5-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-137 BEP I/O and Side I/O replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 225
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP HDD (Hard Disk Drive) replacement - R3.x and earlier
Table 8-138 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
30 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
60 minutes Software
Load
Table 8-139 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING
THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3 WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
EPS IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown and BEP may be energized even
if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Record the system’s TCPIP settings and installed Option strings.
2. Power down the system.
3. Back up the Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer Presets), and Service
settings. You will perform a Restore after the install.
4. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes.
5. Remove Left Side cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-4-6 "Loading the Software" on page 8-9.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
8 - 226
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
HDD removal
If the HDD has patient data, leave the HDD at the site.
Table 8-140 HDD removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Loosen the thumb screw or screws at the top of the BEP cover that attach the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
2.
Disconnect:
• the battery cable from J3 on the EPS
(Extended Power Shutdown) Board.
• the cables (1) connecting the EPS to the
BEP.
inside of BEP Cover, EPS and cables
Set the BEP cover aside.
3.
Remove the screw that secures the HDD
bracket.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 227
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-140 HDD removal
Steps
4.
Swing the HDD bracket out.
Corresponding Graphic
HDD hinge tabs
Disconnect the cables connecting the
HDD.
Lift the bracket up, freeing the BEP / HDD
hinge tabs from the slots.
If the HDD has patient data, leave the HDD
at the site.
8 - 228
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-6-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
HDD installation
Table 8-141 HDD installation
Steps
1.
Slide the HDD bracket hinges into the BEP frame slots.
2.
Connect the cables to the HDD.
3.
Swing the HDD bracket into place.
4.
Install the screw that secures the HDD bracket.
5.
Insert the base of the BEP cover at the base of the BEP.
Corresponding Graphic
Be sure the bottom lip of the BEP cover rests inside the BEP.
6.
Connect the Battery cable to J3 on the EPS and EPS to BEP cables to the EPS.
7.
Make sure all cables are clear of the BEP Cover and tilt the top of the BEP cover toward the BEP.
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the BEP cover.
8.
Tighten and secure the thumb screw(s) at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws that
attach the cover to the BEP.
9.
Replace the side cover.
10. Power up the system.
11. Reinstall the Base Load and Application Software.
12. Enter the TCPIP settings and Option strings for the LOGIQ E9.
13. Restore the Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer
Presets), and Service settings.
14. Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-9-7-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-9-7-4 - Verification and 8-9-7-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-234.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 229
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP HDD replacement - R4.x and later
Table 8-142 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
30 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
60 minutes Software
Load
Table 8-143 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING
THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE CHARGEBOARD BATTERY AT PCN1 ON THE CHARGEBOARD WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, ChargeBoard and BEP may be energized even if the power is
turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Record the system’s TCPIP settings and installed Option strings.
2. Power down the system.
3. Back up the Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer Presets), and Service
settings. You will perform a Restore after the install.
4. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes.
5. Remove Left Side cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-4-6 "Loading the Software" on page 8-9.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
8 - 230
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-7-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
HDD removal
If the HDD has patient data, leave the HDD at the site.
Table 8-144 HDD removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Loosen the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws that attach
the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
2.
Disconnect the battery from PCN1 on the
the CB (ChargeBoard).
3.
Disconnect HDD Power cable (1) and
SATA cable (2).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
BEP6 CB cables
HDD cable connections
8 - 231
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-144 HDD removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
4.
Remove the two Phillips screws securing
the HDD and Bracket to the BEP frame.
HDD mounting screws
5.
Pull/slide the HDD out of the BEP, and
Bracket to the BEP frame. Slight force may
need to be applied since the HDD fits tightly
into the BEP motherboard.
HDD removal
If the HDD has patient data, leave the HDD
at the site.
Note the HDD installation guides.
HDD installation guides
8 - 232
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-7-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
HDD installation
Table 8-145 HDD installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Slide the replacement HDD and bracket into the guides. Continue to install the HDD and bracket
into the BEP until it seats into the motherboard.
2.
Re-installed the two Phillips screws to secure the HDD and bracket to the BEP frame. Hand
Tighten.
3.
Connect the power and SATA cables to the HDD.
4.
Connect the battery cable to PCN1 on the CB.
5.
Make sure all cables are clear of the BEP Cover and tilt the top of the BEP cover toward the BEP.
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the BEP cover.
6.
Tighten and secure the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws
that attach the cover to the BEP.
7.
Replace the side cover.
8.
Power up the system.
9.
Reinstall the Base Load and Application Software.
10. Enter the TCPIP settings and Option strings for the LOGIQ E9.
11. Restore the Patient Archive images, Report Archive, User-Defined Configuration (Customer
Presets), and Service settings.
12. Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-9-7-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-9-7-4 - Verification and 8-9-7-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-234.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 233
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-7-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-9-7-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-9-7-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-146 BEP HDD replacement Functional Checks
8 - 234
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Battery Pack replacement - R3.x and earlier
Table 8-147 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-148 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL
CONTACT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS.
ALWAYS USE NON-CONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT OF ESD SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE
POTENTIAL FOR STORING ENERGY MUST BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED
BEFORE MAKING CONTACT.
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING
THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
THE WASTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT MUST NOT BE
DISPOSED AS UNSORTED MUNICIPAL WASTE AND MUST BE COLLECTED
SEPARATELY.
CONTACT THE MANUFACTURER OR OTHER AUTHORIZED DISPOSAL COMPANY
TO DECOMMISSION YOUR EQUIPMENT.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3 WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
EPS IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown and BEP may be energized even
if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 235
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-148 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes.
3. Remove Left Side cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
8 - 236
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Battery Pack removal
Table 8-149 BEP Battery Pack removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Loosen the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover that attach the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
2.
Disconnect the battery cable connecting to
J3 on the EPS.
EPS Battery connection (J3)
Position the cable connector into the
opening of the battery cavity, so the cable
and battery can be easily removed.
Close BEP door and secure closed.
3.
Remove the four screws to the Battery
Cover on the BEP cover.
BEP Cover, BEP Battery Pack Cover screws
Remove the Battery Pack Cover.
4.
Remove the stabilizing foam strip beside the battery pack.
5.
Remove the BEP Battery Pack.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 237
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-8-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Battery Pack installation
Table 8-150 BEP Battery Pack installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Route the battery cable through the cable opening into the BEP and position the BEP Battery
Pack into place.
2.
Install the stabilizing foam strip beside the Battery Pack.
3.
Install the Battery Pack Cover and the four screws that secure the Battery Pack Cover to the BEP
cover. Tighten screws securely.
4.
Loosen the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover that attach the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
5.
Connect the Battery cable to J3 on the EPS.
6.
Make sure all cables are clear of the BEP Cover and tilt the top of the BEP cover toward the BEP.
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the BEP cover.
NOTE:
8 - 238
7.
Tighten and secure the thumb screw(s) at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws that
attach the cover to the BEP.
8.
Replace the side cover.
9.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-9-9-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-9-9-4 - Verification and 8-9-9-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-243
ALL batteries MUST BE recycled or disposed of in accordance with local, state, or country laws.
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Battery Pack replacement - R4.x and later
Table 8-151 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-152 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL
CONTACT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS.
ALWAYS USE NON-CONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT OF ESD SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE
POTENTIAL FOR STORING ENERGY MUST BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED
BEFORE MAKING CONTACT.
IF THE SHEAR WAVE OPTION IS PRESENT, MAKE SURE THE LEDS ON THE
CAPACITOR PACK ARE OFF BEFORE DISCONNECTING THE CAPACITOR PACK
CABLES.
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING
THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
THE WASTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT MUST NOT BE
DISPOSED AS UNSORTED MUNICIPAL WASTE AND MUST BE COLLECTED
SEPARATELY.
CONTACT THE MANUFACTURER OR OTHER AUTHORIZED DISPOSAL COMPANY
TO DECOMMISSION YOUR EQUIPMENT.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 239
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-152 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE CHARGEBOARD BATTERY AT PCN1 ON THE CHARGEBOARD WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, ChargeBoard and BEP may be energized even if the power is
turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes.
3. Remove Left Side cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
8 - 240
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-9-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Battery Pack replacement
Table 8-153 Battery Pack removal
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Loosen the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws that attach
the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
2.
Disconnect the battery from PCN1 on the
the CB (ChargeBoard).
BEP6 CB cables
Position the cable connector into the
opening of the battery cavity, so the cable
and battery can be easily removed.
Close BEP door and secure closed.
3.
Remove the four screws to the Battery
Cover on the BEP cover.
BEP Cover, BEP Battery Pack Cover screws
Remove the Battery Pack Cover.
4.
Remove the stabilizing foam strip beside the battery pack.
5.
Remove the BEP Battery Pack.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 241
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-9-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Battery Pack installation
Table 8-154 BEP Battery Pack installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Route the battery cable through the cable opening into the BEP and position the BEP Battery
Pack into place.
2.
Install the battery stabilizer strips beside the Battery Pack.
3.
Install the Battery Pack Cover and the four screws that secure the Battery Pack Cover to the BEP
cover. Tighten screws securely.
4.
Loosen the thumb screws or screws at the top of the BEP cover that attach the cover to the BEP.
Tilt the top of the BEP cover away from the BEP.
5.
Connect the battery cable to PCN1 on the CB.
6.
Make sure all cables are clear of the BEP Cover and tilt the top of the BEP cover toward the BEP.
NOTICE
Be careful not to pinch any of the cables when installing the BEP cover.
NOTE:
8 - 242
7.
Tighten and secure the thumb screws at the top of the BEP cover, or the three screws that attach
the cover to the BEP.
8.
Replace the side cover.
9.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-9-9-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-9-9-4 - Verification and 8-9-9-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-243
ALL batteries MUST BE recycled or disposed of in accordance with local, state, or country laws.
Section 8-9 - BEP (Back End Processor) parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-9-9-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-9-9-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-9-9-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-155 BEP Battery Pack replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 243
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-10
Main Power Supply parts replacement
8-10-1
Purpose of this section
This section describes how to replace the Main Power Supply and components and to service parts.
8-10-2
NOTE:
Main Power Supply replacement
If installed, remove the 4D motor controller and install in replacement Power Supply.
Table 8-156 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
30 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-157 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
IF THE SHEAR WAVE OPTION IS PRESENT, MAKE SURE THE LEDS ON THE
CAPACITOR PACK ARE OFF BEFORE DISCONNECTING THE CAPACITOR PACK
CABLES.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE CHARGEBOARD BATTERY AT PCN1 ON THE CHARGEBOARD WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, ChargeBoard and BEP may be energized even if the power is
turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove both Side Covers, the Top Cover, the Rear Bumper and the Rear Cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
• 8-5-11 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-54.
• 8-10-4 "4D Motor Controller (4D MC) replacement" on page 8-256.
8-10-2-1
Main Power Supply removal
This procedure addresses the two types of Main Power Supplies (Cherokee/Mitra and Lambda) used
in the LOGIQ E9.
8 - 244
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-2-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply removal (cont’d)
Table 8-158 Main Power Supply (PS) removal
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Main PS and mounting
To remove Main PS (1):
NOTE: The mounting of a Cherokee/Mitra
PS and Lambda PS are the same. The PS
connectors are in different locations.
NOTE: When the system is in standby, the
Lambda PS will be warm. This is normal for
a Lambda PS.
(Cherokee/Mitra) PS connectors
Disconnect the Mains PS Cable and all
cables (2) - AC Output to Peripherals,
Printer, Power to BEP and USB on top of
the Main PS.
Remove the three screws (3) that secure
the Main PS using a 5 mm Allen wrench.
Ease the Main PS away from the fang
bracket (4).
(Lambda) PS connectors without Shear Wave option
(R4 and earlier)
Pull/slide the entire Main PS backwards
until the connectors to the Card Cage/
Backplane are unseated.
NOTE: If the 4D MC option is installed,
proceed to Step 2. If not proceed to Step 3.
NOTE: If the Shear Wave option is
installed, the cable that supplies voltage to
the Capacitor Pack is located behind the
BEP Power Cable and the Printer Cable
may not be present.
(Lambda) PS connectors with Shear Wave option
(R5 and later)
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 245
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-158 Main Power Supply (PS) removal
Steps
1.
If the 4D MC option is installed, disconnect
the USB Cable from J28 on the BEP. The
4D MC will also have to be transferred to
the replacement PS. See: Section 8-10-4
"4D Motor Controller (4D MC)
replacement" on page 8-256.
2.
Ease the PS away from the fang bracket.
Corresponding Graphic
Pull/slide the entire PS backwards until the
connectors to the Card Cage/Backplane
are unseated.
Lift the PS away.
8 - 246
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-2-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main PS installation
If the 4D MC option was installed, make sure to reinstall the option into the new replacement
PS.
Table 8-159 Main PS installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Make sure the GFI PCIe cable is routed
behind the Main PS fang. GFI
Configuration only. MRX does not use this
cable.
Slide the Main PS (1) forward to seat the
connectors (2) on the Card Cage.
Engage the tab onto the Fang, from where
it was removed.
Install the three screws (3) that secure the
Main PS using a 5 mm Allen wrench
(Torque: 10 Nm {7.4 lbf-ft}).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 247
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-159 Main PS installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
(Cherokee/Mitra) PS connectors
Reconnect the Mains PS Cable and all
cables AC Output to Peripherals, Printer, Power to
BEP and USB on top of the Main PS.
If the Shear Wave option is installed,
reconnect the cable that supplies voltage to
the Capacitor Pack.
(Lambda) PS connectors without Shear Wave option
(R4 and earlier)
(Lambda) PS connectors with Shear Wave option
(R5 and later)
PCIe Cable routed between Card Cage and Targa (right side
view). GFI Configuration only. MRX does not use this cable.
8 - 248
2.
Install the Rear Cover, Top Cover and Side Covers.
3.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-10-2-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-10-2-4 - Verification and 8-10-2-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-249.
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-2-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-10-2-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-10-2-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-160 Main Power Supply replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
10-6-4
Grounding continuity
10-6-5
Chassis leakage current test
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Leakage Current
measured at (record the value) and meets
allowable limits. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Perform a 4D sweep
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 249
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-3
NOTE:
8-10-3-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Fan Assembly replacement
This procedure only applies to Cherokee/Mitra Main Power Supplies. The fan assembly for
Lambda Power Supplies is not serviceable.
Manpower
One person, 45 minutes.
8-10-3-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-10-3-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3.) Remove both Side Covers, the Top Cover, the Rear Bumper and the Rear Cover.
4.) Remove the Main Power Supply.
Follow these links if you need more information:
•
8 - 250
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
•
8-5-11 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-54.
•
8-10-2 "Main Power Supply replacement" on page 8-244.
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-3-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Fan Assembly removal
Table 8-161 Main Power Supply Fan Assembly Removal
Step
1.
Remove the Main Power Supply.
Corresponding Graphic
Rear view of the PS
Remove the five screws (Torx T10 screw
head) securing the Fan Assembly to the
PS. DO NOT discard the screws.
Slide the Fan Assembly away from the
PS.
Inside view of the PS
1.
Disconnect the Fan Assembly connectors
(three white plastic connectors) from the
PS to remove the assembly.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 251
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-3-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply Fan Assembly installation
Table 8-162 Installing the replacement Fan Assembly
Step
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Prepare the replacement Fan Assembly
for installation.
Identify the connector for fan 1 (a). Fan 1
connector is identified with a black
marking. Fan 1 (a) is the fan on the right
side of the Fan Assembly (as shown).
If there are no tie wraps attached, attach a
tie wrap (b) to the connector cables to
position the cables in the center of Fan 2
(c). Trim the end of the tie wrap.
NOTE: The tie wraps are necessary to
position the cables between the heatsink
and the module when the Fan Assembly is
placed into the PS.
2.
Position the Fan Assembly under the PS
(as shown), to ease connecting the
connectors to the PS.
Connect the Fan Assembly connectors to
PS the fan terminals:
NOTE: Fan 1 must be connected to the
terminal labeled X14 (circled). Terminal
X14 supplies the voltage to the stand-by
fan (Fan 1) and also the regular operating
voltage to Fan 1, once the system is
turned on.
· Fan 2 or 3 to the terminals labeled X12
or X13
· Fan 1 to terminal labeled X14
8 - 252
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-162 Installing the replacement Fan Assembly
Step
3.
If a tie wrap is not attached, attach a
second tie wrap. Position the tie wrap 3 to
5 cm (1.19 to 1.96 inches) from the end of
the cable sleeves. Trim the end of the tie
wrap.
4.
Position the wire tied cables between the
heatsink (a) and the module (b) before
placing the Fan Assembly into the PS.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
Corresponding Graphic
8 - 253
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-162 Installing the replacement Fan Assembly
Step
5.
Reinstall the five screws, removed earlier
to secure the Fan Assembly to the Power
Supply (PS).
Corresponding Graphic
Inside view of the PS
Rear view of the PS
6.
8 - 254
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-10-3-6 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-10-3-7 - Verification and 8-10-3-8 "Functional Checks" on page 8-255.
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-10-3-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-10-3-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-163 Main Power Supply Fan Assembly replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
10-6-4
Grounding continuity
10-6-5
Chassis leakage current test
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Perform a 4D sweep
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 255
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-4
NOTE:
8-10-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
4D Motor Controller (4D MC) replacement
This procedure addresses the 4D MC replacement for the two types of Main Power Supplies
(Cherokee/Mitra and Lambda) used in the LOGIQ E9
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-10-4-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-10-4-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1.) Power down the system
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Rear Cover and Identify the Main Power Supply.
6.) Remove the Main Power Supply.
7.) Disconnect the USB cable from J28 on the BEP I/O board if the 4D Motor Controller is present.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8 - 256
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-11 "Rear Cover replacement" on page 8-54.
•
8-10-2 "Main Power Supply replacement" on page 8-244.
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-4-4
8-10-4-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
4D Motor Controller removal
Identifying the Main Power Supply (PS)
Table 8-164 Identifying the Main PS and connectors
Cherokee/Mitra PS
Lambda PS
PS Label
(rear, bottom of PS - earlier and current production
labels shown)
PS Label
(rear, bottom of PS)
PS connectors without Shear Wave option
(R4 and earlier, top of PS)
PS connectors
(top of PS)
PS connectors with Shear Wave option
(R5 and later)
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 257
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-4-4-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
4D MC Replacement for Cherokee/Mitra PS
Discard any removed components in the appropriate manner.
Table 8-165 4D MC Removal for Cherokee/Mitra PS
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Locate the 4D Motor Controller on the
back of the Main PS.
Remove the five screws (circled) securing
the 4D MC Cover to the Main PS.
Slide cover off to access the
4D MC.
4D MC Cover removed
2.
Disconnect the USB Cable (1) and the
Flex Cable (2) from the PS. DO NOT pull
from the ribbon to remove. Only pull from
the connector.
Remove two screws (circled) and slide the
board away to remove the 4D Motor
Controller.
NOTE: The replacement 4D MC includes
a new Flex Cable, two USB Cables and a
P-clamp.
8 - 258
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-165 4D MC Removal for Cherokee/Mitra PS
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
Disconnect the USB Cable from J28 on
the BEP.
Discard all the removed components.
Table 8-166 4D MC Reinstallation for Cherokee/Mitra PS
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: Before installing the 4D MC, write
down the part number, service number
and revision. These will be used later to
update VPD.
Guide the 4D MC into its location in the
Main PS and install the two screws
(circled) supplied with the replacement.
Make sure the Flex Cable to the Controller
Card lies behind the Flex Cable from the
Main PS as shown.
Connect the Flex Cable (2) to the Main PS
and 4D MC.
NOTE: The replacement 4D MC includes
a two USB Cables, the shorter USB Cable
must be used for a Cherokee/Mitra PS.
Connect the shorter USB Cable (1) to the
4D MC.
NOTICE
Use care when connecting the Flex Cable to the connectors. The connectors are fragile and will be
damaged if not installed properly.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 259
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-166 4D MC Reinstallation for Cherokee/Mitra PS
Steps
2.
Corresponding Graphic
Attach the new 4D MC Cover and route
the USB Cable as shown.
Use the P-Clamp, Screw and Washer
supplied with the 4D MC replacement to
secure the USB Cable to the PS.
3.
8 - 260
Install the five screws (circled) to secure
the 4D MC Cover to the Main PS. Make
sure the P-Clamp for the 4D MC USB
Cable is not twisted. It should be aligned
with the Main PS.
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-166 4D MC Reinstallation for Cherokee/Mitra PS
Steps
4.
Corresponding Graphic
Check that the GFI PCIe Cable is behind
the Main PS fang (1). GFI Configuration
only. MRX does not use this cable.
Put the Main PS into position so it will be
ready to be mounted.
Feed the USB cable from the Main PS,
between the BEP and the Targa frame
and then feed the USB cable through the
gap prior to fastening the Main PS to the
Targa frame.
Check that the GFI PCIe cable between
the rear of the Card Cage (2) and the
Targa frame (3).
Side view of the PCIe Cable routed
between the Card Cage and Targa.
GFI Configuration only. MRX does not
use this cable.
NOTE: If applicable; only on GFI Card
Rack configuration.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 261
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-166 4D MC Reinstallation for Cherokee/Mitra PS
Steps
8 - 262
Corresponding Graphic
5.
Connect the USB Cable from the 4D MC
to J28 on the BEP.
6.
Install the Main Power Supply.
Install the rear Cover.
Install the Side Covers.
Record VPD information for 4D Motor Controller. For information on updating VPD, see:
8-4-7-2 "Verify and Update Vital Product Data" on page 8-28.
7.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-10-4-5 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-10-4-6 - Verification and 8-10-4-7 "Functional Checks" on page 8-268.
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-4-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
4D MC Replacement for Lambda PS
.
Table 8-167 4D MC Removal for Lambda PS
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Locate the 4D MC Cover on the back of
the Main PS.
Remove the three screws from the
4D MC Cover. DO NOT discard. Gently
slide the 4D MC Cover and the 4D MC out
of the PS.
2.
Remove the two screws (circled) that
secure the 4D MC to the 4D MC Cover.
Discard. Note how the 4D MC USB Cable
is routed for installation.
3.
Disconnect the USB Cable from J28 on
the BEP.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 263
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-4-4-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
4D MC Reinstallation for Lambda PS
Table 8-168 4D MC Reinstallation for Lambda PS
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Install the two screws (circled),
supplied with the replacement 4D MC
to secure the 4D MC to the 4D MC
Cover.
NOTE: The replacement 4D MC
includes a two USB Cables, the longer
USB Cable must be used for a Lambda
PS.
Connect the long USB Cable to the 4D
MC. Route the cable as shown.
2.
Insert the 4D MC and cover into the PS,
along the mounting rails (circled).
NOTE: There are four mounting rails,
two at the top (circled) and two in the
bottom. Make sure all are aligned to
ensure the 4D MC connects to the
Lambda PS. The 4D MC connects
directly to the Lambda PS.
8 - 264
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-168 4D MC Reinstallation for Lambda PS
Steps
3.
Corresponding Graphic
Route the USB Cable through the slot
in the PS.
Firmly, but gently push on the 4D MC
Cover until it is seated in place
(connected) to the PS.
Make sure the USB Cable is still in the
correct position.
Reinstall the three 4D MC Cover
screws.
4.
Put the Main PS into position so it will
be ready to be mounted.
Route the USB cable between the
Targa frame and the BEP.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 265
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-168 4D MC Reinstallation for Lambda PS
Steps
5.
8 - 266
Corresponding Graphic
Connect the USB Cable from the
4D MC to J28 on the BEP.
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-168 4D MC Reinstallation for Lambda PS
Steps
6.
Corresponding Graphic
Check that the GFI PCIe Cable is
behind the Main PS fang (1). GFI
Configuration only. MRX does not use
this cable.
Put the Main PS into position so it will
be ready to be mounted.
Feed the USB cable from the Main PS,
between the BEP and the Targa frame
and then feed the USB cable through
the gap prior to fastening the Main PS
to the Targa frame.
Check that the GFI PCIe cable
between the rear of the Card Cage (2)
and the Targa frame (3).
Side view of the PCIe Cable routed
between the Card Cage and Targa.
GFI Configuration only. MRX does not
use this cable.
NOTE: If applicable; only on GFI Card
Rack configuration.
7.
Install the Rear Cover and Side Covers.
Record VPD information for 4D Motor Controller. For information on updating VPD, see:
8-4-7-2 "Verify and Update Vital Product Data" on page 8-28.
8.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-10-4-5 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-10-4-6 - Verification and 8-10-4-7 "Functional Checks" on page 8-268.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 267
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-10-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-10-4-6
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-10-4-7
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-169 4D Motor Controller (Cherokee Power Supply) replacement Functional
Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
10-6-4
Grounding continuity
10-6-5
Chassis leakage current test
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Leakage Current
measured at (record the value) and meets
allowable limits. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Perform a 4D sweep
8 - 268
Section 8-10 - Main Power Supply parts replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-11
Peripherals replacement
8-11-1
Purpose of this section
Follow the instructions in this section to replace peripherals.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 269
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Internal Peripherals overview
Refer to: Section 3-7-3 "Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection" on page 3-33.
8-11-3
8-11-3-1
DVD R/W drive replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-11-3-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-11-3-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
WARNING DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS:
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED ESD
CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (TO THE RIGHT OF THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL CONTACT WITH
ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS. ALWAYS USE NONCONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ESD
SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE POTENTIAL FOR STORING ENERGY MUST
BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED BEFORE MAKING CONTACT.
IF THE SHEAR WAVE OPTION IS PRESENT, MAKE SURE THE LEDS ON THE CAPACITOR PACK
ARE OFF BEFORE DISCONNECTING THE CAPACITOR PACK CABLES.
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
8 - 270
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-3-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Preparations (cont’d)
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Top Cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-11-3-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
DVD R/W drive removal
1.) Raise the console height to the highest level.
2.) Remove screws (1) securing the right side of the DVD Drive to the DVD / V Nav,
Bay Bird bracket (2).
3.) Tilt the Front Cover forward just until the Column Cover stop tabs clear.
4.) Raise the Column Cover (3) to access and remove any screws securing the left side of the DVD
drive to the DVD / V Nav, Bay Bird bracket.
Figure 8-67 DVD Drive Screw placement, right side DVD drive to the DVD / V Nav bracket
8-11-3-5
DVD R/W drive installation
1.) Slide the DVD drive into position.
2.) Seat the DVD Interface Board Bracket to the DVD Drive.
3.) Install the four screws to secure the DVD drive to the DVD Interface Board Bracket.
4.) Install the screws to secure the DVD drive to the DVD / V Nav, Bay Bird Bracket.
5.) Return the Column Cover to proper position.
6.) Install the Covers.
7.) Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-11-3-6 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-11-3-7 - Verification and 8-11-3-8 "Functional Checks" on page 8-272.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 271
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-3-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-11-3-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier.
2.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
3.) Insert and play DVD to confirm proper operation of the DVD drive.
8-11-3-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-170 DVD R/W drive replacement Functional Checks
8 - 272
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
10-6-4
Grounding continuity
10-6-5
Chassis leakage current test
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Leakage Current
measured at (record the value) and meets
allowable limits. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-4
8-11-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
DVD Storage Tray replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-11-4-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-11-4-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Top Cover.
6.) Remove the DVD drive.
Follow these links if you need more information:
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
•
8-11-3 "DVD R/W drive replacement" on page 8-270.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 273
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-4-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
DVD Storage Tray removal
Table 8-171 DVD Storage Drawer removal
Steps
1.
8-11-4-5
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the four screws securing the
storage drawer to the LOGIQ E9. Discard
the screws and drawer in the appropriate
manner.
DVD Storage Tray installation
Table 8-172 Storage Drawer Installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Slide the Storage Drawer into the System.
Secure the Storage Drawer to the
LOGIQ E9 with the four supplied screws.
1.
8 - 274
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-11-4-6 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-11-4-7 - Verification and 8-11-4-8 "Functional Checks" on page 8-275.
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-4-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-11-4-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-11-4-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-173 DVD Storage Tray replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 275
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
V Nav module replacement
Sometimes referred to as “Bay of Birds” or “3D Drive Bay” or “V Nav” or “Volume Navigation”
8-11-5-1
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-11-5-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-11-5-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WARNING
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL
CONTACT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS.
ALWAYS USE NON-CONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT OF ESD SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE POTENTIAL
FOR STORING ENERGY MUST BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED BEFORE MAKING
CONTACT.
IF THE SHEAR WAVE OPTION IS PRESENT, MAKE SURE THE LEDS ON THE
CAPACITOR PACK ARE OFF BEFORE DISCONNECTING THE CAPACITOR PACK
CABLES.
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Top Cover.
6.) Remove the DVD drive, if necessary.
Newer DVD / V Nav bracket provides separate support rail for the DVD, so the DVD does not need
to be removed.
8 - 276
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-5-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Preparations (cont’d)
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-11-5-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
•
8-11-3 "DVD R/W drive replacement" on page 8-270.
V Nav module removal
1.) Disconnect the cables to the rear of the V Nav module.
2.) Remove the four screws securing the right side of the V Nav module.
Figure 8-68 V Nav Screw placement (right side view), located below
DVD Drive or DVD Storage Tray
3.) Raise the Column Cover to access and remove the four screws securing the left side of the V Nav
module.
4.) Slide the V Nav module out the front of the system.
8-11-5-5
V Nav module installation
1.) Slide the V Nav module into position.
2.) Install the eight screws to secure the V Nav module.
3.) Connect the cables to the V Nav module.
4.) Install the DVD drive, if necessary.
5.) Return the Column Cover to proper position.
6.) Install the Covers.
7.) Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-11-5-6 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-11-5-7 - Verification and 8-11-5-8 "Functional Checks" on page 8-278.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 277
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-5-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-11-5-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
4.) Perform scans requiring V Nav module.
8-11-5-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-174 V Nav module replacement Functional Checks
8 - 278
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
7-5-12-14
bayBIRD Tests
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Leakage Current
measured at (record the value) and meets
allowable limits. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-6
8-11-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Graphic Printer replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-11-6-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-11-6-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes.
4.) Remove the Left Side Cover.
Follow these links if you need more information:
8-11-6-4
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
Black and White Digital Graphic Printer removal
1.) Disconnect the cables from the back of the printer.
2.) Loosen the Printer Tray wing nut that secures the printer.
Figure 8-69 Black and White Digital Graphic Printer - wing nut
3.) Slide the printer out.
8-11-6-5
Black and White Digital Graphic Printer installation
1.) Slide the printer into the Printer Tray until the face is flush with the system.
2.) Tighten the Printer Tray wing nut to secure the printer in the Printer Tray.
3.) Connect the cables to the back of the printer.
4.) Replace the Left Side Cover.
5.) Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-11-6-6 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-11-6-7 - Verification and 8-11-6-8 "Functional Checks" on page 8-280.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 279
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-6-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-11-6-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier.
2.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
3.) Test the Print Keys to confirm they function as they did before.
4.) Perform a test print.
8-11-6-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-175 Black and White Digital Graphic Printer replacement Functional
Checks
8 - 280
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
10-6-4
Grounding continuity
10-6-5
Chassis leakage current test
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Leakage Current
measured at (record the value) and meets
allowable limits. Equipment passed all required
checks and is ready for use.
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-7
8-11-7-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Tray replacement
Manpower
One person, 15 minutes.
8-11-7-2
Tools
For tools needed, refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
8-11-7-3
Preparations
When preparing for the replacement, you must perform the following steps:
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON
WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3, OR THE
BATTERY FROM THE CHARGEBOARD AT PCN1 WHEN WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD
BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE EPS OR CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND
CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown or ChargeBoard and BEP may be
energized even if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1.) Power down the system.
2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all Probes.
4.) Remove the Side Covers.
5.) Remove the Top Cover.
6.) Remove the Black and White printer.
Follow these links if you need more information:
•
4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
•
8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
•
8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
•
8-11-6 "Digital Graphic Printer replacement" on page 8-279.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 281
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-7-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Tray removal
1.) Raise the console height to the highest level.
2.) Unlatch the two latches (1) that clamp the Printer Tray to the top of the BEP (2).
3.) Tilt the Main Console Front Cover forward just until the lower Column Cover stop tabs (3) clear.
4.) Lift the Column Cover Assembly.
5.) Push the Printer Tray toward the Card Cage approximately 1/2 inch to free the three tabs (4) from
the BEP.
Figure 8-70 Printer Tray
6.) Remove the Printer Tray from the BEP.
8-11-7-5
Printer Tray installation
1.) Position the Printer Tray at the top of the BEP.
Be sure the lip, on the underside of the bracket, hooks on the edge of the card rack, and the three
tabs insert into the slots on the top of the BEP frame. The lip “clamps” the card rack and BEP
together. This is a tight fit.
2.) Lower the lower Column Cover.
3.) Position the Main Console Front Cover to engage the lower Column Cover stop tabs.
4.) Latch the two latches that clamp the Printer Tray to the top of the BEP.
5.) Slide the Black and White printer into the Printer Tray and connect the cables to the back of the
printer.
6.) Tighten the Printer Tray wing nut to secure the printer.
7.) Connect the printer cables.
8.) Replace the covers.
9.) Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-11-9-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-11-9-4 - Verification and 8-11-9-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-297.
8 - 282
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-7-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-11-7-7
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-11-7-8
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-176 Printer Tray replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 283
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Bracket replacement
Table 8-177 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-178 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE CHARGEBOARD BATTERY AT PCN1 ON THE CHARGEBOARD WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
CHARGEBOARD IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, ChargeBoard and BEP may be energized even if the power is
turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
3. Remove the Top Cover.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
8 - 284
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Bracket removal
Table 8-179 Printer Bracket removal
Steps
1.
Disconnect the Power and USB Cables
from the Printer.
2.
Remove the two screws that secure the
Bracket and Printer to the Printer Mount.
3.
Remove the Top Cover.
4.
Remove the four screws that secure the
Printer to the Printer Bracket.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
Corresponding Graphic
8 - 285
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-179 Printer Bracket removal
Steps
5.
Cut the Cable Tie Mount.
Remove the two T30 torx screws the
secure the Bracket - Printer Mount to the
Z-Mech
8 - 286
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
Corresponding Graphic
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-8-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer Bracket installation
Table 8-180 Printer Bracket installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
1.
Cut the tie wrap that secures the Drive Gear Assembly power cable to the top of the Targa.
Remove the Cable Tie Mount from the top of the Targa Frame.
2.
Remove the two T30 torx screws that
secure the Z-Mechanism to the Targa.
3.
Route the Printer Cables as shown. Route
the Power Cable as shown and the USB
Cable on top of the Targa, along the inside
edge of the Rear Handle. Continue to route
the USB Cable inside the Targa to J26 on
the BEP.
4.
Reinstall the Rear, but DO NOT install the screws.
MAKE SURE the Printer USB and Power Cables DO NOT get pinched.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 287
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-180 Printer Bracket installation
Steps
8 - 288
5.
Carefully position the Bracket - Printer
Mount onto the Z-Mech and begin to
reinstall one of the T30 torx screws with
one of the M6 External Toothed Lock
Washer, provided in the Kit.
6.
Reinstall the second T30 torx screw and
the second M6 External Toothed Lock
Washer, provided in the Kit. Torque 4.3 Nm
(3.2 lbf-ft {38 lbf-in}).
Remove the liner from the Cable Tie Mount,
position as shown and press, firmly into
place as shown.
Secure the Drive Gear Assembly power
cable to the Cable Tie Mount. Trim the
excess Cable Tie.
7.
Reinstall the Top Cover, but DO NOT install
the screws.
MAKE SURE the Printer USB and Power
Cables are routed properly (as shown) and
DO NOT get pinched.
Corresponding Graphic
Cables positioned correctly.
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-180 Printer Bracket installation
Steps
8.
Corresponding Graphic
Position the Bracket - Printer to the Printer
as shown.
Attach the Bracket to the Printer using the
four M3-0.5, X6mm long screws and four
M3 internal tooth lock washers, provided in
the kit. Torque 0.55 Nm
(0.4 lbf-ft {4.9 lbf-in}).
9.
Insert the Bracket and Printer onto
Bracket - Printer Mount and secure with the
two M5-0.8, X10mm long screws and two
M5 internal tooth lock washers, provided in
the kit. Torque 3 Nm (2.2 lbf-ft {26.5 lbf-in}).
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 289
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-180 Printer Bracket installation
Steps
Corresponding Graphic
10. Connect the Power and USB Cables to the
Printer.
11. Any slack on the cables can be pushed in
at this point.
Secure the Rear and Top Cover. MAKE
SURE the Cables DO NOT get pinched.
Cables positioned correctly.
12. Reinstall Side Covers.
8 - 290
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-8-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-11-8-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-11-8-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-181 Printer Tray replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
4-3-5
B-Mode Checks
4-3-7
System CFM and PWD Checks
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 291
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-9
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Shear Wave Capacitor Pack replacement
Table 8-182 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
15 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5.
Table 8-183 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL
CONTACT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS.
ALWAYS USE NON-CONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT OF ESD SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE
POTENTIAL FOR STORING ENERGY MUST BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED
BEFORE MAKING CONTACT.
MAKE SURE THE LEDS ON THE CAPACITOR PACK ARE OFF BEFORE
DISCONNECTING THE CAPACITOR PACK CABLES. THE CAPACITOR PACK CAN
STORE UP TO 112 VOLTS.
IF THE SYSTEM IS GOING TO BE SERVICED, KEEP THE FOLLOWING
INFORMATION AND PRECAUTIONS IN MIND:
CHARGE INDICATORS:
• THE CAPACITOR MODULE HAS LEDS TO INDICATE IF THE CAPACITORS ARE
CHARGED OR NOT.
• ONLY REMOVE THE CABLES WHEN LEDS ARE OFF.
DISCHARGE TIMES:
• 4.7 SECONDS AFTER NORMAL SHUTDOWN.
• IF CABLES ARE PULLED WHILE THE SYSTEM IS ON, IT TAKES TYPICALLY 40
SECONDS TO REACH 60 VOLTS AND 5 MINUTES TO FULLY DISCHARGE (0 VOLTS).
DO NOT PLUG OR UNPLUG CABLES WHEN THE POWER IS ON.ONLY PLUG OR
UNPLUG CABLES WHEN THE POWER IS OFF.
NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
8 - 292
Date
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO
TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF
BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
5. DISCONNECT THE EPS (EXTENDED POWER SHUTDOWN) BATTERY AT J3 WHEN
WORKING IN THE BEP. THIS SHOULD BE DONE WHENEVER THE BEP IS OPEN AND THE
EPS IS EXPOSED AND CHANGING PARTS.
Beware that the Main Power Supply, Extended Power Shutdown and BEP may be energized even
if the power is turned OFF if the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-183 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
1. Power down the system.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes.
3. Allow the Capacitor Pack to discharge. LEDs OFF.
4. Remove the Left Side cover, the Top Cover and WLAN Antennas, if present.
5. Remove the Capacitor Pack.
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7.
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30.
• 8-5-4 "Top Cover replacement" on page 8-38.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 293
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-9-1
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Shear Wave Capacitor Pack removal
The Shear Wave Capacitor Pack is removed and attaches to the BEP in the same manner as
the Printer Tray.
Table 8-184 Capacitor Pack removal
Steps
8 - 294
1.
Raise the console height to the highest level.
2.
If the LOGIQ E9 has WLAN, remove the
Antennas on the top of the BEP.
3.
Disconnect the power cable from the Main
Power Supply to the Capacitor Pack BCM1
and BCM2.
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
Corresponding Graphic
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-184 Capacitor Pack removal
Steps
4.
Corresponding Graphic
Unlatch the two latches (1) that clamp the
Capacitor Pack to the top of the BEP (2).
Tilt the Main Console Front Cover forward
just until the lower Column Cover stop tabs
(3) clear and slide the Shear Wave Console
Cover Assembly (4) out.
Lift the Column Cover Assembly.
Push the Capacitor Pack toward the Card
Cage approximately 1/2 inch to free the
Pack the BEP.
Remove the Capacitor Pack.
8-11-9-2
Capacitor Pack installation
Table 8-185 Capacitor Pack Installation
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Place the Capacitor Pack on top of the
BEP.
Reconnect the power cable from the Main
Power Supply to the Pack BCM1 and
BCM2. Power Cable is labeled.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 295
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-185 Capacitor Pack Installation
Steps
8 - 296
Corresponding Graphic
2.
Position the Pack at the top of the BEP.
Be sure the lip, on the underside of the
Pack, hooks on the edge of the Card Rack,
and the three tabs insert into the slots on
the top of the BEP frame. The lip “clamps”
the Card Rack and BEP (2) together. This
is a tight fit.
Lower the lower Column Cover.
Slide the Shear Wave Console Cover
Assembly (4) into the console.
Position the Main Console Front Cover to
engage the lower Column Cover stop tabs
(3).
Latch the two latches (1) that clamp the
Pack to the top of the BEP.
3.
Reinstall the Antennas on the top of the
BEP, if the Attunes were removed.
4.
Replace the covers.
5.
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-11-9-3 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-11-9-4 - Verification and 8-11-9-5 "Functional Checks" on page 8-297.
Section 8-11 - Peripherals replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-11-9-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-11-9-4
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Verify that all screws that you removed earlier have been installed.
2.) If finished, connect cables and Probes removed earlier.
3.) Power up the system to verify that it operates as intended.
8-11-9-5
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the system is operational before returning the system
to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
Table 8-186 Shear Wave Capacitor Pack replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-14
Probe/Connectors Checks
Section 4-7
SWAVE (Shear Wave “Shear Elasto“)
Functional Check
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 297
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-12
V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
The purpose of this section is to describe assembly or replacement of the Roll Stand and/or the V Nav
On-board Stand.
NOTE:
These instructions can be used to service an existing LOGIQ E9 that has a V Nav Roll Stand
or an On-Board V Nav Stand, or to install these options.
NOTE:
Be sure the wheels on the Roll Stand are not locked and move the Roll Stand slowly, with
caution to avoid tip over. DO NOT move with the arm extended.
NOTE:
The Roll Stand basket is designed to hold the transmitter, which weighs about five pounds
(2.27 kg). DO NOT overload the basket.
Table 8-187 Manpower / Time and Tools
Manpower /
Time
Tools
One person /
30 minutes
Refer to: 8-2-5 "Tools needed for servicing the LOGIQ E9" on page 8-5
Table 8-188 Preparations and Preparation Links
Preparations - you must perform the following steps
NOTICE
TAG
&
Energy Control and Power Lockout for LOGIQ E9
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE SCANNER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
1. Power down the LOGIQ E9.
2. Move the User Interface (Top Console) to its lower position.
3. Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet and all Probes and External I/O Cabling.
4. Remove any Tray Assembly, Probe Holder or Gel Warmer from the right side of the console. Any of these features
MUST BE MOVED to the left side of the console before this option is installed. None of these features can be installed
on the right side of the console with this option.
5. Remove the Right Side Cover
Preparation Links (if you need more information):
• 4-2-3 "Power shut down" on page 4-7
• 8-5-2 "Side Covers replacement" on page 8-30
8 - 298
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Parts Reference - Roll Stand
Figure 8-71 Volume Navigation Roll Stand Installation Kit - See: Table 8-189 "Volume Navigation Roll Stand
Installation Kit - Parts Reference" on page 8-300 for item description
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 299
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Parts Reference - Roll Stand (cont’d)
The following parts and hardware are included with this installation kit (hardware not shown):
Table 8-189 Volume Navigation Roll Stand Installation Kit - Parts Reference
8 - 300
Item #
Description
Quantity
1
Roll Stand Post, 60 inches
1
2
Roll Stand Base with 21-lb. Counterweight
1
3
5/16-18 x 1 inch Hex Head Cap Screw (HHCS)
1
4
5/16 Flat Washer
1
5
5/16 Split Lock Washer
1
6
GE Volume Navigation Arm
1
7
Cord Loop Hook
1
8
Utility Basket
1
9
Handle
1
10
Track Cover, 12 inches
3
11
Cover Plate
1
not shown
1/4-20 x 3/8 inch Socket Head Cap Screw (SHCS)
4
not shown
1/2 inch Socket Wrench
1
not shown
3/16 inch Hex Wrench
1
not shown
3/32 inch Hex Wrench
1
not shown
1/8 inch Hex Wrench
1
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Assembling or replacing the Roll Stand
Use these instructions to assembled or replace the Roll Stand.
1.) Insert the post in the base. The locator pin ensures correct alignment.
Figure 8-72 Post into Base - (1) 5/16 fLAT Washer, (2) 5/16 Lock Washer,
(3) 5/16-18 x 1 inch Screw - Roll Stand only
1
2
3
2.) Using the 1/2 inch socket wrench provided, fasten the post to the base with the hardware shown.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 301
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Assembling or replacing the Roll Stand (cont’d)
3.) Slide the cord loop hook, basket and handle into the rear channel in the order shown.
Figure 8-73 Post Assembly
4.) Using the hex wrenches provided, tighten all of the set screws in each accessory to secure the position in the track.
a.) Tighten the top four set screws with the 3/32 inch hex wrench.
b.) Tighten the center four set screws with the 1/8 inch hex wrench.
c.) Tighten the bottom two set screws with 3/32 inch hex wrench.
8 - 302
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Assembling or replacing the Roll Stand (cont’d)
5.) Loosen the knob slightly, guide the arm into the channel and move it to the mounting position.
Figure 8-74 Loosening Knob
NOTE:
Make sure the Transformer Support Platform (larger view) in Figure 8-74 "Loosening Knob" on
page 8-303 is installed in the UP position.
NOTE:
The channel fits between the front and rear slide plates.
Figure 8-75 Channel Location
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 303
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Assembling or replacing the Roll Stand (cont’d)
6.) Tighten the knob to lock the arm into position.
7.) Mount the transmitter (1) on the arm and route the cable through the cable clips (2) on the top side
of the arm.
Figure 8-76 Cable Clips - Roll Stand only
8.) While supporting the arm (loaded with the transmitter), slowly loosen the knob which allows the arm
to gradually move down the channel.
NOTE:
8 - 304
The arm must move down the channel very slowly when the knob is loosened, and it must move
easily upward when the lifting arm is in the channel. If the arm free-falls or will not move, follow
the adjustment procedure, see:
8-12-6 "Adjusting Tension on Sliding Mechanism" on page 8-314.
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Assembling or replacing the Roll Stand (cont’d)
9.) Using the 3/16 inch hex wrench provided, fasten the cover plate to the top of the post with four (4)
1/4-20 x 3/8 inch SHCS as shown.
Figure 8-77 Cover Plate Installation
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 305
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Assembling or replacing the Roll Stand (cont’d)
10.)Snap the three Rear Track Covers into place in locations shown.
Figure 8-78 Rear Track Covers Installation
8 - 306
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Parts Reference - On-board V Nav Stand
Use these instructions to assembled or replace the Roll Stand.
Figure 8-79 LOGIQ E9 On-Board V Nav Stand Option - Parts Reference
1
2
3
4
5
A
B
Table 8-190 On-Board V Nav Stand Installation Kit description
Item #
Description
Qty
1
V Nav Column, Cord Hook, Channel Cover and Column Mounting
Hardware - for Mounting Hardware details, see:
Figure 8-80 "V Nav Column Mounting Hardware" on page 8-308
1
2
V Nav Arm - Transformer Support
1
3
Right Side Cover without GE Logo
1
4
Rear Cover Reaming Tool
1
5
5443897-100 LOGIQ E9 Ver R4 Option Installation Instructions - V NAV OnBoard Stand
1
A
GE Logo - Sapphire
1
B
GE Logo - Light Grey
1
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 307
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Parts Reference - On-board V Nav Stand (cont’d)
The following parts and hardware are included with this installation kit:
Figure 8-80 V Nav Column Mounting Hardware
3
2
1
14
4
8a
7a
15
6
8b
5
7b
7c
2
3
Table 8-191 V Nav Column Mounting Hardware description (only hardware is listed)
Item #
NOTE:
8 - 308
Description
Qty
3
Socket Head Cap Screw (SHCS) for Cover Plate - top and bottom
NOTE: These screws require a 3/16 inch Allen wrench
8
4
V Nav Column to LOGIQ E9 Mounting Plate
1
5
Socket Head Cap Screw (SHCS) to mount V Nav Column to Mounting Plate
6
6
Screws to mount the Mounting Plate
3
7a-7c
V Nav Column Stand-off Fastener to Frame - long/top, medium/center and short/
bottom
1 each
(3 total)
8a
Nylon Lock Nut (M6) - V Nav Column Stand-off Fastener to Frame - top and bottom
2
8b
Nylon Lock Nut (M8) - V Nav Column Stand-off Fastener to Frame - center
1
Item numbers match items as listed in
Table 8-192 "Reference for assembling Option to LOGIQ E9" on page 8-309. and throughout
this document.
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
On-Board V Nav Stand Option Contents, location and placement of parts
Table 8-192 Reference for assembling Option to LOGIQ E9
Option Contents
Corresponding Graphic
1. V Nav Arm Stand Post
2. Cover Plate
3. Socket Head Cap Screw (SHCS) - (x4) for
Cover Plate
4. V Nav Arm Stand to LOGIQ E9 Mounting Plate
5. Socket Head Cap Screw (SHCS) - (x6) to
mount Stand Post to Mounting Plate
6. Screws - (x3) to mount the Mounting Plate
7a. V NAV Stand Post Stand-off Fastener to
Targa - long/top - (x1)
7b. V NAV Stand Post Stand-off Fastener to
Targa - medium/center - (x1)
7c. V NAV Stand Post Stand-off Fastener to
Targa - short/bottom - (x1)
8. LOGIQ E9 Targa (not part of the kit)
9. access hole to Item 5 (in stand post)
10. Cover Plate groove (in stand post) - Cover
Plate not shown
11. Tension/Sliding Mechanism (in stand)
Illustration shown without the rear cover
2
3
13
1
5
4
8a
NOTE: Before Item 7b can be installed, the
Grounding Plug installed MUST BE removed.
6
9
7a
8b
12
11
7b
7c
8a
10
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 309
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Assembling or replacing the On-Board V Nav Stand
For reference of assembly, parts location and parts identification, see:
Table 8-192 "Reference for assembling Option to LOGIQ E9" on page 8-309.
Table 8-193 Option Installation to LOGIQ E9
Steps
1.
Remove Grounding Plug (center) and the
Rear Cover mounting screws.
2.
Install the V NAV Stand Post Stand-off
Fasteners (7a-7c) to Targa, short in the
bottom and long in the top. Tighten
securely.
Corresponding Graphic
NOTE: The Rear Cover mounting flange
should not get pinched by the Stand-off
Fasteners. Two of the Stand-off Fasteners
will fit in the holes in the cover and hold the
cover in place after they are installed.
8 - 310
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-193 Option Installation to LOGIQ E9
Steps
3.
Attach Mounting Plate (4) to Stand-off
Fasteners with the three screws (6).
Tighten securely.
4.
NOTE: The bottom cover plate should be
installed first, see Step 8.
Corresponding Graphic
V Nav Arm Stand Mounting Plate channel
The Stand Post Mounting Plate seats in a
cut out channel, at the base off the post.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 311
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-193 Option Installation to LOGIQ E9
Steps
5.
Corresponding Graphic
Position the Arm Stand Post (1) onto the
Stand Mounting Plate (4). Install two of the
six screws (5), at the top first. DO NOT
tighten completely. Install the remaining
screws loosely.
Tighten in a sequence. Top front, bottom
rear and center. Then the remaining, in a
sequence. Torque: 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf-ft {86.7 lbf-in}).
6.
8 - 312
Insert the Track Cover into the Track Cover
groove and slide it the lowest position to
cover the Stand mounting access holes.
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-193 Option Installation to LOGIQ E9
Steps
7.
Loosen the knob slightly, guide the arm into
the channel and move it to the mounting
position.
Corresponding Graphic
Loosening Knob
NOTE: Make sure the Transformer Support
Platform is up, as shown. The channel fits
between the front and rear slide plates.
Tighten the knob to lock the arm into
position.
Channel Location
8.
Fasten the Cover Plate (2) to the top of the
post (1) with the four SHCS (3) as shown.
Repeat step for the bottom Cover Plate, if
not previously installed.
}
3
2
1
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 313
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 8-193 Option Installation to LOGIQ E9
Steps
9.
Corresponding Graphic
Mount the transmitter and tighten the
transmitter mounting screws (A) on the arm
and route the cable through the cable
management channels (B), in the underside of the arms. The arm is showed in the
stowed position.
While supporting the arm (loaded with the
transmitter), slowly loosen the knob which
allows the arm to gradually move down the
channel.
NOTE: The arm must move down the
channel very slowly when the knob is
loosened, and it must move easily upward
when lifting. If the arm free-falls or will not
move, follow the adjustment procedure,
see: 8-12-6 "Adjusting Tension on Sliding
Mechanism" on page 8-314.
8-12-6
Adjusting Tension on Sliding Mechanism
Table 8-194 Adjusting Tension on Sliding Mechanism
Steps
1.
Corresponding Graphic
Remove the plastic bolt cap from the lower Plastic Bolt Cap for tension nut and Unlocking
Clamping Knob
tension nut.
The clamping knob must be unlocked while
making this adjustment. Using the 1/2 inch
socket wrench, loosen or tighten the
tension nut for the desired tension.
2.
8 - 314
Perform Functional Checks. See: 8-12-6-1 - Calibration and adjustments,
8-12-6-2 - Verification and 8-12-6-3 "Functional Checks" on page 8-315.
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-6-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Calibration and adjustments
No calibrations or adjustments are needed after this part replacement.
8-12-6-2
Verification
Perform the following steps to verify that the product is functioning as intended after this replacement:
1.) Connect cables and Probes you removed earlier
2.) Power up the LOGIQ E9 to verify that it operates as intended.
8-12-6-3
Functional Checks
Perform the following functional checks to confirm the LOGIQ E9 is operational before returning the
LOGIQ E9 to the customer.
If all are successful, include the following debrief script: LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all required checks and is ready for use.
NOTE:
Be sure to inform the customer that the On-Board V Nav Stand SHOULD NOT be used to push
the LOGIQ E9.
Table 8-195 Side Covers replacement Functional Checks
See:
Section
Functional Check
4-2-2
Power ON/Boot Up
4-2-3
Power shut down
4-3-18
Mechanical Function Checks
4-3-18-2
Brakes and Direction Lock Checks
Debrief Script
LOGIQ E9 Service Manual, Direction
5535208-100, Rev. 2. Equipment passed all
required checks and is ready for use.
Chapter 8 Replacement procedures
8 - 315
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
8-12-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Routine Maintenance
1.) Periodically inspect all fasteners associated with the mounting system. Tighten them as necessary
for optimal operation and safety.
NOTE:
8-12-8
DO NOT overtighten any fasteners.
Cleaning the Mounting Assembly
1.) The mounting assembly may be cleaned with most mild, non-abrasive solutions commonly used in
the hospital environment (e.g., diluted bleach, ammonia, or alcohol solutions).
2.) The surface finish will be damaged permanently by strong chemicals and solvents such as acetone
and trichloroethylene.
3.) Do not use steel wool or other abrasive material to clean the mounting assembly.
4.) The damage caused by the use of unapproved substances or processes will not be covered by
warranty. It is recommended to testing any cleaning solution on a small area of the mounting
assembly, that is not visible, to verify compatibility.
5.) Never submerge the roll stand nor allow liquids to enter the mounting assemblies. Wipe any
cleaning agents off of the mounting assembly immediately, using a water-dampened cloth. Dry all
mounting assemblies thoroughly after cleaning.
CAUTION THE COMPANY MAKES NO CLAIMS REGARDING THE EFFICACY OF THE LISTED CHEMICALS
OR PROCESSES AS A MEANS FOR CONTROLLING INFECTION. CONSULT YOUR HOSPITAL’S
INFECTION CONTROL OFFICER OR EPIDEMIOLOGIST. TO CLEAN OR STERILIZE MOUNTED
INSTRUMENTS OR ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT, REFER TO THE SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS
DELIVERED WITH THOSE PRODUCTS.
8 - 316
Section 8-12 - V Nav Roll Stand and/or On-Board Stand Installation and/or Replacement
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 9
Renewal Parts
Section 9-1
Overview
9-1-1
Purpose of this chapter
This chapter gives you an overview of the available Spare Parts for LOGIQ E9. In addition, upgrade kits
and probes that may be used on LOGIQ E9, is listed
Section 9-2
Definitions of Left, Rear / Back, Right and Front
Figure 9-1 illustrates what is the Left Side (1), Rear / Back (2), Right Side (3), and Front (4) of the
system.
Figure 9-1 Definition of Left, Right, Front and Back of LOGIQ E9
2
3
1
4
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-3
List of Abbreviations
Table 9-1
List of Abbreviations
ABBREVIATIONS
3D
THREE DIMENSIONAL (See: RT3D and 4D)
4D
FOUR DIMENSIONAL IS THE SAME AS THREE DIMENSIONAL + REALTIME
ACP
AC CONTROLLER (AC POWER)
ACT
AC TRANSFORMER
ASSY
BEP
ASSEMBLY
BACK END PROCESSOR
CTRL
CONTROL
EXT.
EXTERNAL
FRU Y
REPLACEMENT PART
FRU N
NON STOCK PART
I/O
INPUT/OUTPUT
INT
INTERNAL
LCD
LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY
OP
OPERATOR PANEL
PC
PERSONAL COMPUTER (Back End Processor)
PS
POWER SUPPLY
PWA
PRINTED WIRE ASSEMBLY
QTY
QUANTITY USED PER SCANNER
RT3D
REAL TIME THREE DIMENSIONAL (Same as 4D)
RX
SWAVE
TX
XFRMR
9-2
DESCRIPTION
RECEIVER
SHEAR WAVE ELASTOGRAPHY
TRANSMITTER
TRANSFORMER
CW
CONTINOUS DOPPLER
ECG
ELECTRO CARDIO GRAPHY
Section 9-3 - List of Abbreviations
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-4
Parts list groups
Table 9-2
Parts List Groups
TABLE NO.
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NUMBER
Table 9-3
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations and Hardware/Software Compatibility - Upgrade
Options
9-4
Table 9-4
LOGIQ E9 Software
9-5
Table 9-10
Covers - LOGIQ E9 (not all covers or items listed are identified in Figure 9-2 on page 99)
9-9
Table 9-11
Top Console parts
9-35
Table 9-15
XYZ Mechanism parts
9-38
Table 9-17
Main Console parts
9-42
Table 9-18
Identifying Base Casting for proper Bottom Air Filter Assembly
9-44
Table 9-19
Subwoofer Details
9-45
Table 9-20
Casters (Wheels) parts
9-46
Table 9-21
Card Rack parts
9-48
Table 9-27
Back End Processor parts for R3.x and earlier
9-64
Table 9-28
Back End Processor parts for R4.x and later
9-68
Table 9-30
Power Supply parts
9-72
Table 9-31
Printer
9-77
Table 9-32
Digital Video Disc (DVD) parts
9-79
Table 9-36
Mains Power Cables
9-82
Table 9-37
Top Console cables
9-86
Table 9-38
XYZ Motor/Brake Control cables
9-87
Table 9-39
Main Power Supply Cables
9-89
Table 9-40
Card Rack Cables
9-91
Table 9-41
Back End Processor (BEP) Internal Cables BEP5.x (R3.x and earlier)
9-96
Table 9-42
Back End Processor (BEP) Internal Cables BEP6.x (R4.x and later)
9-97
Table 9-43
Back End Processor (BEP) External Cables
9-100
Table 9-45
Peripherals Cables
9-100
Table 9-46
Supported Probes (not including Japan Probes)
9-102
Table 9-47
Options
9-106
Table 9-49
Product Labels on LOGIQ E9 consoles used in a veterinary environment
9-111
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-5
LOGIQ E9 Models and hardware/software compatibility
Table 9-3
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations and Hardware/Software Compatibility Upgrade Options
CONSOLE
MODEL
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
SOFTWARE VERSION
Phase I
BT2010
BT2011
BT2013 BT2014
1.0.3
1.0.4
1.0.5
1.0.6
2.0.3
2.0.4
2.0.5
3.1.2
3.1.3
4 Rev.
x.x
5 Rev.
x.x
5205000
LOGIQ E9,
00-240 VAC
Y
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
Y
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
U
U
U
U
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
U
U
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9,
220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
U
U
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
U
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9,
100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations Key
LOGIQ E9 Software Configurations Key
Y
Original
U
Upgrade available
N
Not supported
Front End Processor - see: 9-12-2 "Front End Boards Compatible Configurations" on page 9-59
Back End Processor - see: 9-13-1 "Back End Boards Compatible Configurations" on page 9-71
9-4
Section 9-5 - LOGIQ E9 Models and hardware/software compatibility
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-6
Software
Table 9-4
LOGIQ E9 Software 1 of 2
ITEM
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1.
LOGIQ E9 Application
Software, R1.0.3
5193239-4
2.
LOGIQ E9 Application
Software, R1.0.4
5193239-5
3.
LOGIQ E9 Application
Software, R1.0.5
5193239-6
See: Table 9-5 "R1.0.x Software Matrix" on page 9-7
1
Y
4.
LOGIQ E9 Application
Software, R1.0.6
5193239-8
5.
LOGIQ E9 System Software
5135124-20
6.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R2.0.3
5193239-12
7.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R2.0.4
5193239-13
8.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R2.0.5
See: Table 9-6 "R2.0.xSoftware Matrix" on page 9-7
1
Y
5193239-16
9.
LOGIQ E9 System Software
5135124-30
LOGIQ E9 BIOS Blaster CD
5212471
For BEP with Extended Power Shutdown
motherboard (5145000-2) reset
replaced by 5212471-1
1
Y
LOGIQ E9 BIOS Blaster CD
5212471-1
Compatible with all configurations with
BEP P/N 5145000-x
1
Y
10.
11.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-4
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 Software 2 of 2 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R3.1.0
5193239-18
Obsoleted by
FMI 70209
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R3.1.1
5193239-21
Obsoleted by
FMI 70209
14.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R3.1.2
5193239-22
15.
LOGIQ E9
Base Image Load
5390139
16.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R4, Rev. 1.0
5454367
17.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R4, Rev. 1.1
5454367-2
18.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R4, Rev. 1.2
5454367-3
19.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R4, Rev. 2.0
5454367-4
20.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R4, Rev. 2.1
5454367-5
21.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R4, Rev. 3.0
5454367-6
5454367-7
22.
LOGIQ E9
Base Image Load, BEP6.1
5437603
23.
Ichiro R4 BEP 6.1 BIOS
5439364
24.
LOGIQ E9
Application Software, R5.x
5536034
25.
LOGIQ E9
Base Image Load, BEP6.6
5490413
12.
13.
9-6
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
Compatible with BEP6 5380000-1
1
Y
See: Table 9-9 "R5.x Software Matrix" on page 9-8
1
Y
See: Table 9-7 "R3.x Software Matrix" on page 9-8
See: Table 9-8 "R4.x Software Matrix" on page 9-8
Section 9-6 - Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Software (cont’d)
Table 9-5
R1.0.x Software Matrix
BEP 5145000-2
Breakthrough
Application Software Version
Application
Part Number
R 1.0.3
(Initial Production Release)
5193239-4
R 1.0.4
(Full Production release. Included in
FMI 70201 for Installed Base)
5193239-5
R 1.0.5
(Support for DVR option)
5193239-6
R 1.0.6
(Minor improvement for usability and
Cost reduction DRX 3.1 P/N 5301040-4 and
Backplane P/N GA200685 boards support)
5193239-8
LOGIQ E9
(Phase I)
Table 9-6
Base Load
Part Number
5135124-20
R2.0.xSoftware Matrix
BEP 5145000-2
Breakthrough
LOGIQ E9
(BT10)
Application Software Version
Application
Part Number
R2.0.3
(Initial Production Release,
also included in FMI 70205)
5193239-12
R 2.0.4
(Full Production Release,
Support the relocation of the Option Dongle and
connection of the USB Cable from the BEP to the XYZ
Controller. Relocation of the Option Dongle and
connection of the USB Cable from the BEP to the XYZ
Controller, also included in FMI 70206 with R 2.0.4.)
5193239-13
R 2.0.5
(V Nav Needle Tracker Upgrade)
5193239-16
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
Base Load
Part Number
5135124-30
9-7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Software (cont’d)
Table 9-7
CONSOLE
MODEL
NUMBER
5205000 (GFI)
5205000-2 (GFI)
5205000-3 (GFI)
5205000-4 (GFI)
5205000-5 (MRX)
5205000-6 (MRX)
CONSOLE
MODEL
NUMBER
5205000-7
R3.1.2
5193239-22
R3.1.3
5193239-23
BEP 5145000-2
BEP 5145000-3
BASE LOAD
PART NUMBER
R4.x Software Matrix
APPLICATION SOFTWARE
VERSION
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
PART NUMBER
Version 4, Rev. 1.0*
5454367
Version R4, Rev. 1.1
5454367-2
Version R4, Rev. 1.2
5454367-3
Version R4, Rev. 2.0
5454367-4
Version R4, Rev. 2.1
5454367-5
Version R4, Rev. 3.0
5454367-6
5454367-7
R4 BEP
BASE LOAD
PART NUMBER
5437603
For R4 and later the Application Version changes nomenclature, due to new Regulatory
Requirements. For example: Software Version R4.1.0, now will read Version 4 Rev. 1.0.
Table 9-9
CONSOLE
MODEL
NUMBER
5205000-8
9-8
APPLICATION SOFTWARE
VERSION
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
PART NUMBER
5390139
Table 9-8
NOTE:
R3.x Software Matrix
R5.x Software Matrix
APPLICATION SOFTWARE
VERSION
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
PART NUMBER
R5 BEP
BASE LOAD
PART NUMBER
Version 5, Rev. 1.0
5536034
5490413
Section 9-6 - Software
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-7
Covers and Bumpers
Figure 9-2 Covers - LOGIQ E9
13a
5a
6a
12a
4a
7a
3a
8a
14a
2a
9a
11a
10a
1a
Table 9-10
ITEM
Covers - LOGIQ E9 1 of 8 (not all covers or items listed are
identified in Figure 9-2 on page 9-9)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Bumper Rear
Filter Cover
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
GA307008-2
1
Y
GA307515-2
1
Y
1a
2a
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-10
ITEM
3a
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers - LOGIQ E9 2 of 8 (not all covers or items listed are
identified in Figure 9-2 on page 9-9)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
Cover Left Assembly
5168069
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5337050
1
Y
Cover Left Assembly
with Logo
5337050
1
Y
Cover Left Assembly
with Sapphire Logo
5337050-2
1
Y
4a
Top Cover
Top Cover
GA307023
1
Y
Handle Rear
GA307029-2
1
Y
5a
9 - 10
Section 9-7 - Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-10
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers - LOGIQ E9 3 of 8 (not all covers or items listed are
identified in Figure 9-2 on page 9-9)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Cover, Handle Right Top
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5178793
1
Y
Cover, Handle Right Lower
5178474
1
Y
Cover, Handle Left Top
5178193
1
Y
Cover, Handle Left Lower
5178242
1
Y
6a
7a
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-10
ITEM
8a
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers - LOGIQ E9 4 of 8 (not all covers or items listed are
identified in Figure 9-2 on page 9-9)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
Cover Right Assembly
5168550
OBSOLETE
Right Side Cover Assembly
Replaced by 5337049
1
Y
Right Side Cover Assembly
9 - 12
Cover Right Assembly
with Logo
5337049
1
Y
Cover Right Assembly
with Slots On-board V Nav Stand
(Light Grey and Sapphire GE Logo)
5436706
1
Y
Cover Right Assembly
with Sapphire Logo
5337049-2
1
Y
Right Side Cover Assy
Removable Fan Tray
5168191-2
1
Y
Section 9-7 - Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-10
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers - LOGIQ E9 5 of 8 (not all covers or items listed are
identified in Figure 9-2 on page 9-9)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Cover Front
GA307022
Plate Cover, Plate Connectors
with Guide
GA307056
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
9a
Replaced by GA307056-10
Replaces by GA307056
Cover Plate, Connectors
GA307056-10
This label is required when replacing Cover
Plate Connectors.
Label - Probe Connectors LOGIQ E9
5328860
1
Y
Footrest Bumper
5311121
1
Y
10a
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-10
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers - LOGIQ E9 6 of 8 (not all covers or items listed are
identified in Figure 9-2 on page 9-9)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
11a
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
Back Cover does not include the Back
Cover Label. Contact the Online Center to
request specific label.
Rear Cover Assembly
GA200232
1
Y
Cable Hook
GA307047
2
Y
Bumper Boss Z Outer
GA307188
1
Y
Door, I/O Panel
GA307046
1
Y
12a
13a
14a
9 - 14
Section 9-7 - Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers - LOGIQ E9 7 of 8 (not all covers or items listed are
identified in Figure 9-2 on page 9-9)
ITEM
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Items
not
labeled
Fan Tray Cover
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5480408
1
Y
Shear Wave Console Cover
Assembly - Option
5497692
1
Y
Column Cover Assembly
GA200359
1
Y
Cover, Main Cable
GA307192
1
Y
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-10
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Covers - LOGIQ E9 8 of 8 (not all covers or items listed are
identified in Figure 9-2 on page 9-9)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Bulkhead Cover
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
GA307061
1
Y
Black and White Printer Filler Storage
5309088
1
Y
Drive Bay Storage Drawer
5267580-2
1
Y
Drive Bay Storage Drawer
5267580-3
1
Y
1
Y
Items
not
labeled
Replaced by 5267580-3
1. Bracket - Printer Mount
2. Bracket - Printer
3. Adhesive Mount - Cable Tie
(plus mounting hardware, not shown)
15.
LOGIQ E9 Printer Bracket Kit
5537450
1
2
3
9 - 16
Section 9-7 - Covers and Bumpers
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-8
Top Console parts
NOTE:
Sub-FRUs for the Operator Panel have been created to provide additional sub-assemblies in
the event the entire Operator Panel does not require to be replaced. Refer to the Operator Panel
FRUS and for sub-FRU servicing options, see: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
Table 9-11
ITEM
Top Console parts 1 of 18
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
19” LCD Monitor
5205000-6 and earlier consoles
LCD Arm with Cable
5205000-6 and earlier consoles
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5167953
1
Y
5183750
1
Y
5392293-21
1
Y
1.
2.
3.
19” LCD Monitor V2
5205000-7 and later consoles
LOGIQ E9 R4 or Upgraded
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 2 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
LCD Arm with Cable
LOGIQ E9 R4 and later consoles
5415182-20
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
4.
Used on 5415182-20 Arm
1. LCD Arm Adapter - LOGIQ E9,
2. LCD Arm Neck Base Plate
3. Ground Lead - LOGIQ E9 LCD Arm Adapter
Hex Socket Head Cap Screw, M5-0.8, X50mm Long
External Toothed Lock Washer
Pan Head Machine Screw M4-0.7 X6mm Long
(hardware not shown)
5.
1
LOGIQ E9 LCD Arm
Adapter Spare Kit
5455428
2
3
9 - 18
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 3 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
6.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
Contains:
1. knob for lock (x1), 2. second Arm Cap (x4).
3. third Arm Cap (x1), 4. first Arm Cover (x1)
5. second Arm Cover (x1), 6. second Axis Cover (x1)
7. third Arm Cover (x1)
1
3
2
LCD Arm Plastic Covers
5205000-7 consoles
6
5408089
4
5
7
7.
Ultrasound Global LCD Arm LOGIQ E9 which has Adapter
5205000-8 and later consoles
5957000-110
5423549....
Contains:
1. Pan Arm Down Cover, 2. Lift Arm Cover - Right,
3. Lift Arm Cover - Left, 4. Joint Cover
5. Extension Arm Cover, 6. Rotation Limit Screw
8.
3
LCD Arm Plastic Covers
5205000-8 and later consoles
5957000-1
4
1
2
6
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
5
9 - 19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 4 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
LCD Mount Lock Assembly
GA200302
Frame with LCD and TouchScreen
GA200439
OBSOLETE
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
y
1
y
1
Y
1
Y
9.
10.
11.
Replaces GA200439.
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36
Frame with LCD and TouchScreen
5207000-39
12.
Front
Frame with LED Backlight LCD and
Touchscreen - Spare Part
9 - 20
Rear
5207000-65
See: Table 9-13
"Operator Panel
Compatible
Configurations" on
page 9-36
13.
14.
Replaced by 5207000-33
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36
Front
R5 LOGIQ E9 Upper Operator Panel
Frame and LCD Assembly
5497858-20
See: Table 9-13
"Operator Panel
Compatible
Configurations" on
page 9-36
Operator Panel Assembly, Upper
5207000-3
OBSOLETE
Rear
Replaced by 5207000-33
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 5 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
Operator Panel Assembly, Upper
5207000-13
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5207000-33
Included GA200717 Aux. USB Connector board and
GA200718 Main Controller board.
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Upper
5207000-23
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5207000-33
5207000-23 replaced 5207000-3, 5207000-12 and
5207000-17.
Included GA200717 Aux. USB Connector board and
GA200718 Main Controller board. Capacitors
changed to address false USB overcurrent trip.
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Upper
5207000-33
Replaced by 5207000-43
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Upper
5207000-43
Replaced by 5207000-53
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
15.
16.
17.
18.
Replaces GA200442 on 5207000-33 Op Panel Upper or later
See: Table 9-14 "Upper Op Panel FRUs Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-37
19.
High Voltage Inverter Board with Cable
(Upper Operator Panel)
5207000-6
Replaces 5207000-43
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
20.
LOGIQ E9 OP Panel Upper - SMC
HUB and ERG Inverter
5207000-53
21.
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
LOGIQ E9 R5 Upper Operator Panel
5209000-1
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
22.
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 6 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
Ichiro OP Panel Upper - LED Backlight
5207000-63
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
1
Y
23.
Replaced by 5207000-6
See: Table 9-14 "Upper Op Panel FRUs Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-37
HV Inverter with Cable - ERG version
(Upper Operator Panel)
GA200442
1
Y
LED Backlight Driver with Cables Spare Part
5207000-64
See: Table 9-14
"Upper Op Panel
FRUs Compatible
Configurations" on
page 9-37
1
Y
Upper Bezel
5207000-15
1
Y
USB Cover - Operator Panel
5207000-54
1
Y
TGC Slide Pots Dust Gasket
5207000-55
1
Y
USB Connector Board
(Upper Operator Panel)
GA200441
1
Y
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
9 - 22
To become obsolete. If unavailable,
order GA200717
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 7 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
29.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
USB Connector Board
(Upper Operator Panel)
5207000-41
Use with GA200717 for connection improvement.
GA200717 can be used with GA200448,
but will not improve connection.
30.
USB Connector Board
with longer pins
(Upper Operator Panel)
GA200717
1
Y
Main Ctrl. Board w. USB
Video Bd. and Cable
(Upper Operator Panel)
GA200448
1
Y
R5 LE9 Upper Operator Panel
Customer USB Port Cable Assembly
5497858-30
1
Y
Main Ctrl. Board w. USB
Video Bd. and Cable
(Upper Operator Panel)
GA200718
Use only with USB Connector Board GA200717.
(GA200441 will not work)
Replaced by 5207000-30
1
Y
Main Ctrl. Board w. USB
Video Bd. and Cable
(Upper Operator Panel)
5207000-30
OBSOLETE
Has USB over current fix.
(Replaces GA200718)
1
Y
Main Ctrl. Board with USB
Video
Board and Cable
(Upper Operator Panel)
5207000-40
1
Y
Main Ctrl. Board with USB
Video Board and Cable
(Upper Operator Panel)
5207000-50
1
Y
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
Replaces 5207000-30
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 23
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 8 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5207000-40
Replaces 5207000-50
Also includes 5207000-41 USB Auxiliary Board
Replaced by 5207000-60
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
1
Y
37.
Main Ctrl. Board with USB
Video Board and Cable
(Upper Operator Panel)
38.
39.
Replaces 5207000-50
Main Board with SMC HUB - Video
Board with zero ohm R - Video Cable USB Aux Board
5207000-60
1
Y
R5 LE9 Upper Operator Panel
Main Control Board
(include USB Cables
to user USB Ports)
5497858-10
1
Y
Frame UI Upper Assembly
GA200392
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Lower
5207000-2
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5207000-12
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Lower with
Improved Trackball
5207000-12
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5207000-32
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Lower
Without Trackball
5207000-32
OBSOLETE
Remove existing trackball from removed lower panel
and install into the new assembly.
(Second opinion required.) To become obsolete. If
unavailable, order 5207000-42
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Lower
Without Trackball
5207000-42
Obsolete replaced by 5207000-52
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Lower
Without Trackball
5207000-52
Similar to 5207000-42 except includes
VALOX Bezel
Replaced by 5207000-62
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
1
Y
Operator Panel Assembly, Lower
Without Trackball
5207000-62
See: Table 9-13 "Operator Panel Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-36.
1
Y
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
9 - 24
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 9 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
47.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
Same as -62 Plus B-Flow Key Top
LOGIQ
Operator Panel Assembly, Lower
Without Trackball
5207000-72
See: Table 9-13
"Operator Panel
Compatible
Configurations" on
page 9-36.
1
2
34
Y
PW
X
M
Εlasto
V Nav
LOGIQView
Z
CW
PDI
Contrast
CF
Steer
CHI
Measure
Zoom
Comment
L
Width
Depth
B
3D/4D
Auto
R
P4
Clear
Freeze
P2
P3
48.
R5 LE9 Lower Op Panel - Removable
Trackball compatible
5207000-82
1
Y
49.
Lower Op Panel Assembly
5208000-1
1
Y
Operator Panel Frame Assembly,
Lower
5195937
1
Y
Inductive Trackball
GA200444
OBSOLETE
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
50.
51.
52.
Replaced by 5207000-5
To become obsolete. If unavailable, order 5341631
Improved Inductive Trackball
5207000-5
Replaced 5207000-5
53.
54.
Optical Trackball
5341631
Trackball - Removable
5393439-10
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 25
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 10 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Removable Trackball Interface
Cable and Straps
5207000-84
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
4
Y
4
Y
8
Y
8
Y
1
Y
55.
56.
C
B
LOGIQ E9 Trackball Keys
A - Trackball Key, Bottom
B - Trackball Key, Left
C - Trackball Key, Top
D - Trackball Key, Right
E - Trackball Key, Pivot Points
D
5207000-80
A
57.
Concentric Encoder
2404652-19
OBSOLETE
Encoder, Concentric Shaft with 0-ring
5207000-85
Joystick Encoder
5207000-17
OBSOLETE
9 - 26
for Operator Panel
Replaces 5207000-17
60.
61.
Replaced by 5207000-85
for Operator Panel
58.
59.
E
Joystick Encoder
5207000-29
Lower Operator Panel Main-board
5207000-18
Obsolete replaced by 5207000-28
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 11 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
Includes 1 - Left Elastomer,
2 - 5207000-55 - TGC Slide Pots Dust Gasket,
3 - Right Elastomer, and
4 - Switch PCB (version with reduced LED number)
Replaced by 520700-38
62.
2
1
3
Lower Operator Panel Main-board
(improved)
5207000-28
4
Includes 1. Left Elastomer,
2. Right Elastomer, 3. Slide Pot Gasket,
4. Switch, PCB and
5. BOURNS compatible Slide Pot knobs (x8)
63.
1 2
3
5
LE9 Lower Circuit Board for
OP Panel - Bourns Slide Pots - spare
part only
5207000-38
See: Table 9-13
"Operator Panel
Compatible
Configurations" on
page 9-36.
4
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 27
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 12 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
LE9 R5 Lower Operator
Panel Main Board
Compatible with Lower OP Panel
Assembly 5208000-1
5497858-50
Lower Bezel
5207000-11
Lower Bezel
VALOX
5207000-14
See: Table 9-13
"Operator Panel
Compatible
Configurations" on
page 9-36.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
64.
65.
Obsolete replaced by 5207000-14
VALOX
66.
Steer
Measure
Body Pattern
Ellipse
Comment
Width
Depth
Zoom
3D/4D
Auto
Stop
Stop
Clear
Freeze
67.
68.
69.
Lower Bezel LE9 spare part
Removable Trackball compatible
5207000-81
Key Cap Kit
5207000-10
OBSOLETE
for Operator Panel Replaced by 5207000-24
1
Y
Button Cap Kit
5207000-16
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5207000-24
Includes keycaps for options in R2.x.x or later
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
70.
L
P1
Button Cap Kit includes B-Flow Key
5207000-24
Elasto
P2
V Nav
P3
LOGIQView
P4
R
CHI
PDI
CW
3D/4D
TVI
B
Flow
Contrast
71.
9 - 28
Knob Kit, Slide Pot Knob Kit, Mode
Select Knob Kit
5207000-7
Obsolete kit was split in two kits 5207000-8 and -9
See: Table 9-12 "New Lower Op Panel FRUs
Compatible Configurations" on page 9-35.
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 13 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
72.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
Includes:
1. Joystick knobs (near trackball) (x2),
2. Joystick knobs (for other locations
on Op Panel) (x4)
3. Mode Select knobs: Outer knobs (x4),
Mode specific insert (x4)
LE9 Rotary Knob Kit - spare part only
5207000-8
See: Table 9-12
"New Lower Op
Panel FRUs
Compatible
Configurations" on
page 9-35.
1
2
3
Details of illustration:
P/N 5207000-9 "A"
1. Friction Fit
2. ALPHA Slide Pot
P/N 5207000-9 "B"
3. Snap Fit
4. BOURNS Slide Pot
73.
5207000-9
“A” VS. “B”
LE9 TGC Slide Pot Knob Kit Spare Part only Knobs for
ALPHA and for
BOURNS version slide pots
5207000-9
See: Table 9-12
"New Lower Op
Panel FRUs
Compatible
Configurations" on
page 9-35.
“A”
“B”
5207000-9
“A”
5207000-9
“B”
1
3
6 mm
2
3
10 mm
4
74.
Button Frame UI Assembly
(XYZ Button Replacement)
GA200270-2
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 29
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 14 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Probeholder Soft Insert Large (x4)
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5189615
1
Y
Probeholder Soft Insert Small (x2)
5189156
4
Y
Probe Cable Hook Twin
GA307069
1
Y
75.
76.
77.
78.
Probeholder Insert for small probes like
S4210 and L8-18I
Probeholder Insert LOGIQ
(for small probes)
H4911P
only available as a
catalog
1
N
4D Probeholder
5307472
1
Y
TVTR Probe Holder Assembly
5306880
1
Y
79.
80.
9 - 30
To become obsolete. If unavailable,
order 5306880-2
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 15 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
TVTR Probe Holder Assembly
5306880-2
Gel Warmer Unit
5245350
OBSOLETE
Gel Warmer Unit
5245350-2
Gel Warmer Unit
Gel Warmer Knob Replacement Kit
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
Replaced by 5245350-2
1
Y
Replaced by 5245350-10
1
Y
5245350-10
1
Y
5322780
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
Options Holder
Right Support Assembly
5307243
Options Holder
87.
88.
Left Support Assembly
5307245
Tray Unit Assembly
5307236
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5307236-2
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 31
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 16 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Tray Unit Assembly
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5307236-2
1
Y
Cover, Palm Rest
5178069
1
Y
Speaker Assembly
5265030
2
Y
89.
90.
91.
Replaced by GA200743
Replaces 5265030
92.
Speaker Assembly
GA200743
2
Y
Cable - Audio High Pass
5460780
2
Y
Operator Panel Cable Kit
GA200446
5207000-46
1
Y
1
Y
93.
94.
Replaced by 5207000-40
Replaces GA200446
Compatible with Operator panels 5207000-x
95.
Operator Panel Cable Kit
Kit includes:
A - Trackball USB Cable
B1 and B2 - Trackball Switch Cables
C1 and C2 USB Video Board Flex Cables
D - HV Inverter Cable
E - A/N Keyboard USB Cable
9 - 32
5207000-46
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 17 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
96.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
Compatible with Operator Panel Assembly
5208000-1
LE9 R5 Upper Op Panel Cable Kit
Kit contains:
1. Video Controller Power
2. Video Controller USB
3. Backlight
4. Video
5. Customer USB Ports
6. Trackball
7. Power Upper to Lower
8. USB Upper to Lower
5497858-40
Alphanumeric Keyboard
97.
A/N Keyboard (English)
5207000-4
1
Y
A/N Keyboard (French Canada)
5207000-19
1
Y
A/N Keyboard (Russian)
5207000-20
1
Y
98.
99.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 33
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-11
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts 18 of 18 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
A/N Keyboard (Greek)
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5207000-21
1
Y
A/N Keyboard (Swedish)
5207000-22
1
Y
A/N Keyboard (Norwegian)
5207000-26
1
Y
100.
101.
102.
9 - 34
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-8
Top Console parts (cont’d)
Table 9-12
Part Name
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
New Lower Op Panel FRUs Compatible Configurations
Description /
Comments
Lower Op Panel with BOURNS Slide Pots
LE9 Lower Op Panel
w BOURNS slide pots Part includes:
• Lower Bezel - Valox
- no trackball
• BOURNS TGC Slide Pots and knobs
Lower Bezel
LE9 - Valox
Lower Bezel – Valox
New Part
Number
Replaces
Part Number(s)
Compatibility
5207000-62
5207000-72*
5207000-52**
5207000-42
Backward
compatible
5207000-14
5207000-11
Backward
compatible
5207000-38
5207000-28
Backward
compatible
Includes the new
knobs for the new
TGC Slide Pots.
5207000-8
5207000-7***
Backward
compatible
5207000-9
5207000-7***
Backward
compatible
Lower Circuit Board for OP Panel
(including the BOURNS Slide Pots)
LE9 Lower Circuit
Board for OP
Panel - Bourns Slide
Pots - spare part only
Part includes:
• 1 Left Elastomer
• 1 Right Elastomer
• 1 Slide Pot Gasket
• 1 Switch, PCB
• 8 BOURNS knobs compatible with
BOURNS Slide Pots
See: FRU image for contents.
Rotary Knob Kit - Spare Part only
Kit includes:
LE9 Rotary
Knob Kit - spare part • 2 Joystick knobs (near trackball)
• 6 Joystick knobs (for other locations on Op Panel)
only
• 4 Mode Select knobs
See: FRU image for contents.
TGC Slide Pot Knob Kit Spare Part only
LE9 TGC Slide Pot
Knob Kit - Spare Part Includes:
only Knobs for ALPHA • Knobs for ALPHA (old style) Slide Pot
and for BOURNS
• Knobs for BOURNS (new style) Slide Pot
version slide pots.
• Instruction Sheet
See: FRU image for contents.
*5207000-72 will be ready with R4.x production.
**5207000-52 is similar to 5207000-42 but includes the new Valox Bezel.
***5207000-7 was separated into two kits, one kit for the TGC Slide Pots and another kit for
the Rotary knobs.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 35
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts (cont’d)
Table 9-13
Operator Panel Compatible Configurations
Operator Panel Compatible Configurations
Currently Installed
Op Panel - Upper
5207000-23
Op Panel - Upper
5207000-33
Op Panel - Upper
5207000-43,
5207000-53 or
5207000-63
If replacing
Op Panel - Upper
FRU:
Option 1
Option 2
Option 1
Option 1
Upper Bezel
Order 5207000-15
Upper Bezel
N/A
Order 5207000-15
Upper Bezel
Order 5207000-15
Upper Bezel
Main Ctrl. Board
with USB Video
Board and
Cable
Order 5207000-30
Main Control Board
with USB Video
Board and Cable
Order 5207000-40 or -50
Main Ctrl. Board with USB
Video Board and Cable,
install with old video cable
Order 5207000-40 or -50
Main Ctrl. Board with
USB Video
Board and Cable
Order 5207000-50
Main Ctrl. Board
with USB Video
Board and Cable
LCD and Frame
Order GA200439
Frame with LCD and
TouchScreen
Order 5207000-53
Order 5207000-39
Order 5207000-39
Aux USB Board
Order GA200441
Order 5207000-40 or -50
Main Ctrl. Board with USB
Video Board and Cable,
install with old video cable
Order 5207000-41
Order 5207000-41
OP Cable Kit
Order GA200446
Order 5207000-46
Order 5207000-46
Order 5207000-46
High Voltage
Inverter Board
with Cable
Order GA200442
N/A
Order 5207000-6
Order 5207000-6
Dust Gasket for
TGC pots Lower OP
Order 5207000-55
N/A
Order 5207000-55
Order 5207000-55
9 - 36
Section 9-8 - Top Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console parts (cont’d)
Table 9-14
Upper Op Panel FRUs Compatible Configurations
Op Panel Upper
Assembly
LCD
Type
High Voltage
Inverter Type
Used
High Voltage Inverter
Part Number
5207000-13
NEC
NEC
GA200442
5207000-23
NEC
NEC
GA200442
5207000-33
CMO
NEC or
ERG
GA200442
5207000-6 (recommended)
5207000-43
CMO
NEC or
ERG
GA200442
5207000-6 (recommended)
5207000-53
CMO
ERG
5207000-6
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
Comments
ERG HV Inverter is not compatible
Continue using NEC HV Inverter.
NEC HV Inverter can be used, but may show
intermittent issues turning on the back light at
boot up.
Forward production all contain ERG
HV Inverters.
9 - 37
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-9
XYZ Mechanism parts
For XY Mech Brakes and Brake Motor FRUs Compatibility, see:
Table 9-16 "XY Mech Brakes and Brake Motor FRUs Compatibility Chart" on page 9-41.
Table 9-15
ITEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
XYZ Mechanism parts
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
XYZ Control ASM
GA200041
OBSOLETE
Replaced by GA200644
1
Y
XYZ Control ASM
GA200644
Replaced by 5429346
1
Y
XYZ Control ASM
5429346
See: Table 9-16 "XY Mech Brakes and Brake Motor
FRUs Compatibility Chart" on page 9-41.
1
Y
LOGIQ E9 R4 XYZ Motor Controller
5440179
Replaced by 5440179-3
1
Y
1
Y
5.
6.
Supports new LCD Monitor introduced with
R4.x consoles.
See: Table 9-16 "XY Mech Brakes and Brake Motor
FRUs Compatibility Chart" on page 9-41.
LOGIQ E9 R5 XYZ Motor Controller
5440179-3
XY Mechanism
GA200036
Replaced by GA200946
1
Y
XY Mechanism
GA200946
Replaces GA200036
See: Table 9-16 "XY Mech Brakes and Brake Motor
FRUs Compatibility Chart" on page 9-41.
1
Y
7.
Replaces GA200036
See: Table 9-16 "XY Mech Brakes and Brake Motor
FRUs Compatibility Chart" on page 9-41.
8.
XY Mechanism - USA MFG
9 - 38
5954000
Section 9-9 - XYZ Mechanism parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-15
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
XYZ Mechanism parts
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
Park Lock Assembly - USA MFG
5393642
XY Brake Motor Assembly - USA MFG
5393698
11.
XY Brake Assembly
GA200952
Replaces GA200535
2
Y
12.
Z-Mechanism
GA200039
Use 5958000
1
Y
Z-Mechanism Assembly
5958000
1
Y
Drive Gear Assy
GA200177
1
Y
9.
10.
13.
14.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
Use 5396884
9 - 39
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-15
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
XYZ Mechanism parts
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
15.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
See: Table 9-16 "XY Mech Brakes and Brake Motor
FRUs Compatibility Chart" on page 9-41.
Drive Gear Assy
5396884
1
Y
Cable, XYZ Switch Board
5198990
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
16.
17.
Compatible with R2.0.4 or later.
Cable - USB, BEP to XYZ Motor
Controller
5194492-6
(620 mm)
XYZ MOTOR CONTROL
5194492-6
BEP J25
18.
Park Lock
GA200161
19.
Substitute for GA200161.
Park Lock
(USA Mfg.)
9 - 40
5393642
Section 9-9 - XYZ Mechanism parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 9-16
New P/N
Description
GA200946
XY
Mechanism
5954000
XY
Mechanism
(USA Mfg.)
5429346
LOGIQ E9 XYZ
Motor Controller
with O-ring
Detection
5440179
LOGIQ E9 XYZ
Motor Controller
with O-ring
Detection
LOGIQ E9 XYZ
Motor Controller
5440179-3
with O-ring
Detection
GA200952
XY Mech Brakes and Brake Motor FRUs Compatibility Chart
Replaces
Compatibility
Solution / Comments
GA200036
Backward
compatible
If replacing this part, it is recommended for
better performance to check the installed XYZ
Motor Controller and update it to 5429346 if
5429346 is not installed yet.
Backward
compatible
Substitute for GA200946. If replacing this
part, it is recommended for better
performance to check the installed XYZ Motor
Controller and update it to 5429346 if
5429346 is not installed yet.
GA200946
No.
Only compatible
GA200644 with P/N GA200946 GA200795 XY Arm Assembly,
and P/N GA200952 XY brake Motor
Assembly
N/A
5429346
Supports new LCD
Monitor introduced
with R4.x and later
consoles
Use this FRU if the LCD Arm and Monitor are
the new version for R4.x and later, due to the
changes in weight of the new LCD Arm and
Monitor.
5440179
Supports new LCD
Monitor introduced
with R4.x consoles
N/A
GA200535
Backward
compatible
If replacing this part, it is recommended for
better performance to check the installed XYZ
Motor Controller and update it to 5429346 if
5429346 is not installed yet.
NOTE: 5429346 is ONLY compatible with
P/N GA200946 XY Mech.
5393698
NOTE:
XY Brake
Mechanism
Assembly
(USA Mfg.)
GA200952
Backward
compatible
If replacing this part, it is recommended for
better performance to check the installed XYZ
Motor Controller and update it to 5429346 if
5429346 is not installed yet.
NOTE: 5429346 is ONLY compatible with
P/N GA200946 and 5954000 XY Mech.
LOGIQ E9 console models 5205000-4 and earlier:
It is recommended to have the system running R2.0.4 or later Application Software and the XY USB
Cable installed to allow the system to release the XY Brakes at shutdown if the console is not locked.
If replacing the new FRUs on a system that is not running R2.0.4 or later, order the Late Request Plan
for FMI 70206 - R2.0.4 Software Upgrade and XYZ USB Cable Update in SN70443A - Closed FMIs on
LOGIQ™ E9, LOGIQ™ 9 and LOGIQ™ 700 Consoles.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 41
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-10
Main Console parts
Table 9-17
Main Console parts 1 of 3
ITEM
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
1.
Back End Processor Parts
See: Section 9-13 "Back End Processor (BEP) parts" on page 9-64.
2.
Front End Processor Parts
See: Section 9-12 "Card Rack parts" on page 9-48.
3.
Casters
See: Section 9-11 "Casters (Wheels) parts" on page 9-46.
4.
Covers
See: Section 9-7 "Covers and Bumpers" on page 9-9.
FRU
5.
P8
L9
2
P2
1
P6
P2
2
P1
1
1
P5
2
1
P7
L8
L3
L5
L2
MODULE NAME
S/N :
1
Y
Consession :
1
Y
1
Y
5
BAR-CODE
9
P4
P/N: NNxxxxxx-xx
L6
L7
L1
1
GA200290
8
6
Bulkhead Board Assembly
8
1
L4
6.
Bulkhead Board Assembly
RoHs compliant
5482676
7.
Fan Tray Assembly - Card Rack
5141940
8.
Replaced by 5141940.
Replaced 5141940
Fan Tray Assembly - Card Rack
5394406
1
Y
Fan Tray and Filter Assembly
Removable Fan Tray
5394406-2
1
Y
9.
9 - 42
Section 9-10 - Main Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-17
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Console parts 2 of 3 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Air Filter Assembly
Removable Fan Tray
5391493-2
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
10.
Filter Dust Rear
11.
Filter (Rear)
GA307351
See: Table 9-19 "Subwoofer Details" on page 9-45.
12.
Subwoofer
5261127
13.
R4 later production
(not backward compatible)
See: Table 9-19 "Subwoofer Details" on page 9-45.
Subwoofer
5261127-2
14.
Refer to Table 9-18 "Identifying Base Casting for
proper Bottom Air Filter Assembly" on page 9-44 to
identify the correct FRU.
Air Filter Assembly (Bottom)
5316340-2
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 43
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-17
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Console parts 3 of 3 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
15.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
Refer to Table 9-18 "Identifying Base Casting for
proper Bottom Air Filter Assembly" on page 9-44
to identify the correct FRU.
Air Filter Assembly (Bottom)
5391493
1
Y
Shearwave Capacitor Bank Assembly
5486895
1
Y
16.
Table 9-18
Identifying Base Casting for proper Bottom Air Filter Assembly
Base Casting
9 - 44
Identification
Smooth on inside surface
Base casting identified with smooth surface
requires 5316340-2 Filter Assembly.
Cross-hatching on inside surface
Base casting identified with cross-hatching
requires 5391493 Filter Assembly.
Section 9-10 - Main Console parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Table 9-19
Subwoofer Details
Subwoofer P/N 5261127
Replace like for like.
Subwoofer P/N 5261127-2
Not backward compatible.
6 Pan Head M4x12
fasteners,
torque 1.3 N-m
The old Subwoofer P/N 5261127 WILL NOT fit if a
new Subwoofer was installed.
6 Pan Head M4x12
fasteners,
torque 1.3 N-m
Subwoofer P/N 5261127-2 attaches to the Base
Casting using six pan head, M3x12 fasteners and are
torqued to 0.6 N-m.
The Base Casting has six holes, equally spaced on a
135.2 mm diameter to accommodate
Subwoofer P/N 5261127-2.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 45
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-11
Casters (Wheels) parts
Table 9-20
ITEM
Casters (Wheels) parts 1 of 2
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
1.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
2
Y
2
Y
Front Casters (Front Wheels), front w/brake and lock
Front Casters
GA200245
2.
Rear Casters (Rear Wheels), rear swivel only
Rear Casters
GA200246
Wheel Change Kit
Rear Caster Replacement Tool
FC200829
Pedal Mechanism
5311911
1
Y
Cam, Pedal POM (Polyoxymethylene),
Ichiro
5311753
1
Y
3.
4.
5.
9 - 46
Section 9-11 - Casters (Wheels) parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-20
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Casters (Wheels) parts 2 of 2 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Cover Brake Pedal
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
GA307052
1
Y
Cover Pedal Release
GA307053
1
Y
Cover Pedal Direction Lock
GA307054
1
Y
Caster Brake-Lock Release Assembly
5312180
1
Y
6.
7.
8.
9.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 47
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-12
Card Rack parts
For Card Rack compatible configurations, see:
9-12-1 "DRX Boards Compatible Configurations" on page 9-58.
For Front End Boards compatible configurations, see:
9-12-2 "Front End Boards Compatible Configurations" on page 9-59.
For GTX Boards compatible configurations, see:
9-12-3 "GTX Boards Compatible Configuration" on page 9-63.
Table 9-21
ITEM
Card Rack parts 1 of 11
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Card Cage Front Cover Assembly
Card Cage Front Cover
Assembly - MRX
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5245458
1
Y
5245458-2
1
Y
1
Y
1.
2.
3.
With plate cover on GRLY side for future
applications
Card Cage Front Cover
Assembly MRX R4 consoles
9 - 48
5245458-3
Section 9-12 - Card Rack parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-21
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack parts 2 of 11 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Card Rack Cover Assembly - R4
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5245458-4
1
Y
GFI Rack Cover Assembly
V-Nav Inside Option
5245458-5
1
Y
6.
GRLY
GA200630
Replaced by GA200714-3.
1
Y
7.
GRLY
GA200714
Replaced by GA200714-3.
1
Y
1
Y
4.
5.
8.
Replaced GA200630 and GA200714
LOGIQ E9 only.
0
9
9
8
7
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
2 3
1
K18
3 2 1
K15
K13
BB
AA
Z
R201
C73
R202
CC
K14
S
J
K
H
G
A
CR15
R189
U28
R188
C163
C166
R187
C162
C165
K3_J15
C74
R192
R195
U31
U32
C164
HS1
HS2
CR16
K265
K273
K260
C48
TP6
K16
8
K17
K266
K274
K7_J15
K217
K1_J15
K228
K233
K244
20
K261
K255
R60
K275
K290
K279
K284
K229
K223
K218
K239
K234
J1_J15
C20
K245
K267
K262
K256
K287
K66
K
L
M
K154
K72
20
10
K77
K67
K155
K78
M
K288_J14
K
L
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
K59
A
C122
K3
C127
K2
C134
K250
K56
K80
K123
K71
K61
K287_J14
K116
K83
K86
K171
C135
K188
S6
J3
C141
C137
K182
K58
K76
K290_J14
K203
C131
K7
C123
C130
C126
J13
K34
K90
K6
K134
C136
C140
20
K29
K39
K53
K95
K111
K106
K138
K143
K126
K33
K100
K105
K26
K137
K44
K131
K89
34
K5
K148
K50
R146
K1
K24
K48
K149
K11
10
K45
K40
K102
K96
K117
K121
K112
K129
K144
C129
C133
K10
K35
K91
K8
R137
K150
K132
K139
K118
K124
K107
K54
K51
K46
K9
M
L
K
R138
K249
S3
R217
R216
C121
C120
C128
C132
R214
K65
K153
K7_J14
K160
K166
K196
R145
R140
J1_J14
K159
K85
K181
K185
K176
K208
K193
K289_J14
C138
C142
K213
J2
K214
K251
J
S1
K6_J14
K164
K175
K190
K170
K202
K207
K198
K1_J14
R150
R147
34
K82
K180
K169
K187
K195
K201
C139
R149
38
K252
C148
C149
K5_J14
T3
K212
C18
2
R151
K3_J14
K20
U4
C143
H
K19
G
K21
F
K22
E
C146
C150
C144
C151
K253
K288
C147
C111
K280
K2_J14
U1
K286
D
C19
K219
C
U2
K224
B
U3
K230
A
TP11
0
TP5
AA
BB
Y
CC
X
T
V
W
P
X
Y
Z
W
N
U
R
T
S
R
N
U
P
V
J16
L
M
F
J
E
L
D
K
B
C
H
F
G
E
U30
CR14
U19
U29
CR2
R186
R184
R185
C160
C159
U37
R197 R199
R196 R198 R200
U34
R63
U7
C107
R41
R8
C26
K289
K235
R37
C145
R139
M
B
A
D
C25
R67
C46
R114
R49
R119
C108
Q6
Q3
Q4
U5
S4
CR3
R148
K5_J15
R190
34
K246
R152
R191
R36
K240
37
C158
U27
C37
U9
C45
U16
Q7
C110
R111
U15
C112
D1
50
K2_J15
10
R42
R35
CR4
R178
U25
C161
U33
75
51
26
C
U22
C34
76
U14
C103
R21
PS1
Q10
CR6
R2
GA200714-2
R110
CR1
R115
U18
100
TP7
Q11
R109
C113
Y1
U35
25
TP1
R64
R71
C115
C109
R54
R55
Q1
FL16
R40
U20
U11
TP13
C117
R120
U23
R98
U17
R52
R47
Q2
Q5
C94
CR5
CR7
GRLY
U6
U12
U13
U8
C38
R50
R56
C92
C90
TP2
R48
R46
C88
R57
R91
R181
U26
R99
C49
C39
S2
VR2
R74
U24
D3
TP8
C55
D7
R30
R51 R53
FL14
R182
D2
R103
R102
D9
C32
U10
VR1
R183
FL1
C83
R100
U21
F1
C84
TP9
R3
D8
FL9
C58
R101
R95
F3
D10
R12
R16
C99
R22
C98
R15
R11
R20
FL2
FL7
FL3
FL6
FL21
TP10
C57
R180
R9
C28
R10
R18
R17
R179
R14
R13
C64
C66
C72
F2
FL19
FL5
FL20
C29
FL18
C101
C31
K247
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
K27
GA200714-2 A
GRLY
GRLY
P/N: GA200714-2 A
R215
R73
R104
K12
K101
C125
DS7
K103
DS6
BAR
CODE
DS8
DS11
DS9
DS12
DS10
R23
C124
DS4 DS5
R212
R108
R211
DS3
R106 R107
R213
DS1
DS2
R105
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 49
K56
K80
K72
K77
K67
K155
C122
C127
K33
K89
K26
K44
K34
K90
K39
K29
K24
K48
K40
K45
K3 5
K91
0
K71
K61
9
K6 6
K154
9
K16
K17
8
8
K58
K76
0
7
6
5
4
K15
K18
3
2
1
K13
K14
BB
CC
A
B
Z
C
D
F
R202
R201
C74
R195
CR16
U34
K266
K274
H
J
K255
K261
K267
K275
K256
K287
C150
K2_J14
K3_J14
C151
J
L
10
K
L
M
M
HS1
HS2
HS1
U1
K20
C147
20
S1
T3
U4
K65
K153
K58
K6 6
K154
K7_J14
J1_J14
K71
K61
K164
K82
K175
K170
K85
K159
K198
K207
K202
K190
C139
K195
K201
K180
K169
K1_J14
K187
K76
K6_J14
K212
C18
20
C111
K56
K80
K72
K289_J14
J2
K67
K155
K59
K78
K287_J14
C138
C142
K213
K208
K193
K181
K176
K185
K166
K160
K77
K290_J14
10
HS2
K239
K234
K229
K223
K218
K284
K279
K290
J1_J15
K245
C19
H
K
K7_J15
K217
K1_J15
K228
K233
K244
R60
U2
C122
K7
J3
S6
C134
K3
C127
K2
C135
C141
C137
J13
K33
K89
K26
K44
K5
K50
K34
K90
K6
C136
K134
20
C140
K39
K29
K53
K95
K111
K106
K138
K143
K24
K48
K11
K149
K40
K45
K102
K96
K121
K112
K117
K144
K129
C129
C133
K3 5
K91
K8
C128
C132
R73
K12
K103
K101
C125
C124
R211
R213
DS1
DS8
DS9
DS12
DS11
J16
F2
C130
K230
C128
D9
U7
D8
FL11
FL10
1V2
TP6
R182
FL13
FL12
FL22
K167
K196
D11
C178
FL21
K166
K195
TP5
TP4
K228
K180
K227
R160
R166
R198
U18
TP14
GND C160
R241
C170 D12
D10
DEBUG2
DEBUG1
K229
R202
10
R201
R167
U13
R186
C169
F3
TP12
12V
FL20
R199
FL15
R170
C135
R168
FL23
C179
20
U17
C158
C145
C146
R193
K165
K208
C156
U21
C162
VR2
K212
K209
K194
K179
R172
K221
K226
Y1
R197
K164
K193
K210
K211
T16
CR3
K225
K178
GND
TP8
U15
U20
TP19
DLP AUX
K163
K192
K207
K224
R159
C155
PMX
VPP
R195
Q9
Q5
R205 TP13
Q4
R208
R216
R220 Q6
R225
R229
R238 R237
R163
C140
C139
R175
20
R188
R192
C149
K162
K206
K223
K191
K177
K242
K254
U11
C177
C175
GND
PMX
VNN
TP17
R183
K348
K161
K205
K277
K312
K324
TP18
AVEE
VR1
K336
K222
K241
K265
K347
J15
K240
K288
K299
K311
K323
K335
K252
K276
K264
K214
K220
K287
K298
K310
K322
K334
K346
K251
K345
T1
K189
K160
K204
K250
K344
K274
K262
K285
K296
K308
K320
K332
K159
K203
J14
K239
K343
K188
K174
K249
K261
K273
K284
K295
K307
K319
K331
K158
K202
K330
K318
K306
K294
K283
K272
K260
K248
K187
K173
K238
K342
K157
K201
K172
K186
K237
K341
K213
TP7
K156
K200
K185
K171
J13
K155
K199
K170
K184
K245
K154
K198
K233
K183
K169
K244
K153
K197
K231
K168
K182
K27
K46
K265
K260
K273
R67
C48
R63
U7
C46
C107
R41
C20
G
K3_J15
R192
U9
C45
C37
R114
R119
C108
Q6
R49
U3
F
C73
U32
U31
C164
Q7
U16
Q3
R8
C26
E
G
F
E
D
C
R189
R188
C163
C166
C34
C112
C110
R111
U15
R52
D1
U5
D
T
J
H
G
U28
R187
C162
C165
C113
R21
CR1
R115
C109
R50
R54
R55
Q1
Q4
FL16
C
E
CR14
U29
R110
R109
U30
Y1
C115
Q2
R47
Q5
C94
C92
C90
B
Y
S
P
R
N
F
E
D
C
B
U11
CR2
R186
R185
C160
C159
R184
U19
C158
U27
C25
CR15
A
U22
B
U24
U23
U20
A
R179
R180
U6
R98
U13
U8
C38
R48
R46
R56
C88
R57
A
X
T
S
R
L
M
J
H
G
K
L
N
K
M
P
U
V
Z
W
X
V
U
W
Y
AA
CC
J16
AA
BB
U21
7
K65
K153
K12
K103
K101
C125
C124
6
S1
K8
5
C150
C151
K11
4
K267
K275
K6
3
K255
K261
K5
2
K266
K274
K3
J13
D2
D3
C49
C39
S2
VR2
10
CODE
BAR
K27
K46
K265
K260
K273
K2
FL1
C83
U12
R101
C55
D7
R30
K10
C126
C123
C130
K59
K78
K287_J14
F1
C28
C84
R3
D9
R103
R102
D8
FL9
C32
U2
K13
K14
K290_J14
F2
D10
R16
R12
R95
R22
C98
R15
R11
R20
FL3
FL2
FL6
FL7
1
1
K7_J14
J1_J14
K102
K96
DS8
F3
R158
2
K15
2
K6_J14
K53
K95
R211
R213
C99
FL21
10
K18
3
3
T3
K50
C128
FL5
FL20
C29
K247
K271
K259
K282
K219
GND
K305
K293
K329
K317
K246
K340
K236
K339
K269
K257
K303
K291
K280
K315
K327
K235
K338
K268
K256
K279
K232
K234
K243
K255
K278
K267
K301
K289
K313
K302
K290
K314
K325
K337
K326
J1
8
R211
R214
R209
R212
R203
R206
R207
R210
R213
R242
R235
DONE
R234
R217
R218
R219
R222
R223
R226
R227
R228
R232
R231
GND
TP16
R233
R236
51
R1
4
4
TP6
5
5
C74
K3_J14
K20
C134
K121
K112
K117
K144
K129
C129
DS9
DS12
DS11
34
CODE
BAR
DS1
TP6
6
R201
R195
K3_J15
K2_J14
K160
K166
K111
K106
K138
K143
10
7
K16
7
R202
C73
K287
K159
S6
K149
R73
20
K17
8
8
F
E
K290
J1_J15
K85
K185
K176
K7
J3
K134
C136
C132
TP11
9
9
T
S
P
R
J
H
G
D
C
K7_J15
K164
K82
K175
K170
C135
C141
C133
TP5
0
0
AA
CC
Z
CC
Y
BB
X
T
S
R
P
U
V
Z
W
X
Y
V
U
W
N
F
E
D
C
CR16
K279
K284
K169
K181
K208
K193
C138
20
C140
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
AA
6
1
TP5
TP11
J16
L
M
J
H
G
K
L
N
K
M
R192
K217
K1_J15
K187
K202
K207
K190
K195
K201
K180
K289_J14
K213
C137
10
J
L
B
U32
U31
C164
U34
K223
K218
K229
K239
K1_J14
K198
C142
K10
K256
K234
C139
J2
20
K
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
M
A
U19
R189
R188
C163
C166
R67
C48
K228
K233
K244
K212
C18
34
K
L
K216
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
R146
R145
R144
R143
R149
R148
R147
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
E
F
D
J
K
L
M
U37
E
F
G
H
R138
R198 R200
R196
R190
BB
U21
CR15
U28
R187
C162
C165
U9
C45
R63
U7
C46
C107
U4
C121
C120
B
CR14
U29
R186
C34
C37
R114
R119
C108
Q6
C147
C111
34
K176
K190
K253
K5_J15
G
H
J
K
L
M
K288_J14
K215
K218
R152
T1
R150
17
R184
R185
C160
C113
Q7
U16
U1
R157
C132
C159
R110
R109
U30
C112
C110
R111
U15
R52
K245
C19
R161
U16
C158
U27
CR2
U11
R50
R60
U2
C127
20
R41
C20
A16
A1
R162
R165
U4
C161
A
B
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
C
D
E
F
G
H
R138
U37
A
U22
C25
R21
CR1
R115
C109
R55
R54
R49
10
U3
2
K181
R169
U20
U6
R98
Y1
C115
Q3
R8
C26
C126
C129
U23
D2
D3
U13
U8
C38
D1
U5
U5
C131
U24
FL1
C83
C49
Q1
Q4
FL16
K19
R179
F1
U12
R101
C55
Q2
R47
Q5
C94
C92
C90
R177
C28
C84
R3
D9
R103
R102
R46
R48
R56
C88
R57
K246
R180
F2
D10
R16
R12
R95
R22
C98
R15
R11
R20
FL3
FL2
C39
S2
VR2
K300
K258
K270
K281
K292
K304
K21
U3
CR2
U6
U8
R156
R155
16
U9
9
U12
K263
K275
K286
K297
K309
K22
543
8530
REV2B
K266
Q3
8
C142
C148
R191
R154
R196
R204
C146
R153
R184
C152
R190
C147
C151
Q7
Q1
16
R221
C157
15
TP15 J17 1
R164
C133
TESTIN4
TP10
U14
C138
25
24
U10
C134
R176
R173 32
PS1
R174
R178
R200
C161
C144
34
FL9
R171
C136
C137
R181
C141
C143
3V3
TP9
C144
FL14
VCC
TP11
R187
R189
C150
C159 C154
R180
R179
D13
K253
34
D14
R215
R224
DS10
Q2
2
Q8
R239
K247
R214
K280
K9
K51
K54
K107
K124
K118
K139
K132
K150
K1
K126
K100
K105
K123
K116
K137
K131
K83
K86
K171
K188
K182
K203
K196
K214
K286
34
50
R178
U25
U26
C121
C120
GRLY
P/N: GA200714-3 A
R217
R216
C153 R194
U19
C163
C172
D7
R30
R137
R140
FL16
FL17
FL18
FL19
C166
C174
D8
FL9
C32
Q10
34
C143
75
R181
R182
K5_J15
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
K288_J14
C149
K219
C145
K250
C131
R145
R147
DS7
DS6
DS4 DS5
R212
DS3
DS2
U22
R230
R149
R151
R23
R108
R107
R106
R105
R104
S3
K249
R139
FL6
F3
2
R197 R199
U18
100
Q11
U33
76
PS1
TP7
K5_J14
R37
K224
S4
R100
K288
K230
CR3
K148
R146
K251
R148
R150
K252
R152
R36
CR4
R185
C176
R240
R42
K19
K262
R35
C117
K289
R2
K21
K2_J15
C103
U35
U14
R71
TP13
R64
U10
U17
VR1
R99
C57
TP9
TP8
R18
26
TP1
R40
CR5
FL7
C99
FL21
DS20
GND
TP3
12P_4
DLP_AUX
LVDC_4
DS14 STATUS
DS13 AVEE
12V
VCC
3V3
LVDC 1
AUX_1
HV2N_4
HV1P_4
HV2P_4
HV1N_4
DS3
DS1
DS2
DS4
DS7
DS5
DS6
DS8
DS12
DS11
DS9
DS10
DS15 FAULT
DS16 TSV2N
TSV2P
DS17
TSV1P
DS18
TSV1N
DS19
Section 9-12 - Card Rack parts
9 - 50
FL5
FL20
CR7
K22
R191
TP2
C146
R183
R9
R10
R14
TP10
C66
51
R91
R53
R51
25
R74
K316
K328
Y
C29
10
1
C101
R120
FL14
DS10
C144
K9
K51
K54
K107
K124
K118
K139
K132
K150
C58
C72
R13
C64
FL19
FL18
R17
C31
R23
R108
R107
K247
R214
DS7
DS6
DS4 DS5
R212
DS3
DS2
R106
R105
R104
S3
K249
R139
K321
K333
5441000
GRLY R4.x
38
37
R137
R140
K253
GRLY
P/N: GA200714-3 A
R217
R216
K100
K1
K126
K105
K123
K116
K137
K131
C126
C123
C130
R145
K83
K86
K171
K188
K182
K203
K196
K214
K250
C131
R147
K148
R146
K251
R148
R150
K252
R152
K235
K240
GA200714-4
R149
R151
K280
34
C143
K286
C145
K219
S4
34
Y
38
37
K246
C149
K5_J14
R37
K224
20
1
Q10
K288
K230
CR3
10
CR6
GRLY
with new DLP Connectors
RoHS compliant
R42
K235
K240
GA200714-3
R36
CR4
TP1
R40
CR5
K262
R2
C161
R198 R200
R196
R190
R191
R178
U25
U26
K175
Y
CR7
75
R181
R182
R197 R199
U33
76
PS1
U18
100
K289
R35
GRLY
with new DLP Connectors
CR6
C117
34
51
TP2
TP7
50
26
R91
R53
R51
25
R74
R120
FL14
R100
K2_J15
C103
Q11
U35
U14
R71
TP13
R64
U10
U17
VR1
R99
C57
TP9
TP8
R18
R183
R9
R10
R14
TP10
C66
K217
1
C101
C58
C72
R13
C64
FL19
FL18
R17
C31
C148
FRU
C148
QTY
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
PART NAME
ITEM
Card Rack parts 3 of 11 (Continued)
Table 9-21
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9.
R215
10.
R215
11.
L522
1
R391
R399
R402
R403
C94
R390
R395
R394
R393
R392
C1100
C73
5
10
U111
24
C90
32
R380
U109
U108
R376
R375
R389
C93
C87
C86
R397
R400
C103
R401
R404
C104
U224
4
R1874
R319
R320
R324
C538
U223
4
R1884
R1888
R1890
R1886
R363
U82
R364
C28
C83
U102
C107
R377
8
8
8
C1757
C2102
C18
C1765
D385
R1869
C1760
R330
R1883
R471
C154
R1873
U225
4
R327
R325
R1881
R1887
C77
R365
C19
C78
R366
8
C534
R1885
U227
4
8
8
R1879
U222
4
D386
C22
C39
C33
C38
C32
C40
C43
D501
C253
8
C115
C116
16
U85
C1208
10
5
R1508 L1108
R1500 L1100
R1532 L1132
R1580 L1180
R1588 L1188
R1540 L1140
5
10
C1216
15
20
C1224
10
5
R1548 L1148
R1556 L1156
C1200
15
20
R1516 L1116
R1524 L1124
C1240
20
C1232
15
R1572 L1172
R1564 L1164
C1256
10
5
R1596 L1196
C1209
10
5
R1501 L1101
R1509 L1109
C1201
15
20
R1517 L1117
R1525 L1125
R1604 L1204
C1248
15
20
R1612 L1212
R1620 L1220
C1225
10
5
R1533 L1133
C1241
10
5
R1565 L1165
R1573 L1173
C1233
15
20
R1581 L1181
R1589 L1189
R1541 L1141
C1217
15
20
R1549 L1149
R1557 L1157
C1257
10
5
R1597 L1197
R1605 L1205
C254
C255
R464
C1472
C9
R264
R258
R259
R253
D401
C247
R290
C1249
15
20
R1613 L1213
R1621 L1221
C1400
C1408
L1008
C1416
L1016
C1424
L1024
C1401
L1001
C1409
L1009
C1417
L1017
C1425
L1025
C158
R1510 L1110
5
10
R1534 L1134
R1582 L1182
R1590 L1190
5
10
16
16
U89
20
15
R1566 L1166
10
5
15
20
R1614 L1214
C1242
C1234
C1258
R1574 L1174
C1218
R1622 L1222
R1598 L1198
C1250
C1211
10
5
15
20
R1519 L1119
R1527 L1127
R1606 L1206
R1503 L1103
C1203
C1227
10
5
15
20
R1551 L1151
R1559 L1159
R1511 L1111
R1535 L1135
C1219
15
20
C1243
10
5
R1583 L1183
R1591 L1191
R1543 L1143
C1235
C1259
10
5
15
20
R1615 L1215
R1623 L1223
R1575 L1175
R1567 L1167
R1599 L1199
R1607 L1207
R345
U88
20
15
R1542 L1142
R454
8
C1202
C1226
R1558 L1158
R1550 L1150
R452
8
C1210
15
20
L1118
L1126
10
5
R1638
R1502 L1102
R344
C17
R282
C219
R281
U140
C217
C1251
C1402
L1002
C1410
L1010
C1418
L1018
C1426
L1026
C1403
L1003
C1411
L1011
C1419
L1019
C1427
L1027
U135
U136
C10
R266
R415
R357
10
5
C1228
R1560 L1160
R1552 L1152
10
5
R1568 L1168
C1260
10
5
10
5
R1505 L1105
C1229
10
5
C1261
10
5
20
U104
10
R1609 L1209
R1601 L1201
C1253
15
20
R1617 L1217
R1625 L1225
R1577 L1177
R1569 L1169
C1237
15
20
C1245
10
5
R1585 L1185
R1593 L1193
R1545 L1145
R1537 L1137
C1221
15
20
R1553 L1153
R1561 L1161
R1513 L1113
C1205
15
20
C1213
R1521 L1121
R1529 L1129
R1608 L1208
R1600 L1200
C1252
15
20
R1616 L1216
R1624 L1224
R1576 L1176
C1236
15
20
C1244
10
5
R1584 L1184
R1592 L1192
R1544 L1144
R1536 L1136
C1220
15
20
R1512 L1112
R1504 L1104
C1204
15
20
C1212
R1528 L1128
R1520 L1120
C1404
L1004
C1412
L1012
C1420
L1020
C1428
L1028
C1405
L1005
C1413
L1013
C1421
L1021
C1429
L1029
R354
C1214
10
5
15
20
R1522 L1122
R1642
R1530 L1130
R1514 L1114
R1506 L1106
C1206
10
5
15
20
C1230
R1562 L1162
R1554 L1154
R1538 L1138
R1586 L1186
R1594 L1194
R1546 L1146
5
10
15
20
R1578 L1178
R1570 L1170
C1222
C1246
C1238
C1262
10
5
15
20
R1618 L1218
R1626 L1226
R1602 L1202
C1254
C1215
10
5
15
20
R1523 L1123
R1531 L1131
R1610 L1210
R1507 L1107
R1515 L1115
C1207
C1231
10
5
15
20
R1555 L1155
R1563 L1163
R1539 L1139
C1223
15
20
C1247
10
5
R1587 L1187
R1595 L1195
R1547 L1147
R1579 L1179
R1571 L1171
C1239
C1263
10
5
15
20
R1619 L1219
R1627 L1227
R1603 L1203
C182
R1611 L1211
C1255
C1406
L1006
C1414
L1014
C1422
L1022
C1430
L1030
1007
C1407
C1415
L1015
C1423
L1023
C1431
L1031
C1478
L1038
U137
U138
D398
C15
R276
R450
D399
C12
R270
C184
C108
D396
R430
C148
R427
U127
4
8
R426
R274
C14
C131
U124
4
8
C128
U126
5
10
C139
R448
L524
C140
15
20
C117
8
C118
U145
4
S/N :
Dev waver :
P/N: NNxxxxxx-xx
BAR-CODE
MODULENAME
1
R391
R395
R394
R393
R392
C73
C58
C75
5
10
U111
24
C90
32
R380
U109
U108
C1187
5
R376
R375
R389
C93
C87
C86
R397
R400
C103
R401
R404
C104
U221
4
C1761
R1870
U224
4
R1872
R1874
R319
R320
R324
C538
U223
4
R1884
R1888
R1890
R1886
R363
U82
R364
C28
C83
U102
C107
R377
8
8
8
C18
L518
R1869
R330
C1762
R1873
U225
4
R1883
R471
C154
R327
R1881
R1887
C77
R365
C19
C78
R366
8
C534
R1885
U227
4
8
8
R1879
U222
4
R1871
R325
C2102
C1765
D385
C2101
D386
C22
C39
C33
C38
C32
C40
C43
D501
C253
8
C115
C116
16
U85
C1208
10
5
R1508 L1108
R1500 L1100
R1532 L1132
R1580 L1180
R1588 L1188
R1540 L1140
5
10
C1216
15
20
C1224
10
5
R1548 L1148
R1556 L1156
C1200
15
20
R1516 L1116
R1524 L1124
C1240
20
C1232
15
R1572 L1172
R1564 L1164
C1256
10
5
R1596 L1196
C1209
10
5
R1501 L1101
R1509 L1109
C1201
15
20
R1517 L1117
R1525 L1125
R1604 L1204
C1248
15
20
R1612 L1212
R1620 L1220
C1225
10
5
R1533 L1133
C1241
10
5
R1565 L1165
R1573 L1173
C1233
15
20
R1581 L1181
R1589 L1189
R1541 L1141
C1217
15
20
R1549 L1149
R1557 L1157
C1257
10
5
R1597 L1197
R1605 L1205
C254
C255
R464
C1472
C9
R264
R258
R259
R253
D401
C247
R290
C1249
15
20
R1613 L1213
R1621 L1221
C1400
L1000
C1408
L1008
C1416
L1016
C1424
L1024
C1401
L1001
C1409
L1009
C1417
L1017
C1425
L1025
C158
R1534 L1134
R1582 L1182
R1590 L1190
R1542 L1142
5
10
16
16
U89
20
15
R1566 L1166
C1218
10
5
15
20
R1614 L1214
C1242
C1234
C1258
R1574 L1174
R1598 L1198
C1250
C1211
10
5
15
20
R1519 L1119
R1527 L1127
R1606 L1206
R1503 L1103
C1203
C1227
10
5
15
20
R1551 L1151
R1559 L1159
R1511 L1111
R1535 L1135
C1219
15
20
C1243
10
5
R1583 L1183
R1591 L1191
R1543 L1143
C1235
C1259
10
5
15
20
R1615 L1215
R1623 L1223
R1575 L1175
R1567 L1167
R1599 L1199
R1607 L1207
R345
U88
C1202
R1622 L1222
R454
8
15
20
C1226
10
5
R1550 L1150
R1558 L1158
R1510 L1110
R1502 L1102
R452
8
C1210
15
20
L1118
L1126
10
5
R1638
Q65
R1526
R1518
R344
C17
R282
C219
R281
U140
C217
C1251
C1402
L1002
C1410
L1010
C1418
L1018
C1426
L1026
C1403
L1003
C1411
L1011
C1419
L1019
C1427
L1027
L1034
U135
U136
C10
R266
R357
R415
10
5
C1228
R1560 L1160
R1552 L1152
10
5
R1568 L1168
C1260
10
5
10
5
R1505 L1105
C1229
10
5
C1261
10
5
20
U104
10
R1609 L1209
R1601 L1201
C1253
15
20
R1617 L1217
R1625 L1225
R1577 L1177
R1569 L1169
C1237
15
20
C1245
10
5
R1585 L1185
R1593 L1193
R1545 L1145
R1537 L1137
C1221
15
20
R1553 L1153
R1561 L1161
R1513 L1113
C1205
15
20
C1213
R1521 L1121
R1529 L1129
R1608 L1208
R1600 L1200
C1252
15
20
R1616 L1216
R1624 L1224
R1576 L1176
C1236
15
20
C1244
10
5
R1584 L1184
R1592 L1192
R1544 L1144
R1536 L1136
C1220
15
20
R1512 L1112
R1504 L1104
C1204
15
20
C1212
R1528 L1128
R1520 L1120
C1404
L1004
C1412
L1012
C1420
L1020
C1428
L1028
C1405
L1005
C1413
L1013
C1421
L1021
C1429
L1029
C1476
R354
1
1
C149
38
L579
C1194
R323
C1076
5
16
8
R1868
C2100
U99
1
U105
L517
R1640
Q65
R1526
R1518
C1752
L1000
C1753
C1762
R1871
R1636
C1686
L518
C1753
C2101
U141
C1187
5
U221
4
R1872
C1214
10
5
15
20
R1522 L1122
R1530 L1130
R1514 L1114
R1506 L1106
10
5
15
20
C1206
C1230
R1562 L1162
R1554 L1154
R1538 L1138
R1586 L1186
R1594 L1194
R1546 L1146
5
10
20
15
R1578 L1178
R1570 L1170
C1222
C1246
C1238
C1262
10
5
15
20
R1618 L1218
R1626 L1226
R1602 L1202
C1254
C1215
10
5
15
20
R1523 L1123
R1531 L1131
R1610 L1210
R1507 L1107
R1515 L1115
C1207
C1231
10
5
15
20
R1555 L1155
R1563 L1163
R1539 L1139
C1223
15
20
C1247
10
5
R1587 L1187
R1595 L1195
R1547 L1147
R1579 L1179
R1571 L1171
C1239
C1263
10
5
15
20
R1619 L1219
R1627 L1227
R1603 L1203
C182
R1611 L1211
C1255
C1406
L1006
C1414
L1014
C1422
L1022
C1430
L1030
1007
C1407
C1415
L1015
C1423
L1023
C1431
L1031
C1478
U137
U138
D398
C15
R276
R450
D399
C12
R270
C184
C108
D396
R430
C148
R427
U127
4
R426
8
R274
C14
C131
8
C128
U124
4
L526
U126
5
10
15
20
C140
C139
R448
L524
C117
8
C118
U145
4
S/N :
Dev waver :
P/N: NNxxxxxx-xx
BAR-CODE
MODULENAME
20
K189
K190
K182
5
38
L579
5
C1194
C75
16
8
C58
C1076
5
U99
1
U105
C2100
C1758
C1766
C181
C1195
R359
C1641
R1640
C1508
C1761
16
8
C1757
R1870
8
4
R323
C167
R1876
8
C1752
R443
U101
R300
R1868
R298
R299
4
C34
R301
R296
C46
U91
C47
U100
C35
C74
C1199
C1139
L573
C1190
L572
R398
L571
20
C1759
R1877
C1504
C1512
R1652
C1670
C1630
L1032
L1040
C1506
R1654
C1633
16
L1034
L1042
C1687
16
C227
C1654
8
8
C1480
C1488
C1514
R1670
U467
U475
C1691
C1476
C1484
L1036
L1044
C1645
16
C223
C1683
C1667
8
8
C228
C1656
C1474
C1482
C1490
C1631
C1639
R1668
C1520
R1684
C1528
R1637
C1505
R1653
C2103
C1644
C1653
16
C229
C1635
U465
U473
U481
C1680
C1688
16
C1638
L1048
L1056
C1522
R1686
C1681
16
C1663
8
8
C209
8
8
R1656
C1516
R1672
C1658
16
C1648
L1050
L1058
C1524
R1688
C1682
8
8
16
C1632
C1498
C1475
C1100
C1510
C1518
8
8
U469
U477
U485
L1046
L1054
C1652
16
C1486
C1494
U471
U479
U487
R1674
C1526
16
C1650
C1492
C1500
L1052
L1060
C1661
C1677
16
C1634
R419
C1758
C1766
C181
C2103
C82
C1197
C101
5
8
C1198
15
10
C92
C99
C102
C100
C91
20
C88
C89
C1071
C1134
U97
15
U92
C129
8
8
C1496
C1473
U489
U466
C1530
R1639
C1689
16
C1679
16
C1507
R1655
C1515
8
8
R429
C1767
R305
R304
C1646
C1647
C1662
C31
C1513
C1521
C1529
R297
C248
4
C249
C250
R1669
R340
C45
R332
R288
R339
R337
R1685
C162
R372
R291
C160
R286
C161
U122
109
108
144
R409
C1660
16
C1676
16
C123
C146
8
8
32
8
L1062
L1039L
L526
24
16
C120
C122
R334
U483
U491
U468
C1198
C1502
C1479
R434
C147
C1532
R1641
C1509
16
C1657
L1035
L1043
L1033
L1041
L1049
C1481
C1489
C1649
C1664
C1678
16
C1671
U474
U482
U490
C1523
C1531
8
8
16
C1655
16
16
R1671
C205
L1057
C111
C1672
C7
C207
U299
R260
R1687
C8
R280
R359
C1759
R1877
C1686
C1631
C1195
C1197
R1658
C1669
16
C1690
16
U493
U470
8
4
C1534
C1511
C1477
C1485
L1037
L1045
C1659
C1651
8
8
16
C1673
C1483
C1491
R1657
C1517
R1673
C1525
16
C1640
L1051
L1059
U476
U484
U492
C1642
C1675
16
C1665
16
8
8
R1689
R437
16
C1533
R436
U298
R509
C1497
73
72
36
37
R510
4
R1690
C1685
8
8
C257
R466
R1643
C1692
C1643
16
C1674
L1053
L1061
C1493
C1501
U478
U486
U494
L522
U101
R300
U495
U472
U480
C1668
16
C1693
16
8
8
C212
C211
C210
R1659
C1519
C1527
C1487
C1495
C1503
R1675
C1636
16
C1666
16
16
8
8
8
C95
C167
16
8
C1639
C1670
C1630
R1876
8
L1047
L1055
L1063
C1684
16
C1637
U488
U496
U296
16
16
8
8
8
R1691
C203
C201
R298
R299
R301
R296
C46
U91
C47
U100
C35
C74
8
C1199
C1139
L573
C1190
L572
R398
U92
C1767
R305
R304
L571
C89
C45
R443
C92
R315
R317
R316
R318
C27
C25
C85
5
C41
10
C153
C26
R314
R312
R313
R311
C84
20
C44
C152
10
C150
C23
C24
40
15
8
C6
R412
TP23
C156
C42
R307
C59
R396
C155
C30
5
R286
C1760
C31
C1646
C1647
C1662
R297
C248
4
C249
C250
R332
R288
R339
R337
8
R511
C105
R335
C218
10
R340
C98
TP25
L578
C162
R372
R291
C160
U297
U119
R413
R338
C161
U122
109
108
C1687
R1642
C1510
R1636
C1504
R1652
C1633
16
C1641
C1680
U465
U473
16
C227
C1654
16
8
8
C1480
C1488
R1654
R1670
C1512
R1668
C1520
L1032
L1040
L1048
L1056
C1688
R1686
U481
U489
C1638
16
C1663
8
8
R1684
C1528
R1637
C1681
R1639
C1689
C1496
C1473
C1481
16
C1679
16
C1505
R1653
C1513
8
8
R1655
C1649
U466
U474
L1033
L1041
L1049
C1678
16
C1671
C1489
C1497
R1669
C1521
R1685
C1529
U482
U490
C1664
C1672
16
C1655
16
16
8
8
8
R1671
C205
C207
L1057
C111
R1687
C8
C1535
C260
R414
C251
5
20
20
R263
R379
C252
C7
TP40
R271
R280
R273
73
72
U299
R260
L1042
C1683
R1656
C1691
16
C1506
C1514
8
8
C228
C1656
C1474
C1482
C1490
U467
U475
U483
C1667
R1672
C1658
16
C1648
L1050
L1058
C1522
C1530
8
8
16
C1632
C1498
C1475
R1688
C1682
R1641
C1659
16
C1657
L1035
L1043
U491
U468
U476
C1507
C1515
16
C1673
8
8
R1657
C1651
R1673
C1642
C1483
C1491
C1499
16
C1640
L1051
L1059
C1523
C1531
R1689
C1675
16
C1665
U484
U492
U298
16
16
8
8
8
L1036
L1044
C1644
C1653
U469
U477
C1645
16
L1038
L1046
C1508
C1516
C229
C1635
16
8
8
R1658
C1518
R1674
C1526
C209
8
8
C223
C1652
16
C1486
C1494
U471
U479
U487
C1484
C1492
C1500
L1052
L1060
C1661
C1677
U485
U493
C1650
16
C1634
R419
C1524
C1532
R437
C1499
TP29
R417
R277
C149
C56
TP36
U141
R353
R289
1
R399
R512
R402
20
U97
R403
TP39
C85
15
R510
R429
C129
8
8
C123
C146
C1660
16
C1676
R1690
C1534
R1643
C1511
16
C1690
16
C1477
C1485
L1037
L1045
C1509
C1517
U470
U478
C1669
C1685
8
8
R1659
C1519
R1675
C1643
16
C1674
C1493
C1501
L1053
L1061
C1692
C1636
C1525
C1533
C1527
C1535
16
C1666
U486
U494
U297
16
16
8
8
8
C95
C98
R1691
C203
C201
R409
L1054
L1062
L1039L
32
8
C1502
C1479
R434
C147
24
16
C120
8
8
8
16
C1668
U495
U472
U480
C212
C211
C210
16
C1693
C1487
C1495
C1503
16
L1047
L1055
L1063
C1684
8
8
8
16
C1637
16
16
U488
U496
U296
C34
C41
5
10
C82
TP38
C84
144
TP23
C152
C44
C150
C30
R412
R287
R333
R341
R331
U87
C218
K153
C6
C105
C258
R265
C36
R396
R455
R257
R416
R335
C57
TP32
C251
R338
R356
R453
TP37
C252
5
R413
R269
C169
C168
TP33TP34TP35TP26TP27TP28TP30
R451
R1677
R289
K154
TP25
R414
R333
R379
R331
C94
20
C80
R346
U144
C2163
R511
R417
20
R390
C259
R271
C91
C106
R273
C88
L570
R277
K155
C260
C56
R416
1
K156
U119
R353
40
C153
R387
TP40
C156
R388
TP39
C155
R383
TP38
R263
K157
GND
R512
TP3
C36
U87
C99
R384
TP36
K158
K183
TP29
K169
R1677
TP32
C101
C261
C258
K170
20
K159
K184
C2163
TP37
A
K160
K185
C80
C
C57
TP33TP34TP35TP26TP27TP28TP30
C102
R382
R381
C259
D
A
K171
C106
E
D
K161
34
K172
R387
F
C
C100
R385
G
R287
R1679
K186
20
F
B D
K162
K187
K258
E
R341
R386
R388
H
C
K173
R383
R347
U114
R384
10
10
R267
R461
R382
R381
G
F
R265
U115
R385
E
R455
10
R386
G
R356
R1679
R257
C1071
20
C110
C1459
D389
TP8
R418
C37
C113
U90
41
R1681
C96
C97
C261
R453
R462
D393
R310
60
C114
C21
C29
20
C109
C49
C48
61
20
C170
C1457
C222
32
R458
24
10
KH
R451
C2153
J
R346
R463
C171
C1461
C112
C1463
K
R347
10
U114
D395
32
R1925
D394
32
10
C169
R461
C168
32
20
C172
U115
U144
R1924
10
J
10
C37
20
C110
24
C1539
C1313 C1377
C20
R306
C51
R309
R308
C50
R371
21
24
R1681
C96
C97
R267
U461
C1538
C1321 C1385
U457
C1459
D389
R1923
C1537
C1297 C1361
20
24
TP8
20
KH
K163
20
K188
R462
D393
41
C1536
C1305 C1369
C2167
80
U425
8
C29
20
C109
60
10
M
U2
K164
34
10
R157
L578
R158
K174
L
C170
61
C224
C221
U417
16
C2153
L
R269
R463
C171
U457
R460
R457
U459
C1315 C1379
C855
C1461
C112
2
8
C1457
C222
C1073
P13
16
C1317 C1381
C857
32
K197
10
R458
38
8
C1134
U463
C1319 C1383
C859
32
R418
8
24
C113
16
24
C1539
C861
C1463
J
A
K165
10
K191
10
K198
C172
D395
U459
C1538
20
32
R1925
D394
U461
C1537
8
24
C1536
16
32
C224
C221
C855
24
R460
R457
8
R1924
K216
R146
R145
R144
R143
D
K177
K199
R1923
L
R509
R150
C
K192
M
R149
R148
R147
K193
M
K215
F
K166
K218
E
K194
R152
H
K167
R153
G
K179
34
K200
2
16
C26
C1323 C1387
C214
K201
C1073
P13
R312
C1299 C1363
R1661
K180
10
K202
38
C857
R314
C1307 C1371
C1449
16
U427
R1663
8
R310
C1451
U463
C114
U419
32
C1325 C1389
R1665
16
C49
C1301 C1365
24
C859
C1313 C1377
C1309 C1373
32
8
C1315 C1379
21
U429
L515
C1453
16
C1317 C1381
U421
32
C1327 C1391
L513
C1303 C1367
U449
C861
C1319 C1383
C1311 C1375
24
C2157
24
80
U431
U451
R1667
K195
K266
K213
J1
8
U423
8
C1455
R315
16
32
R316
C847
K357
C214
R317
R361
R442
R318
C76
R362
C1132
U453
R1661
C27
C236
8
C1449
C25
C79
R295
L516
16
24
R313
C52
C53
C54
R302
16
R311
R367
R294
L514
C23
R368
C235
C24
R370
R292
C42
R1891
R373
R293
R307
C1132
U90
C849
K231
C21
R1645
C20
C1441
R306
C2162
8
32
C48
C851
24
C50
R1647
U455
R1663
C51
C1443
8
C1451
R308
32
L515
R1665
R309
R1649
16
R371
C853
32
C1321 C1385
C1445
U449
C1297 C1361
R1651
C1305 C1369
C2152
24
C2167
32
L513
C1453
U425
C1447
U417
R442
32
C1323 C1387
C62
8
C1299 C1363
C1281 C1345
C213
L570
R295
C1307 C1371
24
C847
24
U427
32
L516
16
U419
C1289 C1353
C2166
C216
C1072
C62
C236
U451
R1667
C1325 C1389
32
L514
U453
C1301 C1365
R294
C1309 C1373
C1265 C1329
U441
C235
8
C1455
U429
R292
16
U421
24
C849
32
C1327 C1391
R302
8
C1303 C1367
24
R293
C1311 C1375
U443
C851
24
C2157
U445
R1645
U455
U431
C1273 C1337
R303
C1441
16
U423
24
K356
C1312 C1376
C72
C2162
K232
8
32
8
K196
R154
K203
K219
J13
K234
U447
R1647
K233
K235
16
C1443
K352
K236
U441
R1649
TP7
GND
C839
24
R156
R155
K204
K237
8
32
K205
K351
16
24
16
K206
K238
U443
C853
R162
K207
J14
K239
16
C1445
U3
K214
K220
T1
C841
32
J15
K240
8
24
R1651
R165
K
K209
U4
J
K208
K222
U445
CR2
K350
C843
C2152
A16
M
R436
L
K211
K241
8
U409
C1320 C1384
TP16
R303
C1447
C126
K210
K242
K263
K223
C1433
16
32
T1
K224
C845
C1283 C1347
U401
R1629
FL9
K212
Q1
R159
R1631
C1291 C1355
U424
L521
C1267 C1331
32
C72
24
C127
K221
K226
U16
K225
C1275 C1339
TP17
C1435
U6
T16
C1314 C1378
24
R1633
U447
A1
K227
32
8
U411
C1322 C1386
U433
C1437
16
C1285 C1349
U403
24
C839
R164
R160
32
8
R28
R166
24
R1635
C1293 C1357
U426
8
C1269 C1333
C831
C1439
16
U413
C1277 C1341
U435
C841
C1287 C1351
C1316 C1380
U437
R1629
C1295 C1359
C1324 C1388
16
U405
8
32
C2156
U428
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
16
C1271 C1335
R1676
C1279 C1343
C2161
16
24
16
U5
TP4
TP5
C1318 C1382
C833
C1433
8
U415
C1326 C1390
C1456
8
U407
D388
C835
32
C133
K228
U430
32
U439
R1631
C53
R446
D397
C13
R272
R1678
8
C1435
C52
C133
C1458
R467
C131
DEBUG2
DEBUG1
TP16
C54
L521
R370
C126
R1680
U433
C843
C1281 C1345
8
32
16
24
R1633
C1289 C1353
U128
C1460
R275
32
R425
4
16
C837
32
C2166
C134
24
R1682
24
16
U409
4
24
C125
C2151
U435
8
C1283 C1347
28
24
TP17
C1437
C1291 C1355
R421
Q1
32
16
U411
R423
C1
C1462
U437
C845
C1285 C1349
R422
R424
R470
24
8
24
R1635
C1293 C1357
U123
32
16
C1439
U413
14
D392
C60
R420
U8
C1287 C1351
8
C132
C831
32
C1295 C1359
L529
C124
8
24
C2156
D388
16
17
U415
L528
C539
D387
Q100
R358
K1
C143
C141
R1880
C1070
C1763
Q102
R321
R1882
K355
4
U456
R1676
U439
U9
K349
R465
U458
C2161
R467
K243
C59
U460
R361
R433
C833
K244
C76
R362
U98
C1456
8
K245
C79
U462
R367
C1768
8
R368
8
C142
R167
K246
R1891
16
32
R373
16
C213
C60
R1678
K259
C216
C1072
C854
24
C835
C1265 C1329
8
C1458
C1273 C1337
16
C1312 C1376
U129
K270
K247
C1320 C1384
U456
R1680
16
U401
16
U424
C856
32
8
C1267 C1331
C858
C1460
C1275 C1339
D740 D741
C1314 C1378
L525
24
C837
K248
C1322 C1386
C1135
32
16
U403
8
U426
U458
R1682
C1269 C1333
R358
C2151
C1277 C1341
R1882
C1316 C1380
C860
R421
Q1
K249
C1324 C1388
U98
C1462
U405
8
U428
R360
R423
C1271 C1335
8
32
C1279 C1343
8
C1318 C1382
16
R422
R424
9
C129
K229
K250
C1326 C1390
C854
R420
U407
16
U430
U460
K275
8
1V2
TP6
C142
25
24
C128
K251
R446
D397
C13
R1875
C535
R1889
C546
R360
R272
8
C133
16
R177
K252
C126
C856
24
K253
8
R369
R374
R322
C1135
GND
U128
C1296 C1360
D500
C124
R425
R428
TP8
K281
R275
C1304 C1368
Q101
C1075
C2165
C1764
Q103
R329
U112
8
4
C119
C134
R1660
4
C1448
16
24
C125
32
28
R1662
U462
R169
K230
U12
C1
D500
Q10
Q2
R470
C1450
U123
R1664
14
32
C122
8
C858
L529
C1452
L528
32
8
K1
U96
C143
C141
C1454
C132
U10
C134
R176
R173 32
PS1
R174
C130
R178
R9
R10
4
32
TESTIN4
TP10
R171
R7
R465
5 R444
K286
C136
C132 R8
K278
TP4
R433
C137
D9
U7
C153 R194
K255
C1075
16
K267
U112
K268
U416
C537
8
K279
R1660
C142
K256
C1448
K269
C1298 C1362
24
K280
C1306 C1370
R326
16
R1662
U129
K257
U418
24
C860
K271
32
K282
C1300 C1364
R328
16
C1450
K272
24
K283
C1308 C1372
U448
R1664
D740 D741
K260
L525
K261
U420
8
C1302 C1366
U450
K284
C1310 C1374
U452
R1666
C2155
16
U422
C846
32
K273
C1077
R449
8
K292
K262
C130
16
24
R431
R432
C215
U96
16
C1452
K274
8
U93
K285
C71
K287
C127
C848
32
U125
C1280 C1344
R378
R348
U226
U454
R1666
K276
C1074
C1288 C1352
C71
8
C1454
R180
R179
8
PART NUMBER
D8
R200
K264
8
K288
R428
C138
F2
K265
C137
C850
24
R447
C1264 C1328
C2164
8
K277
5 R444
C138
C1272 C1336
R1644
16
32
L523
U408
C2160
16
C539
C1282 C1346
U400
C1440
R1880
R1646
C1768
C1442
8
K297
3V3
TP9
C135
R183
C119
R181
K254
R1875
16
C535
C852
24
TP4
R1889
R1648
U452
R369
C1290 C1354
32
K309
R374
32
U448
C1296 C1360
C1444
C1304 C1368
U226
K300
U11
C846
24
C2165
32
8
U416
R1650
U450
C1298 C1362
C2150
C1306 C1370
C1446
16
U418
8
8
Q3
C140
C848
C1300 C1364
32
C1308 C1372
C2160
16
U420
C1440
8
C1302 C1366
R1644
C1310 C1374
32
U454
C2155
R1646
16
U422
C1442
C148
R191
C139
C1077
R449
C850
24
U14
C141
R175
C130
C1338
C1266 C1330
24
R1648
8
R431
R432
C1274
U440
C1444
U15
8
24
R1650
16
R184
CR3
C127
U93
U125
24
C852
C144
Y1
C1074
U410
U442
C157
C143
R172
C137
U444
C1284 C1348
U402
L520
24
K304
R447
C1292 C1356
C1268 C1332
C545
24
K316
R187
C138
C1276 C1340
C536
32
C152
R190
C147
C151
L523
U412
8
K301
U446
C1286 C1350
U404
16
32
R185
U13
K321
R189
FL11
FL10
15
K289
C1294 C1358
C838
K302
C1270 C1334
8
C2150
K290
R456
C1278 C1342
C2154
16
U414
16
K303
L520
D392
U406
C840
D387
Q100
R1632
C1446
K291
C1070
C1763
Q102
R321
8
24
K305
C546
R459
R326
R322
C842
24
R196
K293
U444
K306
Q101
16
32
K294
C1764
Q103
R329
8
C215
C537
R328
C844
24
K295
U440
C1280 C1344
R378
R348
C545
K307
K328
K296
C1288 C1352
C536
K308
C1264 C1328
C61
C838
K310
C1272 C1336
C2164
TP6
8
U408
TP7
U442
C1282 C1346
U400
R1628
C1290 C1354
C1432
R204
K298
C1338
C1266 C1330
32
U22
K299
C1274
R411
16
U410
R1630
8
C1284 C1348
U402
C1434
16
K311
C1292 C1356
C1268 C1332
32
C840
K312
K333
R188
R192
C149
C1276 C1340
L519
R1632
U412
R410
8
C1286 C1350
U404
C1436
C1294 C1358
24
16
R195
C1270 C1334
R1856
32
R456
C1278 C1342
U432
C2154
R405
16
U414
R1878
24
R1634
U446
DS1
U406
R1857
24
LVDC 1
8
12V
16
VCC
C830
C1438
12P_4
U434
3V3
R445
C842
DLP_AUX
LVDC_4
R406
HV1P_4
U436
C61
HV1N_4
8
32
HV2N_4
L519
HV2P_4
1
AUX_1
C200
AVEE
DS14 STATUS
16
TP6
R30
16
TP7
R46
C832
24
R44
U438
R42
C202
R29
8
R38
C834
C1432
DS3
R1856
R1628
8
DS2
C204
32
DS5
R411
DS4
U432
R1630
DS7
R1857
C1434
DS6
R410
R203
R206
R207
DS16 TSV2N
TSV2P
DS17
TSV1P
DS18
TSV1N
DS19
16
24
K313
DS20
8
32
R210 R209
R213 R212
R1878
24
K314
R231
DONE
R234
R242
R232
R217
R218
R219
R222
R33
R226
R227
R235
C836
GND
C206
R211
R214
TP16
R233
R236
U434
K325
8
C1436
16
U20
K337
U436
K326
R405
C844
FL14
VCC
TP11
R182
FL13
FL12
R197
K338
16
32
K315
K327
C830
R459
C156
K339
8
R221
K317
K329
K340
C200
TP15 J17 1
U17
C158
K341
16
24
K318
K330
C832
C1438
U19
C150
R170
C161
C145
C146
R193
K342
8
R1634
K319
K331
R445
C159 C154
R186
K343
U438
K320
K332
R406
FL16
C155
K344
16
32
K322
K345
C202
K334
K346
C834
24
K323
K335
C204
2
PMX
VPP
K347
1
K324
K336
VR1
TP18
AVEE
8
R215
U21
K348
16
C163
R198
U18
TP14
GND C160
C177
C175
C836
GND
PMX
VNN
TP17
C206
D10
Q7
R205 TP13
Q4
D14
FL17
FL15
D13
D11
C172
R208
Q9
Q5
Q8
FL18
R201
TP19
DLP AUX
R237
GA200295
R225
R229
GA200300
R202
R238
R224
R216
R220 Q6
5441000-2
TP12
12V
C162
VR2
R230
FL19
C166
R199
R241
R239
C170 D12
FL21
C178
GRX 128ch without CW
C176
C169
F3
FL22
R240
FL20
GRX64 without CW
FL23
C179
GRLY
R5.x or later
(also V Nav Inside Option)
L517
J16
C174
C257
PART NAME
R334
C121
C136
ITEM
R466
Table 9-21
36
37
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack parts 4 of 11 (Continued)
DESCRIPTION
12.
R168
34
B
10
K181
R163
R161
20
K178
K217
A
K175
K176
B
B
K168
13.
G7
R342
R1926
C136
L527
C135
TP3
D402
R468
R469
R1683
U113
10
U120
C183
U94
D390
R352
TP24
TP31
U95
R261
C2
D391
R355
C159
U121
C262
R435
TP9 TP15
C157
20
C230
C151
P8
C1140
2
G9
14.
G7
R1926
L527
C135
TP3
D402
R342
R468
R469
U113
U120
C183
C121
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
R1683
10
U94
D390
R352
1
Y
TP24
TP31
U95
R261
C2
D391
R355
C159
U121
C262
R435
TP9 TP15
C157
20
C151
C230
P8
C1140
2
G9
9 - 51
J12 15
T1_13
T2_13
U3_7
R11_7
R12_6
U3_8
R11_8
R12_7
U3_9
R11_9
CH1_PW_N
33
R12_9
U3_10
R11_10
U3_11
R11_11
R12_10
U3_12
R11_12
R12_11
R12_12
U3_13
R11_13
R6_13 R7_13
R8_13
R2_13
R4_13
R3_13
T3_13
25
T4_13
U3_14
Q4_13
R5_14
R1_14
T1_14
17
Q2_14
R6_14 R7_14
R8_14
R2_14
R4_14
T2_14
R3_14
T3_14
R13_13
R13_14
R13_15
R14_14
Q4_14
T4_14
R5_15
R1_15
T1_15
R1
64
R13_12
U8_10
U8_11
R17_11
R18_10
U8_12
R17_12
R18_11
U8_13
R17_13
R18_12
U8_14
R17_14
R18_13
U8_15
R17_15
R18_14
17
R2
Q1_15
17
Q2_15
R6_15 R7_15
R8_15
R2_15
R4_15
R3_15
T2_15
T3_15
R3
R4
33
R19_6
R19_7
R19_9
CH3_P
CH2_P
R19_8
R19_10
R19_11
R19_12
R19_13
R19_14
R19_15
R20_15
R5
R19_16
REV 2
GND
TP5
GND
AB1
A1
AB1
A1
AB1
A1
AB1
C6
C5
GND
TP10
GND
3V3
TP9
U2
C4
VR4
U1
R20
C8
R29
U4
1V2
C101
FL5
C103
R31
R28
FL7
GND
TP12
R30
TP13
U3
FL6
C14
FL10
C15
TP22
R14_15
T4_15
TP27
Q8_15
R6
24
R40
WRSHADE
DERR
R39
C22
C32
C31
C30
Q7_15
Q3_15
Q4_15
R5_16
R1_16
T1_16
R7
R8
TP42
C57
C58
TP36
TP35
R41
TP39
U5
D1
C50
VR10
C47
C60
U7
R801
FL14
C53
R61
R62
C55
32
R95
R71
C70
37
U10
38
C116
25
24
R94
C90
C93
C94 R701 R700
R69
R68
C92
C91
64
Q5_16
Q6_16
Q1_16
Q2_16
T2_16
R91
C46
C118
R142
R143
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148
R149
R124
C73
C88
C77
C80
R135
GND
TP60
2
48
33
17
R6_16 R7_16
R8_16
R2_16
R4_16
R3_16
T3_16
U17
49
32
24
C112
C114
R150
R136
R137
R138
R139
TP63
R140
R155
R126
R127
R128
48
R129
R130 R153
25
MP12
R815
U21
J1
TSV1
24
R109 R110
TP34
R158
TSV2
C123
FL22
C76
FL16
R15 C74
C134
GND
C45
C79
C72
C87
VREF
TP200
50M_Q_N
TP68
R174
R173
50M_Q_P
TP67
R171
R172
R168
R162
R163
U27
TP3
1V8_1
R92
R13
TP66
C135
C129
C132
C133
64
TSV2
TSV2
17 R169
16
48
U22
C128
25
U24
R159
U26
Q801
U23
U25
R244
R161
VR9
D801
R345
C722
TSV1
FL21
D5
C310
R817
Q3
U19
R156
C115
R87
17
Q4_16
T4_16
R88
R89
R811
C820
U801
R812 R813
R814
MP3
L6
L5
CR3
DG
Q7_16
Q8_16
R20_16
Q3_16
R14_16
U14
R86
C108
64 (MNT OP)
TP62
16
16
17
17
C89
A1
C84
C109
L8
L7
TP64
11VPA_CON
CR4
Q800
C117
37
36 TP56
U12
U8
R14
C120
C107
FL20 C119
FL19
R808
C813
C812
FL17
C75
R17
R120
C78
C71
48 49
C69
33
49
D2
32
48
C807
C85
C127
C110
R123
FL15
C51
25
48
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
R72
U11
TP20
2V5
R119
R115
33
C65
48
13
12
U6
C106
C86
1V8_2
C801
C803
MP11
U800
C802
C806
TP55
6VNA
C68
C67
TSV1
R151
FL13
FL800
MP2
C62
C126
R218
R118
5VPA
CON
A22
C29
C35
C33
C38
C37
VR7
C26
TP51
GND
TP41
TP43
FL803
FL802
FL801
4V0
L800
TP49
6VPA
C64
TP30
C723
D4
C159
SP3
C43
C42
R38
R37
AB22
A22
TP40
C20
TP47
Q4
TP54
TSV2
C111
TP45
D7
TP24
GND
TP53
R524
C720
3V3_CLOCK
C27
C24
TP28
C28
R35
TP31
C25
C36
R36
AB22
A22
C39
C34
C19
TP32
FL28
C21
TP18
C40
C102
FL29
C12
C18
TP19 TP25
R33
TP48
TP46
R34
AB22
C23
C605
A22
Q1
TP33
10VPA3,4_TX
C100
TP21 TP26
FL32
TP14 TP17
R26
FL3
FL4
R25
FL1
FL2
TP15
FL33
10VPA1,2_TX
TP11
C7
U9
R21
C13
CR1
10
5201045-3
TP6
GND
TP7
GND
CR2
FL9
U8_16
R19_5
TP8
TSV1
R157
R18_16
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
R19_4
D6
R408
AB22
R17_16
R18_15
CH2/3
R19_3
A1
C3
C721
A16
R13_16
Q6_15
48
R13_11
R18_9
R17_10
33
CH2_PW_N
CH3_PW_N
U8_9
R17_9
R18_8
33
33
33
33
33
Q5_15
33
R13_10
CH3_N
CH2_N
U8_8
R17_8
R18_7
U8_7
R17_7
R18_6
U8_6
R17_6
R18_5
U8_5
R17_5
R18_4
U8_4
C332
T1
U3_16
R13_9
CH1_P
CH0_P
U8_3
R17_3
R17_4
R18_3
Q2
R133 R134
R12_16
48
64
R13_7
R13_8
1
Q3_14
J6
R11_16
33
48
R13_6
Q1_14
Q7_14
R12_15
33
64
64
64
64
64
64
R13_5
Q8_14
U3_15
48
64
64
64
R13_4
R20_14
R11_15
R12_14
33
48
48
48
48
CH0/1
48
48
48
48
64
R13_3
R14_13
R11_14
R12_13
33
33
33
33
CH0_PW_N
R12_8
33
33
33
48
64
64
R19_2
C83
ch12
T4_12
R1_13
Q3_13
17
1
R391
R392
R393
R395
R394
C73
5
10
U111
24
C90
32
R380
U109
U108
C1187
C1194
C58
C75
16
8
R1868
C1758
R323
5
C1076
5
U99
1
U105
L517
C2100
R376
R375
R389
C93
C87
C86
R397
R400
C103
R401
R404
C104
L579
ch14
U3_6
R11_6
R12_5
33
48
33
R19_1
HS1
16
T3_12
R5_13
Q6_14
U221
4
C1761
U224
4
R1872
R1874
R319
R320
R324
C538
U223
4
R1884
R1888
R1890
R1886
R363
U82
R364
C28
C83
U102
C107
R377
8
8
8
C1757
R1870
C2101
C18
R1869
R330
C1762
U225
4
R1873
R1883
C154
R471
R327
R1881
R1887
C77
R365
C19
C78
R366
8
C534
R1885
U227
4
8
8
R1879
U222
4
R1871
R325
C2102
C1765
D385
L518
C1753
38
GND
R4_12
17
T16
D386
C22
C39
C33
C38
C32
C40
C43
D501
C253
8
C116
C115
16
U85
R1516 L1116
R1524 L1124
5
10
C1208
20
10
5
R1532 L1132
R1580 L1180
R1588 L1188
R1540 L1140
5
10
C1216
15
20
C1224
R1548 L1148
R1556 L1156
C1200
15
R1500 L1100
R1508 L1108
C1240
20
C1232
15
R1572 L1172
R1564 L1164
C1256
10
5
R1596 L1196
C1209
10
5
R1501 L1101
R1509 L1109
C1201
15
20
R1517 L1117
R1525 L1125
R1604 L1204
C1248
15
20
R1612 L1212
R1620 L1220
C1225
10
5
R1533 L1133
C1241
10
5
R1565 L1165
R1573 L1173
C1233
15
20
R1581 L1181
R1589 L1189
R1541 L1141
C1217
15
20
R1549 L1149
R1557 L1157
10
5
R1597 L1197
R1605 L1205
R259
C254
C255
R464
C9
R264
R258
R253
D401
C247
R290
C1249
15
20
C1257
R1621 L1221
R1613 L1213
C1400
L1000
C1408
L1008
C1416
L1016
C1424
L1024
C1401
L1001
C1409
L1009
C1417
L1017
C1425
L1025
C158
Q65
R1526
R1518
5
L1118
L1126
20
C1210
C1226
15
C1202
10
R1558 L1158
R1550 L1150
10
5
15
20
R1510 L1110
R1502 L1102
R1534 L1134
R1542 L1142
R1582 L1182
R1590 L1190
5
10
20
15
R1566 L1166
C1242
C1234
C1258
10
5
15
20
R1614 L1214
R1622 L1222
R1574 L1174
C1218
R1598 L1198
C1250
10
5
15
20
R1519 L1119
C1211
R1606 L1206
R1527 L1127
R1503 L1103
C1203
C1227
10
5
15
20
R1551 L1151
R1559 L1159
R1511 L1111
R1535 L1135
C1243
10
5
15
20
R1583 L1183
R1591 L1191
R1543 L1143
C1219
C1235
10
5
15
20
C1259
R1615 L1215
R1623 L1223
R1575 L1175
R1567 L1167
R1599 L1199
R344
R345
R454
8
16
U88
16
U89
C17
R282
C219
R281
U140
C217
L1034
C1410
L1010
C1418
L1018
C1426
L1026
C1403
L1003
C1411
L1011
C1419
L1019
C1427
L1027
U135
R452
8
C1474
U136
R1607 L1207
C1251
C1402
L1002
C10
R266
R357
R415
R1528 L1128
R1520 L1120
5
10
5
10
R1544 L1144
R1536 L1136
R1585 L1185
R1593 L1193
5
C1245
20
C1237
20
C1261
R1609 L1209
C1253
15
R1601 L1201
20
U104
10
C1221
15
R1617 L1217
R1625 L1225
R1577 L1177
R1569 L1169
10
C1229
20
R1545 L1145
5
C1205
15
R1537 L1137
10
C1213
20
R1553 L1153
R1561 L1161
5
C1252
15
R1505 L1105
R1513 L1113
10
C1260
20
R1521 L1121
5
C1236
15
R1608 L1208
R1600 L1200
R1529 L1129
10
C1244
20
R1616 L1216
R1624 L1224
5
C1220
15
R1568 L1168
R1576 L1176
10
C1228
20
R1592 L1192
5
C1204
15
R1584 L1184
10
C1212
20
15
R1552 L1152
R1560 L1160
R1512 L1112
R1504 L1104
C1404
L1004
C1412
L1012
C1420
L1020
C1428
L1028
C1405
L1005
C1413
L1013
C1421
L1021
C1429
L1029
R354
5
TP2
R8_12
R2_12
R3_12
Q2_13
Q5_14
TP37
ch10
Q4_12
Q8_13
A
B
C
D
DS7
11
R82
R78
ch8
R6_12 R7_12
R20_13
ch6
T2_12
Q1_13
Q7_13
R122
R117
15
U3_5
R11_5
R12_4
33
R18_2
33
C1686
U8_1
U8_2
C1759
R17_1
R17_2
R18_1
C2103
R13_1
R13_2
R14_12
17
14
CH1_N
CH0_N
U3_4
48
64
64
Q3_12
ch4
T1_12
Q6_13
ch2
T4_11
ch30
T3_11
R1_12
17
ch0
CH0_P
CH1_P
CH2_P
CH3_P
TX Module Parts Arrangement
U3_3
R11_3
R12_3
R11_4
33
48
1
DS8
1
Q2_12
Q5_13
C149
DS6
F
E
D
C
B
A
R5_12
12
CH0_N
CH1_N
CH2_N
CH3_N
R4_11
R3_11
Q8_12
13
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
R8_11
R2_11
ch28
ch26
ch24
ch22
ch20
ch18
ch16
T2_11
Q1_12
Q7_12
U141
DS5
TP4
C2
ch14
R6_11 R7_11
R20_12
R22
1
DS4
11
10
9
ch8
ch12
ch10
GND
8
7
ch6
ch4
ch2
Q4_11
17
R167
DS3
16
R67
R66
C1
5
6
ch0
ch30
ch28
ch26
ch24
R12_2
33
C95
DS2
15
2
4
ch22
T1_11
Q6_12
R27
R170
DS1
DS10
DS9
J11
1:TRST_N 2:3V3
3:TDI
4:GND
5:TDO
6:GND
8:GND
7:TMS
9:TCK
10:GND
11:5V
12:SDA
13:open 14:SCL
15:GND
16:SEL_N
3
2
U3_2
C1687
R1638
C1506
U3_1
C1100
L571
C1683
R11_1
C1198
C1766
C181
R11_2
R359
R12_1
SP2
8
4
ch18
L522
C1199
C1139
16
8
R1876
8
U101
R300
ch20
C167
U467
ch16
4
C1752
R443
1
R298
R299
U91
C47
R301
R296
C46
U469
PWA
VR1
VR2
C31
U100
C35
C74
C1195
C1197
C1633
16
R1640
C1508
R1522 L1122
R1530 L1130
5
10
15
20
R1506 L1106
R1514 L1114
C1214
R1642
C1206
C1510
R1636
C1504
R1652
C1512
C1691
C1476
C1484
C1472
C1480
C1488
C1631
C1639
R1668
C1520
R1684
C1670
C1630
C1496
C1473
C1528
R1637
C1505
10
5
15
20
C1230
R1562 L1162
R1554 L1154
R1538 L1138
R1586 L1186
R1594 L1194
R1546 L1146
5
10
15
20
R1578 L1178
R1570 L1170
C1222
C1246
C1238
10
5
15
20
C1262
R1626 L1226
R1618 L1218
R1602 L1202
C1254
C1215
10
5
15
20
R1523 L1123
R1531 L1131
R1610 L1210
R1507 L1107
R1515 L1115
C1207
C1231
10
5
15
20
R1555 L1155
R1563 L1163
R1539 L1139
C1247
10
5
15
20
R1587 L1187
R1595 L1195
R1547 L1147
C1223
R1579 L1179
R1571 L1171
C1239
10
5
15
20
C1263
R1627 L1227
R1619 L1219
R1603 L1203
C182
R1611 L1211
C1255
C1406
L1006
C1414
L1014
C1422
L1022
C1430
L1030
C1407
1007
C1415
L1015
C1423
L1023
C1431
L1031
C1478
L1038
U137
U138
C1645
TP1
T4_10
R1_11
VR3
VR5
T3_10
R14_11
R23
R111
U97
PWB
R286
C1760
C249
8
R1653
C1646
R1877
R305
R304
R297
C1513
C1521
4
C45
C1481
C1489
C1497
R1669
C1647
C1662
U92
R332
C1529
C1767
U122
C248
R372
R291
R1685
C162
C1641
C1680
16
C227
C1654
8
8
8
16
U465
U473
U481
L1032
L1040
L1048
L1056
C1638
16
C1663
C1688
C1681
C1689
16
C1679
8
8
8
16
U489
U466
U474
L1033
L1041
L1049
C1649
C1664
C1678
16
C1671
16
8
8
C228
C1656
C1482
C1490
R1654
C1672
8
8
8
C1655
16
16
U482
U490
U299
L1057
C111
L1042
L1050
C1514
R1670
C1522
16
C1648
U475
U483
C1667
C1658
C1682
8
8
16
C1632
C1498
C1475
R1686
C1530
R1639
C1507
16
C1657
L1058
L1035
L1043
U491
U468
U476
C1659
C1651
16
C1673
8
8
R1655
C1515
R1671
C1483
C1491
C1499
16
C1640
16
L1051
L1059
C1523
R1687
C1642
C1675
U484
U492
U298
C1665
16
16
8
8
8
C34
C41
L578
T2_10
R5_11
L573
R4_10
R3_10
Q2_11
C1190
R8_10
R2_10
Q3_11
L572
T1_10
R6_10 R7_10
Q8_11
C250
R1_10
Q4_10
17
FL11
R398
T4_9
R5_10
Q1_11
C61
R114
C89
R4_9
Q6_11
Q5_12
R113
C92
R8_9
R20_11
R112
C85
20
T3_9
Q2_10
Q3_10
Q7_11
R396
C84
15
TP23
5
C30
10
C44
20
10
15
T2_9
R3_9
R14_10
1
C218
5
R7_9
17
17
C16
C9
R335
10
Q4_9
Q5_11
R24
R288
R2_9
Q1_10
TP57
R93
R85
R83
R79
R74
R339
TP23
U16
R337
Q3_9
Q8_10
R340
R14_9
R20_10
R70
C160
T1_9
17
R50
R702
C251
R338
C161
R6_9
Q6_10
Q7_10
R125
J8
C252
73
72
R809 R810
R152
109
108
R1_9
Q8_9
17
11
R289
144
R333
C7
Q2_9
Q5_10
R141
C8
T4_8
R5_9
Q7_9
R260
Q1_9
C205
C1644
C1653
16
C229
C1635
8
8
R1656
C1516
R1672
C1524
16
C1650
U477
U485
D398
C15
R276
R450
D399
C12
R270
C184
C209
U471
U479
16
C223
C1652
8
8
L1036
L1044
L1052
L1060
C1492
C1500
L1046
L1054
C1518
R1674
C1486
C1494
C1502
16
C1660
16
C1661
C1677
16
C1634
8
8
R1688
C1532
R1641
C1509
16
C1690
16
L1037
L1045
C1477
C1485
U493
U470
U478
C1669
C1685
8
8
R1657
C1517
R1673
C108
D396
R430
C148
R427
U127
4
R426
8
C14
R274
C131
8
C128
U124
4
L526
U126
5
10
15
20
C140
C139
R448
L524
C117
R419
R1658
C1692
C1643
16
C1674
16
C1493
C1501
L1053
L1061
C1525
R1689
C1533
R429
C1526
C1534
R1690
C1636
U486
U494
U297
C1666
16
16
8
8
8
C123
C146
8
8
32
8
L1062
L1039L
R434
C147
24
16
C120
U487
U495
U472
C1676
16
C1668
C1479
C1487
R1643
C1511
R1659
C1519
16
C1693
16
C212
C211
C210
8
8
8
R1675
L1047
L1055
L1063
C1684
C1495
C1503
U480
U488
U496
C1527
C1535
16
C1637
16
R1691
C203
C1531
TP31
C207
R4_8
R20_9
TP61
R509
CH0 CH1
PW_P PW_P
17
R510
Q3_8
C98
Q6_9
C95
Q5_9
C201
Q8_8
C6
C105
R8_8
R331
C94
CH2 CH3
PW_P PW_P
C260
R413
C36
5
R399
Q4_8
U119
C56
R416
1
R402
R14_8
20
R403
R20_8
C814
19
R271
R263
R390
C818 C819
R273
C82
C11
TP25
R412
Q7_8
C121
R511
R414
L570
R277
R379
17
R807
TP40
C99
T3_8
R800
TP39
C100
R3_8
R1677
U87
C101
T2_8
TP29
R417
40
C153
R806
R512
C152
24V
TP36
C150
C811
A
B
C
D
E
F
TP37
C156
R7_8
C2163
C102
C800
24V
w/o R TP220
TP38
C91
R2_8
TP800
TP33TP34TP35TP26TP27TP28TP30
TP32
C88
MP6
C258
C155
24VP
R384
C57
C105
C259
R356
R6_8
MP10
R383
R287
17
C80
R341
SP1
R381
R265
C810
A
B
C
D
E
F
C106
R455
R802
C1071
C817
R382
R257
R816
R387
R453
1
C169
C821
U114
C168
MP9
10
C261
R451
C815
20
R131
20
R388
R385
R346
MP5
TP8
U115
U144
T1_8
C29
10
R386
R347
41
R1679
10
R1_8
C1459
C110
R461
C96
C97
R267
C37
20
D389
60
R1681
36
37
20
R353
R462
D393
Q2_8
C1461
C109
61
10
C170
Q1_8
C2153
R269
R463
C171
T4_7
R5_8
U457
20
C112
Q6_8
C1463
D395
Q4_7
10
D394
Q3_7
R315
R4_7
R316
R8_7
R317
T3_7
Q5_8
24
C1457
C222
R3_7
C809
32
8
C118
U145
4
S/N :
Dev waver :
BAR-CODE
MODULENAME
P/N: NNxxxxxx-xx
R1925
R437
C172
R458
R7_7
11
24
C224
C221
T2_7
21
32
R460
R457
R318
R2_7
20
C1134
Q8_7
C27
R6_7
80
C25
R20_7
16
C26
R14_7
R312
Q2_7
Q7_7
8
R314
T1_7
17
R311
Q1_7
R313
Q6_7
C855
32
R418
R1_7
17
U459
C113
C808
U461
C1539
T800
8
24
C1538
T4_6
R5_7
J2
U463
C1537
D802
16
24
C1536
Q5_7
C857
32
8
C257
C129
C1073
P13
2
T3_6
R4_6
C214
16
R1924
R436
R409
38
25
R8_6
C23
Q4_6
C24
Q3_6
C42
Q8_6
R307
R3_6
MP4
U90
T2_6
R7_6
C21
Section 9-12 - Card Rack parts
MP7
C20
R2_6
Q7_6
R306
T1_6
R6_6
22
R1661
8
R310
C1132
C859
C114
R14_6
L515
C1449
C48
R442
32
8
C49
C62
24
C50
R20_6
L516
U449
R1663
C51
R1_6
17
L513
C1451
R309
T4_5
R5_6
C236
24
R308
T3_5
R4_5
1
L514
R371
R8_5
C235
32
16
C1313 C1377
15
Q2_6
R294
16
C1453
C1321 C1385
T2_5
R3_5
17
C847
C1297 C1361
L801
R295
C1305 C1369
R7_5
Q1_6
R292
U451
C2167
11
R2_5
Q6_6
R302
U453
R1665
U425
D800
R293
8
U417
T1_5
R6_5
Q4_5
J3
R1645
8
24
C861
C1315 C1379
Q2_5
Q5_6
C2162
16
32
C1323 C1387
R1_5
Q3_5
R303
C849
C1299 C1363
J9
R14_5
MP1
24
C1441
C1307 C1371
C816
32
U455
R1667
U427
T4_4
R5_5
17
U441
R1647
U419
Q1_5
C72
C1443
C1455
C1317 C1381
R4_4
Q8_5
16
24
16
32
C1325 C1389
Q6_5
8
32
8
C1301 C1365
R8_4
R20_5
U443
R1649
C1309 C1373
Q4_4
Q7_5
U445
C851
24
U429
Q3_4
17
C839
C1445
8
U421
Q5_5
8
32
16
C1319 C1383
Q8_4
11
16
24
C853
C1327 C1391
R14_4
A
B
C
D
E
F
19
R1629
U447
R1651
C1303 C1367
L521
C841
C2152
C1311 C1375
R20_4
C1433
16
C1447
C2157
Q7_4
32
8
32
U431
C59
R65
24
R1631
C53
17
TP17
C1435
C52
R63
R64
U433
C843
24
U423
TP16
C54
C17
C10
16
24
8
C1281 C1345
FL12
8
32
C1289 C1353
1
U435
R1633
U409
J4
C831
C1437
16
C1283 C1347
D388
U437
C1291 C1355
T3_4
R1676
8
32
U411
R3_4
C2161
16
24
C845
C1285 C1349
R7_4
C1456
U439
R1635
C1293 C1357
16
C833
C1439
U413
32
16
32
C1287 C1351
C76
R362
17
R361
C60
R1678
8
24
C1295 C1359
C79
R358
R367
T2_4
R368
R1882
C1458
R373
R2_4
24
C835
R370
U98
C1460
8
16
R1923
U296
15.
8
PART NUMBER
U415
U456
R1680
16
C1265 C1329
R6_4
32
R467
C2166
Q2_4
24
C837
C1267 C1331
Q1_4
R421
Q1
C1269 C1333
Q6_4
R423
C1271 C1335
1
R1891
F
E
D
C
B
A
R1889
T1_4
R360
R422
R424
C2156
R374
C1135
24
C213
R1_4
C216
Q5_4
C1072
8
32
C1273 C1337
R5_4
16
C1312 C1376
T4_3
C1320 C1384
T3_3
R4_3
U460
R1682
U401
GTX2.4
R8_3
8
U424
T2_3
R3_3
U462
C1275 C1339
U96
U458
C1314 C1378
Q4_3
C1322 C1386
R7_3
C854
C2151
U403
R2_3
D500
U426
Q2_3
8
C1462
C1277 C1341
R14_3
16
C1316 C1380
Q3_3
C1324 C1388
17
C856
32
U405
Q1_3
FL8
16
U428
Q8_3
8
24
C1279 C1343
R20_3
C858
C1318 C1382
T1_3
R6_3
Q7_3
C1326 C1390
R1_3
17
8
R420
U407
Q6_3
11
16
U430
Q5_3
R446
D397
C1075
C13
T4_2
R5_3
U112
R272
T3_2
15
R449
C71
C860
C133
B
R4_2
8
C126
R8_2
16
R1660
8
25
24
C1448
U128
A
B
C
D
E
F
32
C132
R275
Q4_2
U448
R1662
C124
R425
16
C1450
R433
4
T2_2
R3_2
U226
24
C142
C1
8
R428
C134
Q3_2
16
32
U125
Q8_2
U450
4
Q7_2
U452
R1664
U129
C125
R7_2
8
8
C1452
C138
R20_2
C846
24
L523
R2_2
C2160
8
32
28
R14_2
R1644
16
R1666
D740 D741
R470
17
C848
C1454
U123
C1077
14
BAR CODE
R6_2
24
C1440
16
32
C122
8
L525
L529
T1_2
L520
D392
Q2_2
32
U454
C539
5201044-3
17
R1646
C1768
Q1_2
C1442
8
C535
R1_2
U440
C850
24
R369
Q6_2
24
8
C1296 C1360
C545
32
C1304 C1368
T4_1
R5_2
U442
R1648
16
C2165
R4_1
C536
C1444
U416
C1070
R8_1
C1763
Q4_1
16
D387
Q5_2
Q100
R14_1
Q102
Q3_1
R321
Q8_1
U444
C852
C1298 C1362
C546
R20_1
R322
Q7_1
8
24
R1880
R32
C838
32
C1306 C1370
C1764
16.
Q101
R97
Q103
17
C61
R329
L519
8
R1650
U418
C537
TP6
16
R326
T3_1
TP7
U446
R1875
R1856
R1628
R328
T2_1
R3_1
24
C1432
C840
C215
R378
R348
R1857
R1630
C1280 C1344
R7_1
32
C1288 C1352
R2_1
C1264 C1328
Q2_1
C1434
C2150
C1300 C1364
C1272 C1336
17
24
C2164
Q1_1
32
16
C1446
C1308 C1372
R411
8
32
U420
R410
U408
Q5_1
U400
R19
C1436
C842
24
C1302 C1366
C1338
U432
R1632
8
C1282 C1346
R1878
24
16
C1310 C1374
U434
C1290 C1354
16
32
C844
C2155
U436
C1266 C1330
8
R459
U422
C1274
C830
5 R444
L528
C119
K1
C130
R405
U410
C200
C1438
R431
8
U402
16
R1634
C1284 C1348
T1_1
C832
32
C1292 C1356
C202
C1268 C1332
R6_1
C1276 C1340
R1_1
U438
R432
U93
TP4
C143
C141
C127
R445
U412
Q6_1
16
U404
R5_1
8
GND
4
C1074
R406
C1286 C1350
5201044-5
C834
24
C1294 C1358
18.
C204
C1270 C1334
5201044-3
C1278 C1342
GTX 2.4
with CW Resistor
(R1.0.6 or later)
16
R465
C137
1
C2154
5201044-2
8
U414
9 - 52
GTX 2.3
C836
U406
GTX with P6B Pulser Asic
with CW Resistor
(R1.0.6 or later)
GA200105
C206
R447
GRX 128ch with CW
(R2.x.x or later)
R456
17.
PART NAME
R334
ITEM
R466
Table 9-21
R280
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack parts 5 of 11 (Continued)
DESCRIPTION
Part of CW option
G7
R1926
C136
L527
C135
R342
TP3
D402
R468
R469
R1683
U113
10
U120
C183
U94
R352
D390
TP24
U95
C2
R355
R261
C159
D391
U121
C262
R435
TP9 TP15
C157
20
C151
C230
P8
C1140
2
G9
See: Table 9-26 "GTX Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-63.
Replaced by 5201044-5.
Part of CW option
Part of CW option
Same as 5201044-3 but with a different Pulser Asic
See: Table 9-26 "GTX Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-63.
BG
C136
FL18
C131
TP16
C41
VR6
C121
QTY
FRU
1
Y
3
Y
3
Y
3
Y
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-21
Card Rack parts 6 of 11 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
3
Y
3
Y
3
Y
Replaced by 5201044-3
Part of CW option
same functionality, 5201044-3 is a
cost reduced board
See: Table 9-26 "GTX Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-63.
19.
GTX 2.3
with CW Resistor
(R1.0.6 or later)
5201044-4
20.
Replaces by 5201044-4
Part of CW option
See: Table 9-26 "GTX Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-63.
GTX 2.3
with CW Resistor
(R1.0.6 or later)
5201044-3
TP66
VREF
GND
TP200
C128
C114
C47
R88
R89
FL15
25
C51
48
C55
R61
R62
C70
38
R69
U14
C89
A1
48 49
C69
U10
37
C71
R68
U12
32
49
48
33
R91
R86
C84
A16
R72
R158
U26
R150
2
R87
64
17
R110
C83
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
U11
U17
49
48
TP60
FL18
VR6
U5
R41
24
DERR
WRSHADE
C42
FL10
C15
FL13
C41
TP34
C43
R40
R39
TP27
TP22
5VPA
CON
TP36
TP39
TP35
C22
C32
C31
C30
C26
C29
A22
AB22
TP16
GND
TP12
R30
R27
R22
R23
U4
1V2
R24
TP37
FL9
TP13
C14
FL6
FL7
C16
C9
R28
U3
R151
R123
R118
C53
24
32
33
GND
64 (MNT OP)
TP62
R135
R136
R137
R138
R139
TP63
R140
16
17
33
C115
R157
R134
R109
C5
GND
TP5
A1
AB1
GND
Q2
VR3
AB1
TP10
C6
A1
R133
R122
R117
R111
16
48
25
R153
R126
R127
R128
R129
R130
R701
C117
C120
C107
TP56
25
FL20 C119
37
36
24
U8
R120
C78
D2
32
R115
C65
48
13
12
C60
C57
C58
U7
R114
D1
C50
C38
C35
C37
AB22
R38
C112
R155
J1
R156
U19
R159
25
U25
U21
SP3
T1
FL14
FL11
10VPA1,2_TX
TP11
R20
C8
C131
U27
C129
C132
C135
50M_Q_N
TP68
C134
R174
50M_Q_P
TP67
R171
R168
R172
C133
64
R162
R163
U22
48
24
U23
U24
R244
R161
C136
DG
10
J6
T16
R82
R78
TP51
GND
VR7
R37
R113
GND
3V3
BG
1
R170
R95
R71
FL19
R119
2V5
TP42
TP43
A22
R112
R94
C93
C94
C116
R14
R808
VR10
TP41
TP40
3V3_CLOCK
C20
C27
C28
R31
R26
R93
R85
R83
R79
R74
C90
R700
C118
R142
R143
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148
R149
R124
C46
R813
C88
C77
R812
C80
C73
R17
C75
FL17
TP20
1V8_2
C801
MP11
U6
U800
17 R169
16
C72
C45
C820
U801
R811
FL802
FL803
C24
C12
C21
FL3
FL4
R25
TP15
FL1
FL2
AB1
A
B
C
D
R167
C61
R50
C7
U2
TP9
R702
U16
TP57
TP61
R800
C25
TP19 TP25
FL32
C101
FL33
A1
R152
R70
C11
U9
C4
VR4
U1
AB1
A1
R125
TP23
SP1
C332
C3
C813
Q800
C807
C106
C803
FL800
4V0
L800
FL801
R36
AB22
R35
24V
TP31
C19
A22
TP32
TP800
MP6
C100
TP21 TP26
FL28
FL29
C102
C103
R802
24VP
MP5
R21
TSV1
D6
TP220
R801
C806
C802
TP55
6VNA
C64
TP49
6VPA
TP24
C39
C36
C34
TP18
C40
R33
R34
AB22
TP33
10VPA3,4_TX
FL5
C13
MP7
C814
R807
R806
C800
MP2
C62
TP30
TP45
TP47
TP46
TP48
GND
TP53
A22
C23
C811
VR1
R408
R13
TP3
C76
FL16
1V8_1
VR9
R817
R815
MP3
R814
C86
C67
C126
C68
R218
C111
C723
D4
C159
Q4
TP54
TSV2
D7
R524
C720
C605
Q1
CR1
CR2
R29
R63
R65
C721
C812
C109
TP64
11VPA_CON
C108
C85
C127
TSV1
C17
C10
R64
R19
R8_1
R5_2
R6_2
R7_2
R8_2
R5_3
R6_3
R7_3
R8_3
R6_4
R5_4
R7_4
R8_4
R6_5
R5_5
Q2_6
Q4_5
R7_5
R8_5
R5_6
R6_6
R7_6
R8_6
R5_7
R6_7
R7_7
R6_8
R7_8
REV 2
R19_15
U8_16
17
R18_16
R18_15
17
R17_16
U8_15
33
R20_16
33
R20_15
33
U8_14
R18_13
17
R18_14
R17_14
33
U8_13
Q7_16
Q5_16
Q7_15
Q5_15
R20_14
R19_16
Q7_14
Q5_14
R20_13
17
R17_15
R19_13
Q7_13
33
R18_12
R17_13
33
U8_12
R18_11
R17_12
U8_11
Q5_13
R20_12
17
R19_14
Q7_12
R19_12
R19_11
33
R18_10
R17_11
33
U8_9
U8_10
R18_9
R17_10
R17_9
R8_8
R19_10
R19_9
CH3_P
R13_16
R13_15
R14_16
48
33
R12_15
R11_16
U3_16
33
48
64
64
U3_15
R11_15
17
17
R12_16
R13_14
64
R14_15
33
U3_14
R12_13
R12_14
R11_14
17
Q3_16
Q1_16
48
64
R14_14
48
U3_13
R11_13
17
Q8_16
Q6_16
Q3_15
Q1_15
33
48
33
R12_12
17
Q8_15
Q6_15
Q3_14
Q1_14
R14_13
64
33
U3_11
U3_12
R12_11
R11_11
R12_10
R11_12
33
48
64
R14_12
Q8_14
Q6_14
Q3_13
Q1_13
R13_13
R13_12
R13_11
R13_9
R13_10
48
17
Q8_13
Q6_13
Q3_12
Q1_12
R14_11
64
48
17
Q8_12
Q6_12
Q3_11
Q1_11
33
U3_9
U3_10
R12_9
R11_9
Q8_11
Q6_11
Q3_10
R14_10
64
R14_9
R11_10
CH2_P
R5_8
CH2/3
33
CH2_PW_N
U8_8
R18_8
48
R8_7
Q1_10
17
Q2_9
Q4_8
Q8_10
Q6_10
Q3_9
CH0/1
33
CH0_PW_N
U3_8
R12_8
17
Q2_8
Q4_7
CH1_P
CH0_P
CH0 CH1
PW_P PW_P
64
Q2_7
Q4_6
CH1_PW_N
1
Q2_5
Q4_4
Q5_12
R20_11
17
CH3_N
CH2_N
R7_1
Q2_4
Q4_3
Q7_11
Q5_11
R20_10
CH1_N
R13_7
48
33
U3_7
33
48
64
R14_8
R11_8
R11_7
R12_7
R12_6
17
CH0_N
R6_1
Q2_3
Q4_2
Q7_10
17
R6_9
R5_9
Q2_10
Q4_9
R7_9
R8_9
R5_10
Q2_11
Q4_10
R6_10 R7_10
R8_10
R2_10
R4_10
R5_11
Q2_12
Q4_11
R6_11 R7_11
R8_11
R2_11
R4_11
R5_12
Q2_13
Q4_12
R6_12 R7_12
R8_12
R2_12
R4_12
R5_13
Q2_14
Q4_13
R6_13 R7_13
R8_13
R2_13
R4_13
R5_14
Q2_15
Q4_14
R6_14 R7_14
R8_14
R2_14
R4_14
R5_15
Q2_16
Q4_15
R6_15 R7_15
R8_15
R2_15
R4_15
R5_16
Q4_16
R6_16 R7_16
R8_16
R2_16
R4_16
CH0_N
CH1_N
CH2_N
CH3_N
R5_1
Q2_2
Q4_1
Q8_9
Q1_9
CH0_P
CH1_P
CH2_P
CH3_P
TX Module Parts Arrangement
Q2_1
17
Q6_9
Q3_8
Q1_8
R14_7
64
48
33
U3_6
U3_5
R12_5
R11_5
R11_6
33
48
64
R14_6
17
Q8_8
Q6_8
Q3_7
Q1_7
Q5_10
R20_9
CH3_PW_N
R19_8
33
U8_7
R17_7
R18_6
CH2 CH3
PW_P PW_P
17
R13_8
R13_6
R13_5
R13_4
R12_4
17
Q8_7
Q6_7
Q3_6
Q1_6
R14_5
64
64
33
U3_4
U3_3
R11_4
R12_3
R11_3
R12_2
17
Q8_6
Q6_6
Q3_5
Q1_5
R14_4
48
64
48
U3_2
R11_2
17
Q8_5
Q6_5
Q3_4
Q1_4
R14_3
33
48
33
U3_1
R11_1
R12_1
17
Q8_4
Q6_4
Q3_3
Q1_3
R14_2
64
R14_1
17
Q8_3
Q6_3
Q3_2
Q1_2
R13_2
R13_1
Q8_2
Q6_2
Q3_1
Q1_1
R13_3
Q8_1
Q6_1
Q7_9
Q5_9
R20_8
R17_8
33
Q7_8
Q5_8
R20_7
17
R18_7
33
U8_5
R18_5
R17_5
R18_4
Q7_7
R19_7
Q5_7
R20_6
17
U8_6
33
Q7_6
Q5_6
R20_5
17
R17_6
R19_4
33
U8_3
17
U8_4
R18_3
R17_3
R18_2
Q7_5
Q5_5
R20_4
17
R19_6
Q7_4
Q5_4
R20_3
33
R17_2
U8_2
17
R19_5
Q7_3
Q5_3
R20_2
33
R17_1
R18_1
U8_1
17
R17_4
R19_2
R19_1
Q7_2
Q5_2
R20_1
R19_3
Q7_1
Q5_1
5201045-3
TP6
GND
TP7
GND
GND
HS1
TP8
5201044-6
w/o R
R141
R809 R810
C810
C809
C808
L801
FL12
FL8
24V
SP2
R32
J8
C95
VR2
R2_1
R3_1
R4_1
R1_2
R2_2
R3_2
R4_2
R1_3
R2_3
R3_3
R4_3
R2_4
R1_4
R3_4
R4_4
R2_5
R1_5
R3_5
R4_5
R1_6
R2_6
R3_6
R4_6
R1_7
R2_7
R4_7
R3_7
R1_8
R2_8
R3_8
R4_8
R2_9
R1_9
R3_9
R4_9
R1_10
R3_10
R1_11
R3_11
R1_12
R3_12
R1_13
R3_13
R1_14
R3_14
R1_15
R3_15
R1_16
R3_16
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
R1_1
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
T2_15
T3_15
T1_16
T4_15
T2_16
R3
R2
R4
R6
R5
R8
R7
T4_16
DS1
TP2
R1
T3_16
ch14
T1_15
ch12
T4_14
ch10
T3_14
16
T2_14
15
T1_14
GND
T4_13
25
DS7
T3_13
DS8
T2_13
DS6
T1_13
DS5
T4_12
DS3
T3_12
J12 15
DS4
11
ch8
T2_12
ch6
T1_12
ch4
T4_11
ch2
T3_11
DS2
1
14
F
E
D
C
B
A
ch0
T2_11
13
T1_11
ch26
T4_10
ch30
T3_10
ch28
T2_10
ch24
T1_10
12
T4_9
11
9
16
R67
15
R66
T3_9
ch22
T2_9
10
T1_9
T4_8
ch18
T3_8
ch20
T2_8
ch16
T1_8
TP4
T4_7
GND
T3_7
DS9
T2_7
DS10
T1_7
C2
T4_6
ch12
T3_6
25
ch14
T2_6
8
T1_6
ch8
T4_5
ch6
T3_5
15
ch10
T2_5
C1
11
7
J9
ch4
T1_5
ch2
T4_4
2
GTX2.4
T3_4
J11
A
T2_4
1
F
E
D
C
B
A
ch0
T1_4
5
T4_3
6
ch26
T3_3
ch30
T2_3
1:TRST_N 2:3V3
3:TDI
4:GND
5:TDO
6:GND
7:TMS
8:GND
9:TCK
10:GND
11:5V
12:SDA
13:open
14:SCL
15:GND
16:SEL_N
TP1
BARCODE
T1_3
3
ch20
5201044-3
T4_2
ch28
T3_2
2
1
PWA
T2_2
4
T1_2
ch24
T4_1
ch22
T3_1
ch18
T2_1
ch16
T1_1
GND
LE9 GTX 2.4, Shearwave Support
(R5.x.x or later)
T800
C18
L5
L6
L8
C91
C92
L7
C110
D800
11
C121
MP12
Q3
CR3
CR4
R97
R15 C74
C105
C817
C815
1
19
C819
R816
C33
C818
R92
MP10
MP9
C821
A
B
C
D
E
F
C79
C87
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
11
J2
MP4
D801
22
1
D802
FL21
TSV1
D5
C310
J3
MP1
C816
TP28
11
TP14 TP17
A
B
C
D
E
F
19
1
Q801
TSV2
J4
TSV2
TSV2
TSV1
R345
C722
11
FL22
15
25
C123
A
B
C
D
E
F
R131
R173
Part of CW option
See: Table 9-26 "GTX Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-63.
VR5
21.
PWB
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
9 - 53
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-21
Card Rack parts 7 of 11 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
3
Y
VREF
TP200
GND
TP66
U27
C129
50M_Q_N
TP68
R174
U19
C114
R88
R89
U14
C89
A1
R86
FL15
25
C51
VR6
C53
48
C55
R61
R62
C70
38
R68
C71
48 49
C69
U10
37
R91
U5
WRSHADE
DERR
FL10
C15
TP22
FL13
C41
TP34
C43
TP27
C42
A22
AB22
5VPA
CON
R39
C22
R40
24
R41
TP39
TP36
TP35
TP37
TP16
R30
FL9
R27
GND
TP12
FL6
U3
FL7
C16
C9
R28
10VPA1,2_TX
TP11
R158
R159
R150
2
TP60
64
C84
U12
32
49
48
33
33
R72
U11
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
C32
C29
C31
C30
C57
C58
C47
C60
R87
A16
R22
R23
U4
1V2
C5
GND
TP5
A1
GND
Q2
VR3
AB1
TP10
U17
48
49
R110
C83
R69
24
32
33
GND
17
R153
R136
R137
R138
R139
TP63
R140
R135
64 (MNT OP)
TP62
16
48
C90
R700
16
R701
C117
C120
TP56
25
37
36
24
U8
R120
12
13
48
C65
R118
FL18
D1
C50
C38
C35
C37
C33
C14
FL11
R24
AB1
A1
R151
R123
R122
R117
R111
R109
GND
C6
C115
R157
FL14
C26
U7
R114
R95
R71
R115
D2
32
C78
C112
R155
J1
R156
U26
U25
U21
SP3
T1
T16
R134
R133
R82
R78
TP51
GND
AB22
R38
R113
TP13
FL19
R37
R112
R94
C93
C94
C116
C107
FL20 C119
2V5
R119
VR7
TP43
R93
R85
R83
R79
R74
17
25
R126
R127
R128
R129
R130
R702
U16
U6
A22
C8
C131
25
C128
C135
C132
C133
C136
DG
10
J6
C134
50M_Q_P
TP67
R168
R172
R171
BG
1
R170
64
R162
R163
U22
48
R244
R161
U24
U23
24
C73
R14
R808
TP42
TP41
R31
R26
FL3
FL4
17 R169
16
C72
C45
C46
R813
C77
R812
C80
C88
R17
C75
FL17
TP20
1V8_2
C801
VR10
C28
C21
TP40
3V3_CLOCK
C27
C24
C25
C12
R25
R20
C7
U2
3V3
TP9
A
B
C
D
R167
C61
R50
C20
FL803
R801
FL800
4V0
L800
FL802
FL801
R36
AB22
TP31
TP19 TP25
TP61
R800
C18
R35
24V
TP23
AB1
A1
R152
R70
C11
FL1
FL2
TP15
C101
FL33
R125
TP57
MP11
C803
U800
C806
C802
TP55
6VNA
MP2
TP49
6VPA
C19
A22
TP32
C100
TP21 TP26
FL28
TP800
MP6
SP1
U9
C4
VR4
U1
AB1
A1
TP220
C118
R142
R143
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148
R149
R124
R811
C106
R806
R802
24VP
MP5
C332
C3
C814
R807
VR1
D6
C813
Q800
C86
C807
C811
R21
TSV1
R65
R408
C812
C85
C68
C62
C64
C102
FL29
C103
R29
MP7
FL32
FL5
CR2
C810
C809
C800
C36
TP24
C39
C34
TP18
TP48
C40
R33
R34
AB22
TP33
10VPA3,4_TX
R63
R13
TP3
MP12
R815
MP3
R814
TP64
11VPA_CON
C108
C109
C92
C91
C127
C67
C126
TP30
TP45
TP47
C111
GND
TP53
TP46
A22
C23
CR1
C13
C17
C10
R64
C721
w/o R
R141
R809 R810
C808
L801
FL12
FL8
C820
U801
L6
L5
L8
L7
TSV1
R218
C723
D4
C159
Q4
TP54
TSV2
D7
R524
C720
C605
Q1
T800
J8
C95
24V
SP2
R32
R19
5201044-7
VR9
R817
Q3
CR3
CR4
C110
D800
11
C121
VR2
R6_2
R5_2
R7_2
R6_3
R5_3
R8_2
R7_3
R8_3
R6_4
R5_4
Q2_5
Q4_4
R7_4
R6_5
R5_5
R8_4
Q2_6
Q4_5
R7_5
R8_5
R6_6
R5_6
Q2_7
Q4_6
R7_6
R5_7
R8_6
R6_7
R7_7
REV 2
R19_15
U8_16
R17_16
R18_15
17
17
R18_16
U8_15
R17_15
R18_14
17
33
R20_16
33
R20_15
33
U8_14
R17_14
Q7_16
Q5_16
Q7_15
Q5_15
R20_14
33
U8_13
R17_13
17
R18_13
R18_12
17
R19_16
Q7_14
Q5_14
R20_13
33
33
Q7_13
R19_13
Q5_13
R20_12
U8_12
R17_12
R18_11
17
R19_14
Q7_12
R19_12
R19_11
33
U8_11
R18_10
R17_11
U8_10
33
U8_9
R18_9
R17_10
R17_9
R8_8
R19_10
R19_9
CH3_P
R14_16
48
33
U3_16
17
R12_16
R12_15
17
R11_16
U3_15
R11_15
R12_14
33
48
64
64
48
64
R14_15
33
U3_14
R11_14
17
Q3_16
Q1_16
R13_16
R13_15
R13_14
R13_13
64
R14_14
33
U3_13
R12_13
R12_12
R11_13
17
Q8_16
Q6_16
Q3_15
Q1_15
48
64
R14_13
48
48
17
Q8_15
Q6_15
Q3_14
Q1_14
33
R11_12
R12_11
U3_12
33
48
33
U3_11
R11_11
R12_10
17
Q8_14
Q6_14
Q3_13
Q1_13
R14_12
64
R14_11
64
U3_10
17
Q8_13
Q6_13
Q3_12
Q1_12
R13_12
R13_11
R13_10
R13_9
48
33
U3_9
R11_9
Q6_12
Q3_11
Q1_11
Q8_12
CH1_N
R12_9
CH1_PW_N
Q8_11
Q6_11
R14_10
64
R14_9
R11_10
CH2_P
R7_8
Q5_12
R20_11
Q3_10
Q1_10
17
Q2_9
Q4_8
R6_8
R5_8
Q6_10
Q3_9
CH0/1
48
CH0_PW_N
33
R8_7
CH1_P
CH0 CH1
PW_P PW_P
R12_8
Q2_8
Q4_7
Q8_10
R6_9
R5_9
Q2_10
Q4_9
R7_9
R8_9
R5_10
Q2_11
Q4_10
R6_10 R7_10
R8_10
R2_10
R4_10
R5_11
Q2_12
Q4_11
R6_11 R7_11
R8_11
R2_11
R4_11
R5_12
Q2_13
Q4_12
R6_12 R7_12
R8_12
R2_12
R4_12
R5_13
Q2_14
Q4_13
R6_13 R7_13
R8_13
R2_13
R4_13
R5_14
Q2_15
Q4_14
R6_14 R7_14
R8_14
R2_14
R4_14
R5_15
Q2_16
Q4_15
R6_15 R7_15
R8_15
R2_15
R4_15
R5_16
Q4_16
R6_16 R7_16
R8_16
R2_16
R4_16
CH0_N
CH1_N
CH2_N
CH3_N
R8_1
Q2_4
Q4_3
Q7_11
Q5_11
R20_10
17
CH3_N
CH2_N
R7_1
Q2_3
Q4_2
CH2/3
33
CH2_PW_N
R18_8
CH0_P
R13_8
R13_7
U3_7
33
48
64
R14_8
17
U3_8
17
R11_8
R11_7
R12_6
17
CH0_N
R6_1
R5_1
Q2_2
Q4_1
Q8_9
Q1_9
CH0_P
CH1_P
CH2_P
CH3_P
TX Module Parts Arrangement
Q2_1
17
Q6_9
Q3_8
64
R13_6
48
48
64
R14_7
33
R11_6
R12_5
U3_6
33
48
33
U3_5
17
Q8_8
Q1_8
Q7_10
Q5_10
R20_9
CH3_PW_N
R19_8
R19_7
33
U8_7
U8_8
R17_7
CH2 CH3
PW_P PW_P
17
Q6_8
Q3_7
Q1_7
R14_6
64
R14_5
R11_5
R12_4
17
Q6_7
Q3_6
Q1_6
Q8_7
R12_7
1
R13_5
R13_4
R13_3
48
64
R14_4
U3_4
U3_3
R11_3
R12_2
17
Q8_6
Q6_6
Q3_5
Q1_5
33
48
33
48
33
U3_2
U3_1
R11_1
R11_2
R12_1
17
Q8_5
Q6_5
Q3_4
Q1_4
R14_3
64
R14_2
64
R14_1
17
Q6_4
Q3_3
Q1_3
R13_2
R13_1
Q6_3
Q3_2
Q1_2
Q8_4
64
Q6_2
Q3_1
Q1_1
Q8_3
R12_3
Q6_1
Q8_2
R11_4
Q8_1
Q7_9
Q5_9
R20_8
R17_8
R18_6
17
R18_7
17
U8_6
R18_5
Q7_8
Q5_8
R20_7
33
33
R20_6
R17_6
17
U8_5
R18_4
Q7_7
Q5_7
R19_6
R19_5
33
Q7_6
Q5_6
R20_5
R17_5
R19_3
U8_3
17
U8_4
R17_3
R18_2
Q7_5
Q5_5
R20_4
33
33
Q7_4
Q5_4
R20_3
17
R18_3
R19_1
33
U8_1
17
U8_2
R17_2
R18_1
R17_1
Q7_3
Q5_3
R20_2
R19_4
Q7_2
Q5_2
R20_1
17
R17_4
Q7_1
Q5_1
5201045-3
TP6
TP8
TP7
GND
GND
GND
HS1
R19_2
LE9 GTX 2.4, Shearwave Support
(R5.x.x or later)
C76
FL16
1V8_1
C105
C817
C815
1
19
C819
R816
R97
R15 C74
MP10
C818
R92
MP9
C821
A
B
C
D
E
F
C79
C87
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
11
J2
MP4
D801
22
1
D802
FL21
TSV1
D5
C310
J3
MP1
C816
TP28
11
TP14 TP17
A
B
C
D
E
F
19
1
Q801
TSV2
J4
TSV2
TSV2
TSV1
R345
C722
11
C123
15
25
FL22
A
B
C
D
E
F
R131
R173
Part of CW option
See: Table 9-26 "GTX Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-63.
VR5
22.
PWB
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
R2_1
R3_1
R4_1
R2_2
R1_2
R4_2
R3_2
R2_3
R1_3
R4_3
R3_3
R2_4
R1_4
R3_4
R4_4
R2_5
R1_5
R4_5
R3_5
R2_6
R1_6
R4_6
R3_6
R1_7
R2_7
R4_7
R3_7
R2_8
R1_8
R3_8
R4_8
R2_9
R1_9
R3_9
R4_9
R1_10
R3_10
R1_11
R3_11
R1_12
R3_12
R1_13
R3_13
R1_14
R3_14
R1_15
R3_15
R1_16
R3_16
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
R1_1
T3_14
T4_14
T1_15
T2_15
T1_16
T4_15
T2_16
R3
R2
T3_16
R4
R6
R5
R8
R7
T4_16
DS7
DS8
DS6
DS5
DS4
DS1
DS2
TP2
R1
DS9
T3_15
ch14
T2_14
ch12
T1_14
ch10
T4_13
25
16
T3_13
GND
T2_13
ch8
T1_13
ch6
T4_12
ch4
T3_12
J12 15
15
11
14
T2_12
ch2
T1_12
ch0
T4_11
13
1
ch30
T3_11
ch26
F
E
D
C
B
A
ch28
T2_11
12
T1_11
DS3
16
R67
15
R66
T4_10
DS10
GND
T3_10
ch22
T2_10
ch24
ch16
T1_10
9
8
T4_9
11
T3_9
ch18
T2_9
10
T1_9
T4_8
ch20
T3_8
TP4
T2_8
GND
T1_8
C2
T4_7
C1
25
ch14
T3_7
ch8
T2_7
ch12
T1_7
T4_6
T3_6
ch10
ch0
T2_6
15
7
T1_6
ch6
T4_5
T3_5
ch4
T2_5
11
J9
2
GTX2.4
T1_5
T4_4
ch2
T3_4
5
1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6
T2_4
ch30
ch26
ch24
T1_4
J11
A
BARCODE
TP1
T4_3
T3_3
3
2
5201044-3
T2_3
ch28
T1_3
T4_2
T3_2
1:TRST_N 2:3V3
3:TDI
4:GND
5:TDO
6:GND
7:TMS
8:GND
9:TCK
10:GND
11:5V
12:SDA
13:open
14:SCL
15:GND
16:SEL_N
PWA
1
ch16
T2_2
4
T1_2
T4_1
ch22
T3_1
ch18
T2_1
ch20
T1_1
23.
Front Plane / XD BUS
5201002
2
Y
Front Plane 192ch - Circuit Board
Assembly
5393912-2
2
Y
1
Y
24.
25.
1
D7
D11
D9
D8
D6
D24
D25
D34
D26
D41
D38 D27
D42
D77
D81
D85
25
25
11
15
15
25
1
25
25
1
25
P3
P1
D80
D88
D92
D108 D89
D93
D126
F ED C BA Z
D107
Section 9-12 - Card Rack parts
P4
P6
D96
P2
D106
D121
D123
D122
D109
D98
A Z
D97
D125
22
9 - 54
11
15
D84
D124
D114
D99
11
15
D76
D82
D111
D110
D101
D100
D95
D128
D94
11
P5
D65
D72
D86
F ED C
D113
D104
D115
11
15
D62
D74
D78
F ED C BA Z
D102
FE DC B AZ
D53
D57
D90
D112
D105
D103
D119
D127
D118
D117
D54
D68 D64
D69
D91
1
D61
D66
D75
D87
F E D C B AZ
D49
D63
D83
1
D33
D37
D58
D59
D67
D70
D116
F E DC B A Z
1
D46
D45
D71
D79
F E DC B AZ
D1
D50
D55
D73
D120
F EDC BA Z
D43
D51
D60
25 F E D C B A Z
D31
D29
D44 D40
1
D39
D47
D56
5393912
P7
D10
D13
D35
1 F E DC B A
D48
D52
Front Plane - MRX
D2
D12
D22
D21
D36
D23
D30
F EDC B AZ
D15
P8
D3
D18
D17
D28
D32
1
D5
D14
P9
D16
D4
P10
D20 D19
F ED C B A Z
22
22
F E DC BA Z
22
22
F E DC B A Z
22
See: Table 9-22 "DRX Boards Compatible
Configurations - 5205000-4 and earlier consoles" on
page 9-58.
BG
DG
34R
22U
23
3Y
52
42
03KA
21U
1K
52
FIDG
62C
52C
46
DNG
33PT
1KA
DNG
32PT
4RV
3RV
89C
BWP
DNG
13PT
5RV
1PM
C1_15
C4_15
C3_15
C7_15
R3_15
C6_15
C2_15
C24
51_1R
2PM
51_32R
14PM
31_22C
24PM
DNG
31_3PT
34PM
31_31C
44PM
5Q
0LOC
8V1
62PT
1LOC
8V1
91PT
See: Table 9-22 "DRX Boards Compatible
Configurations - 5205000-4 and earlier consoles" on
page 9-58 for DRX compatibility.
C120
C26_13
MP3
Q1_13
C119
34R
22U
23
3Y
52
42
03KA
21U
1K
52
FIDG
62C
52C
46
33PT
DNG
1KA
DNG
32PT
4RV
3RV
89C
BWP
DNG
13PT
5RV
1PM
C1_15
C4_15
C3_15
C7_15
R3_15
C6_15
C2_15
C24
C106
L2_15
MP12
MP28
51_1R
2PM
51_32R
MP28
1V8_COL0
L4_13
MP3
14PM
31_22C
24PM
DNG
31_3PT
34PM
31_31C
C26_13
Q4_13
Q1_13
8
41PT 21PT
93R
29R
9
6J
7_4PS
7_1PS
81 P
81 N
822R
2Y
39C
21_35C
21_91L
21_45R
21_35R
21_4C
21_4L
21_1R
21_2R
21_4R
11_15R
11_35C
11_91L
11_45R
11_35R
11_4R
11_4C
11_4L
11_1R
11_2R
01_15R
01_35C
01_91L
01_45R
01_35R
01_4C
01_4L
01_1R
01_2R
01_4R
9_35C
9_91L
9_45R
9_15R
9_35R
9_4C
9_4L
9_1R
9_2R
9_4R
8_35R
8_35C
8_91L
8_45R
8_15R
8_4R
8_4C
8_4L
8_1R
8_2R
7_35R
7_35C
7_91L
7_45R
7_15R
7_4C
7_4L
7_1R
7_2R
7_4R
6_35C
38C
21_65C
19R
71
61
84
21_5L
21_12L
21_6L
21_1L
21_42L
21_22L
21_32L
1L
9_65C
8_65C
5_65C
9_42L
01_2L
9_32L
9_22L
01_5L
01_12L
01_6L
01_1L
9_5L
9_12L
9_6L
9_1L
8_42L
9_2L
8_32L
8_22L
8_5L
8_12L
8_6L
8_1L
7_42L
8_2L
7_32L
7_22L
7_2L
6_32L
6_22L
7_5L
7_12L
7_6L
7_1L
6_42L
6_5L
6_12L
6_6L
6_1L
5_42L
6_2L
5_32L
5_22L
5_1L
5_6L
5_12L
5_2L
03A
02U
28833
915
06C
42
21_8T
21_3T
21_9T
21_65R
21_6R
11_8T 11_65R
21_2T
11_9T
11_2T
11_3T
11_6R
01_8T 01_65R
01_9T
01_3T
9_9T
01_6R
9_8T 9_65R
01_2T
8_3T
8_9T
9_6R
8_8T 8_65R
9_2T
9_3T
8_2T
7_8T
7_9T
7_3T
6_9T
8_6R
7_65R
7_6R
6_8T 6_65R
7_2T
6_3T
6_2T
5_8T
5_2T
5_3T
5_9T
5_5L
1A
661R
902R 012R
2U
7LF
2RV
52
01A
21_02L
21_2C
21_3L
11_5L
11_12L
11_6L
11_1L
11_42L
21_2L
11_02L 11_32L
11_22L
11_65C
11_3L
11_2C
01_2C
9_02L
9_2C
8_3L
6_2C
5_02L
5_3L
5_4C
5_4L
5_1R
5_2R
5_2PS 5_2C
01_42L
11_2L
01_02L 01_32L
01_22L
01_65C
01_3L
9_3L
8_02L
8_2C
6_02L
7_2C
7_3L
7_65C
7_02L
6_3L
6_15R
6_91L
6_45R 6_65C
6_35R
6_4R
6_4C
6_4L
6_1R
6_2R
5_35R
5_15R
5_91L
5_45R
5_35C
5_4R
6_6R
5_65R
5_6R
84
6U
72U
032R
7U
95C
21_44C
1RV
21_06R
21_85C
21_95R
21_75C
6LF
3V3
21_43R
21_8C
21_12R
21_5C
21_22R
21_6C
11_06R
11_85C
11_95R
11_75C
11_43R
11_8C
11_12R
11_5C
11_22R
11_6C
01_06R
01_85C
01_95R
01_75C
01_43R
01_8C
01_12R
01_5C
01_22R
01_6C
9_06R
9_85C
9_95R
9_75C
9_43R
9_8C
9_12R
9_5C
9_22R
9_6C
8_06R
8_85C
8_95R
8_75C
8_43R
8_8C
8_12R
8_5C
8_22R
8_6C
7_06R
7_85C
7_95R
7_75C
7_43R
7_8C
7_12R
7_5C
7_22R
7_6C
6_06R
6_85C
6_95R
6_75C
6_43R
6_8C
6_12R
6_5C
6_22R
6_6C
5_06R
5_85C
5_95R
5_75C
5_43R
5_8C
5_12R
5_5C
5_22R
5_6C
35C
61
03C
92C
42
65C
DNG
65PT
84
84
52
11_83C
05R
31U
42
23
23C
13C
33
84
33C
43C
1A
94
5U
4U
21_83C 21_24C
21_14C 21_93C 86R
52
21_92C
21_62C
11_04C
11_73C
9_83C
96R
11_92C
11_62C
01_04C
01_83C 01_93C
01_73C
01_92C
01_62C
9_04C
9_73C
9_92C
9_62C
8_83C
8_04C
8_73C
8_92C
76R
8_62C
7_04C
7_83C
7_73C
5_92C
5_62C
5_83C
66R
01U
8_93C
8_24C
5_82C
5_52C
42
81C
51C
41C
11C
21C
9U 31C
5_93C 8U
5_24C
6_82C
6_52C
61C
11U 71C
11_93C
11_24C
21_82C
21_52C
62R
11_82C
11_52C
01_24C
01_82C
01_52C
9_93C
9_24C
9_82C
9_52C
61R
8_82C
8_52C
7_93C
7_24C
8R
7_82C
7_92C
7_52C
7_62C
6_93C
6_04C
6_83C 6_24C
6_73C
6_92C
6_62C
5_04C
5_73C
121C
4_241R
1BA
22BA
3_241R
1BA
22BA
2_241R
1BA
22BA
1_241R
1BA
22BA
811C
4_1U
3_1U
2_1U
1_1U
4_541R
3_541R
2_541R
1_541R
711C
1A
22A
22A
1A
1A
22A
1A
22A
42PT
DNG
6PT
DNG
5PT
001C
4_641R
51_4L
C120
Q4_13
51_51C
51_23C
51_31R
51_21R
51_6R
51_8C
51_3Q
V42
41_42C
31_1LF
31_42C
31_82C
31_4LF
31_3L
41_4L
31_72C
31_3LF
41_72C
41_1LF
41_4LF
41_82C
41_3LF
83PM
82PT
DNG
DNG
63PT
93PT
DNG
22PT
DNG
31_12C
41_22C
41_12C
3Q
31_02C
31_91C
41_02C
73PM
41_91C
AWP
4_831R
1BA
22BA
2_831R
3_831R
1BA
22BA
1BA
22BA
31_9R
31_8R
41_2L
31_1L
41_31C
63PM
1_141R
42
52
63
73
31_51R
31_91R
31_12R
31_92C
31_21C
31_1D
41_21C
41_1D
53PM
41_51R
41_91R
41_12R
41_92C
31
21
141C
84
31_3C
31_4R
31_42R
31_9C
31_2C
31_1R
31_13C
31_1U
31_1C
31_4C
41_7C
41_3R
41_6C
41_2C
41_4R 41_1R
41_42R
4D
3D
81U
71U
62U
2
01
11
21
9SD
02SD
01SD
22SD
31 03SD
17R
32
2
291R
981R
12SD
51R
91SD
32SD
171R
961R
11SD
5V1
TGM
5V2
35PT
XT
TGM
5V2
24PT
5V2
XR
61PT
2LOC
8V1
71PT
3LOC
8V1
81PT
DDV
CDA
55PT
3V3
45PT
25PT
V42
56PT
6V3
72PT
212R
01PT
N_GIRT
_XT
31SD
1DEL
3DEL
52SD
371R
2DEL
4DEL
3SD
5DEL
7DEL
6DEL
9DEL
FIDG
402R
8DEL
11PT
N_TESER
771R
93C
2SD
ENOD
7R
11R
TINI
1SD
9R
0DEL
21R FIDG
951C
12U
91U
51
C2I
GATJ
1S
422C
281C
002C
23SD
RORRE
NMULOC
3
33
82SD
37R
13SD
13
72SD
23
02
NAHTAN
03
SUTATS
51SD
61SD
12
21SD
42SD
41SD
62SD
22
27R
522C
022R
61
1J
512C
23132
915
00
1
051C
612C
30
07R
0
20
81SD
8SD
10
71SD
7SD
22A
1A
22A
1A
22A
1A
22A
1A
52U
61U
2_141R
3_141R
4_141R
38R
11PS
41_8R
41_9R
28R
84PT
DNG
4_4U
3_4U
2_4U
1_4U
9PT
DNG
BG
DG
2J
4J
6J
24R
83R
8
41PT 21PT
93R
29R
622R
722R
422R
322R
222R
522R
19C
21_61PS
88 P
88 N
21_3PS
21_4PS
21_1PS
78 N
78 P
9_41PS
9_71PS
9_51PS
47 P
47 N
96 N
3J
96 P
9_61PS
9_3PS
17 N
17 P
8_4PS
8_1PS
42 P
42 N
8_61PS
8_3PS
13 N
13 P
7_4PS
7_1PS
61 P
61 N
81 P
81 N
31 N
31 P
7_2PS
6_51PS
51 N
51 P
6_41PS
6_71PS
2Y
822R
39C
21_35C
21_91L
21_45R
21_35R
21_15R
122R
8J
1LF
78C
21_41PS
21_71PS
74C
21_51PS
39 N
39 P
59 N
51PT 59 P
DNG
09 P
09 N
58 N
58 P
21_2PS
11_51PS
11_41PS
11_71PS
11_61PS
01_51PS
11_2PS
28 P
28 N
11_4PS
11_1PS
08 P
08 N
11_3PS
01_41PS
01_71PS
77 N
77 P
01_61PS
01_3PS
97 N
97 P
27 P
27 N
01_4PS
01_1PS
9_2PS
8_51PS
66 P
66 N
9_4PS
9_1PS
46 P
46 N
92 N
92 P
8_41PS
8_71PS
62 P
62 N
12 N
12 P
8_2PS
7_51PS
32 N
32 P
7_41PS
7_71PS
7_61PS
7_3PS
8 P
8 N
6_61PS
6_3PS
6_4PS
6_1PS
01 P
01 N
2 P
2 N
5_4PS
5_1PS
0 P
0 N
5_61PS
5_3PS
7 N
7 P
5_41PS
5_71PS
5 N
5 P
6_2PS
5_51PS
21_4C
21_4L
21_4R
21_1R
21_2R
11_91L
11_45R
11_35R
11_35C
11_15R
11_4C
11_4L
11_1R
11_2R
11_4R
01_15R
01_35C
01_91L
01_45R
01_35R
01_4C
01_4L
01_1R
01_2R
01_4R
9_35C
9_91L
9_35R
9_45R
9_15R
9_4C
9_4L
9_1R
9_2R
9_4R
8_35R
8_35C
8_91L
8_45R
8_15R
8_4R
8_4C
8_4L
8_1R
8_2R
7_15R
7_35R
7_35C
7_91L
7_45R
7_4C
7_4L
7_1R
7_2R
7_4R
6_35C
38C
21_65C
19R
71
61
84
21_2L
21_5L
21_12L
21_6L
21_1L
21_42L
21_22L
21_32L
1L
11_65C
9_65C
8_65C
03A
02U
28833
915
2U
11_42L
11_5L
11_12L
11_6L
11_1L
9_42L
01_2L
9_32L
9_22L
01_5L
01_12L
01_6L
01_1L
9_5L
9_12L
9_6L
9_1L
8_12L
8_6L
8_1L
8_42L
9_2L
8_32L
8_22L
8_5L
7_42L
8_2L
7_32L
7_22L
7_5L
7_12L
7_6L
7_1L
6_42L
7_2L
6_32L
6_22L
6_12L
6_6L
6_1L
6_5L
5_42L
6_2L
5_32L
5_22L
5_1L
5_6L
5_12L
5_2L
06C
42
21_8T
21_9T
21_3T
21_2T
21_65R
21_6R
11_8T 11_65R
11_9T
11_6R
01_8T 01_65R
11_2T
11_3T
01_9T
01_3T
9_3T
9_9T
01_6R
9_8T 9_65R
01_2T
8_3T
8_2T
9_6R
8_8T 8_65R
9_2T
8_9T
7_8T
7_9T
7_3T
6_9T
8_6R
7_65R
7_6R
6_8T 6_65R
7_2T
6_3T
5_8T
6_2T
5_9T
5_3T
5_2T
5_5L
1A
661R
902R 012R
7LF
2RV
52
01A
21_02L
21_3L
21_2C
11_02L 11_32L
11_22L
11_2C
11_3L
01_2C
9_02L
9_2C
8_3L
6_2C
5_65C
5_02L
5_3L
5_4C
5_4L
5_1R
5_2R
5_2PS 5_2C
01_42L
11_2L
01_02L 01_32L
01_22L
01_65C
01_3L
9_3L
8_02L
8_2C
7_02L
7_65C
6_02L
7_2C
7_3L
6_3L
6_15R
6_91L
6_45R 6_65C
6_35R
6_4R
6_4C
6_4L
6_1R
6_2R
5_15R
5_91L
5_45R
5_35R
5_35C
5_4R
#LENNAHC /YTIRALOP
TUPNI GOLANA
52PT
DNG
6_6R
5_65R
5_6R
SP12
84
6U
72U
032R
7U
95C
21_44C
1RV
21_06R
21_85C
21_95R
21_75C
6LF
3V3
21_43R
21_8C
21_12R
21_5C
21_22R
21_6C
11_06R
11_85C
11_95R
11_75C
11_43R
11_8C
11_12R
11_5C
11_22R
11_6C
01_06R
01_85C
01_95R
01_75C
01_43R
01_8C
01_12R
01_5C
01_22R
01_6C
9_06R
9_85C
9_95R
9_75C
9_43R
9_8C
9_12R
9_5C
9_22R
9_6C
8_06R
8_85C
8_95R
8_75C
8_43R
8_8C
8_12R
8_5C
8_22R
8_6C
7_06R
7_85C
7_95R
7_75C
7_43R
7_8C
7_12R
7_5C
7_22R
7_6C
6_06R
6_85C
6_95R
6_75C
6_43R
6_8C
6_12R
6_5C
6_22R
6_6C
5_06R
5_85C
5_95R
5_75C
5_43R
5_8C
5_12R
5_5C
5_22R
5_6C
C119
35C
61
03C
92C
42
65C
DNG
65PT
52
84
84
52
11_83C
05R
31U
42
23
23C
13C
33
84
33C
43C
1A
94
4U
5U
21_83C 21_24C
21_14C 21_93C 86R
21_92C
21_62C
11_04C
11_73C
9_83C
96R
11_92C
11_62C
01_04C
01_83C 01_93C
01_73C
01_92C
01_62C
9_04C
9_73C
9_92C
9_62C
8_83C
8_04C
8_73C
8_92C
76R
8_62C
7_04C
7_83C
7_73C
8_93C
8_24C
5_82C
5_52C
42
81C
51C
41C
11C
21C
9U 31C
5_93C 8U
5_24C
6_82C
6_52C
61C
11U 71C
11_93C
11_24C
21_82C
21_52C
62R
11_82C
11_52C
01_24C
01U
01_82C
01_52C
9_93C
9_24C
9_82C
9_52C
61R
7_93C
7_24C
8_82C
8_52C
8R
7_82C
7_92C
7_52C
7_62C
6_93C
6_04C
6_83C 6_24C
6_73C
5_92C
5_62C
6_92C
66R
6_62C
5_04C
5_83C
5_73C
C96
121C
4_241R
1BA
22BA
3_241R
1BA
22BA
2_241R
1BA
1_241R
22BA
1BA
22BA
811C
4_1U
3_1U
2_1U
1_1U
4_541R
3_541R
2_541R
1_541R
711C
1A
22A
22A
1A
1A
22A
1A
22A
42PT
DNG
6PT
DNG
5PT
MP12
001C
4_641R
1BA
3_641R
2_641R
1_641R
22BA
1BA
22BA
1BA
22BA
DNG
14PT
DNG
1BA
22BA
L2_15
51_4L
51_2R
51_5C
51_52R 51_5R
51_11C
51_01C
8PM
51_51C
1A
22A
22A
1A
1A
22A
1A
22A
51_1U
51_23C
51_62C
51_81C
51_3LF
51_6R
51_31R
51_21R
51_9C
51_52C
51_71C
51_32C
32U
42U
51_8C
51_13C
51_41C
51_1Q
51_1L
51_3Q
4_051R
1BA
7PM
933C
043C
1BA
22BA
2_051R
3_051R
22BA
C12_15
1_051R
1BA
22BA
1BA
22BA
5PM
51_3L
6V3
4_9U
3_9U
2_9U
1_9U
1V8_COL0
V42
41_3L
4_351R
3_351R
2_351R
1_351R
31_42C
31_82C
31_4LF
31_3LF
41_42C
31_1LF
31_3L
41_4L
31_72C
41_72C
41_1LF
41_4LF
41_82C
41_3LF
82PT
63PT
93PT
22PT
DNG
DNG
DNG
DNG
83PM
1A
22A
22A
1A
1A
22A
1A
22A
L4_13
3Q
31_02C
41_02C
31_91C
73PM
41_91C
AWP
4_831R
1BA
22BA
3_831R
1BA
2_831R
1_831R
22BA
1BA
22BA
1BA
22BA
31_12C
41_22C
41_12C
C23_13
C18_13
D1_15
R4_15
R24_15
FL1_15
51_03C
51_22R
51_01R
51_02R
51_11R
51_41R
1_941R
2_941R
3_941R
4_941R
51_4Q 51_2Q 51_5611_C7R
5V1
4_2U
3_2U
2_2U
1_2U
FL4_15
51_13C
51_41C
51_1L
5PM
51_3L
6V3
41_3L
1A
22A
22A
1A
1A
22A
1_831R
1BA
22BA
31_9R
31_8R
41_2L
31_1L
41_31C
63PM
1_141R
63
73
42
52
44PM
31_51R
31_91R
31_12R
31_92C
41_51R
41_91R
41_12R
41_92C
5Q
31_21C
31_1D
41_1D
41_21C
141C
53PM
84
31
21
31_3C
31_4R
31_42R
31_1U
31_1C
31_4C
31_9C
31_2C
31_1R
31_13C
41_7C
41_3R
41_6C
41_2C
41_4R 41_1R
41_42R
4D
3D
81U
71U
62U
2
21
9SD
01
02SD
11
01SD
22SD
31 03SD
17R
2
0LOC
8V1
62PT
91SD
51R
291R
981R
12SD
32SD
171R
961R
11SD
1LOC
8V1
91PT
24PT
5V2
XR
61PT
5V1
2LOC
8V1
71PT
3LOC
8V1
81PT
TGM
5V2
35PT
XT
TGM
5V2
V42
56PT
6V3
72PT
DDV
CDA
55PT
3V3
45PT
25PT
01PT
N_GIRT
_XT
1DEL
31SD
3DEL
52SD
371R
2DEL
4DEL
3SD
5DEL
7DEL
6DEL
9DEL
FIDG
402R
8DEL
212R
11PT
N_TESER
771R
2SD
ENOD
7R
11R
TINI
1SD
9R
0DEL
21R FIDG
93C
91U
C2I
GATJ
51
12U
1S
422C
281C
002C
33
82SD
23SD
13
72SD
23
37R
RORRE
NMULOC
3
951C
13SD
02
21SD
NAHTAN
51SD
03
SUTATS
61SD
12
22
42SD
41SD
62SD
32
27R
522C
022R
61
1J
512C
23132
915
20
00
1
051C
612C
07R
0
30
81SD
8SD
10
71SD
7SD
22A
1A
22A
1A
22A
1A
22A
1A
52U
61U
2_141R
3_141R
4_141R
38R
11PS
41_8R
41_9R
84PT
DNG
28R
4_4U
3_4U
2_4U
1_4U
C32_13
51_9C
51_1Q
4_051R
4_351R
3_351R
2_351R
1A
22A
C6_13 R3_13
51_1U
51_52C
51_71C
51_32C
7PM
043C
933C
4_9U
3_9U
2_9U
1_351R
C15_13 R7_13 Q2_13
C16_13
R14_13
R11_13 R20_13
R10_13
R22_13
C30_13
R13_13
R12_13
C10_13
C11_13
R5_13 R25_13
C5_13
R2_13 MP29
C8_13
51_2R
51_5C
51_52R 51_5R
51_11C
51_01C
51_3LF
51_81C
51_62C
42U
32U
1BA
22BA
2_051R
3_051R
1BA
22BA
1BA
22BA
1_051R
1_9U
C232
R15_15
R19_15
R21_15
C29_15
R8_15
C27_15
D1_15
1BA
22BA
C8_13
51_03C
51_22R
51_01R
51_02R
51_11R
51_41R
8PM
22A
1A
22A
1A
22A
MP30
MP33
REV 1
5301001-3
51_4Q 51_2Q 51_5611_C7R
5V1
1A
4_941R
2_941R
1_941R
1A
1BA
4_2U
2_2U
1_2U
3_941R
22A
2_641R
3_641R
1BA
22BA
1BA
22BA
3_2U
22BA
DNG
14PT
DNG
1_641R
1BA
22BA
Q1_14
C15_13 R7_13 Q2_13
C16_13
R14_13
R11_13 R20_13
R10_13
R22_13
C30_13
R13_13
R12_13
C7_13
MP31
MP32
C14_13 R6_13
Q3_13
Q2_14 Q4_14
24R
83R
622R
722R
422R
21_61PS
21_3PS
58 N
58 P
01_51PS
17 N
17 P
9_41PS
9_71PS
9_51PS
47 P
47 N
96 N
3J
96 P
9_4PS
9_1PS
9_2PS
8_51PS
66 P
66 N
8_61PS
8_3PS
42 P
42 N
32 N
32 P
61 P
61 N
31 N
31 P
7_2PS
6_51PS
21_15R
122R
8J
322R
222R
522R
1LF
19C
78C
21_41PS
21_71PS
74C
21_51PS
39 N
39 P
59 N
51PT 59 P
DNG
88 P
88 N
09 P
09 N
21_4PS
21_1PS
21_2PS
11_51PS
11_4PS
11_1PS
08 P
08 N
11_3PS
11_61PS
78 N
78 P
11_41PS
11_71PS
28 P
28 N
11_2PS
01_61PS
01_3PS
97 N
97 P
01_41PS
01_71PS
77 N
77 P
27 P
27 N
01_4PS
01_1PS
9_61PS
9_3PS
46 P
46 N
92 N
92 P
13 N
13 P
8_41PS
8_71PS
8_4PS
8_1PS
62 P
62 N
12 N
12 P
8_2PS
7_51PS
7_41PS
7_71PS
7_61PS
7_3PS
6_41PS
6_71PS
51 N
51 P
6_61PS
6_3PS
8 P
8 N
6_4PS
6_1PS
5 N
5 P
2 P
2 N
5_4PS
5_1PS
0 P
0 N
5_61PS
5_3PS
7 N
7 P
5_41PS
5_71PS
C26_14
R23_13
U1_14
C9_14
C15_14 R7_14
C32_14
C16_14
R11_14 R20_14
R10_14 R22_14
R14_14
C30_14
C10_14
R25_14
R5_14 C11_14
C5_14
C1_14 R2_14
C3_14 C4_14
C31_14
C19_15
C21_15
9
2J
4J
01 P
01 N
6_2PS
5_51PS
#LENNAHC /YTIRALOP
TUPNI GOLANA
52PT
DNG
MP34
R6_14
C14_14
Q3_14
C17_13
C25_13
C17_14
C25_14
C20_15
C22_15
MP11
MP10
MP9
MP30
C106
29.
Y
L1_14
FL2_13
FL2_14
1V8_COL1
1V8_COL3
MP39
MP4
MP27
MP26
MP6
MP25
MP40
24V
1V8_COL2
R9_15
C24_15
C28_15
C6_13 R3_13
R23_13
C13_15
FL2_15
24V
C23_13
C18_13
R4_15
R24_15
FL1_15
C12_15
1
9PT
DNG
5161631
GFI 2
U40
48
U41
48
C28
DS6
DS4 R198 DS5
C82
R23_14
C40
FL4_15
R15_15
R19_15
R21_15
C29_15
R8_15
C27_15
C10_13
C11_13
R5_13 R25_13
C5_13
R2_13 MP29
C7_13
MP31
L2_13
A
C36 C23
C27
R233
C23_14
C18_14
DRX5
5301040-x
R165
C276
C8_14
24
25
24
25
C333
C338
C149
R12_14
R13_14
C145
DS29
U3
BAR CODE
C259
C107
Y
5301040-5
DRX 5
(R1.0.6 or later)
Q1_14
C116
SP13
R207
C94
C163
K10
C209
C19_15
C21_15
C32_13
C15_14 R7_14
C32_14
MP32
C14_13 R6_13
Q3_13
Q2_14 Q4_14
C16_14
R11_14 R20_14
R10_14 R22_14
R14_14
C30_14
C10_14
R25_14
R5_14 C11_14
C5_14
R2_14
U1_14
C9_14
C1_14
C3_14 C4_14
C31_14
C107
U1_5
C237
C289
C287
C26_14
C17_13
C25_13
C17_14
C25_14
C20_15
C22_15
MP11
MP10
MP9
10
A
B
C
D
E
F
L1_14
FL2_13
FL2_14
1V8_COL1
1V8_COL3
MP39
R9_15
C24_15
C28_15
REV 1
5301001-3
C13_15
FL2_15
24V
MP4
MP27
MP26
MP6
MP25
MP40
24V
1V8_COL2
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
E
F
19
C51
C227
C272
C238
TP62
U1_12
U1_11
TP61
U1_10
U1_9
TP60
U1_8
U1_7
U1_6
TP59
41
C233
60
C147
C310
C63_12
C62_12
C37_12
C40_12
C33_12
C36_12
C43_12 C32_12
C27_12 C31_12
C30_12 C34_12
C33_11
C36_11
C228
C41_11
C47_12
61
60
40
40
C61_12
C63_11
C62_11
C7_12 C59_12
C60_12
R33_12 R61_12 R62_12
C7_11 C59_11
C60_11
R33_11 R61_11 R62_11
20
21
41
20
41
C47_11
61
60
21
40
C44_11
C44_10
C32_10
C61_11
C63_10
C62_10
C43_11 C32_11
C27_11 C31_11
C30_11 C34_11
C33_10
C36_10
C47_10
61
60
21
40
C43_10
C27_10 C31_10
C34_10
C30_10
C33_9
C36_9
C44_9
C61_10
C63_9
C62_9
C7_10 C59_10
C60_10
R33_10 R61_10 R62_10
C60_9
R62_9
C7_9 C59_9
R33_9 R61_9
C41_10
C41_9
C41_8
20
41
20
C47_9
61
60
C32_9
C43_9
C31_9
C34_9
C44_8
21
40
C27_9
C30_9
C33_8
C36_8
C59_8 C60_8
R61_8 R62_8
C32_8
C61_9
C63_8
C62_8
C61_8
C63_7
C47_8
61
60
21
40
C43_8
C31_8
C34_8
C33_7
C36_7
C44_7
C32_7
41
41
C62_7
C27_8
C30_8
C47_7
61
60
C7_8
R33_8
C7_7 C59_7 C60_7
R61_7 R62_7
R33_7
20
41
20
21
40
C61_7
C63_6
C62_6
C43_7
C31_7
C34_7
C44_6
C32_6
C41_7
C41_6
C41_5
C27_7
C30_7
C33_6
C36_6
C27_6
C30_6
21
20
41
C47_6
61
60
C43_6
C31_6
C34_6
C44_5
C33_5
C36_5
C47_5
61
C61_6
C63_5
C62_5
C7_6 C59_6
C60_6
R33_6 R61_6 R62_6
C60_5
R62_5
C59_5
R61_5
C7_5
R33_5
C57
C61_5
40
21
20
C32_5
C43_5
C31_5
C34_5
C27_5
C30_5
C54_12
C54_11
C55_12
R52_12
R3_12
C3_12
R52_11
R3_11
C3_11
C1_12
C55_11
C1_11
C55_10
R52_10
C54_10
R3_10
C3_10
R52_9
C54_9
R3_9
C3_9
C1_10
C55_9
C1_9
C55_8
R52_8
C54_8
R3_8
C3_8
R52_7
C54_7
R3_7
C3_7
C1_8
C55_7
C1_7
C55_6
C48
A
B
C
D
E F1
A
B
C
D
E
F 25
R52_6
C54_6
R3_6
C3_6
R52_5
C54_5
R3_5
C3_5
C1_6
C55_5
C1_5
C96
3
28.
MP34
R6_14
C14_14
Q3_14
MP33
DS6
DS4 R198 DS5
C82
R23_14
C40
C28
L2_13
A
C27
R233
C23_14
C18_14
DRX5
5301040-x
R165
C276
C36 C23
Y
U3
U40
C149
R12_14
R13_14
C145
DS29
C259
C8_14
24
25
24
25
48
U41
48
BAR CODE
C333
C338
C237
C289
C287
C232
3
DRX 3.1
(R1.0.6 or later)
5301040-4
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5301040-5
See: Table 9-22 "DRX Boards Compatible
Configurations - 5205000-4 and earlier consoles" on
page 9-58 for DRX compatibility.
27.
SP13
K10
R207
C94
C163
C116
Y
A
B
C
D
E
F
C227
C272
C238
TP62
U1_12
TP61
U1_10
TP60
TP59
41
C233
60
C147
C310
C63_12
C62_12
A
B
C
D
E
F
19
C51
C209
10
3
5301040-3
DRX 3
9 - 55
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
SP12
C7_12 C59_12
C60_12
R33_12 R61_12 R62_12
C37_12
C40_12
C33_12
C36_12
C43_12 C32_12
C27_12 C31_12
C30_12 C34_12
C33_11
C36_11
C228
C41_11
C47_12
61
60
40
40
U1_11
C61_12
C63_11
C62_11
20
21
41
20
41
C61_11
C63_10
C47_11
61
60
21
40
C44_11
C44_10
C32_10
C43_10
C27_10 C31_10
C34_10
C30_10
C62_10
C7_11 C59_11
C60_11
R33_11 R61_11 R62_11
C7_10 C59_10
C60_10
R33_10 R61_10 R62_10
C43_11 C32_11
C27_11 C31_11
C30_11 C34_11
C33_10
C36_10
C47_10
61
60
C61_10
C63_9
C62_9
21
40
U1_9
C33_9
C36_9
C44_9
C32_9
C41_10
C41_9
C41_8
20
41
20
C47_9
61
60
C60_9
R62_9
C7_9 C59_9
R33_9 R61_9
C44_8
C61_9
C63_8
C62_8
C43_9
C31_9
C34_9
C33_8
C36_8
C59_8 C60_8
R61_8 R62_8
C32_8
21
40
U1_8
C27_9
C30_9
C47_8
61
60
C43_8
C31_8
C34_8
C27_8
C30_8
C33_7
C36_7
C44_7
C61_8
C63_7
C62_7
21
40
U1_7
C7_8
R33_8
C60_7
C7_7 C59_7
R61_7 R62_7
R33_7
41
41
C32_7
C43_7
C31_7
C34_7
20
41
20
C47_7
61
60
C61_7
C63_6
C62_6
21
40
21
C27_7
C30_7
C33_6
C36_6
C44_6
C32_6
C41_7
C41_6
C41_5
C47_6
61
60
C43_6
C31_6
C34_6
C47_5
61
20
41
C27_6
C30_6
C33_5
C36_5
C44_5
C61_6
C63_5
C62_5
U1_6
U1_5
C7_6 C59_6
C60_6
R33_6 R61_6 R62_6
C60_5
R62_5
C59_5
R61_5
C7_5
R33_5
C57
C61_5
40
21
20
C32_5
C43_5
C31_5
C34_5
C27_5
C30_5
C54_12
C54_11
C55_12
R52_12
R3_12
C3_12
R52_11
R3_11
C3_11
C1_12
C55_11
C1_11
C55_10
R52_10
C54_10
R3_10
C3_10
R52_9
C54_9
R3_9
C3_9
C1_10
C55_9
C1_9
C55_8
R52_8
C54_8
R3_8
C3_8
R52_7
C54_7
R3_7
C3_7
C1_8
C55_7
C1_7
C55_6
C48
A
B
C
D
E F1
A
B
C
D
E
F 25
R52_6
C54_6
R3_6
C3_6
R52_5
C54_5
R3_5
C3_5
C1_6
C55_5
C1_5
A
B
C
D
FRU
26.
QTY
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
PART NAME
ITEM
Card Rack parts 8 of 11 (Continued)
Table 9-21
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
U75
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62.
P1
TP63
2
J11
R709
U11
U12
C831
C365
Q22
C163
TP70
TP69
C175
C169
25
48
25
U28
U20
24
24
AB1
AB22
Q9
U61
A1
A22
1
DS11
Q12
TP38
DS1
Q2
C688
D15
U26
TP2
U89
Q7
FL55
TP8
FL54
U21
FL52
FL53
U116
U117
TP4
C706
Q6
C678
AR9
C683
TP3
C681
22
U110
24
C730
J5
FL3
TSIG_OUT
TP4
U5
P1
U6
2
16
22
C51 C54
C10
TP8
C14
R7
C15
6VPA
C29
C50
C33 C26 TP10 R5
R8
C37
C44
C47
TRS119
C58
C18
U16
TP3 15VNA
R1
FL5
Q7
C38
R21
C67
Q1
FL10
C63
Q10
U24
FL11
C89
BAR CODE
MRX
5393908
C265
C917
CH144
C39
C31
25
48
25
48
25
U22
U38
U2
U26
U42
24
24
AB1
AB22
AB1
AB22
Q4
U1
TP12
GND
A1
A22
A22
A1
NATHAN 0
NAT0
DS1
DS2
Q3
C993
C21
TP7
1V2 NAT0
Q2
BD2 CHIP0
DS4
U12
D1
C40
U8
U3
C48
C121
C2
Q5
U25
25
25
48
48
AR2
U7
U9
FL9
C43
FL2
FL1
R17
AR3
R18
U17
2
U31
TP6
R249
U4
AR6
U19
U130
C1015
C1014
R244
TP14
U18
U35
C83
C86
R41
C1
13
U129
U20
C3
VR1
AR1
C319
C23
C117
C105
J9
A9
VR7
1V8_MVP
R50
R64
C127
C119
R31
R30
R74 R78
R73 R77
R72 R76
R71 R75
C142
C140
AFE 213
C147
C146
R79 R84 R85
C145
C151
C150
AFE 212
R86 R87
C125
C153
C154
R539
R88
C164
C62
C157
R91
C163
R92
TP32 2V5_AFE
U59
AFE 211
C141
C159
C167
C169
R170
BD3 CHIP2
R353_6
C178
AFE 210
C174_6 R351_6
R350_6
R346_6
C182
AFE 209
U58_6
R104 R108
R103 R107
R102 R106
R101 R105
R345_6
R330_6
U57_6
TRS108
R94
U63
C187
R354_6
R96
R309_6
R343_6
R334_6 R328_6
R326_6
C4
C35
R316_6
C151_6
TRS107
R110
C186
C192
C190
C197
C198
R169
AFE 208
U52_6
R362_6
C200
AFE 207
1V8 DSP
PCIRSTN
SP31_6
22
J5
15
R23
C203
R234_6
R227_6
R689
e1
AFE 206
PS2_6 TP20_6
GRSTN
R211_6 TP37_6
DSP RESET
STAT N6
U32_6
A17
TRS105
C199
U68
R129
R123
R122
R121
R120
C317_6
C310_6
R511_6
C103_6
FL21_6
C219
TRS104
C220
AFE 205
R134
R117
R127
R126
R125
R124
C217
R822
R828
FL22_6
R141
R140
R139
R138
R137
R136
R135
TRS103
AFE 204
C228
AFE 203
TP43
TRS102
C222
C227
5VPA
R151
R152
C231
3V3PA
TP49
R130
SDA
20
22
10
25
J2
15
J1
11
22
F E D C B A
C91
U36
C122
U43
C115
C112
U40
C101
C96
C205
C201
C195
F E D C B A
ASSEMBLED IN
R156
AFE 202
C244
BD1 CHIP3
R829
TRS101
C236 C241
C243
U87
U93
C254
C257
C861
C975
C255 C258
AFE 201
U97
R155
C880
AFE 200
C722 R821
R815
VR13
C987
R819
R832
C973
C263
C260
C977
C884
VR12
F E D C B A
U1_6
540
2615
J7
11
J6
15
25
R154
R153
C237
U92
11
J4
R24
A16
T16
U86
R315_6
TRS106
C101_6
C98_6
R830
25
U11
24
C92
C137
C106
R49
R52
R54
R56
R58
R60
R62
R66
C955
C149
C148
C143
C144
C138
AJ29
C158
C160
SP35_6
C74
PA TEMP
TP9
25
C71
C61
VR4
48
AR5 U15
C60
C131
J1 U45
A1
R357_6
C152_6 AJ1
C153_6
C149_6
U17 A1
C144_6
C150_6 R310_6
U1
C100
VR6
A1
AP1
L1
C120
AFE 214
U54
A29
R360_6
C165
R361_6 R359_6 R358_6
TP25
FPGA SQ PIN
R48
R51
R53
R55
R57
C123 R59
R61
R11
R65
R68
C129
25
48 U28
ADPRBCD
14
P2
C110
A11
D5 Q6
C52
C49
24
C109
TP20
SYNC
24
D4
24
U44
C173_6
C166
A1
C194
R508_6
VR8_6
C235
540
2616
U91
U37
AFE 215
C155
A1
A1
FL27_6
R321_6
R313_6
C145_6
TP31_6
TP13_6
PCIE RSTN
C193
TP19_6
U70
T1
C234 TP45
SCL
TP54
3V3D
FL96
CP
R693
C863
R713
SP5
C862
R730
U96
R729
R728 R831
C988
C989
R178 R179
R161
R142
R143
R144
R145
R148 DSP SFT RST
TP42
R149
U82
A1
DSP CORE
TP40
DS13
C218
U85
U78
Q21
24
U29_6
TP36
R312_6
R355_6
C130
D3
TP5
FL7
C41 C42
U13
U30
D2
U21
TP18
TTRIG
R1
AP34
C128
C108
TP19
TXTRIG
C107
C116 A1
A34
FL29_6
DS12
PCIE PWR GOOD
Y1
DS11
U84
R160
C233
TP53
2V5D
U105
C90
R67
TRS109
48
25
U67
Q20
U73
C232
Y3
C87
C118
FL28_6
Q18
Q19
U76
DSP_POR_N R133
TP36_6
Q24
25
36
R159
24
37
Q26
C99
R45
C114
TRS110
BD3 CHIP2
NAT4
DS9
DS10
C995
C208
TP39
1V2 NAT4
NAT5
DS14 DS15
BD2 CHIP2
TP22
R36 R40
R35 R39
R34 R38
R33 R37
Q12
C994
NAT2
DS5
DS6
TP24
1V2 NAT2
BD1 CHIP0
C171
TP33
1V2 NAT3
C1006
Q15
NAT3
DS7
DS8
Q14
Q9
C1005
C69
TP17
1V2 NAT1
NAT1
DS3
BD3 CHIP0
Q8
NATHAN 1
Q11
BD1 CHIP1
NATHAN 2
TP27
GND
NATHAN 3
BD2 CHIP2
Q17
Q23
NATHAN 4
R177
540
2614
DS16
13
48
R175
3V3CLK
TP55
TP52
1V7_CON
R818
C843
12
U102
R44
A1
A22
A1
A22
A1
A22
C1007
C239
TP48
1V2 NAT5
D7
D6
BD1 CHIP2
R29
C79
32
64
49
16
24
25
NATHAN 5
C84
C104
TRS111
64
A22
A1
U104
TP56
GND
U33
C97
TRS120
U80
48
PWB
33
U65
16
48
17
5 3 93 9 0 9 RE V 4
49
U115
C80
AB1
48
49
AB22
33
16
U55
64
AB1
17
AB22
32
AB1
48
33
32 R824 R825 R826 R827
17
AB22 R823
Q27
U29
C77
TRS121
24
24
24
24
U114
U100
R27
AFE 216
U57
U66
U83
AB1
AB22
U113
C78
U39
48
U64
U53
48
25
48
U75
C261
C270
VR3
C98
TRS122
C176
C174
TP31
AFE_DIN
U62
C212
25
48
U112
U99
C940
BD2 CHIP1
C94
TRS123
C139
AFE_SCLK
TP29
CH112
C181
C210
C216
TP44
AFE
SCLK
C246
C252
C266
U95
C225 U77
C223
25
C135
U50
C134
TP23
AFE_DIN
CH208
CH120
U88
C250
CH48
CH32
C925
U10
C57
C75
C85
CH160
AFE_SCLK
TP21
CH216
C136
CH200
CH192
C179
CH104
CH96
AFE_SCLK
TP37
TP38
AFE_DIN
U81
1V8D_ADC1
TP41
U72
CH80
C214
CH88
CH72
CH64
TP46
CH56 AFE_DIN
1V8_ADC1
TP51
CH40
U34
TP15
AFE
SCLK
C55
C45
C25
TP2
AFE_DIN
AFE_SCLK
TP1
CH154
CH136
CH128
U23
CH176
C81
C72
CH184 AFTPE1_6 DIN
CH168
AFE 217
TRS116
TP37_6
C942
AFE 218
TRS117
H
U29_6
FL15
U110
AFE 219
R42
FL12
C152
U49
R95
FL14
R150
TP47
C242
GND
TP50
C268 U107 C937
C956
C59
R43
R25
R26
C66
GND
R46
R47
C103
U41
C65
U32
C82
C76
C93
C95
C102
C111
C113
U60
U56
U58
U48
VGA R63
FLT
Q13
TP26
C132
U52
U47
C162
R93
C173
C64
TRS118
C245
C168
U61
FL13
C188
TP34
GND
R109
Q16
R116
Q22
TP35
3V3PA
C248
R22
VR8
VR5 C88
VR2
C53 C56
U27
U46
U51
C156
C161
C183
C177
C180
C184
R111
R112
C185 C191
C189
U69
C213
R128
C253
Q25
U106
FL97
R81
R100
VR9
VR10
C206
C204
C196
C202
R131
R132
C221
C224
C226
U79
C229
VR11 C230
R158
R162
R164
C247
R685
C249
C259
R760
C262
TP57
2V5
R12 R16
R11 R15
R10 R14
R9 R13
J8
TP11
J11 5V_JTAG
A B C D E F
15
R80
J12
J3
U71
U74
U90
U94
U98
AFE 220
15
U47
F E D C B A
C244
C60
C229
C40
U50
U62
C785
C781
PWA
R99
TP30
GND
TP28
TXTRIG
22
J9
A B C D E F
K1
C829
J10
FL16
C1017
25
R218
11
15
25
J2
10
20
22
J4
11
R216
C626
C630
C669
C665
C663
C668
C627
C623
F E D C B A
C820
C225
C804
C822
R3
VR7
U31
C448
C749
R648
R652
R653
R656
R657
R662
R663
R665
U48
C760
C629
C625
C661
C666
C667
C662
AJ29
C624
C628
J1
U1_6
U89
T1
AFE 221
C455
C449
VR20
A9
J9
C458
AP1
A1
R315_6
R316_6
A16
T16
22
C101_6
C98_6
C153_6
R234_6
C152_6 AJ1
C149_6
A1
R227_6
U84
J7
15
25
F E D C B A
R97
48
25
SP18
SP24
C501
U115
FL56
U105
AR2
R240
U123
R357_6
R310_6
C144_6
U32_6
A17
U118
U119
U122
11
FL8
AR4
R289
U120
R244
C622
13
R409
VR10
J1
A1
C150_6
U17
C784
J6
TRS112
25
14
U107
SP17
C710
SP21
C709
R563
48
R561
P2
TP7
U108
C773
C774
R288
A1
T1
R705
U112
TP13
U86
TP1
C756
C857
SP31_6
R211_6
TP21
U14
TP56
R24
R23
U14
U106
C738
C743
D10 D8
24 2
U111
24
C775
TP11
C757
C753 R685
R684
R683
R682
A11
R673
C752 R672
R671
R11 R670
R646
C750
U13
FL30_6
C173_6 A29 U57_6
C457
TP13_6
PS2_6
VR8_6
TP10
R482
R446
R481
R188
R486
R477
TP22
R19
C844
Y1
BD3 CHIP1
D14
24
U121
TP20_6
R704
C852
TP29
U85
U113
Y2
R22
TP55
SP7
TP46
AFE 222
U23
D9
U34
C748
R326_6
R330_6
R345_6
R350_6
C174_6
R355_6
C535
TP15
24
C48
C854
Y4
U124
C46
U87
25
48
48
25
TP9
C755
A1
R1
AP34
C941
C754
A1
R353_6
DS22
25
C246
C759
R354_6
A1
AR3
R313_6
A1
C151_6
FL27_6 C145_6
R312_6
R309_6
C459
C620
R526
TP19_6 TP31_6
U1
U66
R706
R613
37
24
C32
C739
VR8
C783
A34
FL29_6
FL28_6
Y3
DS26
U22
48
DS27
25
Q26
VR9
U81
Q30
U82
U65
R495
TP57
TP20
U125
36
Q31
TP36_6
C10
13
48
C36
15VPA
Q4
DS3
Q10
DS9
TP36
DS2
Q5
12
C17
C16
Q15
TP39
DS14
A
Q11
DS10
C608
Q13
DS12
TP40
Q14
DS13
DS16
Q3
TP37
Q17
TP41
DS18 DS4
Q19
D17
D16
R346_6
R334_6
R321_6
R351_6 R343_6
R328_6
24
U64
A1
TP44
A22
A1
A22
A1
A22
A1
A22
U35
L1
32
17
64
49
16
48
C847
16
NATHAN 2
33
U24
NATHAN 3
U1
48
64
NATHAN 4
17
U27
Q20
U90
C27
TP47
NATHAN 0
A22
A1
BAR CODE
NATHAN 1
5393908
48
5393909 REV
16
33
32
49
TP48
NATHAN 5
U73
U71
FL6
C28
AB1
AB22
AB1
49
AB22
64
AB1
17
AB22
32
AB1
48
33
AB22
C543
TRS113
24
24
24
24
AB1
AB22
C542
U74
FL4
U29
U19
U30
U18
U114
U17
U32
U16
U15
U33
C497
C8
C188
C182
TP67
48
25
48
25
48
25
48
25
48
C499
R2
FL30
C194
C186
TP68
C148
C145
C177
C168
C147
C144
C167
TP76
TP75
C181
C137
U69
AFE 223
C371
C344
C139
TP65
TP66
C162
TP71
TP72
C138
TP73
TP74
C173
C193
C185
C152
C143
U72
C13
C7
R258
C350
TP43
C377
C374 C368
C277
R250
C192
C190
C191
C189
C161
TP13
TP12
C482
C9
D7
C286
C283
C280
C356
FL27
C364
C343
TP23
C565
C566
U8
FL29
C551
C370
C353 C347
R255
U46
C243
U79
C373 C367
U80
C349
TP45
FL26
C363
C187
C498
C500
C6
C5
C262
C256
C220
C212
C376
TP5
U9
C276
C568
C567 U10
R248
C369
C352 C346
R252
FL28
FL9
C342
FL25
TP32
TP42
C202
C348
R694
C372 C366
C860
C351 C345
TP33
U70
TRS114
25
C261
C255
D6
C207
C197
C355
C275
C375
TP34
R695
R246
C479
C480
AR1
C733
C12
C11
16
11
15
J12
22
C285
C282
C279
C203
C200
D5
VR2
U6
C800
TRS115
R130
A B C D E F
J3
R128
C205
C201
C284
C281
C278
C772
C475
C529
C862
C478
C477
C802
C736
AR8
VR1
U88
C734
U109
TP61
C863
C861
C621
AFE 223
AFE 222
TP6
C391
C387
TP35
R270
R700
C395
C398
R701
C413
R269
15
R131
J8
J9
11
25
15
J10
22
C390
Replaces by 5393908-2
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62.
33.
FL21_6
C798
R508_6
SP35_6
FL22_6
R487
R485
R506
R488
R479
R107
R480
ASSEMBLED IN
U83
C776
R362_6
R361_6
R360_6
R359_6
R358_6
C103_6
R511_6
C310_6
C404
C392
C426
C411
C417
R447
C317_6
C940
R362 R361
R364 R363
R263 R264
R366 R365
R368 R367 C735
C419
C410
C402
C393
R524
C416
R272
R698
C396
R265
R370 R369
R372 R371
R374 R373
R376 R375
TP14
R266
C399
R378 R377
R380 R379
R382 R381
R384 R383
U58_6
U52_6
R702
C414
R271
R387 R386
R389 R388
R391 R390
R393 R392
C409
C394
R394 C400
R396
R268
R398
R400
R277
R699
C397
R267
R703
C415
R274
R395
R397
R399
R401
C427
C412
C418
R403 R402
R406 R404
R411 R410
R413 R412
C821
PWA
U41
U43
R257
R249
AFE 221
AFE 220
AFE 219
AFE 218
AFE 217
AFE 216
AFE 215
AFE 214
AFE 213
AFE 212
U38
U40
U37
AFE 211
AFE 210
AFE 209
AFE 208
AFE 207
AFE 206
AFE 205
R522
AFE 204
AFE 203
U39
U42
U36
R520
AFE 202
AFE 201
AFE 200
R129
K1
U76
5393908
R614
U77
U78
R147
R146
R139
R140
R710
U96
U93
U95
U49
U92
R253
R247
R251
R245
U94
U91
C354
R696
R697
115
TRS
TRS 114
FL1
TP60
U53
U44
TRS 113
TRS 112
TRS 119
TRS 118
TRS 117
S 116
TR
TRS 123
TRS 122
U52
U45
C221
C213
U4
U51
TRS 121
TRS 120
TRS 111
TRS 110
TRS 109
TRS 108
TRS 107
TRS 106
C260
C254
U25
U104
U103
TRS 105
TRS 104
TRS 103
TRS 102
TRS 101
TRS 100
C846
31.
PWB
30.
A B C D E F
T1
U54
U109
Y
U108
1
5393908-4
MRX non CW
(R3.1.2 or later)
25
Y
C483
1
5393908-2
MRX non CW
(R3.1.1 or later)
32.
U5
Y
U7
1
U3 U2
Y
MRX CW
Section 9-12 - Card Rack parts
9 - 56
1
GFI 2
with B Flow
Replaced by 5393908-4
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62.
FRU
5161631-2
QTY
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
PART NAME
ITEM
Card Rack parts 9 of 11 (Continued)
Table 9-21
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
U128
TRS100
C251
R176
C256
C267
C269
U111
C983
R811
C264
R168 R174
R167 R173
R166 R172
R165 R171
SP1_6
U103
U101
C798
C857
C797
Replaces by 5393908-2
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62.
TSIG_OUT
TP4
U5
P1
U6
2
C10
C15
Q1
C265
C917
AFE_SCLK
TP1
25
U22
U2
24
AB1
Q4
U1
NATHAN 0
A1
NAT0
DS1
DS2
U3
C2
AR2
U7
U9
FL1
AR3
TP6
U4
C1
C3
PA TEMP
TP9
C4
22
F E D C B A
C91
TP59
R206
R205
R199
R198
MP16
C175
C184
C51
C52
MP18
C2
MP34
Q7
Q1
MP35
C4
C9
MP36
C205
J12
TP2
R2
TP3
R1
J5
E D CB
37.
C12
C11
C9
TRS115
C6
C5
6VPA
C29
BD3 CHIP1
C18
TP3 15VNA
R1
FL5
FL10
MP19
C36
15VPA
C32
R97
CH154
C31
48
25
U10
C57
MP31
C51 C54
U26
24
BAR CODE
AB22
C53 C56
U24
R22
C64
C59
AFE 219
TP12
GND
BAR CODE
A22
A22
A1
C65
AFE 218
C63
C67
C89
FL11
Q3
DS4
Q9
C1005
D1
C40
U8
U12
C48
25
Q5
48
U25
25
48
FL9
FL2
C43
R17
R18
U17
2
U31
13
14
AR6
U19
C1014
R244
U130
C1015
R249
TP14
U18
MRX
5393908
C77
R27
C60
U20
VR1
AR1
C319
C23
C61
VR4
48
AR5 U15
U129
25
C71
C62
C97
R44
C35
J5
AFE 216
U37
PWB
L1
C99
R45
C87
PWA
C121
R67
AFE 215
C105
C117
R64
1V8_MVP
R50
C120
C127
C119
R30
R31
MP15
C181
MP1
GND
TP60
GND
TP44
R53
FL11
FL16
R92
L11
C57
FL13
FL15
FL9
R539
Q19
C173
C125
MP14
C61 C62 C63
R94
AFE 211
C141
C159
C169
R170
BD3 CHIP2
C178
AFE 210
R353_6
C174_6 R351_6
R350_6
C55
C7
C10
C16
C3
C8
C11
C17
C26
C21
R239
TP12
2V5_MRX1 VS
R242
C20
R346_6
MP13
MP3
Q8
Q3
Q2
Q4
R224
Q5
TP1
TP48
SD 2V3_MRX1
L2
L1
2V3_MRX1 SW1
C189
TP4
2V3_MRX1 SW2
TP5
C15
C22
R238
TP13
3V3_MRX1 VS
L6
C27
TP32 2V5_AFE
C24
MP27
C5
C1
C14
C13
C6
C12
C23
R110
C187
U58_6
R345_6
R330_6
R104 R108
R103 R107
R102 R106
R101 R105
U57_6
R11
R12
C31
C186
R96
R343_6
R334_6 R328_6
R316_6
C197
R244
C192
C190
C197
C198
R169
AFE 208
R354_6
U52_6
R326_6
R309_6
C151_6
R362_6
TP35 12V SW
C200
AFE 207
1V8 DSP
PCIRSTN
SP31_6
R234_6
MP12
MP4
C32
TRS106
C203
AFE 206
PS2_6 TP20_6
GRSTN
R211_6 TP37_6
DSP RESET
STAT N6
R227_6
A17
R315_6
C165
TRS105
C199
U68
R129
R123
R122
R121
R120
U32_6
FL21_6
C219
C310_6
R511_6
C103_6
C317_6
MP11
MP5
TRS104
C220
C222
AFE 205
R134
R127
R126
R125
R124
C217
R822
R117
R828
FL22_6
R141
R140
R139
R138
R137
R136
R135
MP10
C227
R151
AFE 204
U20
C228
R162
AFE 203
R130
SDA
TP43
U2
TP29
C219
R154
R153
U19
TP37
C44
R22
GND
TP26
C42
C38
C37
C33
TP6
GND
L22
L21
L20
TP22
GND
L19
C209
C28
MP24
L7
C208
AFE 209
L8
C39
C36
TP51
SD 3V3_MRX2
R16
TP25
TP24
L9
TP52
SD 2V3_MRX2
C214
L10
TRS103
R152
C231
5VPA
C244
R27
R39
R40
U7
R55
R23
C48
R251
R36
C49
TP53
SD 2V5_MRX2
C19
TP50
SD 3V3_MRX1 / 2V5_MRX1
L4
L3
TP8
3V3_MRX1 SW
TP9 2V5
MRX1 SW
TP21
3V3_MRX2 VS
C30
U1
2V3_MRX2 VS
C196
R230
TP49
SD 1V7_MRX1
TP17
1V7_MRX1 SW2
L5
1V7_MRX1 SW1
C203
TP14
MP26
R17
C29
R15
R14
TP18
C107
R240
R225 R223
Q6
Q9
Q10
Q11
Q12
Q13
Q14
Q16
Q15
R233
U63
C41
C35
C25
R243
MP25
C34
C40
R231
C182
TRS107
MP7
C164
C162
C64 C65 C66
FL7
FL8
C161
R5
C163
C60
FL5
R249
C43
2V3_MRX2 VS
C47
U3
C45 R24
TP32
2V5_MRX2 VS
MP23
Q24
Q20
L14
24V IN
C160
L12
R4
FL6
TP28
1V7_MRX2 VS
R35
R34
R37
SP2
TRS102
3V3PA
TP49
C237
R156
AFE 202
BD1 CHIP3
R829
R32
R31
R30
R48
R28
R49
R29
R26
R42
R50
R43 U9
C155
FL3
C135
R170
C138
GND
GND
L17
C206
GND
TP10
TP15
GND
GND
TP19
J13
J19
TP30
2V5_MRX2
R19
R18
L16
L18
Q23
C179
R6
C167
C166
C158
R3
MP28
R88
FL10
C168
C54
U5
C159
MP8
C172
TP33
R175
C130
C137 GND
U8
R178
U87
R46
R47
R167
R168
C126
R52
C171
MP2
R86 R87
C170
C169
L13
U11
R7
2V3_MRX1
L15
TP20
J10
TP16
1V7_MRX1
TP11
2V5_MRX1
TP7
3V3_MRX1
R10
3V3_MRX2
R8
R9
J4
J2
J1
J7
R21
J6
R58
R54
R20
R13
R33
R38
R41
R44
R45
J15
TP23
2V3_MRX2
TP27
1V7_MRX2
J16
R56
J18
C150
AFE 212
C163
C167
TRS108
U4
R51
TP38
FAN_TACH_A
C254
C243
AFE 201
C722 R821
R155
VR13
C987
R819
5301213 REV
R61
U10
R68
R66
C178
C176
C154
U59
TRS109
R59
R57
C50
R65
R73
J21
C145
R91
MP9
R60
FL12
24V
TP36
C46
R25
TP31
FAN_CTRL_ACT
ASSEMBLED IN
TRS101
C236 C241
U93
C975
C255 C258
C861
U97
C880
AFE 200
R815
R832
4
C58
R67
C59
TP42
3V3
MP29
R79 R84 R85
C157
e1
R64
R72
MP22
R74 R78
R73 R77
R72 R76
R71 R75
C155
TRS110
R200
R71
R63
C204
GND
GND
TP61
GND
TP62
R201
R62
R70
U12
TP39
R69
TP41
VOUT
R116
AFE 213
H
R203
R204
R209
R210
Q21
Q18
Q22
MP30
AFE 214
TRS111
TP63
R202
POWER DISTRIBUTION
5301212
E
TP58
GND
TP57
TP56
1V7_MRX1
DS1
TP64
3V3
TP55 R211
2V3_MRX1
DS2
DS4
2V5_MRX1
DS3
TP54
3V3_MRX1
DS5
VFANA
VFANA
C190
U43
C115
C112
U40
C101
C96
C122
C205
C201
C195
F E D C B A
U1_6
540
2615
J7
22
25
F E D C B A
MP21
C118
TRS120
11
J1
15
25
J2
10
20
22
11
J4
R24
15
R23
25
U11
24
C74
C92
C100
C114
C144
C143
C137
C106
R49
R52
R54
R56
R58
R60
R62
R66
C955
C138
AJ29
C158
C160
C149
C148
SP35_6
A16
T16
U86
15
11
J6
MP33
C98
A9
VR7
J9
C140
C142
C164
C153
C151
C147
C146
AP1
A1
C101_6
C98_6
R830
U92
R222
A1
R29
C79
VR6
C131
J1 U45
R357_6
C149_6
C152_6 AJ1
C153_6
U17 A1
C144_6
C150_6 R310_6
U1
R508_6
VR8_6
C235
540
2616
U91
C90
C104
TRS121
C194
R161
C84
U35
C83
C86
R41
25
48 U28
ADPRBCD
P2
C110
A11
D5 Q6
C52
C49
24
C109
TP20
SYNC
24
D4
24
U44
U54
A29
A1
R360_6
C165
R361_6 R359_6 R358_6
TP25
FPGA SQ PIN
R48
R51
R53
R55
R57
C123 R59
R61
R11
R65
R68
C129
C173_6
C166
TP31_6
C145_6
FL27_6
R321_6
R313_6
C193
TP19_6
TP13_6
PCIE RSTN
T1
C234 TP45
SCL
TP54
3V3D
FL96
CP
R693
C863
R713
SP5
C862
R730
U96
R729
R728 R831
C988
C989
R178 R179
U33
AFE 217
U39
TRS122
A1
A1
U70
R160
U105
TP53
2V5D
C233
R142
R143
R144
R145
R148 DSP SFT RST
TP42
R149
U82
A1
DSP CORE
TP40
DS13
Y3
C232
C218
U78
Q21
24
U29_6
TP36
R312_6
R355_6
C130
D3
TP5
FL7
D2
U30
U13
C41 C42
U21
TP18
TTRIG
R1
AP34
C128
C108
TP19
TXTRIG
C107
C116 A1
A34
Y1
DS12
PCIE PWR GOOD
FL29_6
25
U67
DS11
Q20
U73
U85
25
36
R159
24
37
Q26
C80
R42
TRS123
FL28_6
Q18
48
Q19
U76
DSP_POR_N R133
TP36_6
U84
R177
540
2614
DS16
13
48
R175
3V3CLK
TP55
TP52
1V7_CON
R818
C843
12
U102
C78
TRS116
Q15
C1006
BD3 CHIP2
TP22
R36 R40
R35 R39
R34 R38
R33 R37
Q12
C994
NAT2
DS5
DS6
Q14
C171
TP33
1V2 NAT3
C995
NAT4
DS9
DS10
C208
TP39
1V2 NAT4
BD2 CHIP2
NAT5
DS14 DS15
Q24
C1007
C239
TP48
1V2 NAT5
D7
D6
BD1 CHIP2
VR3
C94
Q11
24
C993
C21
TP7
1V2 NAT0
Q2
BD2 CHIP0
C69
TP17
1V2 NAT1
NAT1
DS3
BD3 CHIP0
Q8
NATHAN 1
BD1 CHIP1
NATHAN 5
25
NAT3
DS7
DS8
BD1 CHIP0
TP24
1V2 NAT2
NATHAN 2
TP27
GND
NATHAN 3
Q23
NATHAN 4
Q17
BD2 CHIP2
U104
U29
TRS117
A1
A22
A1
A22
A1
A22
A1
A22
TP56
GND
MP32
TRS118
49
64
32
5 3 93 9 0 9 RE V 4
33
17
U65
16
48
16
48
BD2 CHIP1
AB22
AB1
AB1
AB22
48
49
33
16
U55
64
AB1
17
AB22
32
AB1
64
U115
MP20
24
24
24
33
49
Q27
32 R824 R825 R826 R827
17
AB22 R823
48
U80
U114
U100
FL97
U42
U57
U66
24
AB1
AB22
U113
C1017
AFE 220
48
25
48
U64
U53
48
25
48
U75
U83
C261
C270
U14
C55
C45
U34
TP15
AFE
SCLK
C75
C85
TP23
AFE_DIN
C139
C174
TP31
AFE_DIN
25
C135
U50
C134
AFE_SCLK
TP29
C223
25
48
C884
C940
U112
U99
U95
C225 U77
C246
C252
C266
R12 R16
R11 R15
R10 R14
R9 R13
TRS119
CH176
C81
CH168
C72
CH184 AFTPE1_6 DIN
CH160
AFE_SCLK
TP21
CH216
C136
CH208
CH200
CH192
CH120
C210
TP38
AFE_DIN
C216
C212
U62
C176
C181
AFE_SCLK
TP37
U88
C250
CH48
CH32
C260
C977
C925
R3
TP13
CH128
U23
C25
TP2
AFE_DIN
CH144
C39
CH136
AFE 221
TRS112
FL12
R95
CH112
C179
CH104
CH96
CH88
U81
1V8D_ADC1
TP41
U72
CH80
C214
CH72
CH64
TP44
AFE
SCLK
TP46
CH56 AFE_DIN
1V8_ADC1
TP51
CH40
FL8
C46
Q10
U49
C152
FL15
C257
C263
C268 U107 C937
C956
AFE 222
Q7
C38
R21
GND
C8
U16
C27
C58
FL6
C28
C50
R43
R25
R26
C66
R46
R47
C103
U41
U48
U60
U56
U58
FL13
C188
TP34
GND
R109
Q16
R116
FL14
R150
TP47
C242
GND
TP50
U106
C248
Q22
TP35
3V3PA
C213
R128
Q25
U69
R158
R162
R164
C247
R685
C249
C253
C259
R760
C262
TP57
2V5
AFE 223
TP8
C14
R7
VR2
C33 C26 TP10 R5
R8
C37
C44
C47
C93
C102
C95
C111
C113
U52
U47
VGA R63
FLT
Q13
TP26
C132
C162
R93
U61
R111
R112
C185 C191
C189
C184
C183
C177
C180
C173
VR10
C168
U32
C82
C76
VR5 C88
VR8
C156
C161
VR9
C206
C204
C196
C202
R131
R132
C221
C224
C226
U79
C229
VR11 C230
U98
FL4
TRS113
U27
U51
U46
U71
U74
R2
16
22
C17
C16
R81
R100
TRS114
J8
TP11
J11 5V_JTAG
A B C D E F
R80
J12
J3
22
U90
U94
C13
C7
FL3
PWA
R99
TP30
GND
TP28
TXTRIG
K1
C829
E D C B A
E D CB A
E D C B A
E D CB A
C973
VR12
E D C B
J22
MP6
5161814-2
J10
FL16
BP (Backplane)
J9
A B C D E F
C822
5301212-2
U89
T1
Power Distribution Panel - MRX
U36
ASSEMBLED IN
Y
C18
1
MP17
Y
C174
1
36.
12V
TP34
Y
5393908-6
U38
1
35.
C177
Y
C56
1
C53
Replaces by 5393908-2
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62.
J23
5393908-5
FL14
MRX CW with cost down MVP
FPGA
(R5.x or later)
U6
34.
Q17
FRU
TP40
QTY
C942
DESCRIPTION
U109
PART NUMBER
U108
PART NAME
C267
U111
MRX non CW with cost down MVP
FPGA
(R4.x or later)
9 - 57
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
15
U110
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62.
ITEM
PWB
Card Rack parts 10 of 11 (Continued)
Table 9-21
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
U128
TRS100
C251
R176
C256
C269
C983
R811
C264
R168 R174
R167 R173
R166 R172
R165 R171
SP1_6
U103
U101
C798
C857
C797
U13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-21
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack parts 11 of 11 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
BP (Backplane)
(R1.0.6 or later)
GA200685
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
1
A B
BG
A12P6
C D
DG
10
DG
BG
C D
A12P7
A B
DG
C D
BG
A11P6
A B
A10P6
A9P6
A8P6
19
C D
BG
A B
A9P8
DG
1
19
10
A B
BG
C D
DG
1
A10P8
01
A B C D E
BAR CODE
1
A9P2
A B C D E
GA200685
A10P2
A B C D E
1
1
A10P3
22
1
10
A B
BG
C D
DG
1
A8P8
A B C D E
A8P3
A8P2
A B C D E
1
1
19
22
11
15
19
1
DG
C D
10
10
A B
BG
A7P6
A B C D E
A7P8
A B C D E
19
J4
10
A B
BG
A6P6
C D
DG
1
A B C D E
A6P8
A B C D E
REV 01
C D
BG
A5P6
9
A B
10 10
A5P8
A B C D E
DG
1
19
A B C D E
GA302685
C D
BG
A4P6
A B
A4P8
A B C D E
DG
1
19
A B C D E
18
A7P2
1
A6P2
A B C D E
1
A5P2
A B C D E
A4P2
A B C D E
1
1
A4P3
A B C D E
A2P6
25
A B C D E
15
11
11
25
15
A1P6
A1P7
A B C D E
22
A B C D E
A1P1
A B C D E
1
15
11
A3P6
A3P7
A B C D E
A2P7
A B C D E
22
11
15
A2P1
A B C D E
A2P2
25
22
25
11
15
P1
5
1
25
15
11
22
A3P1
A B C D E
A3P2
1
22
25
A B C D E
A B C D E
A3P4
A B C D E
11
11
22
A2P4
A2P5
A B C D E
1
22
A B C D E
A3P5
A B C D E
25
A4P4
A B C D E
A B C D E
A7P3
A6P3
22
A5P3
22
11
19
15
15
15
A5P4
A B C D E
1
15
19
11
A6P4
A B C D E
1
22
A7P4
11
19
15
25
25
25
25
25
PWB
A B C D E
1
1
1
1
15
11
25
A8P4
A B C D E
1
25
10
A9P3
A B C D E
22
19
1
A10P4
A B C D E
19
11
1
A9P4
A B C D E
FREY BACKPLANE
PWA
11
10
A B C D E
A B C D E
A B C D E
A B C D E
A11P8
A B C D E
A11P3
A11P2
A B C D E
1
1
A12P1
A B C D E
A12P2
A12P3
1
A12P4
A B C D E
1
15
A11P4
A B C D E
10
D32
11
1155
25
22
1
15
11
15
15
1
19
25
25
25
D2
D32
D2
38.
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62.
39.
BP (Backplane) - MRX
5393910
40.
BP (Backplane) - MRX
192ch Circuit Board Assembly
5393910-2
41.
Plate Connectors with guide
See: Table 9-10 - Covers - LOGIQ E9 (not all covers or items listed are identified in Figure
9-2 on page 9-9)
42.
4D Motor Control
See: Table 9-30 - Power Supply parts
9-12-1
See: Table 9-25 "Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-62.
DRX Boards Compatible Configurations
Table 9-22
DRX Boards Compatible Configurations - 5205000-4 and earlier
consoles
DRX Boards Compatible Configurations
NOTE:
9 - 58
DRX1
(slot 1)
DRX2
(slot 2)
DRX3
(slot 3)
DRX4
(slot 4)
Option 1
Not populated
5301040-3
5301040-3
5301040-3
Option 2
Not populated
5301040-4/5
5301040-4/5
5301040-4/5
Compatibility charts only show parts that have any compatibility dependencies. Parts not listed
are assumed to be compatible with all configurations.
Section 9-12 - Card Rack parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-12
9-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack parts (cont’d)
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations
Also see: "9-12-2 Front End Boards Compatible Configurations (cont’d)" on page 9-62.
Table 9-23
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations
Minimum Software
version required
R1.x.x
R4
R1.x.x
R1.0.6
R1.x.x
R1.x.x
R2.x.x
MODEL NUMBER /
DESCRIPTION
GFI2
5161631
GFI2
with B Flow
5161631-2
DRX3
5301040-3
DRX3.1
5301040-4
DRX5
5301040-5
GRX64
GA200300
GRX128
GA200295
GRX128
w/CW*
GA200105
5205000
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C*
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C*
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
(continued)
Minimum Software
version required
R1.0.6
R1.0.6
R1.0.6
R5.x.x
R5.x.x
MODEL NUMBER /
DESCRIPTION
GTX2.4*
5201044-3
GTX2.4*
5201044-4
GTX2.4*
5201044-5
GTX2.4^
5201044-6
GTX2.5^
5201044-7
5205000
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C*
C*
C*
N
N
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C*
C*
C*
N
N
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
N
N
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
N
N
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 59
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-23
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations
(continued)
Minimum Software
version required
R1.x.x
R1.x.x
MODEL NUMBER /
DESCRIPTION
GRLY
GA200630
GRLY
GA200714
5205000
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
R1.x.x
R1.x
R1.x
R4.x
R5.x
R4 GRLY
5441000
R4 GRLY
5441000-2
C
C**
C^^
C
C
C**
C^^
C
C
C
C**
C^^
C
C
C
C
C**
C^^
C
C
C
C
C
C**
C^^
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C**
C^^
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C^^
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
GRLY
GRLY
GRLY
GA200714-2 GA200714-3 GA200714-4
* Required for CW Option
** Requires R4 or later Upgrade
^ Required for Shear Wave Option
^^ Required for V Nav Inside Option
NOTE:
9 - 60
Compatibility charts only show parts that have any compatibility dependencies. Parts not listed
are assumed to be compatible with all configurations.
Section 9-12 - Card Rack parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations (cont’d)
Table 9-24
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations (cont’d)
Minimum Software
version required
R3.x.x
R3.1.0
R3.1.1
R3.1.2
R4.x.x
R4.x.x
N/A
N/A
Card Cage Card Cage
Front Cover Front Cover
MRX
MRX
MRX
MRX
Assembly
Assembly
5393908-2 5393908-4 5393908-5 5393908-6
GFI
GFI
5245458-5^^
5245458
PD
5301212-2
MRX
5393908
5205000
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
C
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
C
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
C
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
C
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
N
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
N
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
N
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
N
R4.x.x
R1.x.x
R1.0.6
R3.x.x
R4.x.x
BP
GFI
GA200685
BP
MRX
5393910
BP
MRX
5393910-2
MODEL NUMBER /
DESCRIPTION
(continued)
Minimum Software
version required
N/A
N/A
Card Cage Card Cage
Front
Front
Cover
Cover
Assembly - Assembly MRX
MRX
5245458-2 5141934-4
^^^
5245458-3
MODEL NUMBER /
DESCRIPTION
R1.x.x
R3.x.x
FP
GFI
5201002
FP
MRX
5393912
BP
FP
GFI
MRX
5393912-2 5161814-2
5205000
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
C
N
N
C
C
N
N
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
N
N
C
N
N
C
C
N
N
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
C
N
N
C
C
N
N
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
N
N
C
N
N
C
C
N
N
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
N
C
C
N
N
C
C
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
N
C
C
N
N
C
C
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
N
C
C
N
N
C
C
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
N
C
C
N
N
C
C
^^ Required for V Nav Inside Option
^^^ Required for Removable Fan Tray
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 61
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-12-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations (cont’d)
Table 9-25
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations
Front End Boards Compatible Configurations (cont’d)
Minimum Software
version required
R2.x.x
R2.x.x
R4.x.x
R1.x.x
R4.x.x
MPS
5205052-2
MPS
5205052-3
MPS
Mitra
5205052-4
MPS
Alpha
5205052-5
5205052-6
5205052-7
MPS
Lambda
5205054
MPS
Lambda
5205054-3
5205000
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
N
N
N
N
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
N
N
N
N
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
N
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
C
C
C
C
C
MODEL NUMBER /
DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
9-12-2-1
R1.x.x
LOGIQ E9 Front End Boards Compatible Configurations Key
N
Not supported
C
Compatible
Section 9-12 - Card Rack parts
R5.x.x
MPS
MPS
Lambda
Lambda
5205054-4 5205054-5^
Compatibility charts only show parts that have any compatibility dependencies. Parts not listed
are assumed to be compatible with all configurations.
LOGIQ E9 Front End Boards Compatible
Configurations Key
9 - 62
R4.x.x
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-12
9-12-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack parts (cont’d)
GTX Boards Compatible Configuration
NOTE:It recommended to replace like for like GTX Boards. If stock of a particular board is not available, use
this table to ensure the correct combination of GTX Boards are installed in the system:
GTX "numbers" use 1, 2, 3 and 4 as nomenclature in VPD, but 0 (zero), 1, 2 and 3 are used as
nomenclature in diagnostics. In this Table, 1, 2, 3 and 4 nomenclature is used to identify board, based
on location in the Card Rack.
Table 9-26
GTX Boards Compatible Configurations
System configuration
GTX1
(Slot 1)
GTX1
(Slot 2)
GTX1
(Slot 3)
GTX1
(Slot 4)
P/N 5201044-2*
R 1.0.3
R 1.0.4
R 1.0.5
P/N 5201044-2, 5201044-3**, 5201044-5 or
5201044-4
R 1.0.6
GRX P/N GA200295
Non-CW
MRX P/N 5393908-2
MRX P/N 5393908-4
Not
populated
P/N 5201044-3** or 5201044-5
for Shear Wave Option, all three Boards need to
be 5201044-6 or -7
MRX P/N 5393908-6
CW
Minimum
Software
R3.1.1 or later
R4.3.0 or later
GRX P/N GA200105
P/N 5201044-3, 5201044-4 or 5201044-5
R2.x or later
MRX - P/N 5393908
P/N 5201044-3** or 5201044-5
for Shear Wave Option, all three Boards need to
be 5201044-6 or -7
R3.1.2 or later
MRX - P/N 5393908-5
P/N 5201044-6 or 5201044-7
R5.x.x or later
* If replacing P/N 5201044-2 and there is no stock, order P/N 5201044-3 and the Late Request
Plan for FMI 70206 - R2.0.4 Software Upgrade and XYZ USB Cable Update in SN70443A –
Closed FMIs on LOGIQ™ E9, LOGIQ™ 9 and LOGIQ™ 700 Consoles.
** 5201044-3, Rev. D or later are recommended. If P/N 5201044-3 is not available, use
P/N 5201044-5.
NOTE:
DO NOT mix 5201044-6 or -7 with earlier boards.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 63
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-13
Back End Processor (BEP) parts
There are two main families of BEPs used on the LOGIQ E9; BEP5.x supported in R3.x and earlier and
BEP6.x supported in R4 and later. See: Table 9-27 "Back End Processor parts for R3.x and earlier" on
page 9-64 and Table 9-28 "Back End Processor parts for R4.x and later" on page 9-68.
For Back End Boards compatible configurations, see 9-13-1 "Back End Boards Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-71.
Table 9-27
ITEM
Back End Processor parts for R3.x and earlier 1 of 4
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
BEP with Extended Power Shutdown
R2.x.x and earlier
BEP with Extended Power Shutdown MRX
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5145000-2
1
Y
5145000-3
1
Y
1
Y
1.
2.
Replaces by 5215286-2
HDD (Hard Disk Drive)
ST250DM0000 250GB
5215286-3
3.
Hard Drive
5215286-2
Replaced by 5215286-3
1
Y
4.
BEP PS
5393800-2
Replaced by 5393800-3
1
Y
9 - 64
Section 9-13 - Back End Processor (BEP) parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-27
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor parts for R3.x and earlier 2 of 4 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
BEP PS
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5393800-3
1
Y
BEP I/O Board
5141000-3
1
Y
BEP I/O Board - MRX
5321212
1
Y
1
Y
5.
6.
7.
8.
R169 R410
C378 C376
C377
L7
L64
C89
C316
C76
C77
L42
C506
R340
RN35
C105
DS5
RN36
C88
C107
C100
C417 C108
R176
R109 R110
DS4
R434
R46
R55
R56
R57
R47
R45
R58
R48
P1
J2
L43
DS10
R435
Q17
C382
J25
C518
R85
R38
DS3
R433
C406
C412
C444
C443
Q20
C409 R437
R432
Q18
R431
C410 C393
C392
DS2
C389 C414 C413 C388 C411
C510C511
U50
U8
U9
R480 DS14 DS15
R481
R482
U71
R483
L68
R417
R418
R419
R420
R158
C517
U75
C74 C70 R112
C118
R143
R277
C263
R275
L32
J23
C441
C442
C71C39
U13
R276R279 R282 C247
R281
C106
C90 R469
R286 R283
C419 C426 R287C262 R285 R260
R238
R349 R344
R441
C430
C264
C311
R488
R448
C519 R527
R449
D16
R450
R451
R456
R457
R270
R289
R290
R296
R297
R301
R300
C461C447
C460C448
C431
C462C450 C433 C432
C265
C463C449C267 C266
C310
C68
R521
DS52
R352
R346
R154
R153
R155
R157
R524
R522
R87 R81
R148
R88 R82
R320
R321R150
R144
DS13
DS12
R71
R72
C280
C117
R520
DS51
C507 C508
U58
R284 C261 C257 R278 R347
C259
U73
R325
C439
C438
C445
C446
C512 C513 C514
C99 R252
R131
C241
C240
C239
RN7
RN2
RN8
R244 R322 R201
R442
R323
R436
R438 C398 C407 C408 C395
L67
L77
U77
Y11
U74
R313 R267
DS50
R84
R95 R94 R92 R91 R90 R89
Q51
RN9
R500C242 R256 R341
R255 R351 C236
R505
R245
D11
R246
U64
R354 C301
C245
C243
U43
R93 J1
R83
R327 U76
L40
C64
RN3
R257
R274
R261
R262
C238
C296 C298 C302
C237
R62
RN5
RN6
RN30 RN31
RN27
RN26
R41
R33
R181
R182
R32
R205
R206
R51
R52
R220
R221
C234 C205
R241
L28 C228
R230 R263 R235 R233
R231 R234 R236 C206 R217
U1
R523
R348
R115 R117
R196 R198 R199
C248
C67
L31
R345
R314 R315
U47
R318
R79 R80
Q50
C394
C45
C44
C396
C381
C391
C195 R214
L35
C229
R31 C418
R440
R430
C33
R40
C122
L9
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
C380
C14
L2
R242
R219
R147
C260 C304
R439
L76
U27
U70
L66
C386 C385 C387
R248 U46 R247
C81
C102
C57
R63
C139
C69
L52
C166
R200
R142
R528 C520
C34
C35 R39 C41
C123 C36
R146 R145 C124
C42 R184 C52
C159 C43
R49 R183 C191
C55
C46
R50
R429 R427
C160 R186
C276
C54
C158
R122 R126 C255 R121 C274
R129 R130 C254 R106
R123
L8
C51
R185
C37
C38
R423
U38
R428
C285 C19
C253
L3
R529 C521
C53
C56
C286
C233
L11
L1
C287
U5
R105
R127
D2
C226
R78 R11
R10 C26
R96
J20
C284 C227 C288
C252
C256
C290
L4
C244
L41
C500
S4
D7
R280 C258
R237
C358
DS8
C8
C193
R103
R3 R8
R99 C13
R102
R4 R9
C1 R104 C20
R97 R15
R13
C198
R98
D1
RN34
R326
Y10
R68
R65
R455
Q22
R213 C194
Q14
R66
C415 C390 C416 C401 C402 C397 C399 C403 C405
D8
Q15
DS7
Q21
C482
U48
R388
R381
R382R383 R384
R425 R484
R69
L71
C318
R387
D5
U44
R250 R251 R253 R254
R266
C83
TP191
D3
U28
R265
R215
U33
U34
C162
C503
R386
R385
C481
R329
R212 R211
R334 R156 R333 R335
C480
C246
RN11 RN13
R239
Y9
R466
C78
L69
TP161
RN20 RN19
R502
R503
R504
R501
C293
C350 R377
Q13
Q12
L27
C144
C375
C501
L21
Y8
R228 R227
R232 C146 R264
R223
R210
R464
C173
C165
Q19
C93
C231
U45
R249
U42
R226 R225
R343
U79
C235
R463
C84
R331
L14
L18
C163
C61
R61
L20
R479
R355
L36
TP162
DS11
J9
C299
R328
C82
U67
U20
RN17 RN10 RN12
R1
L70
R332
C172
C141
C171 C121 C95
C164 C75
U7
U32
R188
C161
U21
R379
R380 R378
R465
R338
R336 R339 R369
R136
R189
R76
R30
R2
R187
C300
C297
U49
C502
C63
R73
C62
R64
J21
R224
C356
C72
R74
L19
5135840
R409 R407
R411 R408
R405
L16
C85
L24
DVR Board
R240 R243
C79
R330
U78
C379
C91
L12
R135 R160C119 C133
R178 R159 C73 C170
L23
C331
C332
C65
U80
Y7
R459 R461 R460 R370 R171
R401 R458 R406
R342
R177
L33
C317
U66
R412 R404
U19
R337
R389
C249
L29
U68
R477
C365
R222
R525
R526
C357
C294
R390
L34
R467
C319
C291
C320
DS9
R100
D6
C373
C275
L30 C295
J22
J18
C374
C308 R402
R462
C18
R470
C321 R403
U69
C368
R392 R475 C309 R476 R471
C369
C306 R394
R393
C292
R391
C367
C305
C80
P6
C66
C370
R398
R397 C307
R399
R472
C372 R473 C313 R474 C371
C324 R396 R395
L44 R485
R486 C329 C325 C327
R478 C330 C326 C328
TP163
C400
C404
TP159
TP158
TP160
C383
9 - 65
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-27
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor parts for R3.x and earlier 3 of 4 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Front Module
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5301222-3
1
Y
BEP Fan
5198607
1
Y
BEP Cover with Battery Tray
5270660
1
Y
Shock Mount HD
5267412
6
Y
9.
10.
11.
12.
9 - 66
Section 9-13 - Back End Processor (BEP) parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-27
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor parts for R3.x and earlier 4 of 4 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
Battery Pack Assembly
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5262021
1
Y
BIOS Battery
2404028-7
1
1
Extended Power Shutdown Assembly
5201018-2
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
13.
14.
15.
16.
All BEP cables
See: Section 9-17-5 - Back End Processor (BEP) cables
17.
HDD Wipe Tool Kit
5329420
Option Dongle
5265980
CD Tool plus instructions
18.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 67
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-13
Back End Processor (BEP) parts (cont’d).
Table 9-28
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor parts for R4.x and later 1 of 3
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
BEP 6.1 LOGIQ E9 Ichiro
R4.x and later
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5380000-1
Revision 8 or later
includes 500GB
Hard Drive.
1
Y
BEP6.X HDD Assembly
Ichiro - Spare Part
(includes HDD SATA and
HDD Power Cables)
5433408-50
1
Y
BEP6.X HDD Assembly
500GB
(includes HDD SATA and
HDD Power Cables)
5433408-51
1
Y
BEP6.X PowerBoard
Assembly - Spare Part
5433408-21
1
Y
1.
2.
3.
4.
9 - 68
Section 9-13 - Back End Processor (BEP) parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-28
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor parts for R4.x and later 2 of 3 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
BEP6.1 ChargeBoard Assembly
Ichiro - Spare Part
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5433408-30
1
Y
BEP6.X Video ByPass Board
Ichiro - Spare Part
5433408-90
1
Y
BEP6.X Front IO Assembly
Ichiro - Spare Part
5433408-40
1
Y
BEP6.X Bottom Fan Assembly
Ichiro - Spare Part
5433408-70
2
Y
5.
6.
7.
8.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 69
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-28
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor parts for R4.x and later 3 of 3 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
BEP6.1 Side IO Board
Assembly - Spare Part
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5433408-2
6
Y
BEP6.1 Battery Assembly
Ichiro - Spare Part
5433408-60
1
Y
11.
BIOS Battery
2404028-7
1
1
12.
All BEP cables
13.
HDD Wipe Tool Kit
5329420
1
Y
Option Dongle
R4.x only
5265980
1
Y
9.
10.
See: Section 9-17-5 - Back End Processor (BEP) cables
CD Tool plus instructions
14.
15.
9 - 70
DVR and S-Video Options, see Table 9-47 "Options" on page 9-106
Section 9-13 - Back End Processor (BEP) parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-13
9-13-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) parts (cont’d)
Back End Boards Compatible Configurations
See: 9-13-1-1 "LOGIQ E9 Back End Boards Compatible Configurations Key" on page 9-71.
Table 9-29
Back End Boards Compatible Configurations
Back End Boards Compatible Configurations
Minimum Software
R1.x.x
R1.x.x
R3.x.x
R3.x.x
R4.x
R5.x
MODEL NUMBER /
DESCRIPTION
BEP
5145000-2
I/O Board
5141000-3
BEP - MRX
5145000-3
I/O Board MRX
5321212
BEP6
5380000-1
Side
I/O Board
5433408-2
BEP6
5380000-1
5205000 LOGIQ E9
100-240 VAC
C
C
N
N
C*
C*
C**
5205000-2 LOGIQ E9
220-240 VAC
C
C
N
N
C*
C*
C**
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
N
N
C*
C*
C**
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
C
N
N
C*
C*
C**
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
C
C
C*
C*
C**
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
N
N
C
C
C*
C*
C**
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
C
C
C**
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
N
N
N
N
N
C
C**
* Requires R4 or later Upgrade
** for R5.x.x or later, a 500GB Hard Drive is required
NOTE:
9-13-1-1
Compatibility charts only show parts that have any compatibility dependencies. Parts not listed
are assumed to be compatible with all configurations.
LOGIQ E9 Back End Boards Compatible Configurations Key
LOGIQ E9 Back End Boards Compatible
Configurations Key
N
Not supported
C
Compatible
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 71
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-14
Main Power Supply parts
Table 9-30
ITEM
1.
Power Supply parts 1 of 4
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
MAIN Power Supply
5205052
OBSOLETE
Replaced by 5205052-2
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
2.
3.
Main PS 100V-240V.
Used on non-CW systems.
MAIN Power Supply
5205052-2
Alpha MAIN Power Supply
(R1.06 or later)
5205052-3
Iif no stock use 5205052-4
Replaced by 5205052-4
Main PS 100V-240V.
Compatible with CW Option
Same as 5205052-3 without a USB hub.
4.
MAIN Power Supply no HUB.
(R1.06 or later)
5205052-4
5.
Alpha Main power supply
(R4 or later)
5205052-5
This version is same as 5205052-3 with new
Firmwave for R4 compatibility
1
Y
6.
Alpha Main power supply no HUB
(R4 or later)
5205052-6
Same as 5205052-4 with new firmware for R4
compatibility
1
Y
7.
Main Power Supply, Universal AC
Input, 100V-240V Ichiro with CW
improvements BT13
5205052-7
Replaced 5205052-6
1
Y
9 - 72
Section 9-14 - Main Power Supply parts
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-30
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power Supply parts 2 of 4 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
8.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
Compatible with 5205052-x only
Fan Assembly, MAIN Power Supply
5205052-99
Console models 5205000-3 or later.
9.
MAIN Power Supply (Lambda)
5205054
Lambda Main Power Supply Universal AC Input - BT11 or earlier
100V-240V Ichiro with CW
5205054-2
Consoles 5205000-7 or later
1
Y
11.
Main Power Supply Lambda
(R4 or later)
5205054-3
Consoles 5205000-7 or later
1
Y
12.
Lambda Main Power Supply Universal AC Input - 100V-240V Ichiro
with CW
5205054-4
Consoles 5205000-7 or later
1
Y
Lambda Main Power Supply,
Universal AC Input, 100V-240V
Ichiro R5 CW SWave
5205054-5
Consoles 5205000-8 or later
1
Y
Cover - 4D MC Cover for Lambda PS
5405085
1
Y
10.
13.
14.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 73
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-30
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power Supply parts 3 of 4 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
15.
DESCRIPTION
FRU
1
Y
AC Clamp with two screws. Discard screws,
washers and nuts.
Not used with Argentina, Australia, Brazil,
India and South Africa Power Cords.
For these countries the proper Clamp is included in
the Power Cord FRU.
Used on Power Cords 5148381, -2, -3, -4, -5, -7, -8.
5370335
AC Clamp
16.
17.
QTY
Board
4D Motor Control
5171810
1
Y
4D Motor Control
RoHS compliant
5171810-2
1
Y
4D Flex Cable
5270841
1
Y
USB Cable 4D Motor Controller
(Cherokee/Mitra PS
5194492-4
1
Y
18.
19.
(370 mm)
4D MOTORCONTROL
9 - 74
Section 9-14 - Main Power Supply parts
5194492-4...........
BEP J28
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-30
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Power Supply parts 4 of 4 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
USB Cable 4D Motor Controller
(Lambda PS)
5194492-7
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
20.
(455 mm)
4D MOTORCONTROL
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
5194492-7...........
BEP J28
9 - 75
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-15
Peripherals
For Peripherals compatible configurations, see:
9-15-3 "Peripherals Compatible Configurations" on page 9-81.
9 - 76
Section 9-15 - Peripherals
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-15-1
Printers
Table 9-31
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer 1 of 2
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
B/W Printer Bracket
R3.x and earlier
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5174885
1
Y
Printer Tray for BEP6.x
5174885-2
1
Y
UPD-897 Sony BW printer
5171608
1
Y
1.
2.
3.
4.
USB Cable - BW Printer
Cable Q, See: Table 9-45 "Peripherals Cables" on page 9-100
1
Y
5.
Power Cable - BW Printer
Cable R, See: Table 9-45 "Peripherals Cables" on page 9-100
1
Y
6.
Report Printer - Canon Pixma MP610
Note: This model no longer available.
1
Y
1
Y
7.
See: Table 9-35 "Peripherals Compatible
Configurations" on page 9-81
Report Printer - HP470
KTZ300182
8.
Color Printer UPD 23MD
2401985
1
Y
9.
Color Printer UPD 55MD
5116559
1
Y
10.
Color Printer UPD 25MD
5389822
1
Y
Compatible with R3.x.x and later.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 77
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-31
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Printer 2 of 2 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
HP OFFICEJET 6100 ePrinter H611a
USB Cable for External Printer
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5535186
1
Y
5315370
1
Y
11.
12.
9 - 78
Section 9-15 - Peripherals
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-15-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Video Disc (DVD) Drive
Table 9-32
Digital Video Disc (DVD) parts
ITEM
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1.
DVD-CDRW Drive Assembly
5205000-5 and earlier consoles
5305921
Replaced by 5305921-3 or 5305921-5
Power and SATA separate cables
1
Y
5305921-3
Replaces 5305921
Power and SATA separate cables
See: Table 9-33 "DVD FRUs Description and" on
page 9-80 and Table 9-34 "DVD to DVR
Compatibility" on page 9-80.
1
Y
1
Y
2.
DVD Assembly, LOGIQ E9 - DVR
Compatible
3.
Replaces 5305921
Power and SATA separate cables
See: Table 9-33 "DVD FRUs Description and" on
page 9-80 and Table 9-34 "DVD to DVR
Compatibility" on page 9-80.
DVD Assembly, LOGIQ E9 - not DVR
Compatible
5305921-5
LE9 DVD Drive ASSEMBLY - R4
5305921-2
Replaced by 5305921-4 or 5305921-6
Power SATA in one cable
1
Y
5305921-4
Replaces 5305921-2
Power SATA in one cable
See: Table 9-33 "DVD FRUs Description and" on
page 9-80 and Table 9-34 "DVD to DVR
Compatibility" on page 9-80.
1
Y
1
Y
4.
5.
DVD Assembly, LOGIQ E9 R4 - DVR
Compatible
Replaces 5305921-2
Power SATA in one cable
See: Table 9-33 "DVD FRUs Description and" on
page 9-80 and Table 9-34 "DVD to DVR
Compatibility" on page 9-80.
6.
DVD Assembly, LOGIQ E9 R4 not DVR Compatible
NOTE:
5305921-6
When ordering the DVD Assembly replacement, YOU MUST VERIFY what software the
LOGIQ E9 is running and if the DVR Option is present BEFORE deciding what part number is
appropriate.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 79
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-15-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Digital Video Disc (DVD) Drive (cont’d)
Table 9-33
DVD FRUs Description and
Part
Number
Description
Comments
5305921-3
DVD Assembly, LOGIQ E9 DVR Compatible
Included in the DVR Option
(H4908DR - DVR Option Kit
for LOGIQ E9 running R1.0.5 through R3.x.x) replaces 5305921.
5305921-4
DVD Assembly, LOGIQ E9 R4 DVR Compatible
Included in the DVR Option
(H4913DR - DVR Option Kit for
LOGIQ E9 running R4.x.x or later) replaces 5305921-2.
5305921-5
DVD Assembly, LOGIQ E9 not DVR Compatible
Compatible for LOGIQ E9 running
R1.0.5 through R3.x.x without DVR Option replaces 5305921.
5305921-6
DVD Assembly, LOGIQ E9 R4 not DVR Compatible
Compatible for LOGIQ E9 running
R4.x.x or later without DVR Option replaces 5305921-2.
Table 9-34
DVD to DVR Compatibility
Manufacturing
C = compatible
N = not compatible
R3
Service
R4
Comments
FRU*
Drive Type
No DVR
DVR
No DVR
DVR
R3
R4 or later
Current
LG Drive
C
C
C
C
5305921
New LG Drive
C
N
C
N
5305921-5
This Drive will be used for forward
5305921-6 production only for LOGIQ E9s ordered
without DVR.
Sony Drive
C**
C
C**
C
5305921-3
This Drive will be used in forward
5305921-4 production only on orders with DVR and
DVR Option Kits.
5305921-2 This Drive is obsolete.
NOTE:
* FRU consists of the assembly, which includes the Drive and the metal tray. R3 version also
includes the Interface Board.
NOTE:
** Even though the Drive is compatible, manufacturing will not use this Drive on
non-DVR LOGIQ E9s.
The DVR Option (both R4 and earlier) includes a DVD Drive Assembly. This ensures that the
LOGIQ E9 receiving the DVR Option has a compatible drive to work with the DVR.
•
NOTE:
9 - 80
For R4 or later, the DVR has to be activated in Windows desktop after the option is installed or after
the R4 or later Upgrade (if the DVR Option is transferred).
Detailed information on DVR Option updates can be found in the latest revision of the
LOGIQ E9 DVR Option Installation Instructions Direction 5180205-100.
Section 9-15 - Peripherals
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-15
9-15-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Peripherals (cont’d)
Peripherals Compatible Configurations
Table 9-35
Peripherals Compatible Configurations
Peripherals Compatible Configurations
Minimum Software
R3.x.x
R3.x.x
MODEL NUMBER / DESCRIPTION
UPD25
5389822
HP470
5205000 LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
5205000-2 LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
5205000-3 LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
5205000-4 LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
5205000-5 LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
5205000-6 LOGIQ E9 220-240 VAC
C
5205000-7 LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
5205000-8 LOGIQ E9 100-240 VAC
C
C
9-15-3-1
LOGIQ E9 Peripherals Compatible Configurations Key
LOGIQ E9 Peripherals Compatible
Configurations Key
N
Not supported
C
Compatible
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 81
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-16
Mains Power Cables
Table 9-36
ITEM
Mains Power Cables 1 of 2
PART NAME
PART
NUMBER
MAINS Power Cable - North America
5148381
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1.
3
2.
MAINS Power Cable - China
5148381-5
3
3.
MAINS Power Cable - Europe
5148381-3
MAINS Power Cable - UK/Ireland
5148381-4
MAINS Power Cable - Japan
5148381-2
1
Y
MAINS Power Cable - Switzerland
5148381-7
1
Y
MAINS Power Cable - Denmark
5148381-8
1
Y
MAINS Power Cable - Israel
5322309
1
Y
1
Y
4.
3
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Includes AC Clamp.
MAINS Power Cable - India
9 - 82
5323270
5148381-11
Rev x
H4000ZF
WW.YYYY
Country of origin:
China
Section 9-16 - Mains Power Cables
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-36
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Mains Power Cables 2 of 2 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
10.
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
Includes AC Clamp.
MAINS Power Cable - South Africa
5426194
5148381-11
Rev x
H4000ZF
WW.YYYY
Country of origin:
China
11.
12.
QTY
Includes AC Clamp.
MAINS Power Cable - Argentina
5323275
MAINS Power Cable - Australia
5327624
Replaced by 5323129
13.
Includes AC Clamp.
MAINS Power Cable - Australia
5323129
LABEL
14.
Includes AC Clamp.
MAINS Power Cable - Brazil
5412975
5148381-12
REV _
H4000ZM
YYYYMMMDD
XXXXXX
MADE IN XXX Country Of Origin
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 83
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-17
Internal Cables
9-17-1
Top Console Cables
Figure 9-3 Top Console cable diagram - R3.x and earlier
W
USB
HUB
48V
F
REG
G
J24
GEL WARMER
USB/
AUDIO
5V
USB
J25
BULKHEAD
BOARD
R
MAIN LCD
DISPLAY
FLAT
SCREEN
VIDEO
CNTL
E
+12V
HV INV
5V
W
MIC
WLAN
R2.x.x and R3.x.x
OPTION
12V
5V
CONTROLLER BOARD
J15
MEMORY STICK
MICROPHONE
5V FROM J21
5V FROM J22
5V
J19
TRACKBALL
J21
TEMP
CONTROL
P1
P7
P5
J22
USB
USB
P2
J23
USB P8
P6
J18
USB
AUDIO
48V
P3
USB
HUB
KEYBOARD
12V 5V 3.3V
3.3V
+12V
+5V
+48V
P4
L
ON/
OFF
J1
uP
REG
5V
+12V
TOUCH
HV INV
USB/
VIDEO
10.4"
LCD
BULKHEAD
PLATE
TO/FROM
MAIN
CONSOLE
CABLE: D
9 - 84
SWITCH
BOARD
UP/DN/LOCK
BUTTONS
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB FOR OP PANEL
USB FOR VIDEO ON TOUCH PANEL
UP/DN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
U
OP PANEL
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console Cables (cont’d)
Figure 9-4 Top Console cable diagram - R4.x
+12V
VIDEO
CNTL
FLAT
SCREEN
5V
E
G
NOT INSTALLED
STARTING
APRIL 2014
USB
48V
REG
MAIN LCD
DISPLAY
HV INV
5V
USB/
AUDIO
USB
HUB
MIC
NOT
USED
12V
5V
CONTROLLER BOARD
J15
MEMORY STICK
J24
GEL WARMER
TEMP
CONTROL
5V FROM J21
P1
5V FROM J22
P5
USB
J22
J23
P8
AUDIO
48V
P3
5V
USB
USB
HUB
P4
+48V
L
J18
KEYBOARD
USB
12V 5V 3.3V
P6
3.3V
+12V
+5V
J1
uP
REG
ON/
OFF
5V
+12V
TOUCH
HV INV
USB/
VIDEO
10.4"
LCD
BULKHEAD
PLATE
SWITCH
BOARD
UP/DN/LOCK
BUTTONS
MAIN CABLE
TO/FROM
MAIN
CONSOLE
CABLE: D
TRACKBALL
J19
J21
P7
USB
P2
MICROPHONE
J25
BULKHEAD
BOARD
U
OP PANEL
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB FOR OP PANEL
USB FOR VIDEO ON TOUCH PANEL
UP/DN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 85
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Top Console Cables (cont’d)
Figure 9-5 Top Console cable diagram - R5.x and later
UPPER OP
J21
P5
USB
J22
J23
P8
USB
AUDIO
48V
P3
+48V
REG
P4
P6
REG
L
BKLT
CNTRL
12V
J12
5V
3.3V
J52
J5
CN10
J26
CN4
VIDEO
CNTRL
CN7
J7
12V
LED
BKLight
10.4"
SVGA
KEYBOARD
uP
TOUCH
CNTRL
ON/
OFF
PCAP
TOUCH
BUTTONS, LIGHTS
ROTARIES, SLIDES
5V 3.3V
UP/DN/
LOCK
BUTTONS
BULKHEAD
PLATE
MAIN CABLE
J53
TRACK
BALL
USB
HUB
(3)
J51
J17
VPD
USB
J4
J18
USB
HUB
(7)
ENABLE
P1
MICROPHONE
VPD
J25
R
BULKHEAD
BOARD
MEMORY STICK
J3
USB
HUB
(2)
REG
LOWER OP
OP PANEL
DVI VIDEO
48V POWER/AUDIO
USB for OP PANEL
USB for VIDEO on TOUCH PANEL
UP/DN/BRAKE/RELEASE SWITCHES
Table 9-37
ITEM
Top Console cables
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
1.
QTY
FRU
• D1 - Power/Audio (BEP > Operator Panel)
• D2 - DVI Video (BEP > Operator Panel)
• D3 - XYZ (Operator Panel > Motor/Brake Operator
Panel XYZ)
• D4 - USB (BEP > Operator Panel) (2 used)
1
Y
2
Y
1
Y
Cable D,
MAIN Cable Harness
2.
DESCRIPTION
Cable, USB Operator Panel-Bulkhead
5272357-2
5248610
Cable G
USB (short cable inside the UI)
(J24 - P7), (J25 - P8)
BULKHEAD P7/P8
OP PANEL J24/J25
Cable AA
3.
Gel Warmer Power
9 - 86
5248610 REV
5245462
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
XYZ Controller cables
Figure 9-6 XYZ Controller cables
INNER
LEFT BRAKE
X-Y
LOCK
MOTOR
T
OUTER
LEFT BRAKE
C
Z MOTOR
B
C
B
OUTER
RIGHT BRAKE
INNER
RIGHT BRAKE
XYZ CONTROLLER
FROG BRAKES
48V
L
+48 VDC from Main Power Supply
On systems running R2.0.3 or earlier, Option Key was
installed into J25 and these systems have no Cable L.
Table 9-38
ITEM
XYZ Motor/Brake Control cables
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
1.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
2
Y
Cable B
(XYZ Motor Brake Control > Frog Brakes)
Frog Brake Control
GA200335
2.
Cable, Power Cable - BEP 48V
Cable B, See: Table 9-39 "Main Power Supply Cables" on page 9-89
3.
Cable, Power Cable - BEP 48V
Cable I, See: Table 9-39 "Main Power Supply Cables" on page 9-89
4.
Cable L, USB Cable (J25 - XYZ Controller)
Cable, BEP to XYZ Motor Controller
(620 mm)
5194492-6
XYZ MOTOR CONTROL
5.
5194492-6
1
Y
1
Y
BEP J25
Cable T, XY Lock
Cable, XY-Lock
5310448
MOTOR CTRL
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
5310448....
XY LOCK
9 - 87
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply cables
Figure 9-7 Main Power Supply cables - R4.x and earlier
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION
TO
PRINTERS
H
USB MAIN POWER
SUPPLY TO BEP (J4)
ISOLATION
AND
DC HEAD
120VAC
INVERTER
CONTROL
TO XYZ
CONTROLLER (48V)
USB CABLE
4 D CONTROLLER (J28)
DC VOLTAGES ->
FEP’S MOTHERBOARD ->
FEP’S BOARDS
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
I
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
BB
4D MOTOR
CNTRL
H-BRIDGE
TX POWER to
FEP MOTHERBOARD to
RELAY CARD
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
TO BEP (J1)
Figure 9-8 Main Power Supply cables - R5.x and later
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
CC
BCM2
SWAVE
Option
(Capacitor
Pack)
POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION
TO
PRINTERS
ISOLATION
AND
DC HEAD
120VAC
INVERTER
BCM1
(P8)
H
CONTROL
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
I
9 - 88
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
4D MOTOR
CNTRL
H-BRIDGE
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Main Power Supply cables (cont’d)
Table 9-39
Main Power Supply Cables
ITEM
PART NAME
1.
Cable, Main Power Cable
PART NUMBER
QTY
FRU
Cable A, See: Section 9-16 "Mains Power Cables" on page 9-82
2.
Cable, USB Cable - BEP5 to Main
Power Supply
DESCRIPTION
Cable H
(J4 - Main Power Supply)
(240 mm)
5194492
Y
1
Y
1
Y
BEP J4
MAIN PS
3.
1
Cable H
(J4 - Main Power Supply)
Cable - USB, BEP6 to Main Supply,
FREY
(700 mm)
5194492-8
MAIN PS
4.
BEP J4
Cable I
(J1 - Main Power Supply - XYZ Controller)
Cable, Power Cable - BEP 48V
5194495
BE
P
J1
R
PW Y
L
AIN P
M SUP
5.
Cable, AC Power Cable - BW Printer
Cable R, See: Table 9-45 "Peripherals Cables" on page 9-100
6.
Cable, Brake Arm Left Right
See: Table 9-38 "XYZ Motor/Brake Control cables" on page 9-87
1
Y
7.
Cable, Brake Arm Controller
See: Table 9-38 "XYZ Motor/Brake Control cables" on page 9-87
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
8.
Cable BB
(J28 - Main Power Supply - 4D MC)
Cable, USB cable to 4D MC
(370 mm)
5194492-4
4D MOTORCONTROL
9.
Capacitor Pack Cable
Shear Wave Option
5194492-4...........
BEP J28
Cable CC
({P3} Main Power Supply - Shear Wave Capacitor
Pack BCM1-BCM2)
5486912
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 89
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack Cables
Figure 9-9 Card Rack cables (GFI configuration)
CW PROBE
CONNECTION
(BT2010 OPTION)
4D MOTOR DRIVE
VPD
BACKPLANE
PULSER
VOLTAGES
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
I2C
GFI AUDIO
DC
VOLTAGES
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
+5V
BSCAN
MAIN
POWER
SUPPLY
#2
#3
#4
#1
#2
#3
#4
GTX
GTX
GTX
NOT POPULATED
DRX
DRX
DRX
GFI
#1
GTX or OPEN slots
RX-128
RX-64 or RX-128
RELAY
S
GFI Configuration
CARD RACK
FRONT PLANE
(TRANSDUCER BUS BOARD)
J
TO/FROM
BEP (J5)
Figure 9-10 Card Rack cables - MRX
J2
J1
CW PROBE
CONNECTION
(BT2010
OPTION)
J1
4D MOTOR DRIVE
BACKPLANE
EXTRA PCI
EXPRESS LANES
PCI EXPRESS
J2
A
VPD
I2C
PULSER
VOLTAGES
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
DC
VOLTAGES
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
+5V
DOPPLER AUDIO
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
PD
GTX
GTX
GTX
METAL SHIELD
MRX
METAL SHIELD
RELAY
MRX CARD RACK
METAL SHIELD
BSCAN
S
9 - 90
A to/from BEP
MAIN
POWER
SUPPLY
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack Cables (cont’d)
Figure 9-11 Card Rack Cables - V Nav Inside Option
DC
VOLTAGES
(X2 = P4 on MPS)
PULSER
VOLTAGES
(X1 = P3 on MPS)
RELAY
METAL SHIELD
MRX
METAL SHIELD
GTX
GTX
GTX
PD
METAL SHIELD
CARD RACK
S
BSCAN
DOPPLER AUDIO
+5V
VPD
PCI EXPRESS
I2C
BACKPLANE
EXTRA PCI
EXPRESS LANES
J2
CW PROBE
CONNECTION
(BT2010 OPTION)
J1
A
4D MOTOR DRIVE
Y
Z
POWER
USB
Table 9-40
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
EE
Card Rack Cables 1 of 2
ITEM
PART NAME
1.
Cable, PC2GFI Card
R3.x and earlier
PART NUMBER
5152290
DESCRIPTION
Cable J
PCI Express (PCIe) (GFI to BEP-J5)
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
BEP J5
2.
Cable Na
Cable, BEP to Card Rack BackPlane
and PCI Express - MRX
R3.x and earlier
5372764
D
IO BOAR
J36
BACKPLANE
J2 (LEFT)
5372764 REV X
#NAME#
#ORIGIN#
#DATE#
MBOARD
J3
3.
Cable - BEP6 to Phase 1 Version
Backplane
GFI
R4.x and later
5391509
E
BACKPLAN
J3
MOTHERBOARD
IPASS2 (LEFT)
4.
Cable - iPASS BEP6 to MRX
Backplane - LE9
R4.x and later
5391509 REV X
#NAME#
#ORIGIN#
#DATE#
MBOARD
BEP
J3
BULKHEAD
Cable J
5431486
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
5431486 REVX
#NAME# #SUPPRTNO#
MADE IN #ORIGIN#
#DATE#
9 - 91
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-40
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Card Rack Cables 2 of 2 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
5.
DESCRIPTION
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
Cable S
Part of CW Option
Cable, Doppler MBD to Adapter
(CW Cable, R2.x.x)
GA200536
6.
V Nav Inside Cable
5439524
Cable EE
Part of V Nav Inside Option
DRIVE BAY
9 - 92
QTY
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) cables
Figure 9-12 Back End Processor (BEP) cables (GFI configuration) - BEP5.x (R3.x and earlier)
DVD ADAPT PWA
H
M
I
Y
SATA PWR SATA
J
K
DVD 1
POWER
USB
Z
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
J1
J5
J4
BEP
J2
J3
5
1
48V,+12V
+5V,+5Vstby
6
4
REAR
PANEL
10/100bT
48V, 5Vstby
PS_ON#
48V_OK
AC_FAIL#
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
& SEQUENCE
LOGIC
PS_ON#, PWROK
+12V, -12V + 5V
3.3V, 5Vstby
BEP PWR
SUPPLY
FRONT
PANEL
MODULE
3
12
J46
IF NO
DVR
10
J44
11
DVI-I OUT
J42
AUDIO R
AUDIO L
J43
EXT USB 1
J40
I2C
BSCAN
DVD
2
AUDIO IN
N
USB 6
DVI-I OUT
J31
PCI
ON/OFF SW,
PWR LED
J30
IF NO
DVR
HOST
SATA2
AUDIO
AMP
J29
PATIENT I/O
(BT2010 OR
LATER
OPTION)
DVR
(OPTIONAL)
8
+5V
DVI-I IN
+5V
+12V
SATA3
GFI
AUDIOJ36
LR
AUDIO
OUT
+12V
SPARE PCI EXPRESS x4
J22
D1
SPARE PCI
DIGITAL
VIDEO CARD
+5stby
48V
PCI
CN4
USB 1,2,3,4
+ LED’S
PCI EXPRESS
CN21
10/100/
1000MbT
A
D2
ATX2
MOTHERBOARD
ANALOG VIDEO
MAIN
POWER
DVI-D
RX
DVI-D
TX
J21
CN1
J20
DVI-D
TX
16X PCI EXPRESS
DVI-A
J41
EXT USB 2
POWER
SATA1
SATA0
J35
USB 5
J32
USB
CN5
USB 8
J100
J12
AUDIO IN
L,R,CENTER AUDIO OUT,
ON/OFF SW,
PWR LED
OPTION
KEY *
12V
POWER
J14
+12V
J33
P
USB HUB 1
J25
USB HUB 3
L
USB HUB 2
J27
J26
Q
PCI
EXPRESS x1
7
CN18
USB Micro
Controller
(IO Ports &
VPD
uBTX
MOTHERBOARD
ATX1
CENTER AUDIO OUT
AUDIO
AMP
REG
J34
SATA SATA PWR
+5V +12V 48V +5stby
+3.3V
+12V
+5V
IO BOARD
HARD
DRIVE
20A
48V OUT
DC-DC
CONVERT
ER
* On systems running R2.0.3 or
earlier, Option Key was installed
into J25 and these systems have
no cable L.
+
BB
J7
J28
48V IN
12V
BATTERY
-
D4
USB 7
D4
J3
USB
5,6,7,8
9
CONTROL
V SENSE
EPS
BOARD
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
-
12V
BATTERY
+
9 - 93
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) cables (cont’d)
NOTE:
Figure 9-13 "Back End Processor (BEP) cables - BEP5.x (MRX, R3.1.2 and later)" on page 994 is identified in color to simplify the differences between R2.x.x and earlier and R3.x.x and
later (MRX). Red represents R2.x.x and blue represents R3.x.x (MRX).
Figure 9-13 Back End Processor (BEP) cables - BEP5.x (MRX, R3.1.2 and later)
J1
J2
to/from BEP
Na
K
M
DVD 1
SATA
DVD ADAPT PWA
H
J
SATA PWR
A
I
Y
POWER
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
USB
Z
BEP
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
Na
5
1
48V,+12V
+5V,+5Vstby
6
4
PS_ON#, PWROK
+12V, -12V + 5V
3.3V, 5Vstby
REAR
PANEL
10/100bT
48V, 5Vstby
PS_ON#
48V_OK
AC_FAIL#
DC-DC
CONVERTERS
& SEQUENCE
LOGIC
BEP PWR
SUPPLY
FRONT
PANEL
MODULE
3
12
J46
IF NO
DVR
10
J44
11
DVI-I OUT
AUDIO R
J42
AUDIO L
J43
PATIENT I/O
(BT2010 or later
OPTION)
J40
EXT USB 1
I2C
BSCAN
Na
2
DVD
PWR LED
IF NO
DVR
AUDIO IN
ON/OFF SW,
J31
J36
DVI-I OUT
J29
J30
8
SATA2
XFMR
PCI
AUDIO
AMP
+5V
HOST
+5V
+12V
SATA3
XFMR
LR
AUDIO
OUT
DVR
(OPTIONAL)
+12V
DVI-I IN
D1
SPARE PCI EXPRESS x4
J1
SPARE PCI
J22
DOP
AUDIO
USB 1,2,3,4
+ LED’S
DIGITAL
VIDEO CARD
J2
+5stby
48V
CN4
CN21
PCI
A
D2
ATX2
10/100/
1000MbT
DVI-D
RX
DVI-D
TX
J21
MAIN
POWER
MOTHERBOARD
ANALOG VIDEO
J20
PCI EXPRESS
CN1
DVI-D
TX
16X PCI EXPRESS
DVI-A
J41
EXT USB 2
POWER
SATA1
SATA0
J32
J35
USB
USB HUB 2
CN5
J100 USB 5
L
USB 8
USB Micro
Controller
(IO Ports
&VPD
J26
J25
AUDIO IN
L,R,CENTER AUDIO OUT,
ON/OFF SW,
PWR LED
OPTION
KEY
J12
12V
POWER
J14
J33
AUDIO
AMP
7
uBTX
MOTHERBOARD
ATX1
+12V
P
PCI
EXPRESS x1
CN18
USB HUB 3
J27
Q
USB HUB 1
BB
J7
J28
USB 7
D4
J3
USB
5,6,7,8
USB 6
D4
CENTER AUDIO OUT
REG
J34
SATA SATA PWR
+5V +12V 48V +5stby
+3.3V
+12V
+5V
I/O BOARD
20A
48V OUT
+
48V IN
12V
BATTERY
-
DC-DC
CONVERT
ER
CONTROL
Red indicates GFI Configuration
Blue indicates MRX
9 - 94
V SENSE
EPS
BOARD
-
12V
BATTERY
+
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
9
HARD
DRIVE
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) cables (cont’d)
Figure 9-14 Back End Processor (BEP) cables - BEP6.x (R4.x and later)
SATA PWR SATA
M
DVD 1
Y
POWER
I
USB
Z
BAYBIRD
(VGU
OPTION)
J1
HARD
DRIVE
1
A
J2
J30
DVI-D
TX
J44
DVI-D
TX
DVI-D
RX
CN DV11
AUDIO R
J43
AUDIO L
GFI
AUDIO
+12V
+5stby
48V
J22
DVD
J21
D2
5
AUDIO
AMP
D1
DIGITAL AUDIO (FUTURE)
CODEC
+12V
AUDIO
AMP
+3.3V
+5V
+5V STBY
ON/OFF SW, PWR LED
J3
+12V
SATA0
SATA4
SATA5
+3.3V
+5V STBY
SATA #3
+12V
without DVR
with DVR
5A
CN SATA5
PCIe L5
PCIe L6
+5V
6
Vbat
CN SATA3
USB8
CN PWR1
SATA #2
48V
ACFAIL
POWER ON/OFF
D4
BB
Q
L
H
J100
USB 0
SATA3
J7
USB 1
USB0
J28
USB 2
J27
USB 3
J26
USB 4
J25
USB 5
J4
USB 6
J14
USB 7
USB Micro
Controller
(IO Ports
&VPD
J12
+5V
+12V
USB7
USB9
USB13
USB10
POWER
28v/BAT
SOURCE
SELECT
48V
SATA2
CN IO 2
D4
48v TO 28v
CONVERT
PCH
CN IO 1
HUB
J2
PATIENT IO
(BT10
OPTION)
48V
HOST
TO DVR
USB 1,2
+ LED’S
LAN
CTRL
J42
CN F101
SPARE
DVR
(OPTIONAL)
CN AUDIO1
CN
SATA0
100/1000bT
16X PCI EXPRESS
OC DETECT
CN
SATA4
AUDIO IN
DVI-I IN
IPASS1
CN
SATA6
DVI-I OUT
IPASS2
PCIE x1
+5V
USB #H4
J46
2
8
CN DV12
USB PWR ENABLE
FET
J41
EXT USB 2
4
DVI-D
USB #H3
J40
EXT USB 1
with DVR
9
3
J
PCI
DVI-I OUT
FRONT I/O
without DVR
9
11
SVGA
ACFAIL
5V STBY
S-VIDEO
OUT
(OPTION)
J1
SATA SATA PWR
REAR
PANEL
5V STBY
SATA0
3.3vDUAL
POWER
PCIe L8
Mini PCIe
USB12
USB
5vDUAL
5vDUAL
POWER
cFast
USB 13
3.3vDUAL
28v
TO
12v
28v
TO
5v
28v
TO
3.3v
+5V
+5V
+12V
+48V
+28V BATT
+12V
+12V
+48V
+5V
USB 9
+3.3V
CN PWR2
OPTION KEY
R4 ONLY
POWERBOARD
Patient IO
J30
P
48V
Vbat
+5V
+12V
J33
SIDE I/O BOARD
MOTHERBOARD
5vDUAL
ACFAIL
J29
CN USB11
20A
48V
12V
BATTERY
+
CHARGER
Vbat
5vDUAL
AC FAIL
+
BEP 6.1
-
CHARGEBOARD
12V
BATTERY
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
7
9 - 95
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) cables (cont’d)
There are two main families of BEPs used on the LOGIQ E9; BEP5.x supported in R3.x and earlier and
BEP6.x supported in R4 and later. See: Table 9-41 "Back End Processor (BEP) Internal Cables BEP5.x
(R3.x and earlier)" on page 9-96 and Table 9-42 "Back End Processor (BEP) Internal Cables BEP6.x
(R4.x and later)" on page 9-97.
Table 9-41
ITEM
Back End Processor (BEP) Internal Cables BEP5.x (R3.x and earlier) 1 of 2
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
Cable 1
1.
Cable, Harness, BEP Power With
Extended Power Shutdown
5165844-2
Cable 2
2.
Cable, Motherboard Harness
5193725-2
Cable 3
3.
Cable, Front Panel Harness
4.
Cable, PCI express bulkhead
R3.x and earlier
5152291
5.
Cable, SATA Cable - DVR
R3.x and earlier
5183841-2
6.
cable-powered eSATA to 15-7 DVD
Cable, SATA Cable - DVR
R3.x and earlier
5431110
5193726
Cable 4
9 - 96
BEP J5
MBOARD J3
Cable 8
MBOARD
SA1
5183841-2
DVR
“HOST”
MBOARD
SA1
5183841-2
DVR
“HOST”
Cable 8
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-41
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) Internal Cables BEP5.x (R3.x and earlier) 2 of 2
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
Cable 10
7.
DVI FLEX Video
5169280
Cable 10
8.
DVI FLEX Cable with Shielding
(for DVR Option)
5169280-2
Cable 11
9.
DVI FLEX, DVR Jumper to BEP
5197215-2
Cable N
10.
Cable, BEP to Backplane Cable
Table 9-42
ITEM
1.
2.
5194491
IO BOARD
J36
BACKPLANE
J3
Back End Processor (BEP) Internal Cables BEP6.x (R4.x and later) 1 of 2
PART NAME
Cable Kit
R4.x
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5433408-80
Kit includes:
PowerBoard to ChargeBoard
PatIO (ECG) Power/USB
SATA Jumper
Video Jumper
Main Power Supply to PowerBoard Ribbon Cable
1
Y
1
Y
Cable, BEP to Card Rack BackPlane
and PCI Express - MRX and GFI
R4.x and later
See: Table 9-40 "Card Rack Cables" on page 9-91.
SATA Cable - BEP6 MB to DVR
5439827
SATA
Cable 5
3.
MBOARD
SATA3
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
5439827 REV X #NAME# #ORIGIN# #DATE#
DVR BOARD
“HOST”
9 - 97
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-42
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) Internal Cables BEP6.x (R4.x and later) 2 of 2
ITEM
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
4.
SATA Cable - DVR to BEP6 MB
5439827-2
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
2
Y
1
Y
QTY
FRU
1
Y
SATA
Cable 5A
MBOARD
SATA5
5439827-2 REV X #NAME# #ORIGIN# #DATE#
DVR BOARD
“DVD”
Cable 9
5.
Flex Cable - DVI to SAMTEC Video
Jumper
5428990
Cable 11
DVR AUDIO IN
6.
Cable - DVR Audio BEP6
Table 9-43
ITEM
1.
5435462...........
BEP CN AUDIO1
5435462
Back End Processor (BEP) External Cables 1 of 2
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Cable, USB A-B High Speed
Cable H,
See: Table 9-39 - Main Power Supply Cables
Cable, Power Cable - BEP 48V
Cable I,
See: Table 9-39 - Main Power Supply Cables
Cable, PC2GFI Card
Cable J, PCIe Express Cable
See: Table 9-40 - Card Rack Cables
4.
Cable - DVD Power, FREY
Cable K, See: Table 9-45 - Peripherals Cables
5.
Cable, USB - XYZ Controller
Cable L, See: Table 9-38 - XYZ Motor/Brake Control cables
(J28 - BEP to XYZ Controller) USB Cable
6.
Cable, SATA Cable - External to DVD
Cable M, See: Table 9-45 - Peripherals Cables
2.
3.
7.
Cable, Audio Cable - BEP to
Subwoofer
Cable P
(J33 - Subwoofer). See:
Table 9-44 "New Subwoofer Cable Details" on page
9-99.
5194498
SUBWOOFER
9 - 98
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
5194498
BEP J33
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-43
ITEM
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Back End Processor (BEP) External Cables 2 of 2 (Continued)
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
8.
DESCRIPTION
FRU
1
Y
Cable P
(J33 - Subwoofer). See:
Table 9-44 "New Subwoofer Cable Details" on page
9-99 .
Cable - RCA Audio, BEP to
Silver Flute Subwoofer
5194498-2
SUBWOOFER
5194498-2 REV x
BEP J33
9.
Cable, USB - BW Printer
Cable Q, See: Table 9-45 - Peripherals Cables
10.
Cable, V Nav, Baybird Power
Cable Y, See: Table 9-47 - Options
11.
Cable, V Nav, USB BEP to BayBird
Cable Z, See: Table 9-47 - Options
Table 9-44
New Subwoofer Cable Details
Subwoofer Cable P/N 5194498
NOT backward compatible. Replace like for
like, or P/N 5194498-2 can be used in
place of P/N 5194498.
SUBWOOFER
QTY
5194498
Subwoofer P/N 5261127-2
Backward compatible.
BEP J33
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
SUBWOOFER
5194498-2 REV x
BEP J33
9 - 99
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-17-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Peripherals Cables
Figure 9-15 Peripherals Cables (R4.x and later DVD shown in Figure 9-16)
PRINTER
K
Q
(OPTIONAL)
USB
SATA PWR SATA
DVD ADAPT PWA
BW
DVD 1
M
Y
TO MAIN PWR
SUPPLY
PWR
R
POWER
Z
USB
BAYBIRD
(VGU OPTION)
Figure 9-16 DVD - R4.x and later
SATA PWR SATA
M
Table 9-45
ITEM
DVD 1
Peripherals Cables
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
Cable K
(J30 - DVD 1)
1.
Cable, SATA Cable - External to DVD
5266407
5270048
5266407 REV
BEP J29-J32
DVD POWER
Cable M
(J3 - DVD 1)
5270048 REV
BEP J3 / J2
DVD UPPER / LOWER
SATA
SATA
2.
Cable, DVD Power, FREY
Cable M
(J3 - DVD 1)
3.
Cable-powered eSATA to 15-7 DVD
5431110
DVD UPPER / LOWER
5431110 REV X #NAME# #ORIGIN# #DATE#
BEP J3 / J2
Cable Q
(J26 - BW Printer)
4.
Cable, USB Cable - BW Printer
(610 mm)
5194492-2
BW PRINTER
9 - 100
Section 9-17 - Internal Cables
BEP J26
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-45
ITEM
5.
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Peripherals Cables
PART NAME
Cable, USB Cable - BW Printer
Used with the Printer Bracket in
Shear Wave Option
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Cable, Power Cable - BW Printer
(860 mm)
5194492-10
5194493
7.
5194492-10...........
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
1
Y
2
Y
BEP J28
Cable R
AC Power BW Printer
MAIN PWR SUPPLY
AC OUT
BW PRINTER
Cable Y
Cable, V Nav, Baybird Power
5244550
8.
BEP J29-J32
5244550 REV
BAYBIRD POWER
Cable Z
Cable - V Nav, USB BEP to BayBird
5194492-3
(1060 mm)
BAY BIRD
9.
FRU
Cable Q
(J26 - BW Printer)
BW PRINTER ON TRAY
6.
QTY
Ferrites (used in DVR Option)
5324370
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
BEP J27
9 - 101
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-18
Probes
Table 9-46
PROBES
Supported Probes (not including Japan Probes) 1 of 4
CATALOG NUMBER
PART NUMBER
COMMENTS
1.5 - 4.3 MHz
M4S-D
H40442LN
5224357
5499596 RoHs
Micro-convex for biopsy
3CRF
H40442LP
5196216
5499502 RoHs
M6C-D
H40432LM
5182312
5499598 RoHs
9L-D
H40442LM
5212849
5499510 RoHs
11L-D
H40432LN
5410800
5499499 RoHs
ML6-15-D
H40452LG
5410769
5499600 RoHs
9 - 102
Section 9-18 - Probes
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-46
PROBES
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Supported Probes (not including Japan Probes) 2 of 4 (Continued)
CATALOG NUMBER
PART NUMBER
L8-18: Linear
Transducer
(R2.x.x)
H40452LL
5410798
5499594 RoHs
S4-10 Sator
Transducer
(R2.x.x)
H4908SN
5336208
S4-10-D
Transducer
(R4.x and later)
H45302LA
5394804
RSP6-16-D
H48651MR
KTZ157046
KTZ303997 RoHs
RIC5-9-D
H48651MS
KTZ157043
KTZ303987 RoHs
RNA5-9-D
H48651MY
KTZ156994
KTZ303994 RoHs
RAB2-5-D
H48651MN
KTZ157037
KTZ303980 RoHs
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
COMMENTS
9 - 103
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-46
PROBES
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Supported Probes (not including Japan Probes) 3 of 4 (Continued)
CATALOG NUMBER
PART NUMBER
C1-5-D
H40452LE
5409287
5499513 RoHs
S1-5
H4908SC
5269878
S1-5D
(R4.x and later)
H4913SD
5438302
IC5-9-D
H40442LK
5212417
5499592 RoHs
RAB 4-8 4D
Curved Array Probe
(R2.x.x)
H4865IPM
KTZ157038
KTZ303983 RoHs
M5S-D
(R2.x.x)
H45551NH
GE-3MIX
P2D 2MHz
CW Pencil Probe
(R2.x.x)
H4830JE
TE100024
P6D 6MHz
CW Pencil Probe
(R2.x.x)
H4830JG
TQ100002
6Tc Multi-plane
Cardiac TEE Probe
(R2.x.x)
H455512D
KN100105
KN100107 RoHs
6S-DLP
Phase Array
Pediatric Probe
H45021RR
47236955
9 - 104
Section 9-18 - Probes
COMMENTS
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-46
PROBES
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Supported Probes (not including Japan Probes) 4 of 4 (Continued)
CATALOG NUMBER
PART NUMBER
C2-9-D
H40462LN
5405254
5499605 RoHs
C1-6VN-D
H40472LW
5476279
C2-9VN-D
H40472LY
5488219
RAB6-D
(R4.x and later)
H48681MG
KTZ302502
KTZ303986 RoHs
C-1-6D
H40472LT
5428393
5499606 RoHs
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
COMMENTS
9 - 105
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-19
Options
For Options Compatible configurations, See:
9-19-1 "Options Compatible Configurations" on page 9-109.
Table 9-47
ITEM
Options 1 of 3
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
V Nav, Drive Bay 3D Tracking
System Electronics Unit
R3.x and earlier
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5168286-20
1
Y
DriveBay2+ (System Electronics Unit)
R4.x and Later
5459862
1
Y
3.
V Nav, Drive Bay 3D Tracking System
Single 8mm Sensor Assembly
5168286-25
2
Y
4.
V Nav, Drive Bay 3D Tracking System
Dual 8mm Sensor Assembly
5168286-30
2
Y
5.
eTRAX Needle Sensor Spare Part
(Needle Tracking Option)
R2.0.5 or later
5408134
VirtuTRAX Sensor Spare Part
(Virtual Tracking Option)
R2.0.5 or later
5416625
V Nav, Drive Bay 3D Tracking System Mid
Range Transmitter Assembly
for DriveBay 2 only
5457453
1
Y
8.
Drive Bay 2 Flat Transmitter
5437445
1
Y
9.
driveBAY 3D Tracking System Mid Range
Transmitter
5168286-45
1
Y
10.
Cable, V Nav, Baybird Power
Cable Y, See: Table 9-45 - Peripherals Cables
11.
Cable, V Nav, USB BEP to BayBird
Cable Z, See: Table 9-45 - Peripherals Cables
1.
2.
6.
7.
Replaced by 5168286-30
12.
Stand for Tru3D Transmitter
5268740
1
Y
13.
V Nav Transmitter Stand Handles
5268740-30
1
Y
14.
V Nav Transmitter Stand Arm
5268740-10
1
Y
15.
V Nav Transmitter Stand Wheels
(set of 5)
5268740-20
1
Y
9 - 106
Section 9-19 - Options
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-47
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Options 2 of 3 (Continued)
ITEM
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
16.
On Board VNav Stand Pole with mounting hardware
17.
On Baord VNav Stand arm soare part
18.
CW Board (GRX)
(R2.x.x)
See: Table 9-21 - Card Rack parts
CW Adapter
(R2.x.x)
See: Table 9-40 - Card Rack Cables
19.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5451260
1
Y
5456232
1
Y
20.
Patient I/O (ECG Module)
(R2.x.x)
GA200240
Replaced by GB200010
1
Y
21.
Patient I/O (ECG Module)
(R2.x.x)
GB200010
Replaces by GA200240
GB200010 is backward compatible.
1
Y
22.
ECG Cables AHA Style
(R2.x.x)
164L0025
Americas
1
Y
23.
Lead Wires ECG AHA
(R2.x.x)
164L0027
Americas
1
Y
24.
ECG Cables, Short IEC
(R2.x.x)
2304616
Europe and Asia
(includes 164L0026 and 164L0028)
1
Y
25.
ECG Cables, IEC
(R2.x.x)
2304615
Europe and Asia
(includes 164L0026 and lead wire, port “B1“)
1
Y
26.
ECG Cable IEC, Short
(R2.x.x)
164L0026
Part of 2304616
1
Y
27.
Lead Wires IEC, Short
(R2.x.x)
164L0028
Part of 2304616
1
Y
USB Footswitch
R2.x.x and later
H46732LF
1
Y
WLAN Dongle
R2.x.x and R3.x.x
5340249
1
Y
External Display (LCD)
(R2.x.x)
KTZ220525
1
Y
31.
BEP6.x Wireless Parts Spare Part
5433408-110
1
Y
32.
DVI Cable for External Display
(R2.x.x)
KTZ220527
1
Y
28.
29.
30.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 107
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 9-47
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Options 3 of 3 (Continued)
ITEM
PART NAME
PART NUMBER
33.
Transformer for External Display
(R2.x.x)
34.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
KTZ220714
1
Y
Wall Mount Kit for External Display
(R2.x.x)
KTZ220526
1
Y
DVI-I to SVGA adapter for
External Display (R2.x.x)
5347051
1
Y
Advanced Digital Video Converter
2412280
1
Y
37.
5V Medical Grade Adapter
2421169
1
Y
38.
BEP6.x Scan Converter Board (S-Video Option)
5433408-120
1
Y
35.
36.
9 - 108
Section 9-19 - Options
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-19
9-19-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Options (cont’d)
Options Compatible Configurations
See: 9-19-1-1 "LOGIQ E9 Options Compatible Configurations Key" on page 9-110.
Table 9-48
Options Compatible Configurations
Options Compatible Configurations
R1.x.x
R1.x.x
R1.x.x
R2.x.x
R2.x.x
R4.xx
4D MC
VNAV
DVR
CW*
WLAN
Dongle
**
WLAN
BEP6
5205000
LOGIQ E9
100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
C
5205000-2
LOGIQ E9
220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
C
5205000-3
LOGIQ E9
100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
C
5205000-4
LOGIQ E9
220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
C
5205000-5
LOGIQ E9
100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
C
5205000-6
LOGIQ E9
220-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
5205000-7
LOGIQ E9
100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
C
C
C
C
5205000-8
LOGIQ E9
100-240 VAC
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
C
C
C
C
MODEL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
R2.x.x
R2.x.x
Patient I/O* Footswitch
R4
R5
BEP6
Scan
Shear Wave*
Converter*
R5
V Nav
Inside*
* These options have additional hardware requirements depending on the console model.
** WLAN Dongle is not supported on R4 or later.
NOTE:
Compatibility charts only show parts that have any compatibility dependencies. Parts not listed
are assumed to be compatible with all configurations.
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 109
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
9-19-1-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ E9 Options Compatible Configurations Key
LOGIQ E9 Options Compatible
Configurations Key
9 - 110
N
Not supported
C
Compatible
Section 9-19 - Options
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-20
Product Labels on LOGIQ E9 consoles used in a veterinary environment
Table 9-49
ITEM
Product Labels on LOGIQ E9 consoles used in a veterinary environment
PART NAME
PART
NUMBER
Side Cover Vet Label
Probe Veterinary Label
DESCRIPTION
QTY
FRU
5410085
2
Y
5447716
1
Y
1
Y
1.
2.
5447716
3.
Vet Product Label
5454608
For Veterinary
use only
5454608
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 111
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-21
Hardware Kit
Hardware Kit for LOGIQ E9 (includes two boxes with hardware) See: Figure 9-17 and Figure 9-19. See:
Figure 9-18 and Figure 9-20 to identify and keep the kit organized.
Figure 9-17 Box 1 of 5310019 Kit
9 - 112
Section 9-21 - Hardware Kit
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-21
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Hardware Kit (cont’d)
Use this Figure 9-18 to help identify contents of the Hardware Kit, Box 1 and keep them organized.
Figure 9-18 Box 1 of 5310019 Kit, contents and organization
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 113
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-21
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Hardware Kit (cont’d)
Use this Figure 9-20 to help identify contents of the Hardware Kit, Box 2 and keep them organized.
Figure 9-19 Box 2 of 5310019 Kit
9 - 114
Section 9-21 - Hardware Kit
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Section 9-21
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Hardware Kit (cont’d)
Use this Figure 9-20 to help identify contents of the Hardware Kit, Box 2 and keep them organized.
Figure 9-20 Box 1 of 5310019 Kit, contents and organization
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 115
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
This page was intentionally left blank.
9 - 116
Section 9-21 - Hardware Kit
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 10
Care & Maintenance
Section 10-1
Overview
10-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 10
This chapter describes Care and Maintenance on the Ultrasound system and peripherals. These
procedures are intended to maintain the quality of the Ultrasound system’s performance. Read this
chapter completely and familiarize yourself with the procedures before performing a task
10-1-2
Periodic maintenance inspections
It has been determined by engineering that your Ultrasound System does not have any high wear
components that fail with use, therefore no Periodic Maintenance inspections are mandatory.
However, some customers’ Quality Assurance Programs may require additional tasks and or
inspections at a different frequency than listed in this manual.
Table 10-1
Contents in Chapter 10
Section
DANGER
Description
Page Number
10-1
Overview
10-1
10-2
Why do Maintenance
10-2
10-3
Maintenance Task Schedule
10-2
10-4
System maintenance
10-7
10-5
Using a Phantom
10-9
10-6
Electrical Safety Tests
10-9
10-7
When There’s Too Much Leakage Current...
10-27
THERE ARE SEVERAL PLACES ON THE BACKPLANE, THE AC DISTRIBUTION,
AND DC DISTRIBUTION THAT ARE DANGEROUS. BE SURE TO DISCONNECT
THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG AND SWITCH OFF THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY PARTS. BE CAUTIOUS WHENEVER POWER IS
STILL ON AND COVERS ARE REMOVED.
CAUTION PRACTICE GOOD ESD PREVENTION. WEAR AN ANTI–STATIC STRAP WHEN HANDLING
ELECTRONIC PARTS AND EVEN WHEN DISCONNECTING/CONNECTING CABLES.
CAUTION DO NOT PULL OUT OR INSERT CIRCUIT BOARDS WHILE POWER IS ON.
CAUTION DO NOT OPERATE THIS SYSTEM UNLESS ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE, TO ENSURE OPTIMAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND COOLING.
WHEN COVERS ARE REMOVED, EMI MAY BE PRESENT.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 1
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 10-2
Why do Maintenance
10-2-1
Keeping Records
It is good business practice that ultrasound facilities maintain records of periodic and corrective
maintenance. The Ultrasound Equipment Quality Check (EQC and IQC), see: 10-7-6 "Ultrasound
Equipment Quality Check (EQC and IQC)" on page 10-28, provides the customer with documentation
that the Ultrasound system is maintained on a periodic basis.
A copy of the Ultrasound Equipment Quality Check form should be kept in the same room or near the
Ultrasound system.
10-2-2
Quality Assurance
In order to gain accreditation from organizations such as the American College of Radiology (USA), it
is the customer’s responsibility to have a quality assurance program in place for each Ultrasound
system. The program must be directed by a medical physicists, the supervising radiologist/physician or
appropriate designee.
Routine quality control testing must occur regularly. The same tests are performed during each period
so that changes can be monitored over time and effective corrective action can be taken.
Testing results, corrective action and the effects of corrective action must be documented and
maintained on the site.
Your GE service representative can help you with establishing, performing and maintaining records for
a quality assurance program. Contact GE for coverage and/or price for service.
Section 10-3
Maintenance Task Schedule
10-3-1
How often should care & maintenance tasks be performed?
The Care and Maintenance task schedule specifies how often your Ultrasound System should be
serviced and outlines items requiring special attention.
NOTE:
It is the customer’s responsibility to ensure the Ultrasound System care and maintenance is
performed as scheduled in order to retain its high level of safety, dependability and
performance.
Your GE Service Representative has an in-depth knowledge of your Ultrasound System and can best
provide competent, efficient service. Contact GE for coverage information and/or price for service.
The service procedures and recommended intervals shown in the Care and Maintenance Task
Schedule assumes that you use your Ultrasound System for an average patient load and not use it as
a primary mobile Ultrasound system which is transported between diagnostic facilities.
NOTE:
If conditions exist which exceed typical usage and patient load, then it is recommended to
increase the periodic maintenance frequencies.
Please refer to the Customer Care Schedule in the service manual for the Ultrasound System unit for
correct the maintenance care schedule.
10 - 2
Section 10-2 - Why do Maintenance
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 10-4
System maintenance
10-4-1
Preliminary checks
The preliminary checks take about 15 minutes to perform. Refer to the Ultrasound system user
documentation whenever necessary.
Table 10-2
System preliminary checks
Step
Item
Description
1.
Ask and Listen
Ask the customer if they have any problems or questions about the equipment.
2.
Paperwork
Fill in the top of the EQC inspection form. Record all probes and Ultrasound system options.
3.
• Turn the Ultrasound system power on and verify that all fans and peripherals turn on.
Power up
• Watch the displays during power up to verify that no warning or error messages are displayed.
• Where applicable, confirm that the battery is charged. If no AC Input present, use the internal
battery.
4.
Probes
Verify that the Ultrasound system properly recognizes all probes.
5.
Displays
Verify proper display on the monitor and touch panel (where present).
InSite
• Verify that InSite is functioning properly.
6.
Where applicable, for Warranty and Contract Customers only:
• Ensure two-way remote communications.
7.
Review
Error Logs
Where applicable, Error Logs can be reviewed via system diagnostics.
8.
Diagnostics
Optional.
9.
Presets
Backup all Customer Presets to an appropriate media.
10.
Image Archive
Back up the Image Archive onto appropriate media.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 3
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-4-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
“Standard” GE Tool Kit in the USA
The following is a description of the “Standard” GE tool kit in the USA. Not all tools are required for PMs.
Table 10-3
Overview of GE-1 Tool Kit Contents
Tool ID
10 - 4
Description
Tool ID
Description
9-45358
Pliers Retaining Ring
9-XL9971MM
Xcelite-hex Blade 1.27mm
9-4078
Scribe
9-XL9972MM
Xcelite-hex Blade 1.5mm
9-44572
Wrench Open End 3/8 - 7/16
9-XL9973MM
Xcelite-hex Blade 2 mm
9-44579
Wrench Open End 1/2 - 9/16
9-XL9974MM
Xcelite-hex Blade 2.5mm
9-44579
Wrench Open End 1/2 - 9/16
9-XL9975MM
Xcelite-hex Blade 3mm
9-45385
Pliers, Arc Joint 7 inch
9-XL9976MM
Xcelite-hex Blade 4mm
9-45378
Pliers, Slip Joint
9-XL9977MM
Xcelite-hex Blade 5mm
9-4518
Pliers, Long Nose, Miniature
9-XL991CM
Handle
9-4518
Pliers, Long Nose, Miniature
C2356E
Screw starter - Kedman Quick Wedge
9-44776
Ignition Wrench Set, 10 pc.
BLBO
Box - 18 Compartment
9-44601
Wrench, Adj., 4 inch
DWL4283T
Box - 5 Compartment
9-4151
Screwdriver, Blade, Stubby
9-41322
Pickup Tool, Claw type
9-41421
Screwdriver, Blade, Pocket clip
9-6757
6 pc Needle File Set
9-41594
Screwdriver, Blade 1/8 in. x 4 in.
9-9487
Utility Knife
9-41581
Screwdriver, Blade 3/16 in. x 4 in.
9-45341
Pliers Vice Grip 10 inch
9-39451
20' Steel Tape, locking Spring load
9-3001
Xacto Pen Knife
9-GH807
Ratchet, Offset, Slotted
9-HT62002
Solder Aid, Fork and Hook
68-412
Ratchet, Offset, Philips
9-4099
Mirror, Round, Telescoping
9-GH130
Tapered Reamer
9-GH3001
Steel Rule Decimal 6 inch
9-41584
Screwdriver, slotted 1/4 in.X 6 in.
9-GH300ME
Steel Rule Metric 6 inch
9-4118
Screwdriver, Philips #2, Stubby
9-XL9920
Xcelite-hex Blade.050 inch
9-41293
Screwdriver, Philips #0
9-XL9921
Xcelite-hex Blade 1/16 inch
9-41294
Screwdriver, Philips #1
9-XL9922
Xcelite-hex Blade 5/16 inch
9-41295
Screwdriver, Philips #2
9-XL9923
Xcelite-hex Blade 3/32 inch
9-46677
Hex Keys, 20 pc., Metric
9-XL9924
Xcelite-hex Blade 1/8 inch
9-34701
1/4 in. Standard.Socket set (19 pc)
9-XL9925
Xcelite-hex Blade 5/32 inch
9-43499
1/2 inch Socket 1/4 inch drive
9-XL9926
Xcelite-hex Blade 3/16 inch
9-4355
Flex Spinner
9-XL99764
Xcelite-hex Blade 7/64
9-43523
Breaker
9-XL99964
Xcelite-hex Blade 9/64
9-43531
6 inch Ext.
9-XLM60
Mini-screwdriver kit
9-65283
Case 8.5 in. x 4.5 in. x 2 in. Deep
9-45072
Pliers 6 inch Diagonal
9-46696
Hex Keys
9-XL100X
Wire Stripper/Cutter 5 inch - 100X
Section 10-4 - System maintenance
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
Table 10-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Overview of GE-1 Tool Kit Contents (Continued)
Tool ID
Description
Tool ID
Description
9-39829
Torpedo Level, Magnetic
9-XL87CG
Pliers - very fine needle nose-87CG
9-38461
Hammer, Ball Peen, 4 oz
9-WEWDT-07
Weller-Soldering-Replacement Tip(1)
9-4280
Universal Joint 1/4 inch
9-WS175-E
Wiss - Surgical Scissors
9-WEW60P3
Weller - Soldering Iron, 3 wire
KH174
Hemostat 5 inch Straight
9-WECT5B6
Weller - Soldering Iron Tip
KH175
Hemostat 5 inch curved
9-WEWDP12
Weller - Desoldering Pump
9-Z9480121
Alignment tool (red)
93383
Flashlight Mini-Mag Lite (AAA Bat.)
9-GH408
Tweezers
21576
Brush - Bristle
9-4516
Pliers 4 1/4 inch Diagonal
Table 10-4
Overview of GE-2 Tool Kit Contents
GE-2 Sears Kit (#99034)
Tool ID
Description
Tool ID
Description
9-45381
Pliers, Arc Joint 9 1/2 inch
9-44067
Socket 1 1/16 in. for 1/2 in. drive
9-45092
Pliers, Linesman 8 1/2 inch
9-42679
Socket 10MM Hex for 1/2 in. drive (2273333)
9-42882
Punch, Pin 3/32 inch
9-44262
Extension 10 inch for 1/2 in. drive (2273405)
9-42884
Punch, Pin 5/32 inch
9-4258
3/8 inch to 1/2 inch Adapter
9-42886
Punch, Pin 1/4 inch
9-34374
3/8 inch Metric Socket Set - 12 PT
9-42973
Cold Chisel 1/2 inch
9-44311
16mm Socket 12 pt.
9-GH77
Center Punch Automatic
9-33485
Metal Socket Tray
9-GH890
File Handle, Adj.
9-33484
Metal Socket Tray
9-31276
File, Round, Bastard 8 inch
9-33484
Metal Socket Tray
9-31277
File, Half Round, Bastard 8 inch
9-52068
Tap and Drill Set
9-31263
File, Flat Mill 8 inch
9-52722
#6 Tap
21045C
Close Quarter Saw
9-52723
#8 Tap
9-44604
Wrench, Adj 10 inch
High Speed Drill Set
9-41587
Screwdriver 5/16 inch x 8 inch
#36 Drill
9-41586
Screwdriver, Stubby 5/16 inch
#29 Drill
9-GH19512
Countersink 1/2 inch
9-44741
12 PC Combination Wrench Set
9-44046
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
3/8 inch Socket Set
10 - 5
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-4-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Functional checks
The functional checks take about 60 minutes to perform. Refer to the Ultrasound system user
documentation whenever necessary.
10-4-4
System checks.
Table 10-5
Step
Item
Description
1
B-Mode
Verify basic B-Mode (2D) operation. Check the basic Ultrasound system controls that affect this
mode of operation.
2
CF-Mode
Verify basic CF-Mode (Color Flow Mode) operation. Check the basic Ultrasound system controls
that affect this mode of operation.
3
Doppler Modes
Where applicable, verify basic Doppler operation (PW and CW if available). Check the basic
Ultrasound system controls that affect this mode of operation.
4
M-Mode
Verify basic M-Mode operation. Check the basic Ultrasound system controls that affect this mode
of operation.
5
3D Mode
Where applicable, verify basic 3D Mode operation. Check the basic system controls that affect this
mode of operation.
6
RealTime 4D
Mode
Where applicable, verify basic RealTime 4D Mode operation. Check the basic system controls that
affect this mode of operation.
7
Basic
Measurements
Check Distance and Tissue Depth Measurement.
8
Probe Elements
Perform an Element Test on each probe to verify that all the probe elements and system channels
are functional.
9
Applicable
Software
Options
Verify the basic operation of all optional modes. Check the basic system controls that affect each
options operation.
10
System
Diagnostic
Perform the Automatic Tests.
11
Transmit/
Receive
Use the Visual Channel Utility on the 12L probe to verify that all system xmit/recv channels are
functional.
12
10 - 6
System functional checks
Operator Panel
test
Perform the Operator Panel Test Procedure.
13
Keyboard
Do the interactive keyboard test.
14
Touch Panel
Where applicable, verify basic Touch Panel display functions.
15
Monitor
Verify basic monitor display functions.
16
Peripherals
See: 10-4-5 "Peripheral/option checks" on page 10-7‘.
Section 10-4 - System maintenance
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-4-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Peripheral/option checks
If any peripherals or options are not part of the system configuration, the check can be omitted
Table 10-6
Step
10-4-6
GE approved peripheral/hardware option functional checks
Item
1
Media
Verify media drive(s) read/write properlty. Clean if necessary.
2
B/W Printer
Verify hardcopy output of the B/W video page printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.
3
Color Printer
Verify hardcopy output of the Color video page printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.
4
DICOM
Verify that DICOM is functioning properly. Send an image to a DICOM device.
5
ECG
Verify basic operation with customer
6
Footswitch
Verify that the footswitch is functioning as programed. Clean as necessary.
Mains cable inspection
Table 10-7
Step
10-4-7
Description
Mains Cable Inspection, As Appropriate
Item
Description
1
Unplug cord
Disconnect the mains cable from the wall and Ultrasound system.
2
Inspect
Inspect it and its connectors for damage of any kinds.
3
Verifyr
Verify that the LINE, NEUTRAL and GROUND wires are properly attached to the terminals, and that
no strands may cause a short circuit.
4
Verify
Inlet connector retainer is functional.
Optional diagnostic checks
To complete the Ultrasound System checks, view the error logs and run desired diagnostics.
10-4-8
View the logs
1.) Review the Ultrasound system error log for any problems.
2.) Check the temperature log to see if there are any trends that could cause problems in the future.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 7
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-4-9
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Physical inspection
These features may not be present on all Ultrasound systems.
Table 10-8
Step
Physical checks
Item
Description
1
Labeling
Verify that all Ultrasound system labeling is present and in readable condition.
2
Scratches &
Dentst
Inspect the exterior for dents, scratches or cracks.
3
Covers
Where applicable, verify all covers are secured in place and are properly aligned with other covers.
Replace any covers that are damaged.
4
Input Power
Refer to: 10-4-6 "Mains cable inspection" on page 10-7.
5
External I/O
Check all connectors for damage.
6
Wheels and
Brakes
7
8
Control Panel
Movement
Control Panel
Lighting
• Where applicable, check all wheels and casters for wear and verify operation of foot brake, to stop
the Ultrasound system from moving, and release mechanism.
• Where applicable, check all wheel locks and wheel swivel locks for proper operation.
• Where applicable, verify ease of Operator Panel (Operator Control Panel) movement in all
acceptable directions.
• Where applicable, ensure that the Control panel latches in position as required.
Check for proper operation of all operator panel and TGC lights.
Inspect the LCD Display for scratches and bad pixels.
Verify proper operation of Contrast and Brightness controls.
Where applicable, confirm that the LCD arm allows:
9
LCD
• swivelling the screen to the left and to the right
• folding the screen to the locked position
• release and adjustment backwards and forwards
• can be adjusted in the up/down positions.
Note: LCD Arm movement may vary and is not applicable to all Ultrasound systems.
10 - 8
10
Monitor Light
Check for proper operation of any monitor lighting, if available.
11
Cables and
Connectors
Check all internal cable harnesses and connectors for wear and secure connector seating. Pay
special attention to probe strain or bend reliefs.
12
Shielding and
Covers
Check to ensure that all EMI shielding, internal covers, air flow panels and screws are in place.
Missing covers and hardware could cause EMI/RFI problems while scanning.
13
Control Panel
Inspect alphanumeric keyboard and Operator Panel. Record any damaged or missing items.
14
Probe Holders
Where applicable, inspect the Probe Holders for cracks or damage.
15
Power and
System Status
Indicators
Check for proper operation of all Power and System Status Indicators.
16
Battery
Where applicable, check that the battery is not damaged, does not leak, does not emit an odor, and
is not deformed or discolored. Observe all warnings and cautions for battery handling, recharging,
storing, and/or disposal,
Section 10-4 - System maintenance
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-4-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Cleaning
Refer to the User Manual for the Ultrasound console for instructions.
10-4-11
Air filter cleaning
Refer to the User Manual for the Ultrasound console for instructions.
10-4-12
Probe maintenance
Refer to the Ultrasound System User Manual, or the probe’s User Manual/Probe Care Card for probe
maintenance, checks, cleaning, and disinfecting instructions.
Section 10-5
Using a Phantom
The use of a Phantom is not required during Preventive Maintenance. Customer may use it as part of
their Quality Assurance Program tests.
Section 10-6
Electrical Safety Tests
10-6-1
NOTE:
Overview
For all instructions in the “Electrical safety tests” section in case of using a UPS (uninterruptible
power supply) the terms outlet, wall outlet, AC wall outlet and power outlet refer to the AC power
outlet of the UPS. In case of further available AC (or DC) power outlets at the same used UPS,
these must remain unused i.e.not connected to any other devices.
The following topics and measurements are covered in this subsection:
•
‘Safety test overview’ on page 10-10
•
‘Leakage current limits’ on page 10-11
•
‘Grounding continuity’ on page 10-14
•
‘Chassis leakage current test’ on page 10-15
•
‘Isolated patient lead (source) leakage–lead to ground’ on page 10-18
•
‘Isolated patient lead (source) leakage–lead to lead’ on page 10-19
•
‘Isolated patient lead (sink) leakage-isolation test’ on page 10-22
•
‘Probe leakage current test’ on page 10-23
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 9
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Safety test overview
The electrical safety tests in this section are based on NFPA 99 Standard for Health Care Facilities and
IEC 62353 Medical electrical equipment – Recurrent test and test after repair of medical electrical
equipment. These standards provide guidance on evaluating electrical safety of medical devices which
are placed into service and are intended for use in planned maintenance (PM) or testing following
service or repair activities. They differ somewhat from the standards that are used for design verification
and manufacturing tests (e.g., IEC 60601-1 and UL 60601-1) which require a controlled test
environment and can place unnecessary stress on the Ultrasound system.
These tests may refer to particular safety analyzer equipment as an example. Always consult the
manufacturer’s user manual of the Safety Analyzer that will be used to perform the tests.
Prior to initiating any electrical test, the Ultrasound system must be visually inspected. Perform the
following visual checks:
•
Check for missing or loose enclosure covers that could allow access to internal live parts.
•
Examine the mains cord, mains plug and appliance inlet for damaged insulation and adequacy of
strain relief and cable clamps.
•
Locate and examine all associated transducers. Inspect the cables and strain relief at each end.
Inspect the transducer enclosure and lens for cracks, holes and similar defects.
Equipment users must ensure that safety inspections are performed whenever damage is
suspected and at least every 12 months in accordance with local authorities and facility
procedures. Do not use the Ultrasound system or individual probes which fail any portion of the
safety test.
NOTE:
WARNING
For all instructions in the “Electrical safety tests” section in case of using a UPS (uninterruptible
power supply) the terms outlet, wall outlet, AC wall outlet and power outlet refer to the AC power
outlet of the UPS. In case of further available AC (or DC) power outlets at the same used UPS,
these must remain unused i.e. not connected to any other devices.
To minimize risk of electric shock, only trained persons are allowed to perform the
electrical safety inspections and tests.
CAUTION To avoid electrical shock, the Ultrasound system under test MUST NOT be connected to other
electrical equipment. Remove all interconnecting cables and wires. The Ultrasound system
under test must not be contacted by users or patients while performing these tests.
CAUTION Possible risk of infection. Do not handle soiled or contaminated probes and other components
that have been in patient contact. Follow appropriate cleaning and disinfecting procedures
before handling the equipment.
10 - 10
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Leakage Current Limits
In accordance with these standards, fault conditions like Reverse Polarity of the supply mains and Open
Neutral are no longer required for field evaluation of leakage current. Because the main source of
leakage current is the mains supply, there are different acceptance limits depending on the
configuration of the mains (100-120 or 230-240).
Per IEC 60601-1 section 4.7
Single fault Condition for Medical Equipment (ME EQUIPMENT) shall be so designed and
manufactured that it remains SINGLE FAULT SAFE, or the RISK remains acceptable as determined
through application of 4.2.
-
Sub clause 4.7 – SINGLE FAULT CONDTION for ME EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION Compare all safety-test results with safety-test results of previously performed safety tests (e.g.
last year etc). In case of unexplainable abrupt changes of safety-test results consult
experienced authorized service personnel or GE for further analysis.
Table 10-9
Leakage current limits for Ultrasound system operation on 100-120 Volt mains
(US/Canada/Japan)
Leakage Current Test
Chassis/Enclosure Leakage
System
Power
Grounding/PE
Conductor
Limit in mA (1)
On and Off
Open
0.3
Closed
0.1
Open
0.5
Closed
0.01
Open
0.05
Type BF Applied Parts
On (transmit)
Type CF Applied Parts
On (transmit)
Type BF Applied Parts (sink leakage, mains
voltage on applied part)
On and Off
Closed
5
Type CF Applied Parts (sink leakage)
On and Off
Closed
0.05
(1) UL standard
Table 10-10 Leakage current limits for Ultrasound system operation on 230-240 Volt mains
Leakage Current Test
Chassis/Enclosure Leakages
System
Power
Ground/PE
Conductor
Limit in
mA (2)
Limit in
µA (3)
On
Open and Closed
0.5
500
Closed
0.1
100
Open
0.5
500
Closed
0.01
10
Open
0.05
50
Type BF Applied Parts
On (transmit)
Type CF Applied Parts
On (transmit)
Type BF Applied Parts (sink leakage, mains
voltage on applied part)
On and Off
Closed
5
5000
Type CF Applied Parts (sink leakage)
On and Off
Closed
0.05
50
(2) IEC60601 Second Edition
(3) IEC60601 Third Edition
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 11
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-3
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Leakage Current Limits (cont’d)
Leakage current limits for Ultrasound system operation on 230-240 Volt mains
Table 10-11 ISO (on Dale 600) and Mains Applied (on Dale 601) Limits*
Probe Type
Measurement
BF
5.0 mA (5000 µA)
CF
0.05 mA (50 µA)
*ISO (on Dale 600) and Mains Applied (on Dale 601) refer to the sink leakage test where mains (supply)
voltage is applied to the part to determine the amount of current that will pass (or sink) to ground if a
patient contacted mains voltage.
10 - 12
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-3
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Leakage Current Limits (cont’d)
Table 10-12 Equipment Type and Test Definitions
Applied Parts Parts or accessories that contact the patient to perform their function. For ultrasound
(AP)
equipment, this includes transducers, ECG leads and e-TRAX Needle Sensor.
Type BF
Body Floating or non-conductive ultrasound
probes which are marked with the 'man in box'
BF symbol. this includes all transducers and
ECG leads
Type CF
Cardiac Floating or non-conductive,
intraoperative probes for direct cardiac contact,
isolated ECG connections and e-TRAX Needle
Sensor which are marked with the 'heart in box'
CF symbol.
Sink
Leakage
The current resulting from the application of mains voltage to the applied part. This test
is required test for Type CF applied parts.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
or
or
10 - 13
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-4
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Grounding continuity
CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard. The patient must not be contacted to the equipment during this test
Measure the resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the exposed protectively - earthed
metal parts of the case. The ground wire resistance should be less than 0.2 ohms.
Reference the procedure in the IEC60601-1.
Figure 10-1 Ground Continuity Test
2
1
Ω
4
3
10 - 14
1. Ultrasound System
3. Ohmmeter
2. Ground Pin
4. Accessible Metal Parts (chassis - non-earth
ground, unprotected surface)
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-5
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Chassis leakage current test
CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard. When the meter's ground switch is OPEN, don't touch the Ultrasound
system!
CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the
Ultrasound system is powered ON. Be sure to turn the Ultrasound system power OFF before
switching them using the POLARITY switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the
Ultrasound system may be damaged.
10-6-5-1
Definition
Also known as Enclosure Leakage current test, this test measures the current that would flow through
a grounded person who touches the accessible conductive parts of the equipment during normal and
fault conditions.
The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis.The testing meter is connected to parts
of the equipment, easily contacted by the user or patient.
Measurements should be made under the test conditions specified in:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as applicable. Record the highest reading.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 15
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-5-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Generic Procedure
The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis.
The testing meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground.
Measurements should be made under the test conditions specified in:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11. Record the highest reading of current.
1.) Connect Safety analyzer to wall AC power outlet.
2.) Plug the equipment under test power cable into the receptacle on the panel of the meter.
3.) Connect the meter to an accessible metal surface of the scanner using the cable provided with
the meter.
4.) Select the Chassis or Enclosure leakage function on the meter.
NOTE:
Consult the manufacturer’s user manual of the Safety Analyzer.
5.) Test opening and closing the ground with the scanner on and off as indicated in Table 10-9 or
Table 10-10 as applicable.
NOTE:
10 - 16
Consult the manufacturer’s user manual of the Safety Analyzer that will be used to perform the tests.
The maximum allowable limit for chassis source leakage is shown in:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as Chassis/Enclosure Leakage.
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-6
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Data sheet for enclosure/chassis leakage current
Table 10-13 on page 10-17 shows a typical format for recording the enclosure/chassis leakage current.
Measurements should be recorded from multiple locations for each set of test conditions.
The actual location of the test probe may vary by Ultrasound system.
NOTE:
Values in italics font are given as examples only. Record all data in the Electrical safety tests
log.
Table 10-13 Typical data format for recording enclosure/chassis leakage
Unit under test___________________________ Date of test:_____________________
Test Conditions
NOTE:
Measurement/Test Point Location
System
Power
Grounding/PE
Off
Closed
Off
Open
On
Closed
On
Open
Rear
Panel
Lower
Frame
Probe
Connector
Main
Handle
Values in italics font are given as examples only.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 17
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-7
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Isolated patient lead (source) leakage-lead to ground
CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the
system is powered ON. Be sure to turn the system power OFF before switching them using the
POLARITY switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the system may be damaged.
10-6-7-1
Definition
This test measures the current which would flow to ground from any of the isolated ECG leads. The
meter simulates a patient who is connected to the monitoring equipment and is grounded by touching
some other grounded surface.
Measurements should be made under the test conditions specified in:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as applicable.
For each combination the operating controls, such as the lead switch, should be operated to find the
worst case condition.
10 - 18
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-7-2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Generic Procedure
1.) Connect Safety analyzer to wall AC power outlet.
2.) Plug the equipment under test power cable into the receptacle on the panel of the meter.
3.) Connect the ECG cable to the scanner and the Patient leads to the analyzer.
4.) Select the Patient lead leakage function on the meter.
NOTE:
Consult the manufacturer’s user manual of the Safety Analyzer.
5.) Test opening and closing the ground with the scanner on and off as indicated in Table 10-9 or
Table 10-10 as applicable.
NOTE:
Consult the manufacturer’s user manual of the Safety Analyzer that will be used to perform the tests.
Measurements should be made under the test conditions specified in:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as applicable.
For each combination, the operating controls, such as the lead switch, should be operated to find the
worst case condition.
Figure 10-2 Set Up for Test of Earth Leakage Current, UL60601-1/IEC 60601-1 Clause 19
H3
1
2
N
G
A
4
5
1. Ultrasound System
4. Leakage Test Meter (Ammeter)
2. Polarity Reversing Switch
5. Accessible Metal Parts (chassis - non-earth
ground, unprotected surface)
3. Power Outlet - Color of Power Outlet Cable:
USA and Canada H - Hot, Black
N - Neutral, White
G - Ground, Green or Green-yellow
Others H - Hot, Brown
N - Neutral, Blue
G - Ground, Green-yellow
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 19
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-8
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Isolated patient lead (source) leakage–lead to lead
Select and test each of the ECG lead positions (except ALL) on the LEAD selector, testing each to the
power and ground condition combinations found in:
10 - 20
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as applicable.Record the highest leakage current measured.
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-8-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Lead to lead leakage test record
Table 10-15 on page 10-25 shows a typical format for recording the patient lead to lead leakage current.
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as applicable.
Measurements should be recorded from each lead combination under each set of test conditions
specified in:
Record all data on the EQC inspection certificate. Also known as Patient Auxiliary Current
1.) Connect Safety analyzer to wall AC power outlet
2.) Plug the equipment under test (Scanner) power cable into the receptacle on the panel of the meter.
3.) Connect the ECG cable to the scanner and the Patient leads to the analyzer
4.) Select the Lead to lead or Patient Auxiliary leakage function on the meter
NOTE:
Consult the manufacturer’s user manual of the Safety Analyzer
•
Test opening and closing the ground with the scanner on and off as indicated in Table 10-9 or
Table 10-10 Typical data format for recording patient lead to lead leakage
Unit under test___________________________ Date of test:_____________________
Test Conditions
NOTE:
10-6-9
Patient Lead or Combination Measured
System
Power
Grounding/PE
System Off
Closed
System On
(Transmit)
Open
RA-LA
Lower
Frame
LA-LL
LL-RA
Values in italics font are given as examples only.
Isolated patient lead (sink) leakage-isolation test
CAUTION Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test. To avoid possible electric shock
hazard, the Ultrasound system being tested must not be touched by patients, users or anyone
while the ISO TEST switch is depressed. When the meter's ground switch is OPEN, don't touch
the Ultrasound system!
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 21
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-9-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Isolated lead (sink) leakage test record
Table 10-14 on page 10-22shows a typical format for recording the isolated patient lead sink leakage
current.
Measurements should be recorded for the full lead combination under each set of test conditions
specified in:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as applicable.
Record all data on the Inspection Certificate.
Table 10-14 Typical data format for recording isolated lead (sink) leakage
Unit under test___________________________ Date of test:_____________________
Test Conditions
NOTE:
Patient Lead
System Power
Grounding/PE
On
Closed
Off
Closed
RA+LA+LL
Values in italics font are given as examples only.
1.) Connect Safety analyzer to wall AC power outlet
2.) Plug the equipment under test power cable into the receptacle on the panel of the meter.
3.) Connect the ECG cable to the scanner and the Patient leads to the analyzer
4.) Select the Lead isolation or main applied function on the meter
NOTE:
Consult the manufacturer’s user manual of the Safety Analyzer
•
NOTE:
10 - 22
Test opening and closing the ground with the scanner on and off as indicated in Table 10-9 or
Table 10-10 as applicable
Consult the manufacturer’s user manual of the Safety Analyzer
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-10
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Probe leakage current test
DANGER DO NOT USE THE PROBE IF THE INSULATING MATERIAL HAS BEEN PUNCTURED OR
OTHERWISE COMPROMISED. INTEGRITY OF THE INSULATION MATERIAL AND PATIENT
SAFETY CAN BE VERIFIED BY SAFETY TESTING ACCORDING TO IEC60601-1.
This test measures the current that would flow to ground from any of the probes through a patient who
is being scanned and becomes grounded by touching some other grounded surface.
NOTE: Some leakage current is expected on each probe, depending on its design. Small variations in
probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from differences in
line voltage and test lead placement. It is abnormal if no leakage current is measured. If no leakage
current is detected, check the configuration of the test equipment.
10-6-10-1
Generic Procedure on Probe Leakage Current
The most common method of measuring probe leakage is to partly immerse the probe into a saline bath
while the probe is connected to the Ultrasound system and active. This method measures the actual
leakage current resulting from the transducer RF drive.
Measurements should be made under the test conditions specified in:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as applicable.
For each combination, the probe must be active to find the worst case condition.
Figure 10-3 Set Up for Probe Leakage Current
2
1
8
9
5
3
4
A
7
6
1. Ultrasound System
4. Ground Switch
7. Isolator
2. Tester
5. Polarity Reversing Switch
8. Ultrasound Probe
3. Neutral Switch
6. Meter
9. Saline Probe
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 23
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-10-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Generic Procedure on Probe Leakage Current (cont’d)
Figure 10-4 Test set with meter
NOTE:
Each probe will have some amount of leakage current, dependent on its design. Small variations in
probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from differences in
line voltage and test lead placement.
The ultrasound probe’s imaging area is immersed in the Saline solution along with a grounding probe
from the test meter to complete the current path.
NOTE:
The Saline solution is a mixture of water and salt. The salt adds free ions to the water, making
it conductive. Normal saline solution is 0.9% salt and 99.1% water. If ready-mixed saline
solution is not available, a mixture of 1 quart or 1 liter water with 9 or more grams of table salt,
mixed thoroughly, will substitute.
CAUTION To avoid probe damage and possible electric shock, do not immerse probes into any liquid
beyond the level indicated in the probe users manual. Do not touch the probe, conductive liquid
or any part of the unit under test while doing the test.
10 - 24
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-10-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Generic Procedure on Probe Leakage Current (cont’d)
Follow the test conditions and test limits described in:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11
as applicable for every probe.
Keep a record of the results with other hard copies of maintenance data using
Table 10-15 on page 10-25
CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity or the status of the Neutral when the
Ultrasound system is powered on.Power off the Ultrasound system, allow the stored energy to
bleed down, and turn the circuit breaker off BEFORE switching the POLARITY switch and/or the
NEUTRAL switch on the leakage meter to avoid possible power supply damage
Table 10-15 on page 10-25shows a typical format for recording ultrasound probe source leakage
current.
NOTE:
•
Table 10-9 on page 10-11
•
Table 10-10 on page 10-11 as applicable.
Values in italics font are given as examples only.
Table 10-15 Typical data format for recording probe (source) leakage
Unit under test____________________________________ Date of test:_____________________
Test Conditions
System
Power
Grounding/PE
Off
Closed
Off
Open
On
Closed
On
Open
Probe as measured in saline bath
4C
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
i12L
TS
E8C
10 - 25
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-6-11
NOTE:
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Mains on applied part
Mains Applied refers to the sink leakage test where mains (supply) voltage is applied to the part to
determine the amount of current that will pass (or sink) to ground if a patient contacted mains voltage.
Mains on applied part is one of the described leakage current tests applicable for probes (Ref:
IEC60601-1). This is to be performed with the probe disconnected from the Ultrasound system. Apply
mains voltage over the insulation barrier. (Between protective earth on the probe connector, and an
electrical anode in saline solution. The patient applied part of the probe is immersed into the saline
solution.) Measure current flowing in the circuit. = leakage current.
As a minimum, tests according to IEC606601-1 must be performed once a year. The requirements for
Body Floating (BF) have to be applied for TEE and Trans thorax probes bearing the symbol for safety
class BF.
The symbol for BF is indicated on the probe connector label below:
Figure 10-5 GE Probe Connector Label example
Where applicable, a typical test setup of non-TEE Probes can be as illustrated in: "Set Up for Probe
Leakage Current" on page 10-23
A typical test setup for TEE probes could be as indicated below:
WARNING
The handle of the TEE probes must not be immersed
The test passes when the reading measure less than the values in: Table 10-11 on page 10-12.
10 - 26
Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 10-7
When There’s Too Much Leakage Current...
10-7-1
Chassis Fails
Check the ground on the power cord and plug for continuity.Ensure the ground is not broken, frayed, or
intermittent. Replace any defective part.
Where applicable, tighten all grounds. Ensure star washers are under all ground studs.
Inspect wiring for bad crimps, poor connections, or damage.
Test the wall outlet; verify it is grounded and is free of other wiring abnormalities. Notify the user or
owner to correct any deviations. As a work around, check the other outlets to see if they could be used
instead.
NOTE:
10-7-2
No outlet tester can detect the condition where the white neutral wire and the green grounding
wire are reversed. If later tests indicate high leakage currents, this should be suspected as a
possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected.
Probe Fails
Test another probe to isolate if the fault lies with the probe or the scanner.
NOTE:
Each probe will have some amount of leakage, dependent on its design. Small variations in
probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from
differences in line voltage and test lead placement. The maximum allowable leakage current for
body surface contact probe differs from an inter-cavity probe. Be sure to enter the correct probe
type in the appropriate space on the check list.
If excessive leakage current is slot dependent, inspect the Ultrasound system connector for bent pins,
poor connections, and ground continuity.
If the problem remains with the probe, replace the probe.
10-7-3
Peripheral Fails
Tighten all grounds. Ensure star washers are under all ground studs.
Inspect wiring for bad crimps, poor connections, or damage.
10-7-4
Still Fails
If all else fails, begin isolation by removing the probes, external peripherals, then the on board ones,
one at a time while monitoring the leakage current measurement.
Where applicable, in the case of using a UPS (uninterruptible power supply), perform the tests in the
“Electrical Safety tests” section without using the UPS (i.e. directly connect the Ultrasound system to
the AC wall outlet). If this leads to a pass result, the specific UPS must no longer be used.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10 - 27
GE
DIRECTION 5535208-100, REV. 2
10-7-4-1
LOGIQ E9 SERVICE MANUAL
New Unit
If the leakage current measurement tests fail on a new Ultrasound system and if situation can not be
corrected, submit a Safety Failure Report to document the Ultrasound system problem. Remove
Ultrasound system from operation
10-7-5
ECG Fails
Inspect cables for damage or poor connections.
10-7-6
Ultrasound Equipment Quality Check (EQC and IQC)
Download and use the latest version of these forms. They can be retrieved from MyWorkshop.
• EQC -- Refer to DOC0929340 in MyWorkshop
10 - 28
Section 10-7 - When There’s Too Much Leakage Current...